Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
has has 1 results
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√hashaseehasane1462
 
 
has has 1 results
Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√हस्haslaughing / hasana1294/3Cl.1
Amarakosha Search
Results for has
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
agastyaḥMasculineSingularkumbhasambhavaḥ, maitrāvaruṇiḥagyasta, the sage
agham3.3.32NeuterSingularabhiṣvaṅgaḥ, spṛhā, gabhastiḥ
ajagaraḥMasculineSingularśayuḥ, hasaḥsort of snake
ājiḥ3.3.38FeminineSingularcetanā, hastādyaiḥarthasūcanā
aṅgāradhānikā2.9.30FeminineSingularaṅgāraśakaṭī, hasantī, hasa‍nī
baṣkayaṇī2.9.72FeminineSingular‍sukhasaṃdohyā
bhakṣakaḥ3.1.19MasculineSingularghasmaraḥ, admaraḥ
bhūtiḥ1.1.59-60Ubhaya-lingaSingularbhasma, kṣāraḥ, rakṣā, bhasitamash
capeṭaḥ2.6.84MasculineSingularpratalaḥ, prahastaḥ
carmaprasevikā2.10.33FeminineSingularbhastrā
daṇḍaḥ2.8.20MasculineSingulardamaḥ, hasam
durodaraḥ3.3.179NeuterSingularcamūjaghanam, hastasūtram, pratisaraḥ
dūrvāFeminineSingularbhārgavī, ruhā, anantā, śataparvikā, sahasravīryā
dvijāFeminineSingularkauntī, kapilā, bhasmagandhinī, hareṇū, reṇukā
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
hasaḥ1.7.18MasculineSingularhāsaḥ, hāsyamlaughter
hastaḥ3.3.65MasculineSingularprāṇyantaraḥ, mṛtaḥ
hastaḥ2.6.87MasculineSingular
has2.8.35MasculineSingularpadmī, karī, gajaḥ, anekapaḥ, dantī, stamberamaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, dviradaḥ, hāthī, ibhaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, dvipaḥ, dantāvalaḥ
hastimakhaḥMasculineSingular
hastyārohaḥ2.8.60MasculineSingularādhoraṇaḥ, hastipakaḥ, niṣādī
indraḥ1.1.45MasculineSingularmarutvān, pākaśāsanaḥ, puruhūtaḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, divaspatiḥ, vajrī, vṛṣā, balārātiḥ, harihayaḥ, saṅkrandanaḥ, meghavāhanaḥ, ṛbhukṣāḥ, maghavā, vṛddhaśravāḥ, purandaraḥ, śakraḥ, sutrāmā, vāsavaḥ, vāstoṣpatiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, svārāṭ, duścyavanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, viḍaujāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, śatamanyuḥ, gotrabhid, vṛtrahā, surapatiḥ, jambhabhedī, namucisūdanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, sahasrākṣaḥindra, the king of the gods
jatukam2.9.40NeuterSingularsahasravedhi, ‍vāhlīkam, hiṅgu, rāmaṭham
kacchaḥ3.3.35MasculineSingulardantaḥ(hastinaḥ)
kalkaḥ3.3.14MasculineSingularkarṇabhūṣaṇam, karihastaḥ, aṅguliḥ, padmabījakośī
kam3.3.5NeuterSingularhastaḥ, vitastaḥ
kapilā2.2.63FeminineSingularbhasmagarbhā
khagaḥ2.5.35-36MasculineSingularvihaṅgamaḥ, pakṣī, śakunaḥ, pattrī, pattrarathaḥ, vājī, viṣkiraḥ, garutmān, vihaṅgaḥ, vihāyāḥ, śakuniḥ, dvijaḥ, patagaḥ, aṇḍajaḥ, vikiraḥ, patatriḥ, pitsan, vihagaḥ, śakuntiḥ, śakuntaḥ, patatrī, patan, nagaukāḥ, viḥ, nīḍodbhavaḥ, nabhasaṅgamaḥ
kiṃśāruḥ3.3.171MasculineSingularbaliḥ, hastaḥ, aṃśuḥ
kiraṇaḥ1.3.33MasculineSingulardhṛṣṇiḥ, aṃśuḥ, karaḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, mayūkhaḥ, dīdhitiḥ, bhānuḥ, gabhasti, usraḥ, marīciḥray
krandanam2.8.109NeuterSingularyodhasaṃrāvaḥ
kuśam3.3.224NeuterSingularhasikaḥ, kaṭhoraḥ, avasṛṇaḥ
liṅgam3.3.30NeuterSingularvṛndaḥ, ambhasāṃrayaḥ
nāgaram3.3.196MasculineSingularadhastāt
padmam1.10.39-40MasculineSingularpaṅkeruham, kamalam, aravindam, rājīvam, sārasam, kuśeśayam, sahasrapattram, nalinam, ambhoruham, bisaprasūnam, tāmarasam, śatapattram, mahotpalam, puṣkaram, sarasīruhama lotus
pāśaḥ2.6.99MasculineSingularpakṣaḥ, hastaḥ
pauṣaḥMasculineSingularsahasyaḥ, taiṣaḥpausha
praryāptiḥ03.04.2005FeminineSingularparitrāṇam, hastavāraṇam
rāṣṭaḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularpadmam, karihastāgram, tīrthaḥ, vādyabhāṇḍamukham, oṣadhiviśeṣaḥ, jalam, vyoma, khaḍgaphalam
rītiḥ3.3.75FeminineSingularbhasma, sampat
hasraḥ2.8.62MasculineSingularhas
śākyamuniḥ1.1.14-15MasculineSingularsarvārthasiddhaḥ, śauddhodaniḥ, gautamaḥ, arkabandhuḥ, māyādevīsutaḥ, śākyasiṃhaḥbuddha
sūraḥ1.3.28-30MasculineSingularsahasrāṃśuḥ, raviḥ, chāyānāthaḥ, jagaccakṣuḥ, pradyotanaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, aryamā, dhāmanidhiḥ, divākaraḥ, braghnaḥ, bhāsvān, haridaśvaḥ, arkaḥ, aruṇaḥ, taraṇiḥ, virocanaḥ, tviṣāṃpatiḥ, haṃsaḥ, savitā, tejasāṃrāśiḥ, karmasākṣī, trayītanuḥ, khadyotaḥ, sūryaḥ, bhagaḥ, dvādaśātmā, abjinīpatiḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, saptāśvaḥ, vikartanaḥ, mihiraḥ, dyumaṇiḥ, citrabhānuḥ, grahapatiḥ, bhānuḥ, tapanaḥ, padmākṣaḥ, tamisrahā, lokabandhuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, inaḥ, ādityaḥ, aṃśumālī, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vivasvān, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, mārtaṇḍaḥ, pūṣā, mitraḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, aharpatiḥ(53)the sun
śvasanaḥMasculineSingularvāyuḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, anilaḥ, mārutaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, pavanaḥ, mātariśvā, gandhavahaḥ, āśugaḥ, marut, nabhasvān, pavamānaḥ, sparśanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, gandhavāhaḥ, samīraḥ, jagatprāṇaḥ, vātaḥ, prabhañjanaḥair or wind
viṣayaḥ3.3.160MasculineSingularupasthaḥ, rahasyaḥ
vyāghrapucchaḥ2.2.50MasculineSingularvyaḍambakaḥ, pañcāṅgulaḥ, rucakaḥ, gandharvahastakaḥ, varddhamānaḥ, cañcuḥ, erubūkaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, citrakaḥ, eraṇḍaḥ
vyākulaḥ3.1.42MasculineSingularvihastaḥ
bṛhaspatiḥ1.3.24MasculineSingularāṅgirasaḥ, surācāryaḥ, vācaspatiḥ, gīrpatiḥ, citraśikhaṇḍijaḥ, dhiṣaṇaḥ, guruḥ, jīvaḥthe janet
ghasraḥMasculineSingulardinam, ahaḥ, divasaḥ, vāsaraḥday
nabhasyaḥ1.4.17MasculineSingularprauṣṭhapadaḥ, bhādraḥ, bhādrapadaḥfoggy, misty
vihasitamNeuterSingulara laugh
sahasradraṃṣṭraḥMasculineSingularpāṭhīnaḥsheat fish (one kind of fish)
śrīhastinīFeminineSingularbhuruṇḍī
sahasravedhīFeminineSingularamlavetasaḥ, śatavedhī, cukraḥ
vṛddhasaṃghaḥ2.6.40MasculineSingularvārddhakam
gandhasāraḥ1.2.132MasculineSingularcandanaḥ, malayajaḥ, bhadraśrīḥ
rahasyam2.8.21MasculineSingular
bālahastaḥ2.8.50MasculineSingularbāladhiḥ
hasraḥ2.8.62MasculineSingularhas
kṛtahastaḥ2.8.69MasculineSingular‍suprayogaviśikhaḥ, ‍kṛtapuṅkhaḥ
ruhastakaḥ2.9.34MasculineSingulartardūḥ
dīrghasūtraḥ3.1.15MasculineSingularcirakriyaḥ
dṛḍhasandhiḥ3.1.75MasculineSingularsaṃhataḥ
hasrakārīṣam2.4.42NeuterSingularkroṣṭā, varuṇaḥ
sahasā2.4.7MasculineSingular
rabhasaḥ3.5.21MasculineSingular
sahasam3.5.24NeuterSingular
gṛhasthūṇam3.5.30NeuterSingular
Monier-Williams Search
Results for has
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
has cl.1 P. () hasati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense jahāsa-, jahase- etc.; Aorist ahasīt- grammar; future hasitā- ; hasiṣyati- etc.; infinitive mood hasitum- ; ind.p. hasitvā-, -hasya- ), to laugh, smile, laugh at (instrumental case) etc. ; to deride, mock, ridicule (accusative) etc. ; to surpass, excel ; to expand, open (as a blossom) : Passive voice hasyate- (Aorist ahāsi-), to be laughed or smiled at etc.: Causal hāsayati- (Aorist ajīhasat-), to cause to laugh : Desiderative jihasiṣati- (see 1. jakṣ-) grammar : Intensive jāhasyate- (parasmE-pada yamāna- ), jāhasti-, to laugh continuously or immoderately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasind. an exclamation of laughter or loud merriment (also employed as a nidhana- in the sāman-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasa(or has/a-) m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) mirth, laughter etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasakṛtmfn. causing mirth or laughter, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasāmudmfn. laughing merrily, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasāmudamfn. idem or 'mfn. laughing merrily, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanamf(ā-)n. laughing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanamf(ā-)n. jesting or sporting with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanam. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanāf. a jest, encouraging shout (others,"lightning") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanan. laughter, a laugh (according to to some, "with tremulous lips") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanīf. See next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanīf. a portable fire-place or chafing-dish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanīf. Name of a mythical river (equals hasantī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanīmaṇim. "hearth-jewel", fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasanīyamfn. to be laughed at or derided by (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasantīf. a portable fire-vessel, small furnace, chafing-dish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasantīf. Arabian jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasantīf. a particular female demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasantīf. Name of a river (equals hasanī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasantikāf. a portable fire-vessel, small fireplace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasatmfn. (pr. p. of has-) laughing, smiling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasatmfn. mocking, scorning, excelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasavajram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikāf. laughter, derision, jesting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasiram. a kind of mouse (see haṃsira-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitamfn. laughing, jesting, smiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitamfn. one who has laughed (m."he laughed"equals jahāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitamfn. mocked, ridiculed, surpassed, excelled, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitamfn. blown, expanded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitan. laughing, laughter (also impersonal or used impersonally = "it has been laughed") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitan. the bow of kāma- (god of love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasitṛmfn. one who laughs, a laugher, smiler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haskāram. "smile (of the sky)", sheet-lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haskartṛm. a stimulator, inciter (others,"illuminator") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haskṛti(h/as--.) f. loud merriment, laughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasramf(-)n. laughing, smiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasramf(-)n. foolish, stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasraSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).,of unknown derivation) the hand (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ="holding in or by the hand"; haste- kṛ-[as two words],"to take into the hand","get possession of";haste- kṛ-[as a compound ],"to take by the hand, marry"; śatru-hastaṃ- gam-,"to fall into the hand of the enemy") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. an elephant's trunk (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "holding with the trunk") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. the fore-arm (a measure of length from the elbow to the tip of the middle finger, = 24 aṅgula-s or about 18 inches) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. the position of the hand (equals hasta-vinyāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. hand-writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. the 11th (13th) lunar asterism (represented by a hand and containing five stars, identified by some with part of the constellation Corvus) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. a species of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. (in prosody) an anapest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. quantity, abundance, mass (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after words signifying"hair"; see keśa-h-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. Name of a guardian of the soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. of a son of vasudeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastam. of another man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasf. the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasf. the nakṣatra- hasta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastan. a pair of leather bellows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamfn. born under the nakṣatra- hasta-, [ confer, compare , according to to some Greek ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabandham. equals haste-b- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastābharaṇan. an ornament for the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastābharaṇan. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabhraṃśin() mfn. slipped from the hand, escaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabhraṣṭa() mfn. slipped from the hand, escaped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastabimban. anointing the body with perfumes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacāpa wrong reading for -vāpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacāpalyan. equals -kauśala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacaraṇam. dual number hands and feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacchedanam. the amputation of a hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacyuta(h/asta--.) mfn. shaken or moved with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastacyuti(h/asta--) f. quick motion of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadakṣintamfn. situated on the right hand (as a road) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadakṣintamfn. right, correct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastādānamfn. taking or seizing with the hand (or trunk, as men, monkeys, or elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastādānan. the act of seizing with the hand
hastadattamfn. reached with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇan. holding by the hand, supporting, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇan. warding off a blow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇan. stopping a blow with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇāf. supporting, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhāraṇāf. taking to wife, marrying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadhātrīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadīpam. a hand lantern View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadoṣam. a slip of the hand, mistake committed by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastadvayan. a distance of 2 hasta-s or 48 inches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagamf(ā-)n. being in one's (compound) hand or possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagāminmfn. equals -ga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagatamfn. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, procured, obtained, secured (para-hasta-g-,"being in the hand or possession of another") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaghnam. a kind of hand-guard (protecting the hand in archery) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagirim. Name of a mountain ( hastagirimāhātmya -māhātmya- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagirimāhātmyan. hastagiri
hastāgnim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāgnim. plural his family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāgran. "tip of the hand", the fingers ( hastāgralagnā -lagnā- f.[with genitive case ]="clasping the fingers of." id est"married to") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāgran. the tip of the trunk of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagrābhamfn. one who takes or has taken a girl's hand (="one who marries or has married a wife") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagraham. the taking of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagraham. the marriage ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagraham. the putting hand to or engaging in, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagrāhamfn. taking (or able to take) any one by the hand ("being in the immediate neighbourhood"; hasta-grāhaṃ- grah-,"to take any one by the hand" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastagrāham. a husband (see -grābh/a-)
hastagrāhakamfn. taking any one by the hind (= very importunate) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāgralagnāf. hastāgra
hastagṛkyaind. having taken the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastahāryamfn. to be grasped with the hands, manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hashastiind. (see keśā-keśi-etc.) hand to hand, in close fight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hashastikāf. close fight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastahomam. an oblation offered with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastajyoḍim. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. the hand (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with f(ikā-).= "holding in the hand") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. the hand as a support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. the hand as a measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. position of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakam. a turn-spit (varia lectio hastika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakamalan. a lotus carried in the hand (as symbolizing good fortune or prosperity;thus when lakṣmī- was churned out of the ocean, she appeared holding a lotus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakamalan. a lotus-like hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakāryamfn. to be done or made with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakauśalan. skilfulness of hand, manual dexterity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakavapraName of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakitamfn. (fr. hastaka-) gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakohali(?) f. the binding of the string round the fore-arm of the bride and bridegroom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakriyāf. any manual performance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakṛta(h/asta--) mf(ā-)n. made with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalāghavan. lightness of hand, manual readiness, cleverness (reckoned among the 64 kalā-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalāghavan. a real injury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalakṣaṇan. Name of the 28th pariśiṣṭa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastālambam. "hand-support", material support or refuge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastālambanan. idem or 'm. "hand-support", material support or refuge ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalekham. hand-drawing (khīkṛ-,"to draw, sketch") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastalepanan. an ointment for the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāliṅgana n. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāliṅganakan. an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakan. "the fruit or seed of the Myrobalan in the hand"(as a symbol of something palpable or clear). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakan. Name of work on the vedānta- by the next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakam. Name of a son of prabhākara- (pupil of śaṃkarācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakasaṃvādastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakavedāntaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamaṇim. a jewel worn on the wrist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamātraa cubit in length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāñjalim. the hands joined together and hollowed (See añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapādam. dual number or n. sg. hands and feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapādādim. the hand and feet, the extremities, limbs of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaparṇam. Palma Christi or Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapradamfn. giving the hand, supporting, helping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaprāptamfn. equals -gata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaprāpyamfn. to be reached with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapṛṣṭhan. the back of the hand (also called apa-pṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastapucchan. the hand below the wrist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaratnāvalīf. Name of work on mimetic gestures with one or both hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastarelihāf. a line on the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastārūḍhamfn. lying on the hand, clear, manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃdhunakamind. tossing or shaking the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃjīvanīf. Name of a work on palmistry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃjīvanīf. a sign a with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃlagnikāf. (instrumental case) with the hand put together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasaṃvāhanan. rubbing or shampooing with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasiddhif. earnings gained by manual labour, salary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaśrāddhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasthamfn. being in or held with the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasthayugamfn. holding a yoke in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasthitamfn. being in hand, held View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasūtra() () n. a bangle or ornament put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasūtraka() n. a bangle or ornament put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasvaralakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastasvastikam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) crossing the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatalan. the (palm of the) hand (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatalan. the tip of an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatālam. clapping the hand together (See sa-hasta-tālam-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatalagatamfn. being (al. ready) in one's hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatram. or n. a hand-guard (see -ghn/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatrayasammiteind. at a distance of 3 hasta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastatulāf. the hand as a balance or instrument for weighing anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāvalambam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) equals hastālamba- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāvalambamfn. supported by the hand of another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāvalambanaii. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāmamfn. situated on the left hand (also"wrong") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāvanejanan. water for washing the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāpam. scattering or shooting a shower of arrows with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāvāpinmfn. provided with a hand-guard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāraṇan. taking or holding by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavāraṇan. warding off a blow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavartamind. (with Causal of vṛt-) to turn or crush with the hand, , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavartinmfn. being or remaining in the hand, seized, held, caught hold of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavartinm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavatmfn. (h/asta--) having hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavatmfn. dexterous with the hand (as an archer or thief) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaveṣyan. handiwork, manual labour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastavinyāsam. position of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastayata(h/asta--) mfn. held or guided by the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastayogam. employment or practice of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastayugalan. the two hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haste(locative case of hasta-), in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastebandham. equals hasta-b- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastegṛhyaind. (equals hasta-gr-) mayūra-vyaṃsakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastekaraṇan. taking (the bride's) hand, marrying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastekṛP. -karoti-, to take in hand, take possession of. make one's own View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiin compound for hastin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastibandham. a place for entrapping elephants, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastibhadram. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasticāram. a kind of weapon (resembling a śarabha- and used for frightening elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasticārinm. an elephants-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasticāriṇīf. Galedupa Piscidia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasticarma(Ved.) the skin of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantam. the tusk of an elephants (See hāstidanta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantam. a pin or peg projecting from a wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantamn. a radish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantan. ivory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantakamn. a radish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantaphalāf. Cucumis Utilissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantavastramayamf(ī-)n. made of ivory or cloth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantīf. a radish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidantīf. Tiaridium Indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidāyam. Name of a man (See hāstidāyi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastidvayasamf(ī-)n. as high or as big as an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigartāf. Name of a cavity in the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigaurīvratodyāpanavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigavāśvan. sg. elephants (and) cows (and) horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigavāśvoṣṭradamakam. a trainer of elephants and cows and horses and camels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastighaṭam. Name of the 7th book of the śata-patha-brāhmaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastighātamfn. killing elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastighnamfn. able to kill elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastighoṣā f. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastighoṣātakīf. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigirim. the city and district of kāñcī- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigirim. Name of a mountain (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigiricampūf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigirimāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastigirīśamaṅgalāśāsanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastihastam. an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastihastaparāmṛṣṭamf(ā-)n. seized or struck by the trunk of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastijāgarikam. a keeper of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastijanaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastijihvāf. "elephants-tongue", a particular vein View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastijīvinm. an elephants-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikāf. a kind of stringed instrument, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikan. a multitude of elephants (or m."an elephant") (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikam. a toy-elephant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikam. a turn-spit (varia lectio for hastaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikaccham. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikakṣam. a kind of venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikakṣan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikakṣyam. a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikakṣyam. a tiger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikakṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikandaa kind of bulbous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarañja m. Galedupa Piscidia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarañjakam. Galedupa Piscidia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarkoṭakam. a kind of big Momordica Mixa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇam. "elephant-eared", Name of various plants (according to to "the castor-oil tree [also the red kind];Butea Frondosa;Arum Macrorrhizum") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇam. of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇam. a particular class of semi-divine beings (forming one of the gaṇa-devatā-s q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇam. Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇam. of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇam. of a locality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇadalam. a sort of Butea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇakam. a sort of Butea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇapalāśam. Butea Frondosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṇikan. a particular sedent posture (with yogin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikarṣū gaRa kāśy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikāśyapam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikolim. or f. a sort of jujube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikośātakīf. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastīkṛP. -karoti-, to hand over, deliver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastikumbham. Name of a grotto View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastilodhrakam. Symplocos Racemosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimadam. the exudation from an elephant's temples View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimakaram. a sea-monster shaped like an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallam. Name of airāvata- (indra-'s elephants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallam. of gaṇeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallam. of śaṅkha- (the 8th of the chief nāga-s or serpents of pātāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallam. a heap of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallam. a shower of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallam. frost, cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimallasenam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimatmfn. provided with elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimātramfn. as great as an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimāyāf. Name of a charm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimeham. a kind of diabetes ( hastimehin hin- mfn.= "suffering from it") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimehinmfn. hastimeha
hastimṛḍitāf. saṃjñāyām- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimukham. "elephant-faced", Name of gaṇeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastimukham. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinmfn. having hands, clever or dexterous with the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinmfn. (with mṛga-,"the animal with a hands id est with a trunk ", an elephant; see dantah-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinmfn. having (or sitting on) an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. an elephant (four kinds of elephant are enumerated;See bhadra-, mandra-, mṛga-, miśtra-;some give kiliñja-h-,"a straw elephant","effigy of an elephant made of grass") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the chief or best of its kind gaRa vyāghrādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. a kind of plant (equals aja-modā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. of a son of suhotra-, (a prince of the Lunar race, described as founder of hastinā-pura-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. of a son of bṛhat-kṣatra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. of a son of kuru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. a kind of drug and perfume (equals haṭṭa-vilāsinī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. a woman of a particular class (one of the 4 classes into which women are divided, described as having thick lips, thick hips, thick fingers, large breasts, dark complexion, and strong sexual passion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinm. Name of hastinā-pura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastīnaSee antar-h-, p.43. column 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastināgam. a princely elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinakham. "elephant's nail", a sort of turret or raised mound of earth or masonry protecting the access to the gate of a city or fort (described as furnished with an inner staircase and with loopholes for discharging arrows etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastināpuran. (less correctly hastina-p-or hastinī-.) Name of a city founded by king hastin- q.v (it was situated about fifty-seven miles north-east of the modern Delhi on the banks of an old channel of the Ganges, and was the capital of the kings of the Lunar line, as ayodhyā- was of the Solar dynasty;hence it forms a central scene of action in the mahābhārata-;here yudhi-ṣṭhira- was crowned after a triumphal progress through the streets of the city;See : other names for this celebrated town are gajāhvaya-, nāga-hvaya-, nāgāhva-, hāctina-)
hastināsāf. an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastināyakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastinīf. a female elephant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiniṣadanan. a particular posture in sitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipam. an elephant-driver, elephants-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipadan. the track of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipadam. "elephants-footed", Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipādamfn. elephants-footed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipādikāf. a kind of medicinal plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipakam. idem or 'm. an elephant-driver, elephants-keeper ' etc. Name of a poet
hastipālam. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipālam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipālakam. an elephant-keeper, elephants-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiparṇīf. Name of two plants (equals karkaṭī-or equals moraṭā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiparṇikā f. Luffa Foetida or another species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiparṇinīf. Luffa Foetida or another species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipattram. equals -kanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipiṇḍam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipippalīf. Scindapsus Officinalis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipṛṣṭhakan. the back of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipṛṣṭhakan. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastipūraṇīf. a kind of very small hogweed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirājam. a powerful elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirājam. the chief of a herd of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirathan. sg. elephants and chariots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirathadānan. Name of the 13th pariśiṣṭa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirodhrakam. Symplocos Racemosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirohaṇakam. Galedupa Piscidia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastirucim. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiṣaḍgavan. a yoke or collection of 6 elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśālāf. an elephants-stable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśālāf. Name of a place (could be also -śāla-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastisenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśikṣāf. the art of training elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśikṣakam. a breaker in or trainer of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśirasm. Name of a man (See hāstiśīrṣi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastisnānan. the washing of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastisomāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśuṇḍam. an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśuṇḍāf. idem or 'm. an elephant's trunk ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśuṇḍāf. Heliotropium Indicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśuṇḍīf. idem or 'f. Heliotropium Indicum ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśuṇḍīf. colocynth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastisūtran. a sūtra-. treating of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiśyāmākam. a kind of millet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivadham. the killing of an elephants (especially by a lion, which incurs the guilt of murder, whilst others carry off the spoils, such as the tusks and the pearls said to be found in the head) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivāham. an elephant-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivāham. a hook for driving elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivaidyakan. the art of healing elephants (as Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivaidyakakāram. the composer of such a work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivaktram. "elephants-faced", Name of gaṇeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivānaramfn. (a battle) in which elephants and monkeys take or took part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivarcasan. the vigour of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivarcasan. the magnificence of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivarmanm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastivātiṅgaṇam. Solanum Melougena View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiviṣāṇīf. Musa Sapientum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiyaśasn. the magnificence of an elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiyaśasihastivarcasinmfn. (?)having an elephant's magnificence and splendour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastiyuthan. a herd of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastocchrayam. "lifting up the hand", an oblation (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastodakan. water held in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasty(before vowels) , in compound for hasti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyamf(ā-)n. being on the hand (as the fingers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyamf(ā-)n. prepared with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyamf(ā-)n. held in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyadhyakṣam. a superintendent of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyājīvam. an elephants-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyālukan. a kind of large bulbous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyāroham. an elephants-rider, elephants-driver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyaśanāf. Boswellia Serrata or Thurifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyaśvan. sg. elephants and horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyaśvadīkṣāf. Name of the 16th and 17th pariśiṣṭa-s of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyaśvarathaghoṣam. the sound of chariots (and) horses (and) elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyaśvarathasambādhamfn. crowded with carriages (and) horses (and) elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyaśvārohabandhakam. plural elephants-riders (and) horsemen (and) their servants , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyāyurvedam. a work on the treatment of elephants diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyṛṣabhamfn. accompanied by an elephant-like bull (as cows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasurājam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abdasahasran. a thousand years. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhastramfn. without bellows. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhastrakā f. a badly made or inferior pair of bellows (id est small), said to mean also (a woman) who has no bellows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhastrikāf. a badly made or inferior pair of bellows (id est small), said to mean also (a woman) who has no bellows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhihasyamfn. ridiculous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinabhasind. towards the sky. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhrakabhasmann. calx of talc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyardhasind. apart, separate from (ablative)
abjahastam. the sun (represented as holding a lotus in one hand) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhasind. (See /adhara-), below, down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhasind. in the lower region View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhasind. beneath, under View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhasind. from under (with accusative genitive case,and ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhasind. also applied to the lower region and to the pudendum muliebre ([ confer, compare Latin infra]). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaspadamfn. Ved. placed under the feet, under foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaspada(/am-) n. the place under the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaspadamind. under foot. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastāddiśf. the lower region, the nadir. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastalan. the room below anything. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastāllakṣmanmfn. having a mark at the lower part (of the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastanamfn. lower, being underneath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastanamfn. preceding (in a book). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastānnābhiind. below the navel, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastānnirbādham(adh/astān--), ind. (with the knobs) turned downwards, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastarāmind. very far down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhastātind. equals adh/as- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhihastiind. on an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhihastyan. a present etc. held in the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhirūḍhasamādhiyogamfn. engaged in profound meditation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasahasra mfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasāhasramfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasauvarṇikamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasuvarṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adīrghasūtramfn. not tedious, prompt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adribarhas(adri--) mfn. fast as a rock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aduḥkhasukhavedanāf. the nonperception of either pain or pleasure, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgamarahasyan. Name (also title or epithet) of work (confer, compare -208) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agandhasevinmfn. not addicted to perfumes, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agastyagṛhaspatikamfn. having agastya- for a householder, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnirahasyan. "mystery of agni-", title of the tenth book of the śatapatha-brāhmaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnirahasyakāṇḍan. Name (also title or epithet) of the 10th (or 12th) book of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrahastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrahastam. the tip of an elephant's trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrahastam. finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahaḥsahasran. a thousand days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahasthe base of the middle cases of /ahar- instrumental case plural /ahobhis- ([ (twice) etc.]) dative case ablative /ahobhyas- ([ etc.]) locative case /ahassu- ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahasSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhasam. a quiet laugh, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahaskaram. (; gaRa kaskādi- q.v) "producing the day", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahaskara See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhaspatyamfn. (fr. ahas-pati-), belonging to the lord of the day or to the sun, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahastamf(-)n. handless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahastriyāman. day and night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahastriyāmaSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikasahasrikamfn. (fr. eka-sahasra-), possessing 1001. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aindrābārhaspatyamfn. belonging to indra- and bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akravihastamfn. not having bloody hands ["not having niggardly hands, not close-fisted" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpamedhasmfn. () of little understanding, ignorant, silly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhasn. (see abhr/a-, /ambu-), water etc., the celestial waters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhasn. power, fruit fulness and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhasn. plural (āṃsi-) collective N. for gods, men, Manes, and asura-s and , (hence) (as-) sg. the number"four" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhasn. mystical Name of the letter v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhasn. Name of a metre (consisting of 82 syllables) , (asa-), instrumental case in compound for ambhas- (exempli gratia, 'for example' ambhasākṛta-"done by water") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhasn. dual number (asī-) heaven and earth [ Greek imber-]. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmbhasamfn. (fr. ambhas-), consisting of water, being watery, fluid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmbhasikamfn. living in water, aquatic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmbhasikam. a fish commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambhastasind. out of the water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuhastam. a water-elephant (confer, compare jala-- dvīpa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhasmfn. unintelligent, foolish, an idiot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhasn. anxiety, trouble etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhasn. sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhasn. ([ confer, compare agh/a-, /āgas-; Greek , .]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhasaspatim. ([ ]) lord of perplexity id est an intercalary month View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhasaspatim. see āṃhaspatya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhasaspatyan. power over calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃhaspatior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āṃhaspatyamfn. belonging to the dominion of aṃhaspati- (as the intercalary month) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmnāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amoghasiddhim. Name of the fifth dhyānibuddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtāndhasm. "whose food is ambrosia", a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṃśuhastam. "having rays for hands", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amuktahastamf(ā-)n. "one whose hand is not open (to give)", sparing, economical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amuktahastatāf. economy, frugality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhasind. not below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananyarādhasmfn. striving after nothing else, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthasaṃśayam. non-risk of money or wealth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāthasabhāf. a poor-house.
anavabhrarādhasmfn. ( bhṛ-), having or giving undiminished (or durable) wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. darkness, obscurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. (Greek ) , a herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. the soma- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. soma- juice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. juice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. grassy ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
andhasn. food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āndhasikamfn. (fr. 2. andhas-), cooking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āndhasikam. a cook View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anedhasm. fire, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anedhasthe wind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anehasmfn. ( īh-), without a rival, incomparable, unattainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anehasmfn. unmenaced, unobstructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anehasm. time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anekārthasaṃgraham. Name of two works on words. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅghasn. sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anigrahasthānan. (in philosophy) occasion of non-refutation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anilambhasamādhim. "unsupported meditation", Name of a peculiar kind of meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjanāmbhasn. eye-water. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarhastamind. in the hand, within reach of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarhastīnamfn. being in the hand or within reach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūdhasf. udderless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūdhas(also, according to to some) having no breasts, a young girl, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anugrahasargam. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) creation of the feelings or mental conditions. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anurahasamind. in secret, apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuttamāmbhasn. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) indifference to and consequent abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as fatiguing) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuttamāmbhasikan. indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as involving injury to external objects). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvarthasaṃjñāf. a term whose meaning is intelligible in itself (opposed to such technical terms as bha-, ghu-,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahasto deride: Caus. -hāsayati-, to deride, ridicule. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahasitan. silly or causeless laughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahasitan. (also) smiling in tears, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastan. striking or throwing away or off (["the back of the hand"commentator or commentary ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastakamfn. handless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastayaNom. P. yati-, to throw away, push aside, repel, (generally used in the perf. Pass. p. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apahastitamfn. thrown away, repelled, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apehipraghasā(scilicet kriyā-) f. a ceremony from which gluttons are excluded, (gaRa mayūravyaṃsakādi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apighasto eat off or away (perf. 3. plural -jakṣuḥ-) ; (Aorist A1.3. sg. -gdha-[fr. gh-s-ta-],which by is derived fr. han-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arādhasmfn. not liberal, hard, stingy, selfish and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arahasn. absence of secrecy (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arālahastam. a particular position of the hands, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārambhasiddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhahastakam. a distance of 120 inches, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhamāsasahasran. a thousand of half months View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasamamfn. "half equal", Name of metres, in which the first and third and the second and fourth pāda-s are equal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasamamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasamasyāf. supplying an idea which is only half expressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasaṃjātasasyamf(ā-)n. having its crops half grown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasaptadaśamfn. plural sixteen and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasaptamamfn. plural six and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasaptaśatamf(ā-)n. plural or āni- n. plural three hundred and fifty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasīrinmfn. a cultivator (who takes half the crop for his labour)
ardhasomam. half the soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhaspṛṣṭamfn. (in gram.) half-touched (see spṛṣṭa-), , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasuptakamf(ikā-)n. half-asleep, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārdrahastamf(ā-)n. moist-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghasaṃsthāpanan. fixing the price of commodities, appraising, assize (it is the act of a king or ruler, in concert with the traders, and should be done once a week or once a fortnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arhasānam. the moon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arhasānaa horse, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasādhakamf(ikā-)n. promoting an aim, useful, profitable (see svārthasādhaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasādhakam. the plant putraṃjīva- Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasādhakam. Name of a minister of king daśaratha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasādhanan. accomplishment of a purpose, means of attaining an object, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasamamfn. having the same sense, synonymous, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasamāhartṛm. a collector of money, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasambandhinmfn. concerned or interested in an affair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasambhavamfn. (a meaning) derived from the (mere) object of thought (without regard to the sense or context of the phrase), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃcayam. sg. and plural collection of wealth, property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃdeham. a dubious or critical matter, (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃgraham. accumulation of wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃgraham. treasury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃgraham. "compendium of objects (treated of)", Name of one of the pūrva-mīmāṃsā- texts. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃgrahinmfn. accumulating wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasamisayam. danger in regard to one's fortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃnyāsinmfn. renouncing an advantage. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃsambandham. possession of wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃsambandham. connection of the sense with the word or sentence (see -bandha-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃsthānan. accumulation of wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasaṃsthānan. treasury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasāram. n. a considerable property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasāram. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddhamfn. clear in itself. self-evident View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddham. Name of the tenth day of the karma-māsa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddham. Name of śākyamuni- in one of his previous births (as a bodhisattva-).
arthasiddhakam. the plant Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddhif. acquisition of wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddhif. success View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddhif. Name of a particular magical faculty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthasiddhim. Name of a son of puṣya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāhasan. absence of violence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāhasan. absence of boldness or inconsiderate hastiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāhasikamf(ī-)n. not acting boldly or inconsiderately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭasāhasrakamf(ikā-)n. consisting of eight thousand (id est śloka-s, as one of the Buddhist prajñāpāramitā-s) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭaśatasāhasramfn. consisting of eight hundred thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthānasthasamāsamfn. having a compound in the wrong place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asukhasaṃcāramf(ā-)n. (a place) on which it is not easy or safe to dwell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvarādhas(/aśva--) mfn. equipping or furnishing horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atarkyasahasraśaktim. endowed with a thousand in comp.ehensible powers. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātharvaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihasitan. excessive laughter. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihasitan. (in rhetoric) excessive or foolish laughter, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihastayaNom. (fr. ati-hasta-) P. atihastayati-, to stretch out the hands ; (fr. atihastin-), to overtake on an elephant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atirabhasam. extraordinary speed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiraṃhasmfn. extremely rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṭṭahasitan. loud laughter, a horse-laugh. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyaṃhasmfn. beyond the reach of evil or distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audhasamfn. (fr. ūdhas-), being or contained in the udder (as milk) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupahastikamfn. (fr. upa-hasta- gaRa vetanādi- [not in ]), living by presents (? pratigraheṇa jīvati- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabhṛthasāmann. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabhṛthasnānan. idem or 'n. bathing or ablution after a sacrificial ceremony ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabhṛthasnapanan. bathing or ablution after a sacrificial ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avācinahastramfn. having the hand turned downwards, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avahasto laugh at, deride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avahasanan. deriding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avahastam. the back of the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avihastamfn. not unclever, experienced in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayuddhasenamfn. whose arrows or armies are un conquered, irresistible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyudhasahāyamfn. armed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyudhasāhvayam. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
babhasam. ( bhas-) a devourer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddharabhasamf(ā-)n. impetuous, passionate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhasnehamfn. conceiving affection for (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhaspṛhamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') feeling a longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhasūtam. a particular preparation of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādharahasyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhasiddhāntagranthakroḍam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhasiddhāntagranthānugamam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhasiddhāntagranthaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhasiddhāntagranthaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhasiddhāntagranthavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāḍhasṛtvanmfn. striding mightily along View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahubhastrakamf(ā-or ikā-)n. (fr. bahu-+ bhastrā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuhastikamf(ā-)n. rich in elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusāhasramf(ā-or ī-)n. amounting to many thousands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusāhasramf(ā-or ī-)n. (a sacrifice) of which many thousands partake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhusahasrabhṛtm. "having a thousand arm", Name of arjuna- kārtavīrya- (killed by paraśu-rāma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusāhasf. many thousands (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhusahasrinmfn. having a thousand arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvarṣasahasrikamfn. lasting many thousand years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvarṣasahasrinmfn. idem or 'mfn. lasting many thousand years ' , many thousand years old View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balīndrasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhastambham. "binding-post", the post to which an elephant is tied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barhasSee /adri-b- and dvi-b/arhas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhas vṛddhi- form of bṛhas- in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatamf(ī-)n. relating to or descended from bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyamfn. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. relating to or descended from bṛhas-pati- ' etc. etc. (with bha-or nakṣatra- n.the constellation puṣya- ;with māna- n."Jupiter's measure", a method of reckoning time ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyam. patronymic fr. bṛhas-pati- (Name of saṃyu-, agni-, tapur-mūrdhan-, bharad-vāja-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyam. a pupil of bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyam. an infidel, materialist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyan. the artha-śāstra- of bṛhas-pati-, ethics morality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyan. Name of various sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyajyotiḥśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyajyotirgrantham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyamahimanm. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyamuhūrtavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyasūtraṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhaspatyatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukabhairavasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṭukabhairavasahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bauddhadhikkārarahasyan. Name of Comm. on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bauddhasaṃgatif. Name of work on alaṃ-kāra- (quoted in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrahastamfn. having beautiful or auspicious hands (said of the aśvin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītārthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītārthastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatasamuccayesahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagīrathasutāf. equals -kanyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavīrahasyavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhārgavakalpavallīcakravidyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhārgavanāmasahasran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhas cl.3 P. () b/abhasti- or (3. sg. and plural) b/apsati- (2. dual number bhasathas- ; subjunctive babhasat-or bh/asat- ; babdhām- ; future bhasitā-,vii, 2, 8 Va1rtt. 1. ; infinitive mood bhasitum- ), to chew, masticate, devour, consume (see psā-) ; to blame, abuse (see bharts-) ; to shine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhas equals bhasman- ashes (only locative case bhasi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasadf. () the hinder or secret parts, (especially) pudendum muliebre ( bhasattas sat-t/as- ind.on or from the posteriors;down to the posteriors) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasadf. glans penis (equals liṅgāgra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasadf. Mons Veneris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasadf. the region of the hips (equals kaṭipradeśa-)
bhasadf. (with ā-), down the region of the hips ( also "flesh; a piece of wood; a float, raft; a sort of duck; the sun; a mouth; time") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasadyamfn. being or situated on the hinder parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasalam. a large black bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasaṃdhim. "point of junction of the asterism"Name of the last quarters of the asterism āśleṣa-, jyeṣṭhā-, and revatī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasamūham. "aggregate of the lunar asterism", Name of the number 27 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasanam. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasantam. time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasatm. a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasattasind. bhasad
bhasitamfn. reduced to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasitan. ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmain compound for bhasman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmabāṇam. "having ashes for arrows", fever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmabhūtamfn. become ashes, dead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmācalam. Name of a mountain in kāma-rūpa- (see bhasma-kūṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmacayam. a heap of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmacchannamfn. covered with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmadhāraṇan. application of ashes (on the head and other parts of the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmadhāraṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmādilakṣaṇan. Name of work 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagandhāf. "having the smell of ashes", a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagandhikā f. "having the smell of ashes", a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagandhinīf. "having the smell of ashes", a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagarbham. Dalbergia Ougeinensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagarbhāf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagarbhāf. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagātram. "whose limbs are (reduced to) ashes", Name of the god of love, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāgnim. (in medicine) Name of a disease in which the food is over-digested or as it were reduced to ashes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmagraham. "taking ashes", a particular part of a Brahman's education View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaguṇṭhanan. covering with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāhvayam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmajābālopaniṣadf. Name of an View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakamfn. (with agnī-) equals bhasmāgni-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakan. a particular disease of the eyes or morbid appetite from over-digestion (see bhasmāgni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakan. gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakan. the fruit of Embelia Ribes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakāram. "making id est using ashes ", a washerman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmākhyamfn. called ashes, nothing but ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmākṛP. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, to reduce to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakṛtmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') reducing to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakṛtamfn. reduced to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakūṭam. a heap of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmakūṭam. Name of a mountain in kāmarūpa- (see bhasmācala-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmālābukan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a gourd or vessel for preserving ashes
bhasmalalāṭikāf. a mark made with ashes on the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmalepanan. smearing with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmamāhātmyan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmameham. a sort of gravel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmanmfn. chewing, devouring, consuming, pulverizing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmann. (also plural) "what is pulverized a or calcined by fire", ashes etc. (yuṣmābhir bhasma bhakṣayitavyam-,"you shall have ashes to eat" id est"you shall get nothing"; bhasmanihuta mani-huta-. mfn."sacrificed in ashes" id est"useless") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmann. sacred ashes (smeared on the body; see bhasma-dhāraṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāṅgamfn. ash-coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmanihutamfn. bhasman
bhasmāntan. nearness of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāntamfn. ending in ashes, finally burnt (as the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmānteind. near ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāntiind. near ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāpf. plural (paḥ-) water with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmapraharaṇamfn. having ashes for a weapon (said of a fever) (see -bāṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmapriyam. "friend of ashes", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmapuñjam. a heap or quantity of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarājīf. a row or stripe of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarāśim. a heap of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarāśīkṛtamfn. turned or changed into a heap of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmareṇum. the dust of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarogam. a kind of disease (equals bhasmāgni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaroginmfn. suffering from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarohāf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarudrākṣadhāraṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmarudrākṣamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasāind. to ashes equals bhasma-sāt- (?) , prob. wrong reading for masmas/ā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasamīpan. nearness of ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśarkarāf. (prob.) potash View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasātind. to or into ashes (with kṛ-or -s/ād--,to reduce to ashes;(-sād-),with as-, bhū-, gam-and -,to be reduced to ashes, become ashes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasātwith kri- etc. See column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasayaNom. P. yati-, to burn to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśāyinmfn. lying on ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśāyinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśayyāśayānam. "lying on a couch of ashes", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasnānan. purification by ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasnānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśuddhikaram. "performing purification with ashes", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāsuram. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmasūtakaraṇan. the calcining of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmatāf. the state or condition of ashes (accusative with -,to become ashes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmatasind. out of the ashes id est from death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmatūlan. frost, snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmatūlan. a shower of dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmatūlan. a number of villages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmavādāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāvaśeṣamfn. of whom nothing remains but ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmavedhakam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmavidhim. any rite or ceremony performed with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmāvṛtāṅgamfn. having the body covered with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmeśvaram. a particular medicinal preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmeśvaram. Name of śiva- as a future tathā-gata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasin compound for bhasman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmībhāvam. the state or condition of becoming ashes (vaṃ gataḥ-,"reduced to ashes") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmībhūP. -bhavati-, to become ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmībhūtamfn. become ashes, reduced to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmībhūtamfn. being mere ashes id est wholly worthless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmīkaraṇan. reducing to ashes, burning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmīkaraṇan. calcining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmīkṛP. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, to make into ashes, reduce to ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmīkṛtamfn. reduced to ashes, burnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmīkṛtamfn. calcined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmoddhūlanan. smearing the body with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmoddhūlitavigraham. "whose body is smeared with ashes", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmodvapanan. pouring out ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrāf. a leathern bottle or vessel (used for carrying or holding water) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrāf. a skin, pouch, leathern bag (see mātrā--and hema-bh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrāf. a bellows or a large hide with valves and a clay nozzle so used View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrāf. a particular manner of recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrā bhastrika- etc. See column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrakāf. diminutive fr. bhastrā- (see bhastrākā-and bhastrikā- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrākāf. diminutive fr. bhastrā- (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastraphalāprob. wrong reading for bhastrā-phalā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrāphalāf. a species of plant Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrāvatmfn. furnished with a bellows or sack View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrīf. equals bhastrā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrikamf(ī-)n. equals bhastrayā harati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrikāf. a little bag (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhastrīyamfn. (fr. bhastrā-) gaRa utkarādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasūcakam. "indicator of asterisms", an astrologer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣyārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṭṭarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavaghasmaram. a forest conflagration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavalābhalobhasatkāraparāṅmukhamfn. averse to the benefit (and) to the longing for attainment of worldly existence (said of a Buddhist convert) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīsahasranāmabījākṣarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīsahasranāmann. Name of chapter of bhaviṣyottara-purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavānīsahasranāmayantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvarahasyasāmānyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojaprabandhasāram. Name of work (celebrating the deeds of king bhoja- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūgolahastāmalakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīvarivasyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhasiddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhasudhākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmagarbhasmṛtif. brahmagarbha
brahmāmbhasn. "holy water", the urine of a cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmarahasyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavāhas(br/ahma--) mfn. one to whom prayers are offered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavaivartarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadbṛhaspatim. Name of the larger recension of bṛhas-pati-'s law-book. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. (also written vṛh-p-;fr. 3. bṛk pati-; see brahmaṇas-pati-) "lord of prayer or devotion"Name of a deity (in whom Piety and Religion are personified;he is the chief offerer of prayers and sacrifices, and therefore represented as the type of the priestly order, and the purohita- of the gods with whom he intercedes for men;in later times he is the god of wisdom and eloquence, to whom various works are ascribed;he is also regarded as son of aṅgiras-, husband of tārā- and father of kaca-, and sometimes identified with vyāsa-;in astronomy he is the regent of Jupiter and often identified with that planet) etc., etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. Name of a prince (great-grandson of aśoka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. of a king of kaśmīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. of the author of a law-book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. of a philosopher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. of other authors (also with miśra-and ācārya- see above ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatim. (with āṅgirasa- see above) Name of the author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspaticakran. "cycle of bṛhas-pati-", the Hindu cycle of 60 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspaticakran. a particular astrological diagram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspaticāram. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatidattam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatiguptam. Name of man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatikam. (fr. ti-datta-) familiar diminutives on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatikaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatilam. (fr. ti-datta-) familiar diminutives on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatimatmfn. accompanied by bṛhaspati-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatimatan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatimiśram. Name of a Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatipakṣataf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatipraṇutta(bṛhas-p/ati-.) mfn. expelled by bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatiprasūta(bṝhas-p/ati--) mfn. enjoined by bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatipurohitamfn. having bṛhas-pati- for a purohita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatipurohitam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisamamfn. equal to bṛhaspati-, like bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisaṃhitāf. Name of two works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatiśāntif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatiśāntikarmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisavam. Name of a festival lasting one day (said to confer the rank, of a purohita- on those observing it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisavahautraprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisavakḷptif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisavaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatiśirasmfn. " bṛhaspati--headed", (prob.) having the head shaved like bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatismṛtif. bṛhaspati-'s law-book. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatistomam. Name of an ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatistotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisuratāf. a proper N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisuta(b/ṛhas-p/ati--) mfn. pressed out (as soma- juice) by bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatisutran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatitantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspativāram. Jupiter's day, Thursday. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspativatmfn. equals -mat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaspatiya m. (fr. ti-datta-) familiar diminutives on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatīsahasran. a thousand bṛhatī-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatīsahasran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasaṃgham. plural Buddha, the law, and the monkhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasaṃgītif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasiṃham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhasānum. equals parna- or equals yajña-puruṣa-
budhasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhasūktan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhasutam. " bhaṭṭotpala-'s son", Name of purū-ravas- (the first king of the lunar dynasty) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakrahastam. (equals -pāṇi-) idem or 'm. (see -bhṛt-) viṣṇu-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candanāmbhasn. equals na-rasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candraprabhasvāmicaritran. " candra-prabha-'s life", Name of a Jain work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carmabhastrikāf. a leathern bag View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carmāmbhasn. equals ma-sāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
carmaratnabhastrikāf. idem or 'n. a leathern lucky-bag ' , 199. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuḥsahasra(c/at-) n. 4000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuḥsāhasrakamf(ikā-)n. consisting of 4000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturaśītisāhasramfn. numbering 84000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturhastamfn. four-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturthasvaram. having the 4th tone or accent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturthasvaran. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvidhasaṃśayodbhedam. "removal of doubts of 4 kinds", Name of a work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturviṃśatisāhasramf(ī-)n. consisting of 24000 (G) i, 4, 147 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣpathasadmfn. dwelling at cross-ways View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnahastamfn. "cut-hand", Name of a man, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidambararahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikurahastam. idem or 'f. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. a mass of hair, tuft of hair ' ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrahastam. plural particular movements of the hands in fighting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citramahasmfn. (tr/a--) equals tr/ā-magha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citramahasm. Name of the author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrarādhas(tr/a-.) mfn. idem or '(tr/a--) mfn. granting excellent gifts ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasaram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasarasn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasthalan. a place where dead bodies are burnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityapurodhasm. equals -guru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣāyaṇahastamfn. having gold in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇābhimukhasthitamfn. standing with the face southwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastamfn. staff-handed (yama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastam. a doorkeeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastan. equals -mātaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍahastaf(ā-, ī-). (ā- ; ī- ) idem or 'n. equals -mātaṅga- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantahastinmfn. having tusks and a trunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darbhasaṃstaram. a bed made of d- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darbhastambam. equals -pūla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darbhasūcif. the point of d- grass,
dārghasattramf(ī-)n. (fr. dīrgha-.) connected with a long sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāruhasta m. a wooden spoon or ladle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāruhastakam. a wooden spoon or ladle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśasāhasramfn. equals srika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśasāhasran. 10000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśasāhasramten thousand times, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśasāhasrikamfn. numbering 10000, 6312. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśavidhasnānamantram. plural Name of particular hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattahastamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having a hand given for support, supported by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattahastamfn. shaking hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehasaṃcāriṇīf. "issued from or passing through (her father's) body (?)", a daughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehasāram. "body essence", marrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehasiddhisādhanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehasthavarodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehasukhamfn. agreeable to the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devāndhasn. "divine food", ambrosia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devarahasyan. divine mystery (see -guhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatīrthasvāminm. the ascetic Name of viśveśvara-datta-mitra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanuhasf. Name of a being attendant on devī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurhastamfn. bow in hand, having a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārāmbhas(m-) n. equals -ra-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāraṇīmukhasarvajagatpraṇidhisaṃdhāraṇagarbham. Name of a bodhi-sattva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharaṇīvarāhasaṃvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmakāmārthasaṃbaddhamfn. joined with or containing virtue, pleasure, and wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmakāmārthasambandham. alliance for virtue, pleasure, and wealth id est matrimony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmitāvacchedakarahasyan. Name of work
dhāṭīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāturahasyan. Name of work on gramm. roots. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhṛtāmbhasmfn. containing water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūlihastayaNom. P. yati-, to take dust into the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūrtaprahasanan. Name (also title or epithet) of a comedy by jyotir-īśvara- . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
digdhahastamfn. (a hunter) having (in his hand) or using poisoned arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
digdhahastamfn. having the hands smeared or soiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
digdhasahaśayamfn. lying in mud or along with any soiled person Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīnanāthasūrim. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasakthamf(ī-)n. having long thighs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasakthimfn. having long shafts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasaṃdhyamfn. performing long prayers or rites at the different twilights View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasaṃdhyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasasyam. "having long fruit", Diospyros Embryopteris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasattran. a long-continued soma- sacrifice etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasattran. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasattramfn. equals tr/in- mfn. occupied with a prolonged soma- rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghaskandham. equals -taru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasuratam. equals -rata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasūtramfn. "spinning a long yarn", slow, dilatory, procrastinating etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasūtratāf. () procrastination, dilatoriness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasūtratvan. () procrastination, dilatoriness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasūtrinmfn. equals tra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasūtritāf. equals tratā- (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasvaram. equals -varṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dohasn. milking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dohasn. dative case h/ase-, as infinitive mood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
doḥsahasrabhṛtm. "1000-armed", Name of arjuna- kārtavīrya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dradhasn. (for ḍhas-?) garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyahastamfn. holding anything in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhahastam. "strong-handed", Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasamādhānamfn. paying fixed attention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasaṃdham. "faithful to engagements", Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasaṃdhim. firmly united, closely joined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasaṃdhim. strong-knit, thick-set View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasaṃdhim. close, compact View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasauhṛdamf(ī-)n. firm in friendship, constant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasenam. "having a strong army", Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhaskandham. "strong-stemmed", a sort of Mimusops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasthūṇamfn. having firm posts or columns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasūtrikāf. "having strong fibres", Sanseviera Zeylanica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhasyum. Name of an ancient sage (equals ḍha-dasyu-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dugdhasamudram. the sea of milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dugdhasindhum. idem or 'm. the sea of milk ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dugdhasrotasn. a stream of milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasāgaram. "ocean of pain", great sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasāgaram. the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasamāyuktamfn. accompanied, with pain, affected by anguish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasaṃcāramfn. passing unhappily (time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasaṃsparśamfn. unpleasant to the touch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasaṃsthitimfn. in a wretched condition, poor, miserable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasaṃvardhitamfn. reared with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasaṃyogam. equals duḥkha-yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhasparśamfn. equals -saṃsp- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāmṛtarahasyan. (m-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlabhasvāminm. Name of a temple built by dur-vardhana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmedhasmfn. () dull-witted, stupid, ignorant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmedhastvan. foolishness, stupidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmocahastagrāhamfn. "whose hand's grasp is hard to unloose", holding fast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśasāhasramf(ī-)n. consisting of 1200 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaidhasūtran. Name of chapter xxii-xxv of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvātriṃśadaparādhastotran. Name of part of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvibarhasmfn. (hās-also n.and ind.) doubly close or thick or strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvibarhasmfn. in gaRa doubled (as opposed to single), mighty, large, great View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvihastamf(ā-)n. 2 hands long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviṣāhasra(dv/i--) mf(ī-)n. consisting of 2000 (see -sāh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisahasramfn. worth 2000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisahasran. vArttika (see -ṣāh-and -sāh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisāhasramf(ī-)n. equals -sahasra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisāhasran. 2000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisahasrākṣam. "the 2000-eyed one", Name of the serpent-king śeṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dviśatottarasāhasramf(ī-)n. consisting of a 1200 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyacakravartilakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyasvalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvyaṣṭasahasra n. 16000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvyaṣṭasāhasran. 16000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
edhasn. happiness, prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
edhasn. fuel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ehasn. anger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ehasn. emulation, rivalry (see an-eh/as-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaduḥkhasukhamfn. having the same sorrows and joys, sympathizing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekahastamfn. one hand long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekārthasamupetamfn. arrived at one object. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasahasran. 1001 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekasahasran. ([v]ṛṣabhaikasahasraṃ-[ ] or hasrās- scilicet gāvas-,a thousand cows and one bull ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
etāvacchas(t-śas-) ind. so many times, so often View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastalan. equals gabhasti-mat- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. "fork (?)", arm, hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. () a ray of light, sunbeam etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. Name of an āditya-, Ramapujasar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastif. Name of svāhā- (the wife of agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. (or f.) dual number the two arms or hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhasf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimfn. shining ("fork-like", double-edged or sharp-edged, pointed?) (see sy/ūma-g-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastim. (also probably "apole",in syūma-- g-, parasmE-pada 1273) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastihastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimālinm. "garlanded with rays", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimatmfn. shining, brilliant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimatm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimatm. a particular hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimatm. (gabhas-tala- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastimatm. n. Name of one of the nine divisions of bhāratavarṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastinemim. "the felly of whose wheel is sharp-edged (?)", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastipāṇim. "having rays for hands", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastipūta(g/abh-) mfn. purified with the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastīśvaran. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhastivāram. Sunday, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadāhastamfn. armed with a mace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadāhastamfn. mace-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galahastam. "the hand at the throat", seizing by the throat, throttling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galahastayaNom. P. yati-, to seize by the throat, throttle, strangle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galahastitamfn. seized by the throat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāṃdohasaṃnejanan. water to clean a milk-pail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāṃdohasaṃnejanaSee gāṃ-, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhahastimahātarkam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhahastinm. equals -gaja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhahastinm. Name of an antidote (said to be very efficacious) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhahastinm. of the author of a commentator or commentary on ācārāṅga- (), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhahastinm. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāmbhasn. idem or 'n. equals dha-jala- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvahastam. " gandharva--handed (the form of the leaves resembling that of a hand)", the castor-oil tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvahastam. (a-manuṣyasya h- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvahastakam. idem or 'm. (a-manuṣyasya h- )' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasāram. sandal-wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasāram. a kind of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasāraṇam. a kind of perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasevakamfn. using fragrances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasoman. the white esculent water-lily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasragdāmavatmfn. furnished with fragrant garlands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasukhīf. equals -śuṇḍinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhasūyīf. idem or 'f. equals -śuṇḍinī- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇeśasahasranāmann. Name of a part of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgāmbhas(m-) n. idem or 'n. pure rain-water (such as falls in the month āśvina-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasamayam. equals -divasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasambhavam. the production of a foetus, becoming pregnant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasambhavāf. a kind of cardamoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasambhūtif. equals bhava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasaṃdhim. (in dramatic language) a particular juncture, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasaṃkaritam. a mongrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasaṃkramaṇan. entering the womb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasamplavam. abortion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasaṃskāram. a particular ceremony, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasaṃsravaṇan. abortion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasrāvam. equals -saṃsravaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasrāvinmfn. producing abortion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasrāvinm. Phoenix paludosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasthamfn. situated in the womb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasthamfn. being in the interior of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasthānan. equals -vasati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasubhagamf(ā-)n. blessing the foetus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasūtran. Name of Buddhist sūtra- work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhasthyamfn. (sometimes wrongly spelt stha-) (fr. gṛha-stha-), fit for or incumbent on a householder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhasthyan. the order or estate of a householder, of the father or mother of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhasthyan. household, domestic affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gausahasrikamf(ī-)n. possessing 1000 cows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatrīrahasyan. Name of work on the gāyatrī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanahastasaṃkhyāf. (in geometry) the contents of an excavation or of a solid alike in figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmāmbhasn. idem or 'n. equals rma-jala- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghas not used in proper (cl.1. ghasati- ), but supplies certain tenses (especially Aorist and Desiderative ) of ad- (Aorist 2. and 3. sg. /aghas- ; aghās-(?) ;3. sg. aghat-, aghasat-[? ], ajīghasat-[ ];3. plural /akṣan- ; aghasan- [ ];2. dual number /aghastām-;2. plural aghasta-; subjunctive 2. sg. gh/asas-,3. sg. sat- ;3. plural kṣan-, ; imperative 3. dual number gh/astām-; perfect tense jagh/āsa- etc.;3. plural jakṣur- ; Potential jakṣīy/āt- ; parasmE-pada jakṣiv/as- ; f. kṣ/uṣī- ) , to consume or devour, eat: Desiderative j/ighatsati- (see ), to wish to consume or devour, wish to eat (see jakṣ-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasam. "devourer", Name of a demon causing diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasam. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasam. flesh, meat (see ud--.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasanan. devouring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasim. food kāṇva-) ii, 24'> (see ghās/i-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasmaramf(ā-)n. () voracious (said of fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasmaramfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' desirous of, eager for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasmaramf(ā-)n. in the habit to forget (with genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasmaram. Name of (a Brahman changed into) an antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasramfn. hurtful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasram. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasram. a day (see ghraṃs/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasran. saffron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghasvaramfn. voracious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛṣvirādhasmfn. granting with joy, (vocative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtācīgarbhasambhavāf. large cardamoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtahasta(t/a--) mf(ā-)n. having ghee in one's hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
girvāhas(g/ir--) mfn. one to whom invocations are addressed, praised in song (indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gomayāmbhasn. water with cow-dung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gombhasn. idem or 'n. equals -jala- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gonyoghas(g/o--) mfn. streaming or flowing among milk ("having quantities of fluid streaming down") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopālarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopālasahasranāmabhūṣaṇāf. "decorated with the thousand names of kṛṣṇa-", Name of work
gopīnāthasaptaśatīf. Name of work (perhaps equals govardhanas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gorabhasa(g/o--) mfn. strengthened with milk (soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gorakṣasahasranāmann. "the thousand names of śiva-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gosahasran. a thousand kine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gosahasramfn. possessing a thousand kine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gosahasf. Name of two festive days (the 15th day in the dark half of month kārttika- and of month jyaiṣṭha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahasamāgamam. equals -yuti-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahasāraṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahasthitivarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahasvaram. the 1st note of a musical piece. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthasaṃdhim. a section of a work, chapter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāvahasta(gr/āv-) mfn. equals -grābh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasaṃrodham. besetting a house (for recovering a debt). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasaṃsthamfn. equals -vāsin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasaṃveśakam. a house-builder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasāraproperty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasārasam. the crane Ardea sibirica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' living or staying in any one's house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhastham. a householder, Brahman in the 2nd period of his religious life (performing the duties of the master of a house and father of a family after having finished his studies and after investiture with the sacred thread; see pp. 138; 150; 362 & 386) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthāf. a housewife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthadharmam. a householder's duty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthānan. a royal tent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthāśramam. the order of a householder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthatāf. the office of a householder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthitif. the state of a householder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthopaniṣadf. religious knowledge of a householder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasthūṇan. the pillar of a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasvāminīf. a housewife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūḍhasākṣinm. a concealed witness (placed by the plaintiff so as to hear the defendant without being noticed by him) () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūḍhasiramfn. having the arteries hidden, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gūḍhasiratāf. one of a buddha-'s marks, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhasenam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhasenam. of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasm. a gandharva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halāyudhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hanumatsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haribhaktirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harimedhasm. Name of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harimedhasm. of the father of hari- (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harimedhasm. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haripañcāyudhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣavivṛddhasattvamfn. one whose vigour is increased by happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatamedhasmfn. equals -citta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭhasaṃketacandrikāf. Name of two works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayagrīvasahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemabhastrāf. a gold purse or purse containing gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemahastiratham. "golden-elephant-chariot", Name of one of the 16 mahādāna-s (q.v)
hetvābhāsarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himaśucibhasmabhūṣitamfn. adorned with ashes white as snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyagarbhasaṃhitāf. Name of work (or bha-parāśara-saṃhitā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyahastamfn. (h/iraṇya--) olden-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyahastam. Name of savitṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyahastam. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
homabhasmann. the ashes of a burnt-offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasamayeind. here, now, on the present occasion, at such a time as this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasthamfn. standing here, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasthānamfn. one whose place or residence is on the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasthāneind. in this place. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrābṛhaspatim. dual number indra- and bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrahastam. a kind of medicament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣṭasāhasamfn. violent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣuhastamfn. "arrow-handed", carrying arrows in the hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagdhasāraṃgamfn. equals sāraṃga-jagdhin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalahastinm. equals -dvipa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambhasuta(j/ambh-) mfn. pressed with the jaws, chewed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṃhasn. moving, going, course, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṃhasn. see kṛṣṇ/a--, raghu-p/ama--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janadāhasthānan. a place of cremation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānakīsahasranāmastotran. a hymn containing the 1000 names of sītā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānāmbhasmfn. having water up to one's knee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinasahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jitahastamfn. one who has exercised his hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñānahastim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyaiṣṭhasāmikamfn. fr. jyeskṭha-sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmagamfn. idem or 'mfn. a chanter of that sāman- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmakam. one who knows the jyeṣṭha-sāman-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmann. the most excellent sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmann. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmanmfn. a chanter of that sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasthānan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhastomam. Name of an ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotirhasf. "fire-handed", durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kacahastam. thick or ornamented hair, beautiful hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasSee han-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakuhastinā varia lectio for kakuh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālahasta Name (also title or epithet) of a pious forester, RTL: 441 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālahastipuran. Name of a town. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālahastiśailan. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālahastīśvaran. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālikārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālīsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāndhasaṃjñamfn. one whose intellect is blinded with pleasure, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇādarahasyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasañjanan. hanging on or round the throat. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasthamfn. staying or sticking in the throat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasthamfn. being in or upon the throat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasthamfn. guttural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasthamfn. being in the mouth ready to be repeated by rote, learnt by heart and ready to be recited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasthalīf. throat. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasthānīyamfn. (see sthānīya-, parasmE-pada 1263) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasūtran. a particular mode of embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭhasūtran. a necklace, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapālahastamfn. bearing a skull in the hand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapālaśaktihastamf(ā-)n. bearing a skull and spear in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaphasaṃbhavamfn. arising from phlegm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotahastam. a particular position of the hands. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotahastakam. idem or 'm. a particular position of the hands.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karakāmbhasm. idem or 'm. the cocoa-nut tree ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karihastam. a particular position of the hands. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmahastamfn. clever in business View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāruhastam. the hand of an artisan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryārthasiddhif. the accomplishment of any object or purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhasārivāf. the plant Ichnocarpus frutescens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhastambham. a beam of wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭhasūtran. Name (also title or epithet) of sūtra-s, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaucahastim. patronymic fr. kucahasta- (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaularahasyan. "esoteric doctrine of the kaula-s", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauśāmbhasn. water in which kuśa- grass has been boiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣītakirahasyan. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. = ', ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣītakirahasyabrāhmaṇan. idem or 'n. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. = ', ', ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautukarahasyan. Name of a comedy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavirahasyan. "secret of the learned", Name of a collection of roots by halāyudha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitārahasyan. "the secret of style", Name of work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keliśvetasahasrapattraNom. P. ttrati-, to represent a white lotus for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśahastam. much or ornamented hair, tuft (quoted in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśahastam. the hair for a hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayinrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaḍgahastamfn. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaḍgahasf. Name of a female attendant in the retinue of devī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khādihasta(kh/ādi--) mfn. having the hands ornamented with bracelets or rings (said of the marut-s), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khākhasam. poppy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khākhasaSee khaskhasa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khākhasatilam. idem or 'm. poppy ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khārasahasrikamfn. containing or sown with a thousand khāra- measures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasam. itch, scab, any irritating disease of the skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasam. plural Name of a people and of its country (in the north of India) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasam. a native of that country (considered as a degraded kṣatriya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasāf. a kind of perfume (murā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasāf. Name of a daughter of dakṣa- (one of the wives of kaśyapa- and mother of the yakṣa-s and rākṣasa-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasabījan. equals -tila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasagandham. idem or 'm. Name of a bulbous plant (varia lectio nna-).' (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasāka varia lectio for khaśīra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasakandam. Name of a bulbous plant (varia lectio nna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasamam. Name of a buddha- (see -śaya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasambhavamfn. idem or 'mfn. produced in the sky, ethereal ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasambhavāf. spikenard (equals ākāśa-māṃsī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasamutthamfn. produced in the sky, ethereal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasaphalakṣīran. poppy-juice, opium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasarpaṇam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasarpaṇan. gliding through the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasatilam. poppy (khaskhasa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasātmajam. "born by khasā-", a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasātmajaSee khasa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasīka varia lectio for khaśīra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasindhum. (see -camasa-) Name of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasindhuSee 3. kh/a-, p.334. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaskhasam. (equals khasa-tila-) poppy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaskhasarasam. poppy-juice, opium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaskhasasāram. idem or 'm. poppy-juice, opium ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasphaṭikam. "aerial crystal", N. for the sun- and moon-gem (sūrya-kānta-and candra-k-; see ākāśa-sph-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasṛmam. Name of a daitya- (son of vipracitti- and siṃhikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasṛmam. Name of a son of kauśika- (or viśvā-mitra-), 1190. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khastanīf. "having the atmosphere for its breast"Name of the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasthamfn. standing in the air, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasūcif. "a needle pricking the air" in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' one who continually makes mistakes (as a grammarian) and on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khasūciSee 3. kh/a-, p.334. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṭvāṅgahastamfn. = - bhṛt-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiliñjahastinm. an elephant formed by mats View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kokilārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koṣṭhasaṃtāpam. equals -tāpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krodhasamanvitamfn. filled with anger. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇabhasmann. sulphate of mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇajaṃhas(kṛṣṇ/a--) mfn. black-winged ["having a black path" and ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtahastamfn. one who has exercised his hands, dexterous, skilled (especially in archery) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtahastatalf. dexterity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtahastavatind. in a clever way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrasādhasm. one who divides the fields, who fixes the landmarks () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrasādhas according to to some,"bestowing a field" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣiprahastam. "swift-handed", Name of agni- Paipp. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣiprahastam. of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhasambhavam. (equals -yoni-), Name of agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhasambhavam. of nārāyaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhasaṃdhim. the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhasarpisn. butter placed in a jar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhastanīf. () having breasts like jars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumedhasmfn. of little intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśahastamfn. having kuśa- grass in the hand or in the paw (as applied to the tiger) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṣṭhasūdanam. "subduing leprosy", the Cassia tree (Cassia or Cathartocarpus Fistula) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvedhasm. bad fate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvadhastha according to to some read sadhastham-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhasambhāramfn. equals -saṃhāra- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhasaṃhāramfn. brought together, brought about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhasaṃjñamfn. one who has recovered his senses, restored to consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labdhasiddhimfn. one who has attained perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhasan. (only ) a horse's foot-rope (= va1ji-bandhana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhasan. wealth, riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
labhasan. one who asks or solicits, a solicitor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghucitrahastamfn. light and ready-handed, possessing unusual manual skill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhastamfn. light-handed, ready-handed, possessing skill in the hands (as an archer, writer etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhastam. a good archer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuhastatāf. ( ) ready-handedness, skilful-handed
laghuhastatvan. () ready-handedness, skilful-handed
laghuhastavatmfn. equals laghu-hasta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvasiṣṭhasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvāsiṣṭhasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laguḍahastam. "staff-in-hand", a man armed with a stick or mace, a staff-bearer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lagurahastam. equals laguḍa-h- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇāvādarahasyan. Name of work (by mathurā-nātha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīnārāyaṇasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīnṛsiṃhasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīnṛsiṃhastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīnṛsiṃhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsahasran. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsahasranāmabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsahasranāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lallavārāhasutam. Name of an astronomer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lambodaraprahasanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṭakamelanaprahasanan. Name of a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lauhasāram. or n. (?) salts of iron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukikabhānavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇāmbhasn. salt water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇāmbhasm. "having salt water", the sea, ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhasādhana varia lectio for lekhana-s- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhasaṃdeśahārinmf(iṇī-)n. taking or conveying a written message or instructions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāvatīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakāraṇatāpūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakāraṇatāsiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgopahitalaiṅgikabhānanirāsarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liptahastamfn. having the hands smeared or stained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohakārabhastrāf. a blacksmith's bellows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohasaṃkaram. composition or union of various metals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohasaṃkaran. steel (from Damascus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohasaṃśleṣakam. borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohasiṃhānikā(?) f. rust of iron
lohasthamfn. being in iron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasudattam. Name of a man (equals lūha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madahastinīf. a species of karañja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāmbhasn. equals mada-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuhastya(m/adhu--) mfn. having honey or sweetness in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvasahasranāmabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasāhasam. the middlemost penalty or amercement, punishment for crimes of a middle degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasāhasamn. violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.)
māghasnānan. bathing or religious ablution in the month māgha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māghasnānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maghasvāminm. varia lectio for makha-sv- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevasahasranāmastotran. Name of stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāgaṇapatisahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāgandhahastinm. Name of a very efficacious remedy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāghasam. "great eater", Name of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāhastamfn. having large hands (Name of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāhastinmfn. having large hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākālasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmahasn. a great light (seen in the sky) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmeghanibhasvanamfn. equals -svana- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmeghasvanamfn. sounding like immense thunder-clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmohasvarottaratantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpuruṣavidyāyāṃviṣṇurahasyekṣetrakāṇḍejagannāthamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. greatness, might, power, glory (instrumental case plural greatly, mightily etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. joy, gladness, pleasure ( mas /as- ind.gladly, briskly, swiftly ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. a festival or a festive hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. a sacrifice, oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. light, splendour, majesty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. the fourth of the seven worlds (written mahar-;See above and see vyāhṛti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. equals udaka-, water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasn. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahas mahasa- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasan. knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasan. kind, sort, manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasan. excessive violence, great cruelty or outrage, brutal assault View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasan. extreme audacity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasikamfn. extremely daring or foolhardy, one who goes to work very rashly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasikam. a robber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasikam. an assaulter, violator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasikatāf. great boldness or daring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasikatāf. great energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasikatayāind. in a very decided manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāhasinmfn. equals -rāhasika- mfn. (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsahasranāmann. a list of 1000 names of rāma- from the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsahasrapramardanan. Name of a sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsahasrapramardanīf. Name of one of the 5 great tutelary goddesses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsahasrapramardinīf. equals prec. f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasenam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasenanareśvaram. Name of the father of the 8th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasoṇa(?) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahastvan. greatness, mightiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasvatmfn. (m/ahas--) giving pleasure, gladdening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasvatmfn. great, mighty, glorious, splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasvatmfn. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahasvinmfn. brilliant, splendid, glorious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahātripurasundarīmantranāmasahasran. Name of a chapter of the vāmakeśvara-tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavivekārthasākṣivivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegalabdhasthāmam. Name of a king of the garuḍa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahitāmbhasmfn. whose waters are celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahodhasmfn. "large-uddered", rich in clouds or water (said of parjanya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitrābārhaspatyamfn. belonging to mitra- and bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makārādisahasranāmann. Name of chapter of the rudra-yāmala- (containing 1000 names of rāma- beginning with m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasSee next and s/adma-makhas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasvāminm. "lord of sacrifice", Name of an author = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasyaNom. P. sy/ati-, te-, to be cheerful or sprightly ([ see ]) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasyumfn. cheerful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasyumfn. sprightly, exuberant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallārisahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalitahastakāṇḍamfn. having a trunk formed in rings or circles (said of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandamedhasmfn. equals -dhī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manmathasakham. friend of love, the spring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manmathasamānamfn. feeling similar love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manmathasaṃjīvanīf. "exciting love", Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manmathasuhṛdm. equals -sakha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manorathasiddham. wrong reading for -siddhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manorathasiddhif. the fulfilment of a wishes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manorathasiddhim. (also dhika-) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manorathasṛṣṭif. creation of the fancy, phantasm of the imagination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrākṣaribhavānīsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrarahasyaprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantriṇīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manvarthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātaṃgīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātāpitṛsahasran. plural thousands of mother and father View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṭhasthitimfn. staying or residing in a college of priests View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātrābhastrāf. a money-bag, purse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātṛgarbhasthamfn. mātṛgarbha
mattahastinm. equals -dantin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhasn. equals medha-, a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhasm. Name of a son of manu- svāyambhuva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhasm. of son of priya-vrata- (varia lectio medha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhasm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals medhā-, intelligence, knowledge, understanding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhasam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhasāti(medh/a--) f. the receiving or offering of the oblation, sacrificial ceremony (;others"the offering of devotion, service or worship of the gods";others "the gaining or deserving of a reward or praise") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasakham. "cloud-friend", Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasakhamf(ā-)n. having a cloud for a friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasambhavam. "cloud-produced", Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasaṃdeśam. equals -dūta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasaṃdhim. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasaṃghātam. an assemblage or multitude of cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasāran. "cloud-essence", a kind of camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghaskandinm. the fabulous animal sarabha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghastanitan. "cloud-rumbling", thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghastanitodbhavam. Asteracantha Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasuhṛdm. "cloud-friend", a peacock (delighting in rainy weather) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasvanāf. "sounding like a thunder-cloud"Name of a mātṛ- attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasvaram. Name of two buddha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasvararājam. Name of two buddha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghasvātim. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meruvirahatantrebhuvaneśvarīsahasranāmastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāsūtrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithasind. together, together with (instrumental case), mutually, reciprocally, alternately, to or from or with each other etc., etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithasind. privately, in secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithasind. by contest or dispute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithasamayam. mutual agreement (varia lectio -samavāya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithaspṛdhya ind.p. ( sp/ṛdh-) meeting together as rivals, mutually emulous ( mithaspr/idhyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithasturmfn. following one another, alternating (as day and night) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyācāraprahasanan. Name of a comedy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyātvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitramahas(mitr/a-.) mfn. (perhaps) having plenty of friend, rich in friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhasn. equals m/edhas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohāndhasūryam. a particular medicament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohinīrājasahasranāmāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdhasn. disdain, contempt (only dhas-kṛ-to disdain, contemn, injure) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdhasn. fight, battle
mṛgavyādhasarpasūkaram. plural a deer, hunter, snake and boar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛktavāhas(mṛkt/a-) m. (with dvita ātreya-) Name of the author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtāhasn. () the day of any one's death. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūḍhasattvamfn. foolish or silly by nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhabodhasubodhinīf. Name of work connected with vopadeva-'s grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhasvabhāvam. artlessness, simplicity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhasvabhāvamfn. artless or charming by nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasambhavam. "mouth-born", a Brahman (see ja-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasaṃdaṃśam. forceps View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasaṃdhim. (in dramatic language) Name of a kind of fugue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasammita(m/ukha-.) mfn. reaching to the mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasecakam. Name of, a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasrāvam. flow of saliva, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasrāvam. saliva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasukhan. causing ease of pronunciation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhasuran. lip-nectar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktahastamf(ā-)n. open. handed, liberal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktahastamf(ā-)n. loosed, let go View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktivādarahasyan. muktivāda
mūlamantrārthasāramn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṇḍitaprahasanan. Name of a drama, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrdhasaṃhitamf(ā-)n. attached or fastened to the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasn. (see nabha-) mist, clouds, vapour (especially of the soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasn. the sky or atmosphere (dual number heaven and earth ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasn. ether (as an element) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. () Name of a month in the rainy season (equals śrāvaṇa-,July-August) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. period of life, age View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. clouds, rainy season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. the nose or smell (equals ghrāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. a rope made of lotus fibres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. a spitting-pot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasm. Name of a prince (son of nala- and father of puṇḍarīka-) [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin ne8bula; Slavonic or Slavonian nebo; German ne0bul,ne0bel,Nebel; Anglo-Saxon nifol,"dark."] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasamfn. vapoury, misty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasam. sky, atmosphere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasam. the rainy season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasam. the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasam. Name of a ṛṣi- of the 10th manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasam. of a dānava- (varia lectio rabhasa-and raśmisa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasam. of a son of nala-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhasamf(ī-)n. (fr. nabhas-) celestial, heavenly, appearing in the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhasamf(ī-)n. (with yoga-) Name of certain constellations (according to bhaṭṭopala- 2, divided into 4 classes, viz. 3 āśraya--, 2 dala--, 20 ākṛti-- and 7 saṃkhyā-- yoga-s) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasaṃgamam.,"sky-goer", a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhasayogādhyāyam. Name of 12th chapter of and 10th chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasmayamf(ī-)n. vaporous, misty, hazy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhastalan. "sky-surface", firmament etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhastalan. Name of the 10th solar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhastasind. from the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasvatmfn. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. vaporous, misty, hazy ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasvatmfn. young View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasvatm. wind etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasvatm. Name of a son of naraka- bhauma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasvatind. like vapour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasvatīf. Name of the wife of antar-dhāna- and mother of havir-dhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyamfn. foggy, misty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. Name of a month in the rainy season (equals bhādra-,August-September) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. of a son of manu- svārociṣa- or of the 3rd manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhonabhasyatvan. the state of the rainy months nabhas- and nabhasya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nādhasn. (prob.) equals nātha-, help, refuge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nahasran. bolt, nail, crotchet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nahasran. bond, fetter (see un-n-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nahasran. putting on, girding round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairhastamfn. (a weapon) intended for handless demons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣkasahasrikamfn. containing or worth 100 (1000) niṣkas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naṃhasam. a god smiling on or kind to his worshipper varia lectio () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānāmantraughasiddhimatmfn. having plenty of various magic. formulas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānārthasaṃdigdhārthavicāram. Name of a nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānārthasaṃgraham. Name of dictionary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandimukhasughoṣam. Name of a man ( nandimukhasughoṣāvadāna ṣāvadāna- n.Name of work ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandimukhasughoṣāvadānan. nandimukhasughoṣa
nāradīyasaptasahasran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narasiṃhanakhastotran. Name of stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narasiṃhasahasranāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narasiṃhastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
natamaṃhasthe beginning of (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāthasiṃham. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāthastutif. Name of a poem (called also ātma-mandira-stotra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naudhasam. patronymic of eka-dyū- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naudhasan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naudhasaśyaita n. Name of sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naudhasaśyaitayonin. Name of sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahasthāpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahasūktan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navahastam. Name of an author (see -kara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navajvarebhasiṃham. Name of particular medicaments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navakaṇḍikāśrāddhasūtran. Name of the 6th pariśiṣṭa- of (equals śrāddha-kalpa-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navakhaṇḍayogasahasran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navasāhasāṅkacāritn. "the 9 [or new?] deeds of king sāhasāṅka-", Name of a poem by śrī-harṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navasāhasramf(ī-)n. consisting of 9000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navyamatarahasyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayasāhasonnatimatmfn. requiring a high degree of prudence and resolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netrāmbhas() n. equals tra-vāri-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibandhasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibandhasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibandhasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibarhitāṃhasmfn. destroying sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibhasadmfn. (prob.) having the hinder parts directed downwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidāghasindhum. a river in hot weather, one nearly dry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nighasam. ( ghas-) eating, food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigrahasādhanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigrahasthānan. (in philosophy) the position of being unfit to carry on an argument from impossibility of agreeing about first principles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigrahasthānasūtraṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigrahastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niktahasta(kt/a-) mfn. clean-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlakaṇṭhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlakaṇṭhasthānamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlakaṇṭhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirandhasmfn. foodless, hungry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhas -bapsati-, to bite off, chew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhastrakamf(akā-or ikā-)n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirhasta(n/ir--) mfn. handless (see nair-h-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryāṇahastamfn. having a foot-rope in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśāhasam. "night-smiler", the white water-lily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityārthasāmānyapañcapaṭhīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityotkṣiptahastam. "who always raises his hand", Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nodhasm. (according to 4. nu-?) Name of a ṛṣi- also called gautama- ( ) or kākṣīvata- () (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhasahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhastavarājam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛsiṃhastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛtyahastam. the position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛvāhasmfn. conveying men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīprakāśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamīmāṃsārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyasadarthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
odhasn. equals ūdhas- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ohasn. a vehicle, means (figuratively said of a stotra- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pacchasind. (for śas-) foot by foot, pāda- by pāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pacchaschaḥśasyan. the recitation by pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādāmbhasn. water for washing the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthasaṃgraham. Name of work
padārthasarasīf. Name of work
padmahastam. a particular measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādukāsahasran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādukāsahasraparīkṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paitāmahasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṭhasarpamfn. (fr. pīṭha-sarpin-) Va1rtt. 1
pakṣatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcahastam. "5-handed", Name of a son of manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcahastam. of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīvarivasyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāñcarātrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāśacchasind. by fifties, 50 by 50 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcasahasf. sg. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (-ka-)mfn.) 5000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāstikāyasaṃgrahasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcavidhasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcaviṃśatisāhasrikāf. Name of a prajñāpāramitā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāyudhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāyudhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇinisūtravṛttyarthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṅktirādhas(kt/i--) mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parādevīrahasyatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraḥsahasra(; p/araḥ-sahasra- ) mf(ā-)n. plural more than 1000. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paralokahastamfn. holding in hand (id est quite certain of) the other world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramadurmedhasmfn. exceedingly stupid. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramahaṃsasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyan. the deepest mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyajapasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyavādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyopadeśasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāmarśagrantharahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśarahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work
paramārthasaṃdarbham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasaṃvṛtisatyanirdeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasārasaṃkṣepavivṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasaritf. really a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasatyan. the real or entire truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārthasuptamfn. really asleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramatattvarahasyopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraśuhasf. "axe in hand", Name of a female attendant on devī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraśuvanasahasranāmann. "forest of axes", Name of a hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣārahasyan. Name of work
paribhāṣārthasaṃgraham. Name of work
parighasaṃkāśamfn. resembling an iron bar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parighastambham. a door-post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihasP. -hasati- (Passive voice Aorist pary-ahāsi-), to laugh, jest or joke with (accusative), laugh at, ridicule, deride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihasitamfn. laughed at, ridiculed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihastam. (gaRa nir-udakādi-) an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripūrṇasahasracandravatīf. "possessing a thousand full moons", Name of indra-'s wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisahasramfn. plural a full thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārśvanāthastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārśvanāthastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthasārathim. " arjuna-'s charioteer", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthasārathimiśram. Name of an author or several authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthastutif. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthastutiṭīkāf. Name of the commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parvatarodhasn. mountains-slope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārvatīsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśahastamfn. noose in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāśahastam. Name of yama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścādahasind. in the afternoon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścimaraṅganāthastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātañjalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāthasn. a spot, place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāthasn. food air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāthasn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭhasamañjarīf. (in music) Name of rāgiṇī-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāthaspatim. "lord of the water", Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathasundaram. or n. Name of a plant (varia lectio pattra-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭhitasiddhasārasvatastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātrahasta(p/ā-) mf(ā-)n. holding any vessel in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrahastamf(ā-)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paulahastim. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurodhasam. patronymic fr. puro-dhas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paurodhasam. the office of the purohita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavanaraṃhasmfn. swift as wind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payodhasm. (1. dhā-) a rainy cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payodhasm. the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payograhasamarthanaprakāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalasahasran. a thousand fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalasahasran. dual number two thousand fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalguhastinīf. Name of a poetess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phaṇāmaṇisahasrarucf. the splendour of the thousand jewels on the hood (of the surface-king) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pinākahasta(pin-) m. = equals -pāṇi- Name of rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīnodhas() f. (a cow) with full or swelling udders. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītabhasmanm. a particular preparation of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitāmahasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitāmahasarasn. Name of a place of pilgrimage (also hasya saraḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitāmahasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīṭhasarpa( "a boa"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīṭhasarpin() mfn. equals -ga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīṭhasthānan. Name of a city (equals prati-ṣṭhāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīṭhasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛmedhasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛmedhasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīyūṣamahas m. equals -dyuti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prābhasika(with kṣetra-) n. equals pra-bhāsa-kṣ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabodhasiddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabodhasudhākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabodhasūktivyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍacaṇḍikāsahasranāmastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracaṇḍaśephasm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradaghas(Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of dagh-), to cause to fall, throw down (wrong reading -d/aghos-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyumnarahasyan. " pradyumna-'s secret"Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgabhāvavicārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praghasam. ( ghas-) a devourer (plural Name of false gods) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praghasam. Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praghasam. of a monkey follower of rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praghasāf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasP. -hasati- (Epic also A1. te-), to burst into laughter (also with hāsam-) etc. ; to laugh with (accusative) ; to laugh at, mock, deride, ridicule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasam. of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasanan. laughter, mirth, mockery, derision (nam-,enclit. after a finite verb gaRa gotrādi-; ne- kṛ-,to mock, deride gaRa kṣād-ādi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasanan. (in rhetoric) satire, sarcasm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasanan. (especially) a kind of comedy or farce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasananāṭakan. Name (also title or epithet) of a comedy ascribed to kālidāsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasantīf. a species of jasmine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasantīf. another plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasantīf. a large chafing-dish or fire-pan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasatmf(antī-)n. laughing, smiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitamfn. laughing, cheerful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitam. of a prince of the kiṃ-nara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitan. bursting into laughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitan. displaying bright gaudy colours View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitānanamfn. () with laughing face. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitanetram. "laughing-eyed", Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahasitavadanamfn. () with laughing face. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastamfn. long-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastam. (n. ) the open hand with the fingers extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastam. Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastam. of a companion of sūrya-prabha- (son of candra-prabha-, king of śākala-;he had been an asura- before) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastakam. the extended hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastakamn. (scilicet tṛca-) Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahastavādam. Name of work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtarahasyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramahasmfn. of great might or splendour (said of mitra-- varuṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāmāṇyavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramūḍhasaṃjñamfn. having the mind perplexed, bewildered, infatuated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prarādhasm. ( rādh-) Name of a descendant of aṅgiras- (varia lectio purādhas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathamasāhasam. the first or lowest degree of punishment or fine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathasn. width, extension View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathasvat(pr/athas--) mfn. wide, spacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastam. a deputy, substitute, proxy. ( pratihastatva -tva- n. ), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastaka() m. a deputy, substitute, proxy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastatvan. pratihasta
pratihastiind. towards elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihastinm. the keeper of a brothel (Scholiast or Commentator"a neighbour") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratijñālakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣiddhasevanan. doing what is prohibited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣiddhasevinmfn. following or doing what is forbidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣaparicchedarahasyan. pratyakṣapariccheda
pratyaṅgirāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyaṅgirāsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prauḍhasvaramind. with a strong or loud voice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravālabhasmann. calx of coral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittarahasyan. Name of work
prāyaścittaughasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyamedhastutamfn. (priy/a-m-) praised by priya- (according to to equals priya-yajñair ṛṣibhiḥ stutaḥ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyasāhasamfn. addicted to rashness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyasāhasatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhastotran. Name of a particular arrangement of sāman-s (equals pṛṣṭha- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthvīvarāhasaṃvādam. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyāhasvanam. () equals -vācana- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyamahasmfn. of pure glory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purādhasm. Name of an āṅgirasa- (varia lectio pra-rādhas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purāṇapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇagabhasti(pūrṇ/a--) mfn. one whose arms or hands are full (of wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purodhasm. "placed at the head", chief priest of a king, domestic chaplain etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purodhasm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purumedhasmfn. () endowed with wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purumedhasmfn. Name of a man with the patronymic āṅgirasa- (author of ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣārthasiddhyupāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣārthasudhānidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣārthasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣottamasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvamīmāṃsārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvasāhasan. the first or heaviest fine or punishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāmbhasn. flower-water, Name of a sacred bathing-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrasahasrakamf(ikā-)n. having 1000 sons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrasahasrinmfn. idem or 'mf(ikā-)n. having 1000 sons ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasn. violence, impetuosity, zeal, ardour, force, energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasāind. violently, impetuously, forcibly, roughly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasamf(ā-)n. (fr. prec.) impetuous, violent, rapid, fierce, wild etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasamf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') eager for, desirous of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasamf(ā-)n. strong, powerful (said of the soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasamf(ā-)n. shining, glaring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. impetuosity, vehemence, hurry, haste, speed, zeal, passion, eager desire for (compound) etc. (alsof(ā-). ; rabhasa- in the beginning of a compound; rabhasat sat- ind.and rabhasena sena- ind.violently, impetuously, eagerly, quickly) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. joy, pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. regret, sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. Name of a magical incantation recited over weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. of a dānava- (varia lectio raśmisa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. of a king (son of rambha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. of a lexicographer (also called rabhasa-pāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasam. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasakośam. rabhasa-'s dictionary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasānamfn. shining, glaring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasanandinm. Name of a Buddhist author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasapālam. Name of a lexicographer (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasatind. rabhasa
rabhasenaind. rabhasa
rābhasikamfn. (fr. rabhas-) impetuous, vehement (= āyaḥśūlika- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasikatāf. vehemency, impetuosity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rabhasvat(r/a-bhas--) mfn. violent, impetuous, zealous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasyan. (fr. rabhasa-) velocity, impetuosity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasyan. delight, joy, pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhārahasyakāvyan. Name of poems. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhasn. favour, kindness, bounty, a gift of affection, any gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhasn. munificence, liberality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhasn. accomplishment of one's wishes, success View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhasn. striving to accomplish or gain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhasn. wealth, power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhaspatim. a lord of gifts or wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghupatirahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghupatmajaṃhasmfn. light-winged, having a light-falling foot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasn. (for 2.See p.871, col, 1) swiftness, speed, velocity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasn. (for 1.See) a lonely or deserted place, loneliness, solitude, privacy, secrecy, retirement ( rahas rahas- ind., rahasi si- ind.and rahassu ssu- ind.privately, in secret) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasn. a secret, mystery, mystical truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasn. sexual intercourse, copulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasind. rahas
rahasaSee anu--, ava--, and tapta-r-.
rahasanandin m. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasānandinm. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasiind. rahas
rahaskāmam. fond of solitude ( rahaskāmatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahaskāmatāf. rahaskāma
rahaskaramfn. executing a secret commission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahassuind. rahas
rahastasind. out of retirement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasthamfn. = (and varia lectio for) rahaḥ-stha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasūf. (a woman) bringing forth a child in secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamfn. secret, private, clandestine, concealed, mysterious etc. (syāni romāṇi-,hair on the private parts ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasf. equals rāsnā- or pāṭhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. a secret, any secret doctrine or mystery, any subtle or recondite point, mystical or esoteric teaching etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. an upaniṣad- (See sa-r-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. full or abridged Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabhedam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabhedanan. the disclosure of a secret or mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyachalākṣaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyadhārinmfn. one who is in possession of a secret or mystery, initiated into a secret rite or mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyadhāriṇīf. a confidante View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyagānan. equals ūhya-g- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyākhyāyinmfn. whispering (as it were) a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyākhyāyinmfn. making secret reports View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyālocanan. the pondering over secret things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyālocanāf. idem or 'n. the pondering over secret things ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyālocanāparamfn. addicted to pondering over secret things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamind. in secret, secretly, privately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamātṛkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyanavanītan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyanikṣepam. one who is entrusted with (literally"the deposit of") a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapadavīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapuraścaraṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyarakṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasaṃdeśavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasaṃrakṣaṇan. the keeping of a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyaṣoḍaśīṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyātirahasyapuraścaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayan. the three categories of rāmānuja- and his school (defining the universe as consisting of īśvara-, cit- and a-cit- see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayacudāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayaculukam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayakārikāvyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayamīmāṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayavyākhyārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavibhedam. equals -bheda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavidmfn. one who knows (the texts called) rahasya-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavratan. "mystical vow", the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭif. (and rahasyeṣṭipaddhati ṭi-paddhati- f.) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭipaddhatif. rahasyeṣṭi
rahasyocchiṣṭasumukhīkalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyum. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājahastinm. a royal elephant, excellent elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājasiṃhasudhāsaṃgraham. Name of a medical work (written by mahādeva-, at the request of king rāja-siṃha-, and also called -sudhā-sindhu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyalābhastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rakārādirāmasahasranāmann. Name of a collection of the thousand names of rāma- (from the brahmayāmala-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalarahasyasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmanāthastotran. Name of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmarahasyan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmarahasyopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmasahasranāmann. " rāma-s's thousand names", Name of chs. of the and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmasahasranāmastotran. Name of similar work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmasahasranāmavivaraṇan. Name of similar work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṃhasn. speed, quickness, velocity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṃhasn. eagerness, impetuosity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṃhasm. Name of śiva- (Vehemence personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṃhasm. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṃhasa(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals raṃhas- (exempli gratia, 'for example' mano-mārutar-,having the swiftness of thought or of the wind ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇahastinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
randhas m. Name of a man belonging to the family of andhaka- (see rāndhasa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
randhasam. Name of a man belonging to the family of andhaka- (see rāndhasa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāndhasam. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅganāthapādukāsahasran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅganāthastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅghasn. equals raṃhas-, haste, speed, velocity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāsabhasenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasabhasmann. calx or oxide of mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasabhasmavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasarahasyan. Name of medical wks. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasasaṃgrahasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raśmiśatasahasraparipūrṇadhvajam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathāhasn. a day's journey by carriage. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasāhvayāf. a (female) ruddy goose, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasaṅgam. the meeting or encounter of war-chariots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasaptamīf. Name of the 7th day in the light half of the month āśvina- (so called as the beginning of a manv-antara- when a new Sun ascended his car)
rathasaptamīkālanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasaptamīpūjāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasaptamīsnānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasaptamīvratan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasārathim. a charioteer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasattamam. a most excellent chariots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasattamam. the best of warriors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathaspaṣṭa(r/atha--) mfn. knowable or conspicuous by cartways View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathaspati(r/athas--) m. (r/athas-prob. a form of the genitive case; see v/anas-p/ati-) the"lord of chariots", a deity presiding over chariots or over pleasure and enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathaspatiSee column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathaspṛśmfn. touching the chariots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasthamfn. being on a chariots, mounted on a car View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasthāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasūtran. rules or directions about carriage-building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasvanam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the sound or rattling of chariots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasvanam. (n/a-) "having the sound of a chariots (?), having a sounding chariots", a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathasvanam. Name of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratirahasyan. "mysteries of love", Name of an erotic work by kokkoka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratirahasyadīpikāf. Name of another work (prob. a commentator or commentary on the former). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnahastam. Name of kubera- (see -garbha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakośamatarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakośavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnameghasūtran. Name of a Buddhist sūtra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnamudrāhastam. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātrisahasran. a thousand night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāvaṇahasram. or n. a particular stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rebhasūnum. dual number two sons of rebha-, authors of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
reṇukāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
reṇusahasran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rephasmfn. (only ) low, vile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rephasmfn. wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rephasmfn. cruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rephasmfn. niggardly (see repas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rephasaṃdhim. the euphonic junction of r- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retodhasmfn. impregnating, fertilizing, begetting offspring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retodhasm. (with or without pitṛ-) "a begetter", natural father View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgarthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktahastamfn. empty-handed, bringing no present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riktahastamfn. carrying away no present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛjuhastamf(ā-)n. "good-handed", bestowing liberally (said of the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛkchas ind. verse by verse, one ṛc- verse after the other View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasn. a bank, embankment, dam, mound, wall, shore etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasn. a mountain slope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasn. the steep wall or bank (of a cloud) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasn. the brink (of a well) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasn. the flank, side, a woman's hips (see taṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasthamfn. standing on the bank of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasvatmfn. (r/odhas--) having high banks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhasvatīf. (atī-) Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohasn. height, elevation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohasenam. Name of a boy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṣabhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtasadhasthamfn. standing in the right manner, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtusahasran. a thousand seasons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūḍhasauhṛdamfn. one whose friendship is grown or increased, firm in friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūḍhaskandhamfn. (a tree) whose stem or trunk has grown, high, lofty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrasahasranāmann. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūparasagandhasparśavatmfn. having colour and taste and smell and palpability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabādhasmfn. equals -b/ādh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabādhasind. urgently, eagerly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabādhasm. equals ṛtvij- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdālokarahasyan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānityatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānuviddhasamādhipañcakan. Name of a yoga- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyepūrvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdāprāmāṇyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdarahasyan. Name of two philosophy works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdārthasaṃdīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdārthasāramañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdasaṃdarbhasindhum. (see śadārnavābhidhāna-) Name of a lexicon (compiled for Sir Jones by kāśīnātha- bhaṭṭācārya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhasmadvijam. plural Name of pāśupata- or śaiva- mendicants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhasmakamfn. together with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhasmanmfn. mixed or smeared with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍarthasaṃkṣepam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadarthasāramañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāśivasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāśivaṣaṇmukhasaṃvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhase(Ved. infinitive mood) for levelling or preparing land (with ks/aitrāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhasthamfn. (sadh/a--) "standing together", present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhasthan. "place where people stand together", place of meeting, any place, spot, abode, home, region, world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhastutif. (sadh/a--) joint praise (when used as instrumental case = "with joint praise") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhastutimfn. praised together (as indra- and agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadhastutya(sadh/a--) n. joint praise or applause View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadmamakhas(s/adma--) mfn. performing a sacrifice in a sacred precinct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍvidhasāṃkhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahabhasmanmfn. with the ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacārigrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasmfn. powerful, mighty, victorious (superl. tama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasm. the month mārgaśīrṣa- or agrahāyaṇa- (November-December), the winter season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasn. strength, power, force, victory (sahasas putra-or sah sūnu- m."son of strength", Name of agni- in ; sahasā sahasā- ind.See below; sahobhih sahobhih- ind.= "mightily, intensely") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasn. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasn. light ; Name of various sāman-s [ confer, compare Gothic sigis; Anglo-Saxon sigor,sege; German Sieg], View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahas sa- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasā(instrumental case of sahas-), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly, precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner, inconsiderately (with instrumental case"together with"). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasamf(ā-)n. having laughter, laughing, smiling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasamfn. (fr. sahas-) over-hasty, precipitate, rash, inconsiderate, foolhardy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasam. Name of agni- at the pāka-yajña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasam. n. punishment, fine (regarded as of three kinds, the highest being called uttama-;half of that, madhyama-;and half of that, adhama-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) boldness, daring, rashness, temerity, any precipitate or reckless act etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasan. overstraining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasan. violence, force, rapine, rape, robbery, felony, aggression, cruelty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasan. adultery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasan. hatred, enmity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasāind. sahas
hasādhyavasāyinmfn. acting with inconsiderate haste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasādṛṣṭam. "seen fortuitously", an adopted son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasaikāntarasānuvartinmfn. one who follows or yields to the one passion of cruelty or rashness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasaikarasikamfn. one whose only feeling or passion is cruelty, brutal, ferocious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasakaraṇan. violence, force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasakārinmfn. acting inconsiderately or rashly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasakarmatāf. rashness, temerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasalāñchanam. Name of a man (see sāhasāṅka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasāman(sah/a--) mf(mnī-)n. accompanied with songs or hymns, rich in songs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasambhalā(sah/a-) f. with (her) suitor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasambhavamfn. born or produced together or at the same time (with janmanā-= "innate") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaṃjātavṛddhamfn. born and grown up together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaṃsargam. carnal contact or intercourse with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaṃvādam. speaking together, conversation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaṃvāsam. dwelling together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaṃvegamfn. vehemently excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣahasāna ṣāc- See sahasāna-, sāc-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasānamfn. powerful, mighty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasānam. a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasānam. a sacrifice, oblation
hasāṅkam. "marked or characterized by daring", Name of king vikramāditya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasāṅkam. of a poet (mentioned by rāja-śekhara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasāṅkam. of a lexicographer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasāṅkacaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasāṅkīyamfn. relating to sāhasāṅka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasānumfn. patient, enduring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasānum. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahāsarabhasamfn. (in the beginning of a compound) laughingly and violently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaumitrimfn. with saumitri- (id est lakṣmaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasāvatmfn. (-sahas-vat-) strong, mighty (mostly said of agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasavatmfn. inconsiderate, rash, foolhardy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasevinmfn. having intercourse with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasiddhamfn. innate ( sahasiddhatva -tva- n.) (quot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasiddhatvan. sahasiddha
hasikamf(ī-)n. bold, daring, impetuous, rash, reckless, inconsiderate etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikamf(ī-)n. using great force or violence, perpetrated with violence, cruel, brutal, ferocious, rapacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikamf(ī-)n. overstraining or overworking one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikamf(ī-)n. punitive, castigatory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikam. a robber, freebooter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikam. Name of a cook View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikatāf. cruelty, ferocity, impetuosity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikyan. rashness, foolhardiness, temerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasikyan. violence, force View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasinmfn. powerful, mighty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasinmfn. rash, precipitate, inconsiderate, foolhardy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasinmfn. cruel, violent, ferocious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahaskṛtmfn. bestowing strength or power (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahaskṛtamfn. (s/ahas--) produced by strength (said of agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahaskṛtamfn. invigorated, increased, excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasnāyumfn. living a thousand years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasodgatam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasoma(sah/a--) mfn. with soma- draughts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasopanyāsinmfn. suggesting violent deeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasphyamfn. with the sacrificial implement called sphya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraSee below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasran. (rarely) m. (perhaps fr. 7, sa-+ hasra-= Greek for ; confer, compare Persian haza1r) a thousand (with the counted object in the same case sg. or plural exempli gratia, 'for example' sahasreṇa bāhunā-,"with a thousand arms"; sahasraṃ bhiṣajaḥ-,"a thousand drugs";or in the genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' dv-sahāsre suvarṇasya-,"two thousand pieces of gold"; catvāri- sahasrāṇ varṣāṇam-,"four thousand years";sometimes in compound,either in the beginning of a compound exempli gratia, 'for example' yuga-sahāsram-,"a thousand ages" , or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' sahāsrāśvena-,"with a thousand horses"; sahasram sahasram-may also be used as an ind. exempli gratia, 'for example' sahasram riṣibhiḥ-,"with a thousand ṛṣi-s";with other numerals it is used thus, ekādhikaṃ sahasram-,or eka-sahasram-,"a thousand + one", 1001; dvyadhikaṃ s-,"a thousand + two" , 1002; ekādaśādhikam ssahasram- or ekādaśaṃ s-or ekādaśa-s-,"a thousand + eleven"or"a thousand having eleven", 1011; viṃśaty-adhikaṃ s-or vimaṃ s-,"a thousand + twenty", 1020; dve sahasre-or dvi-sahacram-,"two thousand"; trīṇi sahasrāṇi-or tri-sahasram-,"three thousand"etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasran. a thousand cows or gifts (equals sahasraṃ gavyam-etc., used to express wealth; sahasraṃ śatāśvam-,"a thousand cows and a hundred horses") (in later language often ="1000 paṇa-s" , exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasran. any very large number (in among the bahu-nāmāni-; see sahasra-kiraṇa-etc. below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramf(ī-)n. a thousandth or the thousandth (equals sahasra-tama-which is the better form; see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasramf(-,or ā-)n. (fr. sahasra-) relating or belonging to a thousand, consisting of or bought with or paid for a thousand, thousand fold, exceedingly numerous, infinite etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasram. an army or detachment consisting of a thousand men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasram. (plural) Name of four ekāha-s at which a thousand (cows) are given as a fee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasran. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) an aggregate of a thousand or of many thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhavīyan. (with indrasya-) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhumfn. (sah/asra-.) having a thousand arms, thousand-armed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhumfn. (also applied to ,beginning with the above word) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhum. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhum. of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhum. of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhum. of the asura- bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabāhumf. a N. (others,"battle, war") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabalam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhāgavatīf. Name of a divinity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhaktan. a particular festival at which thousands are treated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhānumfn. thousand-rayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhara(sah/asra--) mfn. carrying off a thousand as spoil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabharṇas(sah/asra--) mfn. (prob.) a thousand fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhāvam. the becoming a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhedaśasind. in a thousand different ways, thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhidm. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhṛṣṭi(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-pointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujamf(ā-)n. thousand-armed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujam. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujam. of a gandharva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujāf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujajihvākṣamfn. having a thousand arms and tongues and eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujarāmadhyānan. Name of work (wrong reading -dhyāna-rāma-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabuddhimfn. thousand-witted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabuddhim. Name of a fish (see -dhī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣas(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣasmfn. id, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣasm. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracakṣumfn. idem or '(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-eyed ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍīśatacaṇḍīvidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍīvidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍīvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍyādiprayogapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaṇḍyādividhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrācāram. Barleria Prionitis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracaraṇamfn. thousand footed (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracetas(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand aspects or appearances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasracityam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasracūḍikam. (with loka-dhātu-) Name of a particular world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradamfn. giving a thousand (cows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradam. of a son of indu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradāmfn. giving a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradakṣiṇamfn. (sah/asra--) accompanied with a fee or recompense of a thousand (kine), containing or giving a thousand (kine) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradakṣiṇam. or n. (?) a particular ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradalamfn. having a thousand petals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradaṃṣṭramfn. thousand-toothed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradaṃṣṭram. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradaṃṣṭrinm. a sort of sheat fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradāna(sah/asra--) mf(ā-)n. bestowing a thousand gifts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradātamamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradātu(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradāvanmfn. giving a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradāvanm. a giver of thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāind. thousand-fold, in a thousand ways or parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāmanmfn. (sah/asra--) having thousand-fold splendour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāmanm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāramf(ā-)n. (sah/asra--) "thousand-streamed", discharging a thousand streams View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāramf(ā-)n. flowing in a thousand streams View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhārāf. a streams of water conveyed through a vessel pierced with a thousand little holes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāramfn. having a thousand edges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāram. the discus of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhautamfn. cleansed a thousand times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhāyasmfn. nourishing or sustaining a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhīmfn. thousand-witted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradhīm. Name of a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrādhipatim. the leader of a thousand men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrādhipatim. the chief of a thousand villages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradīdhitim. "thousand-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradosmfn. having a thousand arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradosm. Name of arjuna- kārtavīrya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradṛśmfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradṛśmfn. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradṛśmfn. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradvār(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-gated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasradvāramf(ā-)n. idem or '(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-gated ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrādyam. a particular ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragaṇanāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraghātinmfn. killing a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraghātinn. a particular engine of war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraghnimfn. killing a thousand (varia lectio -ghny/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragītif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragodānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragumfn. possessing a thousand cows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragumfn. thousand-rayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragumfn. thousand eyed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragum. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasragum. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraguṇamfn. a thousandfold ( sahasraguṇatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraguṇatāf. sahasraguṇa
sahasraguṇitamfn. multiplied a thousand times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrahamfn. slaying a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāhamfn. worth a thousand (cows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrahan. a thousand days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraharyaśvam. () "having a thousand bay horses", the car of indra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraharyāśva(?) m. () "having a thousand bay horses", the car of indra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrahastamfn. thousand-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāhnyan. a thousand days' journey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrajaladhāram. "having a thousand clouds", Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrajihvamfn. thousand-tongued View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrājitm. Name of a son of bhajamāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrajyotism. Name of a son of su-bhrāj- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakamfn. (for sahasraka-See p.1196) thousand-headed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakan. (for sahasra-ka-See) a thighs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakamf(ikā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') amounting to a thousand, having a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrakamf(ikā-)n. amounting to or containing a thousand
hasrakan. the aggregate of a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrakan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakalāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakalasābhiṣekaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakalaśasnapanādim. Name of work
sahasrakaṃdhararāmāyaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakāṇḍamfn. (sah/asra--) consisting of a thousand parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakāṇḍāf. white-flowering dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakaram. "thousand-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakarapannetramfn. having a thousand hands and feet and eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakavacam. Name of a mythical personage, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraketumfn. (sah/asra--) having a thousand forms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraketumfn. thousand-bannered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākhyam. "having a thousand names", Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakiraṇam. equals -kara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakiraṇam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakiraṇāvalif. Name of wk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakiraṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakṛtvasind. a thousand times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣamfn. thousand-eyed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣamfn. all-perceiving, all-inspecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. Name of indra- (so called from the curse of gautama- who detecting indra- in a desire to seduce his wife ahalyā- covered him with a thousand marks of the female organ, afterwards changed to eyes;a different legend is in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. of indra- in the 9th manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. of puruṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. of Fire and rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. a clear sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. Name of a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. or n. (?) of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣam. of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣadhanuṣmatmfn. provided with a rainbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣajitm. Name of a son of rāvaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣaramf(ā-)n. having a thousand syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣeśvaram. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrākṣīf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakuṇapa(sah/asra--) mf(ā-)n. having a thousand dead bodies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraliṅgīf. a thousand liṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasralocanamfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasralocanam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasralocanam. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramind. sahasra
sahasrāmaghamfn. having a thousand treasures or gifts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramaṅgalaName of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramanyu(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand-fold courage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramarīcim. thousand-rayed, Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramaulim. "thousand-crested", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrambharamfn. bringing a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrambharimfn. nourishing a thousand, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramīḍha (sah/asra--) mfn. characterized by a thousand combats (said of a battle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramīlha(sah/asra--) mfn. characterized by a thousand combats (said of a battle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāṃśumfn. thousand-rayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāṃśum. the sun etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāṃśujam. "sun-born", Name of Saturn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāṃśusamamfn. sun-like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramukhamfn. having a thousand exits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūlamfn. (sah/asra-.) having a thousand roots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūlīf. Anthericum Tuberosum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūrdham. "thousand -headed"Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūrdhanmfn. thousand-headed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūrdhanm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūrdhanm. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūrdhaśravaṇākṣināsikamfn. having a thousand heads and ears and eyes and noses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūrtimfn. appearing in a thousand forms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramuṣka(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand testicles (according to to also"having many flames") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasramūti(sah/asra--) mfn. helping a thousand-fold (see sahasroi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmakārikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmanmf(mnī-)n. thousand-named, containing a thousand names View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmann. plural (or -nāma- in the beginning of a compound) the thousand names (of any deity, especially of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmārthaślokasahasrāvatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmasarayuf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranāmavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrānanam. "thousand-faced", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrānanaśīrṣavatmfn. having a thousand faces and heads View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranayanamfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranayanam. Name of indra- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranayanam. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranetramfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranetram. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranetram. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranetrānanapādabāhumfn. having a thousand eyes and faces and feet and arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraṇīm. (fr. s-+ -) a leader of a thousand or thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāṇīkam. equals nīka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrānīkam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrānīkam. Name of a king (see sahasrān-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranirṇij(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand ornaments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrañitmfn. conquering or winning a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrañitm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrañitm. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrañitm. of a son of indu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrañitm. of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrañitm. equals sahajrā-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraṇīthamfn. (sah/asra-) (fr. s-+ nītha-) having a thousand expedients or artifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraṇīthamfn. praised in a thousand hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraṇīthamfn. skilled in a thousand sciences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasranīthaSee -nītha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraṇīti(sah/asra--) mfn. (fr. s-+ nīti-) having a thousand ways and means View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāṅka(?) m. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrāntyam. a particular ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadmfn. (sah/asra--;strong base -pād-) thousand-footed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadmfn. having a thousand columns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. Name of puruṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapadm. of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapādSee -pad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapādam. "thousand-footed"or"thousand-rayed", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapādam. a sort of dock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapādam. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapādākṣiśirorubāhumfn. having a thousand feet and eyes and heads and thighs and arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapājas(sah/asra--) mfn. glittering in a thousand ways View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapākyam. "boiled a thousand times", (with sneha-) a particular kind of oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraparamamf(ā-)n. the most excellent among thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraparṇamf(-). (sa-h/asra-.) thousand-feathered (said of an arrow)
sahasraparṇamf(-). thousand-leafed
sahasraparṇīf. (prob.) a kind of plant
sahasraparvāf. white dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapāśamf(ā-)n. forming a thousand fetters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapāthas(sahāsra--) mfn. appearing in a thousand places View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapatim. chief of a thousand (villages) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapattram. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapattram. "having a thousand petals", a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapattrābharaṇamfn. adorned with lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣam. ( ) () welfare or wealth (increased) a thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣāf. () welfare or wealth (increased) a thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣamfn. prosperity (increasing) a thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāpoṣam. equals sahasra-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣakāmamfn. "desirous of a thousand-fold wealth" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣakāmamfn. "desirous of a thousand-fold wealth" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣapuṣimfn. (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣapuṣimfn. (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣinmfn. thriving a thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapoṣyan. equals -poṣ/a- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapradhanamfn. (sah/asra--) having a thousand prizes gained in battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapradhanamfn. one who has experienced a thousand battles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraprakāramf(ā-)n. a thousand-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraprāṇa(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand lives (not in manuscript) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapṛṣṭha(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand level places View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāpsasmfn. thousand-shaped () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrapūraṇamfn. the thousandth, (and) obtaining a thousand (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraputramfn. having a thousand sons, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāramfn. thousand-spoked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāram. n. a kind of cavity said to be found in the top of the head and to resemble a lotus reversed (fabled as the seat of the soul) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrārajam. plural Name of a class of gods (with jaina-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraraśmimfn. thousand-rayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraraśmim. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraraśmitanayam. "son of the sun", the planet Saturn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraraviṇacaritran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrārcismfn. thousand-rayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrārcism. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraretas(sah/asra--) mfn. having thousand fold seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrārgha mfn. equivalent to thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrārghamfn. equivalent to thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraromann. "having a thousand hairs", a blanket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrarucm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasāmfn. gaining or granting a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśākhamfn. having a thousand branches (also figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśaktimfn. able to give a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśala(sah/asra--), a distance of a thousand śala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasamamfn. lasting a thousand years (as a sacred rite) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasaṃkhyamfn. numbering a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasaṃkhyāf. the sum of a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasaṃkhyākamfn. amounting to a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasammita(sah/asra--) mfn. measuring a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasaṃvatsara(sah/asra--) n. a sacred rite of a thousand years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasanimfn. gaining or bestowing a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasanif. a gift of a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśasind. by thousands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasraśasind. by thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśatadakṣiṇamfn. accompanied with a fee of a hundred thousand (cows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasātamamfn. giving thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasavamfn. having a thousand libations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasāvam. thousandfold soma--pressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasāvyan. a particular ayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśikharamfn. thousand-peaked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśikharam. Name of the vindhya- mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśirasmfn. thousand-headed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśirasamfn. idem or 'mfn. thousand-headed ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśirasodaramfn. having a thousand heads and abdomens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśīrṣamfn. thousand-headed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśīrṣāf. a particular mantra- or the Name of the ṛg-- veda- hymn x, 90 (usually called the puruṣa- hymn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśīrṣaf. see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśīrṣan(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-headed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasītamfn. having a thousand furrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśokas(sah/asra--) mfn. emitting a thousand flames View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśravaṇam. "thousand-eared", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśṛṅga(sah/asra--) mfn. thousand-horned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasrota m. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasrotasm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraśrutim. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastari(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand barren cows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrasthūṇa(sah/asra--) mfn. supported by a thousand columns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastotriyamfn. consisting of a thousand stotriya-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastuka(sah/asra-.) mf(ā-)n. having a thousand tufts or curls of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrastutif. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāśvam. "having a thousand horses", Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāśvīnan. a distance equivalent to a thousand days' journey for a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāsyam. "thousand-faced","thousand-headed", Name of the Serpent ananta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasratamamf(-)n. the thousandth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasratayamfn. a thousand fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasratayan. a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrātmanmfn. having a thousand natures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrātṛṇṇamfn. pierced with a thousand holes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravācm. Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravadanamfn. idem or 'mfn. containing the word sahasra- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravadanam. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravāja(sah/asra-.) mfn. having thousand-fold vigour or energy
sahasravākamfn. containing . thousand words or verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravaktramfn. thousand-mouthed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravalisa (sah/asra-.) mfn. thousand-branched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravalśa(sah/asra-.) mfn. thousand-branched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravaram. a fine below a thousand or from five hundred to a thousand paṇa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravarcas(sah/asra-.) mfn. having thousand-fold power or efficacy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāvartāf. (with Buddhists) Name of a goddess. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāvartakatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravartānimfn. having a thousand paths View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravartaninmfn. having a thousand wheels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravartaninn. Name of a saman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravartmanmfn. having a thousand paths View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravatmfn. (sah/asra-.) a thousand fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravatmfn. containing the word sahasra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasravat(sr/a--) mfn. containing a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhan. a kind of sorrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhan. a kind of sour gruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinm. a kind of sorrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinm. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinm. Calamus Fasciculatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinn. Asa Foetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasravedhinmfn. equals sahasra-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravīra(sah/asra--) mfn. sufficient for a thousand men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravīryamf(ā-)n. (sah/asra--) having a thousand energies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravīryāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravīryāf. dūrvā- grass (with white or blue flowers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravīryāf. equals mahā-śatāvarī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravīryāf. Asa Foetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravṛtmfn. including thousands (according to to Scholiast or Commentator vṛt- equals vriyamāṇa-, prārthyamāna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayājmfn. next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayājm. one who sacrifices a thousand victims View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayājinmfn. one who conducts a sacrifice for a recompense of a thousand (cows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayajñam. a sacrifice of a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayajñam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayajñatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayāman(sah/asra--) mfn. having a thousand paths View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayogacikitsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayojanan. a distance of a thousand yojana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāyudhamfn. having a thousand weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāyudham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāyudhīyaNom. P. yudhīyati-, to resemble one who has a thousand weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrayugan. a period of a thousand ages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāyusmfn. equals yu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāyusm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrāyuṣṭvan. the living a thousand years
sahasrāyutīyan. dual number (with indra-sya) Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasredhmaa thousand pieces of wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrekṣaṇamfn. thousand-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrekṣaṇam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrim. (prob.) a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrikan. a thousand (prob. wrong reading for sahasraka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrikamf(ī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',after varṣa-or abda-) lasting a thousand years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasrikamfn. consisting of a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. numbering a thousand, thousandfold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. gaining a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. containing a thousand different things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. having a thousand (also in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. paying a thousand (paṇa-s as a fine) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. consisting of a thousand soldiers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinmfn. amounting to a thousand (as a fine) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinm. a body of a thousand men etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrinm. the commander of a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasriyamfn. a thousandfold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasriyamfn. giving thousandfold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrīyamfn. giving thousandfold (varia lectio r/iya-; see varṣa-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasropaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrorvaṅghribāhvaksahaving a thousand thighs and feet and arms and eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrotimfn. equals sah/asramūti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastamfn. having hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastamfn. dexterous or skilled in handling weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastatalamind. with clapping of hands, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasthamfn. being together with, being present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastham. a companion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasthānan. (used in explaining sadha-stha-and sadana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasthitamfn. equals -stha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasthitif. abiding together in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahastoma(sah/a--) mfn. with hymns, having hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasūktavāka(sah/a--) mfn. accompanied with sacred hymns or formulas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasuralalanālalāmayūthapatimfn. with the leaders of the troops who form the ornament of the gods' wives View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasvatmfn. (s/ahas--.) powerful, mighty, victorious ( sahasvat vat- ind.mightily) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasvatmfn. containing the word sahas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasvatm. Name of a king (varia lectio mahas-vat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasvatind. sahasvat
sahasvatīf. (prob.) (atī-) Name of a plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyamfn. mighty, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyam. the month pauṣa- (December-January) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyacandram. the wintry moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedopaniṣatsāropadeśasāhasf. the upadeśa-sāhasrī- (by śaṃkarācārya-) on the essence of all the veda-s and upaniṣad-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākṣatapātrahastamfn. holding a vessel full of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktihastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākūtahasitan. idem or 'n. a significant or meaning smile, wanton glance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samaduḥkhasukhamfn. sharing grief and joy with another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samaduḥkhasukhamfn. indifferent to pain and pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samahas wrong reading for su-mahas- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samantavyūhasāgaracaryavyavalokanam. Name of a garuḍa-rāja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyābhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyaniruktigrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samaraṃhasmfn. having equal impetuosity or speed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śamathasambhāram. (with Buddhists) quietude as one of the equipments (one of the 4 sambhāra-s q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāvacchas(for -śas-) ind. equally, similarly, in like manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarahasyopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambaddhasainyaughamfn. one who has the main body of troops concentrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambandharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmbhasmfn. having or containing water, watery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambhurahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdehasamuccayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃghasam. food, victuals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃgrahasūtrikamfn. (fr. saṃgraha-sūtra-) equals saṃgraha-sūtram adhīte veda vā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhatahastamfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand ( saṃhatahastatva -tva-, n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhatahastatvan. saṃhatahasta
sāṃkhyārthasaṃkhyāyikam. equals sāṃkhya-tattva-vilāsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammahasn. (prob.) common or mutual joy (See mahas-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprahasP. -hasati-, to laugh together, break into a laugh : Causal -hāsayati-, to make sport of. deride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsahasramfn. accompanied by a thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsaktahastamfn. having the hands joined with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattirahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayānumitirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayapakṣatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārapaddhatirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuddhasta(for -ud-hasta-) mfn. wiped off with the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrāmbhasn. sea water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvartāmbhasn. the water at the destruction of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvatsarasahasran. a thousand years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvihasP. -hasati-, to break out into a laugh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyamāmbhasn. the flood of water at the end of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhabhasmann. the ashes of a burnt shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhasmṛtif. śaṅkha-'s law-book (mentioned by etc. and existing in a bṛhat-, vṛddha- and laghu- recension) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhasnānan. Name of work (on bathing the images of gods with libations of water from conch-shells) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhasvanam. equals -dhvani- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhasvaraprob. wrong reading for saṃkasvara- = saṃkasuka-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprathasmfn. (s/a--,or sa-pr/athas-) extensive, wide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprathasmfn. effective or sounding or shining far and wide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprathasm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprathastamamfn. (superl.) very extensive or large View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprayogarahasyamfn. possessing secret spells for (their) use (said of magical weapons which are not wielded manually but by repetition of spells) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptabuddhastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptahastamfn. having 7 hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptahastamfn. measuring 7 cubits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptaṣaṣṭisahasran. saptaṣaṣṭi
sarabhasamfn. possessing speed or impetuosity, impetuous, speedy, quick, agitated, eager, passionate ( sarabhasam am- ind.impetuously, hurriedly, passionately;also in the beginning of a compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarabhasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarabhasamind. sarabhasa
śarabhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāradāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarahasyamfn. along with the secret or mystical doctrine (id est with the upaniṣad-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarahasyamfn. possessing anything secret or mystical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralaskandhasaṃghaṭṭajanmanmfn. arising from the friction of pine-branches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārāmbhasn. extracted juice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārārthasaṃgraham. Name of a commentator or commentary on the bhagavad-gītā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasamagrahasaṃgraham. sārasamagraha
sarasiruhasūnum. "lotus-son" idem or 'm. "lotus-born", Name of brahmā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasvatīrahasyopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śardhasmfn. equals ś/ardhat- (only in Comparative degree śadhas-tara-,more daring or defiant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śardhasn. a troop, host, multitude (see śārdha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārdhasaṃvatsaran. a year and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārdhasaptann. seven and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārthasaṃcayamfn. possessing great wealth or riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabhūtātmamedhasmfn. sarvabhūtātman
sarvabuddhasaṃdarśanam. Name of a world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvapurāṇārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvarodhavirodhasampraśamanam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasādhakamf(ikā-)n. effecting everything, fit for everything ( sarvārthasādhakastotra -stotra- n.Name of work) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasādhakastotran. sarvārthasādhaka
sarvārthasādhanamfn. equals -sādhaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasādhanan. a means of accomplishing everything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasādhikāf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasiddhamfn. one who has accomplished all aims View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasiddham. Name of gautama- buddha- (so called, according to some, because his parents' wishes were all fulfilled by his birth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasiddham. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasiddhif. accomplishment of all aims View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasiddhif. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvārthasiddhim. plural (with jaina-s) a class of deities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasāmrājyamedhasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāsahastamfn. holding a butcher's knife in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saśaracāpahastamfn. holding a bow with an arrow in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaśigrahasamāgamam. a conjunction of the moon with asterisms or planets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāsihasta() mfn. sword in hand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭisahasran. plural 60 thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭisāhasramfn. plural equals -sahasrin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭisahasrinmfn. plural numbering 60 thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstradīpārthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrārambhavādārambhasamarthanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrasiddhāntaleśasaṃgrahasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīsahasracaṇḍīprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīsahasracaṇḍīvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatacaṇḍīsahasracaṇḍyādividhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatahastamfn. hundred-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatāparādhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatārdhasaṃkhyamfn. numbering fifty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasran. sg. or plural a hundred thousand (the counted object may be in genitive case or in apposition or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasramf(ī-)n. amounting to a hundred thousand, containing a hundred hundred, consisting of a hundred hundred, a hundred hundred-fold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasran. sg. (m. Calcutta edition;with genitive case plural) equals -sahasra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasran. a hundred thousandth part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasradhāind. into a hundred hundred pieces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrakamf(ikā-)n. consisting of a hundred thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrakan. Name of a tīrtha- (varia lectio -sāhasraka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrakan. Name of a tīrtha- (see -sahasraka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasrāṃśumfn. having a hundred hundred rays (said of the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasrāntamfn. spreading in a hundred hundred directions (said of the moon) (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasrapattran. kind of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrasaṃkhyamfn. numbering a hundred hundred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrasammitamfn. id View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasraśasind. by hundred of hundred (in connexion with a Nominal verb, accusative,or instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasahasrayānan. a hundred hundred roads View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatasāhasrikamfn. consisting of a hundred thousand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatavarṣasahasrinmfn. living a hundred thousand years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṭhakopasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣapūrvapakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsahasramfn. plural numbering 6000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsahasrakaram. ṣaṭsahasrī
ṣaṭsahasraśatamfn. (in the beginning of a compound) 600,000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsahasf. Name of work ( ṣaṭsahasrakara ra-kara- m. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsāhasf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭtriṃśatsahasramfn. consisting of 36 thousands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyagirvāhasmfn. (saty/a-gir--) getting true praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyamedhasmfn. having true intelligence (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyanāthastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyarādhas(saty/a--) mfn. bestowing real blessings, truly beneficent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyasahasm. Name of the father of sva-dhāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhasuptikam. idem or 'm. idem or 'mfn. one who asks another whether he has slept well gaRa susnātādi-.' or an official who asks a prince whether he has slept well ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śavabhasmann. the ashes of a corpses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyabhicāragrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyabhicārasiddhāntagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭhasārathim. dual number two charioteers standing left and right (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śephasn. the male organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeṣasaṃgrahasāroddhāram. Name of supplements to hema-candra-'s abhidhāna-cintāmaṇi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhārthasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhanam. white mustard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhanan. the performance of magical or mystical rites (for acquiring supernatural powers etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhanan. the materials employed in those rites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhanan. the proving of anything already proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhanadoṣam. the mistake of doing so View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhitamfn. one who his learned (the art of medicine) by practice (not by study) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyamfn. who or what has effected what was to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyamfn. effected, accomplished, proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyam. a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyan. demonstrated proof or conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyakam. a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasalilan. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasamākhyamfn. called siddha- (with kṣetra- n. equals siddha-kṣetra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasambandhamfn. one whose kindred are well known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasaṃgham. a company of siddha-s, assemblage of perfected beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasaṃkalpamfn. one whose wishes are accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasārasaṃhitāf. Name of a medical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasārasvatam. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasārasvatam. (with śabdānuśāsana-) Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasārasvatadīpikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary by padma-nābha- on the bhuvaneśvarī-stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasārasvatastotran. another N. for bhuvaneśvarī-stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasaritf. "river of the Blest", Name of the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenam. "having a divine or perfect army", Name of kārttikeya- (god of war) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenam. of an astronomer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenadivākaram. Name of a son of sarva-jña- and pupil of vṛddha-vāda-sūri- (said to have induced vikramāditya- to tolerate the jaina-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenadivākṛtm. Name of a son of sarva-jña- and pupil of vṛddha-vāda-sūri- (said to have induced vikramāditya- to tolerate the jaina-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenasūrim. Name of author. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasenavākyakāram. Name of author. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasevitam. "honoured or worshipped by siddha-s", Name of a form of bhairava- or śiva- (equals baṭuka-bhairava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasiddhamfn. thoroughly efficacious (said of a particular mantra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasiddhāñjanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasiddhāntapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasindhum. "river of the siddha-s", Name of the heavenly Ganges. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasopānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasthala() n. the place or region of the Blest. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasthālīf. the magical caldron of a great adept or sage (said to overflow with any kind of food at the wish of the possessor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasthāna() n. the place or region of the Blest. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasusiddhamfn. "exceedingly efficacious"(said of a particular mantra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhauṣadhasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikarāmbhas() n. rain-water. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilāndhasn. ears of corn left on a field View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
silhasāran. olibanum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilpārthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasāhim. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasaṃhananan. the killing of a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasaṃhananamfn. lion-shaped, having a strong and noble frame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasaṃvata year of the siṃha- era (used in Gujarat and converted into the corresponding D. year by the addition of 1113-14; exempli gratia, 'for example' the siṃha- year 96 corresponds to D. 1209-10). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasenam. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasiddhāntasindhum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhaskandhamfn. having the shoulders of a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhastham. "being in the constellation Leo", the planet Jupiter when so situated, (also) the festival celebrated at that time (called Sinhasth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasthamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasthamakarasthagurunirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasthasnānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhasvāminm. Name of a temple erected in honour of siṃha-rāja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavyāghralakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavyāghrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhuvāhas(s/indhu--) mfn. (perhaps) passing through the sea or navigating (according to to = nadīnām pravāhayitā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśiragabhastim. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītāsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śitibhasad(ś/iti--) mfn. having white hinder parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śitikaṇṭhastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivadayāsahasran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivajñānabodhasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivasahasranāmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivatattvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skambhasarjanan. a particular part of a pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skambhasarjanīf. a particular part of a pillar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandasahasranāmann. "the thousand names of skanda-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhasn. the shoulder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhasn. the branching top or crown of a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhasn. the trunk of a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhastambhi(?) m. Name of king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhasvāmin wrong reading for skanda-sv- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhasvāti(?) m. Name of king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślathasaṃdhimfn. having weak joints ( ślathasaṃdhitā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślathasaṃdhitāf. ślathasaṃdhi
smārtapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisaṃgrahasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisaṃskārarahasyan. Name of work
smṛtyarthasāgaram. Name of work by nṛ-siṃha- (composed in 1682 A.D.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtyarthasāram. "essence of the meaning of smṛti-", Name of work on Hindu ceremonies by śrīdhara-svāmin- (divided into ācāra-, āśauca-, and prāyaścitta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehasambhāṣam. a kind conversation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehasaṃjvaravatmfn. smitten with the fever of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehasaṃskṛtamfn. prepared with oil or grease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehasaṃyuktamfn. mixed with oil, dressed with ghee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehasāramfn. having oil for its chief ingredient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śobhase Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of śubh- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśasahasra() () n. 16 thousand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśasāhasra() n. 16 thousand. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśāyudhastutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śokaduḥkhasamanvitamfn. affected by sorrow and pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somabṛhaspatim. dual number soma- and bṛhaspati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somarabhas(s/oma--) mfn. intoxicated with soma- (only Comparative degree -tara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sotkṛṣṭahasitasvaramfn. accompanied by loud laughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sotprāsahasitan. derisive or sarcastic laughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spandārthasūtrāvalīf. Name of work (prob. the spanda-kārikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spardhasSee v/i-ṣpardhas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spārharādhas(spārh/a--) mfn. possessing or bestowing enviable wealth (as indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sparśarephasaṃdhim. the junction of a sparśa- (q.v) letter and r- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spūrdhaseSee root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasāgaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasaṃkalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasaṃkalpavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasamuccayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhastabakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasūtakamfn. relating or belonging to a śrāddha- or a natal feast (as food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasūtakabhojanan. participation in a śrāddha- or a natal feast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhasūtran. Name of work (equals śrāddha-kalpa-sūtra-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srastahastamfn. relaxing the grasp, letting go the hold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautakarmapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śreṣṭhasāmann. the best or chief sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śreṣṭhasenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śreṣṭhasthāmfn. (Nominal verb -sthās-) fit for or belonging to the best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīguṇasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīgurusahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīhastinīf. the sunflower, Heliotroplum Indicum (so called as held in the hand of śrī- or lakṣmī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaṇṭhasakham. " śiva-'s friend", Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaṇṭhastavam. "praise of the district of śrī-kaṇṭha-", Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmukhīsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīraṅganāthastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīraṅganāthasuprabhātan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīsahasran. Name of stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛkāhastamfn. holding an arrow etc. in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutaprakāśikācāryakṛtarahasyatrayan. Name of vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutaśabdārthasamuccayam. a vocabulary (by someśvara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sruvahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhasakthimfn. stiff-thighed, lame ( stabdhasakthitā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stabdhasakthitāf. stabdhasakthi
stabdhasambhāra(?) m. a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlahastam. the thick trunk (of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlahastam. a large or coarse hand (according to to some) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stomavāhas(st/oma--) mfn. offering or receiving praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīrahaskāmamfn. one who seeks to be alone with women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subarthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhajālihasta, mfn. having a hand with beautifully reticulated lines, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhasadmfn. having beautiful buttocks, (in Comparative degree s/attarā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhasamanvitamfn. endowed with beauty, charming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhasaṃyutamfn. endowed with prosperity or happiness, blissful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhasaptamīvratan. Name of a particular religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhasāram. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhaspatim. dual number (fr. genitive case of 2. śubh +p-) the two lords of splendour (or"of the rapid course", applied to the aśvin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhasthalīf. "auspicious place", a room or hall in which sacrifices are offered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhasūcanīf. "indicating good", Name of a female deity (worshipped by women in times of calamity;she is also called su-vacanī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūdadohasmfn. (s/ūda--) yielding milk like a well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūdadohasf. Name of a particular verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudarśanasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhahasta(śuddh/a--) mfn. having pure hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhākhyasahasrasaṃhitāf. Name of a chapter of the vātula-tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasādhyavasānā f. Name of two kinds of ellipsis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasaṃgamamf(ā-)n. having pure intercourse or association View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasāram. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasāropā(or pa-lakṣaṇā-) f. Name of two kinds of ellipsis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasattvamf(ā-)n. equals -śīla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasnānan. bathing in pure water (without unguents etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasūḍanṛtyan. (in music) a kind of dance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasvabhāvamf(ā-)n. equals -śīla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhādhārākvathastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhāndhas(dhān-) m. equals suddhābhuj- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugabhasti(s/u--or sug/abh-) mfn. having skilful hands (said to tvaṣṭṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhasānanamfn. having a cheerful smiling face View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastamf(ā-)n. having beautiful hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastamf(ā-)n. skilful or clever with the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastamf(ā-)n. trained in arms, disciplined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastam. Name of a soma--keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastam. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastinm. Name of a jaina- teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastyamfn. skilful-handed, clever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhastyam. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the metron. gauṣeya- and author of ), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukarahasyan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukarahasyopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaduḥkhasamanvitamfn. feeling pleasure and pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaduḥkhasuhṛdm. a friend in joy and sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhahastamfn. having a soft or gentle hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhamedhasmfn. prospering well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhanan. means of obtaining pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be accomplished or attained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be conquered or subdued View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasāgaram. "ocean of pleasure", Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasalilan. pleasant (id est tepid) water ( sukhasalilaniṣeka -niṣeka- m."a bath in tepid water") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasalilaniṣekam. sukhasalila
sukhasamājam. abundance of happiness or enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasambandhimfn. (m. Calcutta edition for dhin-) joyful, happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasambodhyamfn. easy to be taught or explained or to be reasoned with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃcāramf(ā-)n. pleasant to be resorted to, inviting ( sukhasaṃcāratā -- f. sukhasaṃcāratva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃcāratāf. sukhasaṃcāra
sukhasaṃcāratvan. sukhasaṃcāra
sukhasaṃcārin wrong reading for -saṃcāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃdohyāf. equals -dohā-, dohyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃduhyāf. equals -dohā-, dohyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃjñāf. the term,"ease" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃsevyamfn. easy to be approached or resorted to or attained, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃsparśamf(ā-)n. agreeable to the touch, pleasant to the feelings, gratifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃstha() mfn. feeling comfortable or happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃsthita() mfn. feeling comfortable or happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃsupta() mfn. resting or sleeping well. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃvāhyamfn. equals -vaha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃveśa() mfn. resting or sleeping well. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃvittif. enjoyment or experience of happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃvṛddhamfn. grown up in ease and comfort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃyānan. comfortable journey or progress,
sukhasaṃyogam. gain of eternal bliss View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṅgam. attachment to pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṅginmfn. attached to pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasecakam. Name of a serpent-demon (Bombay edition mukha-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasevyamfn. easy of access ( sukhasevyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasevyatvan. sukhasevya
sukhasparśamf(ā-)n. equals -saṃsparśa- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasparśavihāratāf. an easy life or state of existence. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasparśavihāritāf. an easy life or state of existence. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasthamfn. equals -saṃstha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasukhenaind. most willingly, with all the heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasuptamfn. sweetly sleeping, comfortably asleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasuptif. placid sleep (see saukhasuptika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasuptikāf. (equals -supti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasuptikāpraśnam. the question whether any one has slept well (see sukha-śayita-pracchaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasuptiprabodhitam. "awakened from pleasure sleep", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasvāpam. placid or quiet sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūktisahasran. Name of a collection of a thousand beautiful verses. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlahastamfn. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlahastam. a man armed with a lance, lancer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlamudgarahastamf(ā-)n. having a lance and mace in hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbarahasyaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumahasmfn. (only in vocative case) very glorious or sublime View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumakhasyaNom. A1. yate- (only pr. p. y/amāna-), to be very joyous, make merry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhasmfn. (accusative sg. /asam-or /ām-) having a good understanding, sensible, intelligent, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhasm. Name of a ṛṣi- under manu- cākṣuṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhasm. of a son of veda-mitra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhasm. plural a particular class of gods under the fifth manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhasm. a particular class of deceased ancestors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhasf. Cardiospermum Halicacabum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumitradhasmfn. one who makes good friends (śobhanāni mitrāṇi puṣyati- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumukhasūm. "father of su-mukha-", Name of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śunaḥpucchasmṛtif. śunaḥpuccha
śūnyahastamfn. empty-handed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supurodhasm. a good domestic priest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhasmfn. granting good gifts, liberal, bountiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhasmfn. receiving rich gifts, wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhasm. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic vārṣāgira- and author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhasm. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surahasn. a very lonely place (also surahaḥsthāna haḥ-sthāna- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surapurodhasm. "domestic priest of the gods"Name of bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suretodhasmfn. (or -dhā-) bestowing potency or virility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surodhasm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryādigrahasādhanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryasahasranāmāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṣkanitambhasthalīf. shrunk or shrivelled hip-region. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvābhastramfn. (fr. next) Va1rtt. 3 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvābhastrim. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastam. one's own hand (taṃ--,"to offer one's hand for aid [ locative case ]") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastam. own handwriting, autograph View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastagatamfn. fallen into or being in one's own hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastasvastikastanīf. covering (her) breasts with crossed hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastikāf. a hoe, mattock, pickaxe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastitamfn. held or supported by one's own hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svahastollikhitamfn. drawn or painted by one's own hands,
svaprakāśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthasādhakamfn. effective of or promoting one's own object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthasādhanan. accomplishment of one's own object or desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthasādhanatatparamfn. intent upon it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthasiddhif. (equals sādhana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedāmbhas() n. equals sveda-jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhasmann. a particular preparation of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahastinm. a white elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahastinm. Name of airāvata- (elephant of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syūmagabhasti(sy/ūma--) mfn. (prob.) having thongs for a pole, drawn by thongs (as a chariot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanubhastrāf. "body-bellows", the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taptarahasan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpyutthasaṃjñakan. idem or '(n.?) pyrites or another mineral substance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkarahasyadīpikāf. another Name of guṇākara-'s ṣaḍ-darśana-samuccaya-ṭīkā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvārthasūtran. Name of a jaina- work by umā-svāti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāvacchas(śas-) ind. () so manifoldly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasadmfn. dwelling at tīrtha-s (rudra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasaukhyan. Name of work or of part of a work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasenif. Name of one of the mothers in skanda-'s retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasevāf. equals -caryā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasevāf. worship of the 24 saints View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthasevinm. "visiting tīrtha-s", Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṭīṭibhasarasn. Name of a tīrtha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṃśatsāhasramf(ā-)n. plural 30,000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṇavasāhasramf(ī-)n. 27000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripacchas(pad-+ śas-) ind. by 3 pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṣadhasthamf(ā-)n. having a triple seat (sadh- equals barh/is-) (also dh/astha-, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṣadhasthan. a triple seat, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṣāhasra(tr/i--) mfn. (equals -sāh-) consisting of 3000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisāhasran. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisāhasramf(ī-)n. consisting of 3000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisāhasramahāsāhasram. (with or without loka-dhātu-) Name of a world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisāhasramakāsāhasrikamfn. governing that world, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triśūlahastamfn. bearing the trident in his hand (śiva-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
troṭakahastam. "beak-handed", a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryahasparśam. equals tri-dina-spṛś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryahaspṛśan. equals tri-dina-spṛś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuvirādhasmfn. equals -deṣṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhāhastiind. gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayāhastiind. in both hands, with both hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayāhastyāind. idem or 'ind. in both hands, with both hands ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhasam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhasaṃskāram. association of ideas, recalling anything to remembrance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddeśyavidheyabodhasthalīyavicāram. sthalīya
uddhas( ud-has-) P. -dhasati-, to break out into laughter (said of the lightning) ; to flash View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhastamfn. (hasta-with ud-) extending the hands, raising the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udhasn. equals ūdhas- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasmn. (in veda- also) /ūdhan-, /ūdhar- (See Whitney's grammar 430 b;in classical Sanskrit the stem ūdhan-appears only in the fem. of an adjective (cf. mfn.) compound exempli gratia, 'for example' kuṇḍodhnī-etc.) ( vah- commentator or commentary on ; ud- ) the udder of any female, breast, bosom etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasmn. figuratively applied to the clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasmn. the night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasmn. Name of a passage in the mahānāmnī- (q.v) verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasmn. ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin u1ber; Anglo-Saxon ūder-; Old High German u1tar; modern German Euter; modern English udder;Gael.uth.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasvatīf. (a female) with full udders View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyamf(ā-)n. milking, giving milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyamf(ā-)n. coming from the udder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyan. milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthasaṃpadf. a particular concluding verse of a śastra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthavāhasmfn. (ukth/a-) offering verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthavāhasmfn. one to whom verses are offered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeśasāhasf. Name of certain works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahasP. -hasati-, to laugh at, deride, ridicule etc. ; to smile: Causal -hāsayati-, to deride, ridicule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahasitamfn. laughed at, derided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahasitan. laughter accompanied by shaking the head (sa-śiraḥ-kampam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahastam. the act of taking with the hand, receiving ([ ]) gaRa vetanādi- , (not in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahastayaNom. P. upahastayati-, to take with the hand, receive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahastikāf. a box for betel or condiments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahasvanmfn. laughing at, deriding, mocking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalabdhasukhamfn. one who has experienced pleasure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalahastam. "stone-hand", Name of a cāṇḍāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāhasvedam. (in med.) perspiration caused by a kind of poultice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparihastam. an elevated hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthānasāhasf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthasadmfn. sitting in the lap or in the centre of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāttaraṃhasmfn. acquiring speed, quick, fleet. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavahasfor upa-- vaha-, , kāṇva- recension. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvanabhasmfn. being above the clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urohastan. a mode of boxing or wrestling (bāhuyuddha-bheda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uruprathas(and ur/uprathas-) mfn. wide-spreading, widely extended, far-spreading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣṇamahasm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsāhasaṃpannamfn. endowed with energy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsāhaśauryadhanasāhasavatmfn. having boldness and wealth and heroism and energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamāmbhasn. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) one of the nine kinds of tuṣṭi- q.v , sāṃkhya-kaumudī- (quoted by ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamasāhasan. the highest of the three fixed mulcts or fines (a fine of 1000 or of 80,000 paṇa-s;capital punishment, branding, banishment, confiscation, mutilation, and death). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānahastamfn. (uttān/a-) having the hand, extended, extending them in prayer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānahastam. dual number (au-) the two hands with the fingers stretched out (but with the backs towards the ground) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhasnam. or n. (only in instrumental case plural) equals v/adhar- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhasnumfn. wielding a deadly weapon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhasthalīf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhasthānan. a place of execution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhasthānan. a slaughter-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādībhasiṃham. Name of a jaina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vagalāsahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgghastavat(vāc-+ hasta-) mfn. possessed of speech and hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahasn. the shoulder of a draught animal (varia lectio for vah/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasmfn. carrying, conveying, bringing, offering (see uktha--, nṛ-yajña-v-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasn. an offering, worship, invocation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasam. the Boa Constrictor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasam. a spring from which water flows (equals vāri-niryāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasam. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hasam. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahnidāhasamudbhavamfn. produced by burning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhasamf(ī-)n. (fr. vedhas-) derived from fate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhasamf(ī-)n. composed by brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhasam. patronymic of hari-ścandra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyabodhasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyanarasiṃhasenam. Name of a scholiast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyanāthasūrim. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyarahasyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaighasam. (fr. vi-ghasa-) Name of a huntsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaighasikamfn. feeding on the residue or remains of food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikṛtarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikuṇṭhastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikuṇṭhastavavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikuṇṭhasvargam. equals -bhuvana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākaraṇahastinm. an elephant given to a grammarian as a reward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākaraṇakhasūcim. a grammarian who merely pierces the air with a needle, a poor grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapramahasmfn. (prob.) superior in courage or strength View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrahastamfn. (v/ajra--) "thunderbolt-handed", wielding a thunderbolt (said of indra-, agni-, the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrahastam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrahasf. Name of one of the nine samidh-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrahasf. of a Buddhist goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālahastam. a tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vallabhasiddhāntaṭīkāf. Name of work on bhakti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vallabhasvāminm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālukāmbhasn. (mbhas-) idem or '(mb-) equals vālukābdhi- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālukāmbhasn. Name of a sea or lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmahastam. the dewlap of a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaprāmbhasn. the water flowing along a bank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varadahastam. the beneficent hand (of a deity or benefactor of any kind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāhasaṃhitāf. Name of work (the bṛhat-saṃhitā- of varāha-mihira-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārāhasaṃhitāf. Name of varāha-mihira-'s bṛhat-saṃhitā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāhasphuṭam. or n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāhastutif. Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāhasvāminm. Name of a mythical king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārāhīsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāraṇahastam. a particular stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcodhas() mfn. granting power, bestowing vigour or energy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhakihastam. a carpenter's measure of 42 inches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārhaspata patya- etc. See bārhas-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyārahasyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varphasn. equals varpas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣaphalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasran. 1000 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasrakan. idem or 'n. 1000 years ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasrakamfn. living or lasting 1000 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasrāyaNom. A1. yate-, to appear like 1000 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasrikamf(ā-)n. lasting 1000 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārṣasahasrikamfn. (fr. varṣa-sahasra-) 1,000 years old View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasrinmfn. 1000 years old, becoming 1000 years old View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣasahasrīyamfn. idem or 'mfn. 1000 years old, becoming 1000 years old ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasiṣṭhasaṃhitāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasiṣṭhasaṃsarpam. a particular catur-aha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsiṣṭhasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasiṣṭhasiddhāntam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsiṣṭhasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasiṣṭhasmṛtif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsiṣṭhasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsiṣṭhasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastrārdhasaṃvītamfn. covered or clothed with half a garment. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastrārdhasaṃvṛtamfn. covered or clothed with half a garment. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsudevarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsudevasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātaraṃhas(v/āta--) mfn. fleet as wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayodhasmfn. equals -dh/ā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayodhasmfn. young, fresh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyodhasamfn. relating or belonging to vayo-dhas- (id est indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanāmaratnasahasravyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the vedānta-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyavettṛm. a knower of the secret doctrine of the vedānta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntārthasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasudhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the veda-", Name of the upaniṣad-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārthasaṃgraham. an abstract of the more important upaniṣad-s by rāmānuja-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasārasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasāraśivasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasmfn. (in some meanings prob. connected with vi-dhā-; Nominal verb m. vedh/ās- accusative vedh/asam-or vedh/ām-) pious, religious, virtuous, good, brave (also applied to gods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasmfn. wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasmfn. performing, accomplishing (in gambhīra-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. a worshipper of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. an arranger, disposer, creator (especially applied to brahmā-, but also to prajāpati-, puruṣa-, śiva-, viṣṇu-, dharma-, the Sun etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. a wise or learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. Name of the father of hari-ścandra- (See vaidasa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasan. the part of the hand under the root of the thumb (considered as sacred to brahmā-;See tīrtha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasam. Name of a Vedic ṛṣi- (said to belong to the family of aṅgiras-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasīf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhastama(vedh/as--). mfn. most pious or religious, best, wisest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasf. (instrumental case) worship, piety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veganāśyanāśakabhāvārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāmbhas(velāmbhas-) n. equals -velā-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśaprahasanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvarasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrahastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravyāsaktahastamfn. one whose hands cling to a reed or reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhasmanmfn. free from ashes or dust View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhasmīkaraṇan. freeing from ashes, dusting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhasadmann. "abode of the gods", heaven or the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhasakham. a friend of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhastrīf. "divine female", an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicārārthasamāgamam. assembly for the sake of trial or judgement, an assembly for investigation or discussion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhānarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhasm. equals vedhas- or brahman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyudambhasf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyuddhasta(vidy/ud--) mfn. (for vidy/ud-+ hasta-) holding a glittering weapon in the hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyunmahas(vidy/un--) mfn. "rejoicing lightning"or"brilliant with lightning" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigatasnehasauhṛdamfn. vigatasneha
vighasam. or n. ( ghas-) food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighasam. the residue of an oblation of food (offered to the gods, to deceased ancestors, to a guest, or to a spiritual preceptor) (sam bahu-kṛ-,to make an ample meal) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighasaśa() () mfn. one who eats the remains of an offering. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighasaśin() mfn. one who eats the remains of an offering. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vighneśvarasahasranāmann. vighneśvara
vihasP. -hasati-, to laugh loudly, burst out laughing etc. ; to laugh at (accusative,rarely genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihasanan. idem or 'f. gentle laughter, smiling (varia lectio sitikā-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihasatikāf. gentle laughter, smiling (varia lectio sitikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihasitamfn. laughing, smiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihasitamfn. laughed, smiled at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihasitan. laughter, laughing, smiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihasitikāSee hasatikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. without a hand or trunk, handless ( vihastatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. unhandy, inexperienced (See a-vih-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. confounded, perplexed, helpless ( vihastatā -- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') completely absorbed in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. adroit, skilled, experienced (in; compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastamfn. wise, learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastam. a eunuch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihastatāf. vihasta
vihastatāf. vihasta
vihastitamfn. confused, embarrassed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśasahasranāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimahas(v/i--) mfn. merry, joyous (said of the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṃśatisāhasramf(ā-)n. 20, 000 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimūḍhasaṃjñamfn. bewildered in mind, senseless, unconscious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīṇāhastamfn. holding a lute in his hand (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakasahasranāmann. Name of work or chapter from work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhasa(?) m. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipravāhasmfn. receiving the homage and offerings of the wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virephasmfn. equals -repas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhagranthapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhasambandhanīyamfn. (in law) allied or kin in a forbidden degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhasiddhāntagranthālokam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhasiddhāntagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhasiddhāntagranthaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamasāhasan. irregular boldness, temerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayalaukikapratyakṣakāryakāraṇabhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣavyāptirahasyan. viśeṣavyāpti
viśiṣṭavaiśiṣṭyabodharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśiṣṭavaiśiṣṭyabodhavicārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇubhaktirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇugūḍhasvāminm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇurahasyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusahasranāmabhāṣyan. Name of śaṃkara-'s commentator or commentary on the thousand names of viṣṇu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusahasranāmakathanan. viṣṇusahasranāman
viṣṇusahasranāmann. the thousand names of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusahasranāmann. Name of a portion of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata- (also viṣṇusahasranāmakathana ma-kathana- n.or viṣṇusahasranāmastotra ma-stotra- n.) and of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusahasranāmastotran. viṣṇusahasranāman
viṣṇutattvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇutattvarahasyakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuvṛddhasahasranāmastotran. Name of chapter of the padma-purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣpardhasmfn. ( spardh-; see vi-spardh-) emulating, vying, envious ("free from emulation") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣpardhasm. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣpardhasn. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrabdhasuptamfn. sleeping peacefully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrambhasaṃkathāf. equals -kathā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrambhasaṃsuptamfn. quietly asleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhasattvamfn. of a pure character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhasattvapradhānamfn. chiefly characterized by pure goodness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhasattvavijñānamfn. of pure character and understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhasiṃham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhasvaranirghoṣāf. a particular dhāraṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvadohas(viśv/a-) mfn. milking or yielding all things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvamahas(viśv/a--) mfn. "all-powerful"or"all pleasant" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanāthasenam. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanāthasiṃham. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanāthasiṃhadevam. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanāthastotran. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanāthasūrim. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvarādhas(viśv/a--) mf. all-granting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaśardhasmfn. (viśv/a--) being in a complete troop, complete in number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaśardhasmfn. displaying great power, making great exertion () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvatohasta(śv/ato--) mfn. one who has hands on all sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītirādhas(vīt/i--) mfn. affording enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṭṭhalasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasamayam. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasambandham. relation or connection by marriage, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasthānan. the place for a marriage-ceremony (before a house) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhabṛhaspatim. the older bṛhaspati- or an older recension of bṛhaspati-'s law-book View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhamahas(vṛddh/a--) mfn. of great power or might View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasaṃgham. an assembly of old men, council or meeting of elders View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhaśaṅkhasmṛtif. the law-book of vṛddha-- śaṅkha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasenamfn. (vṛddh/a--) hearing large missiles (others"forming mighty hosts") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasenāf. Name of the wife of sumati- (and mother of devatā-jit-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasevāf. reverence for the aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasevinmfn. reverencing one's elders View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasevitvan. equals -sevā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasṛgālam. an old jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasuśrutam. the older suśruta- or an older recension of suśruta-'s work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhasūtrakan. a flock of cotton, flocculent seeds flying in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛndāvanarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhaikasahasf. plural (with gāvaḥ-) a thousand cows and a bull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhaskandhamfn. having shoulders like a bull, broad-shouldered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhasvāminm. Name of a king (founder of the family of ikṣvāku- and father of draviḍa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhasvargavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhikaraṇadharmāvacchinnābhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyagrahastamfn. having the hands occupied with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyālambahastamfn. (an elephant) having its trunk hanging down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyālambahastam. the red Ricinus or castor-oil plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapohastavam. Name of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptigrahopāyarahasyan. vyāptigraha
vyāptipañcakarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptyanugamarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatihasP. -hasati-, to laugh at each other Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekisiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahārārthasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahārārthasmṛtisārasamuccayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yadṛcchalābhasaṃtuṣṭamfn. satisfied with obtaining what comes spontaneously, easily satisfied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yadṛcchasaṃvādam. accidental or spontaneous conversation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yahasn. (prob. fr. a lost yah-,to speed, be quick) , water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yahasn. strength, power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavāhas(yajñ/a--) mfn. offering or receiving worship or sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrahastinm. an automatic elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yarādevīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśodāgarbhasambhūtāf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvacchas(for -śas-) ind. as many times as, in as many ways or manners as View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvacchastram(for -śas-) ind. as far as the śastra- extends View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhasaṃrāvam. challenging to battle, mutual defiance of combatants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogānandaprahasanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavāsiṣṭhasaṃkṣepam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavāsiṣṭhasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavāsiṣṭhasāracandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavāsiṣṭhasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavāsiṣṭhasāravivṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogeśīsahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyānupalabdhirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatāgrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatāpūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuddhasāram. "battle-goer", a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuddhasāramfn. instinct with combativeness, warlike, provoking (as speech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuddhasūktan. Name of the hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugalakiśorasahasranāmastotran. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugalasahasranāmann. Name of stotra-s containing 1000 names of kṛṣṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugasahasrāyaNom. A1. yate-, to become a thousand mundane periods id est appear infinitely long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
Results for has180 results
has हस् 1 P. (हसति, हसित) 1 To smile, laugh (gently); हससि यदि किंचिदपि दन्तरुचिकौमुदी हरति दरतिमिरमतिघोरम् Gīt.1; Bk.7.63;14.93. -2 To laugh at, mock, ridicule (with acc.); यमवाप्य विदर्भभूः प्रभुं हसति द्यामपि शक्रभर्तृकाम् N.2.16. -3 (Hence) To surpass, excel, throw into the back-ground; यो जहासेव वासुदेवम् K.; Śi.1.71. -4 To resemble; श्रिया हसद्भिः कमलानि सस्मितैः Ki.8.44. -5 To jest, joke. -6 To open, bloom, blow; हसद्बन्धुजीवप्रसूनैः. -7 To brighten up, or to clear up; भास्वा- नुदेष्यति हसिष्यति चक्रवालम् Subhāṣ. -Caus. (हासयति-ते) To cause to smile; प्रमथमुखविकारैर्हासयामास गूढम् Ku.7.95.
hasaḥ हसः 1 Laugh, laughter. -2 Derision. -3 Merriment, mirth. -Comp. -कृत् a. causing laughter.
hasanam हसनम् Laughing, laughter.
hasanī हसनी A portable fire-place. -Comp. -मणिः fire.
hasantī हसन्ती 1 A portable fire-vessel. -2 A lamp-stand. -3 A kind of Mallikā. -4 A kind of fairy (= शाकिनी).
hasantikā हसन्तिका A portable fire-vessel.
hasat हसत् pres. p. Mocking, excelling; मृत्पिण़्डशेखरितकोटिभि- रर्धचन्द्रं शृङ्गैः शिखाग्रगतलक्ष्ममलं हसद्भिः Śi.5.63. ल-f. A portable fire-vessel (Mar. शेगडी).
hasikā हसिका Laughter, derision.
hasita हसित p. p. [हस्-कर्तरि क्त] 1 Laughed, laughing. -2 Blown, expanded. -तम् 1 Laughter. -2 Joke, jesting; कीर्तितानि हसिते$पि तानि यं व्रीडयन्ति चरितानि मानिनम् Ki.13.47. -3 The bow of the god of love.
hasra हस्र a. [हस्-रक् Uṇ.2.12] 1 Smiling. -2 Stupid, foolish, ignorant.
has हस्ता The thirteenth lunar mansion.
hastaḥ हस्तः [हस्-तन् न इट् Uṇ.3.86] 1 The hand; हस्तं गत 'fallen in the hand or possession of'; गौतमीहस्ते विसर्जयि- ष्यामि Ś.3 'I shall send it by Gautamī'; so हस्ते पतिता; हस्तसंनिहितां कुरु &c.; शंभुना दत्तहस्ता Me.62 'leaning on Śambhu's hand'; हस्ते-कृ 1 (हस्तेकृत्य-कृत्वा) 'to take or seize by the hand, take hold of the hand, take in hand, take possession of'; Prov. :--हस्तकङ्कणं किं दर्पणे प्रेक्ष्यते Karpūr. 'sight requires no mirror'. -2 The truck of an elephant; Ku.1.36; अथवा हस्तिहस्तचञ्चलानि पुरुषभाग्यानि भवन्ति Avimārakam 2. -3 N. of the 13th lunar mansion consisting of five stars. -4 The fore-arm, cubit, a measure of length (equal to 24 aṅgulas or about 18 inches, being the distance between the elbow and the tip of the middle finger). -5 Hand-writing, signature; धनी वोपगतं दद्यात् स्वहस्तपरिचिह्नितम् Y.1.319; स्वहस्त- कालसंपन्नं शासनम् 1.32 'bearing date and signature'; धार्यतामयं प्रियायाः स्वहस्तः V.2 'the autograph of my beloved'; 2.2. -6 (Hence fig.) Proof, indication; Mu.3. -7 Help, assistance, support; वात्या खेदं कृशाङ्ग्याः सुचिरमवयवैर्दत्तहस्ता करोति Ve.2.21. -8 A mass, quantity, abundance (of hair), in comp. with केश, कच &c.; पाशः पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात् Ak.; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः सति कुसुमसनाथे किं करोत्यषे वहीं V.4.22. -स्तम् 1 A pair of leather-bellows. -2 Skill (in using the hand); कलासु कौशलमक्षभूमिहस्तादिषु Dk. 2.2. -Comp. -अक्षरम् one's own hand or signature, one's own sign-manual. -अग्रम् the finger (being the extremity of the hand). -अङ्गुलिः f. any finger of the hand. -अभ्यासः contact with the hand. -अवलम्बः, आलम्बनम् support of the hand; दत्तहस्तावलम्बे प्रारम्भे Ratn.1.8 'being aided or helped on'. -आमलकम् 'the fruit of the myrobalan held in the hand', a phrase used to denote that which can be clearly and easily seen or understood; cf. करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. -आवापः 1 a finger-guard (ज्याघातवारणम्); V.5; Ś.6. -2 a hand-fetter; व्यालकुञ्जरदुर्गेषु सर्पचोरभयेषु च । हस्तावापेन गच्छन्ति नास्तिकाः किमतः परम् ॥ Mb.12.181.5. -कमलम् 1 a lotus carried in the hand. -2 a lotus-like hand. -कौशलम् manual dexterity. -क्रिया manual work or performance, handicraft. -गत, -गामिन् a. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, obtained, secured; त्वं प्रार्थ्यसे हस्तगता ममैभिः R.7.67;8.1. -ग्राहः taking by the hand. -चापल्यम् = हस्तकौशलम् q. v. -तलम् 1 the palm of the hand. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -तालः striking the palms together, clapping the hands. -तुला 'hand-balance', weighing in the hand; हस्ततुलयापि निपुणाः पलप्रमाणं विजानन्ति Pt.2.83. -दक्षिण a. 1 situated on the right hand. -2 Right, correct. -दोषः a slip of the hand. -धारणम्, -वारणम् warding off a blow (with the hand). -पादम् the hands and feet; न मे हस्तपादं प्रसरति Ś.4. -पुच्छम् the hand below the wrist. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -प्रद a. supporting, helping. -प्राप्त, -वर्तिन्, -स्थ, -स्थित a. 1 held in the hand. -2 gained, secured. -प्राप्य a. easily accessible to the hand; that can be reached with the hand; हस्तप्राप्यस्तबकनमितो बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77. -बिम्बम् perfuming the body with unguents. -भ्रष्ट a. escaped. -मणिः a jewel worn on the wrist. -रोधम् ind. in the hands; हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -लाघवम् 1 manual readiness or skill. -2 a sleight of the hand, legerdemain. -लेखः Sketching practice before producing an object of art, hand-drawing; अस्यैव सर्गाय भवत्करस्य सरोजसृष्टिर्मम हस्तलेखः N.7.72; हस्तलेखमसृजत् खलु जन्मस्थानरेणुकमसौ भवदर्थम् ibid.21.69. -वापः = हस्तक्षेपः shooting (arrows) with the hand; यस्यैकषष्टिर्निशितास्तीक्ष्णधाराः सुवाससः संमतो हस्तवापः Mb. 5.23.22. -वाम a. situated on the left (or wrong) hand. -विन्यासः position of the hands. -संवाहनम् rubbing or shampooing with the hands; संभोगान्ते मम समुचितो हस्तसंवाहनानां यास्यत्युरुः सरसकदलीगर्भगौरश्चलत्वम् Me.98. -सिद्धिः f. 1 manual labour, doing with the hands. -2 hire, wages. -सूत्रम् a bracelet or thread-string worn on the wrist; धात्र्यङ्गुलीभिः प्रतिसार्यमाणमूर्णामयं कौतुकहस्त- सूत्रम् Ku.7.25. -स्वस्तिकः crossing the hands; स्तनविनि- हितहस्तस्वस्तिकाभिर्वधूभिः Māl.4.1. -हार्य a. manifest.
hashasti हस्ताहस्ति ind. Hand to hand; हस्ताहस्ति जन्यमजनिं Dk.
hastakaḥ हस्तकः 1 A hand. -2 The position of the hand. -3 A measure of length. -4 A turn-spit.
hastavat हस्तवत् a. Dexterous, skilful, clever; केनचित्तु हस्त- वतैकागारिकेण तावतीं सुरङ्गां कारयित्वा Dk.2.2.
hastekaraṇam हस्तेकरणम् Marrying.
hastikā हस्तिका A kind of stringed instrument.
hastikam हस्तिकम् A multitude of elephants; Mb.9.
hastin हस्तिन् a. (-नी f.) [हस्तः शुण्डादण्डो$स्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Having hands. -2 Having a trunk. -m. An elephant; Ms.7. 96;12.43; (elephants are said to be of four kinds; भद्र, मन्द्र, मृग and मिश्र). -Comp. -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of elephants. -अशना Boswellia Serrata (Mar. साळई, कुरुंद). -आजीवः an elephant-driver. -आयुर्वेदः a work dealing with the treatment of the elephant's diseases. -आरोहः an elephant-driver or rider. -कक्ष्यः 1 a lion. -2 a tiger. -कर्णः the castor-oil plant. -गिरिः the city and district of Kāñchī. -घ्नः 1 an elephantkiller. -2 a man. -चारः a kind of weapon. -चारिन् m. an elephant-driver. -जागरिकः a keeper of elephants. -जिह्वा a particular vein. -दन्तः 1 the tusk of an elephant. -2 a peg projecting from a wall. (-न्तम्) 1 ivory. -2 a radish. -दन्तकम् a radish. -नखम् a sort of turret protecting the approach to the gate of a city or fort. -नासा an elephant's trunk. -पः, -पकः an elephant driver or rider; जज्ञे जनैर्मुकुलिताक्षमनाददाने संरब्धहस्तिपक- निष्ठुरचोदनाभिः Śi.5.49; इति घोषयतीव हिण्डिमः करिणो हस्तिपका- हतः क्कणन् H.2.86. -पर्णी the कर्कटी plant. -प्रधान a. chiefly depending on elephants; Kau. A.2.2. -बन्धकी a female elephant helping in tethering wild ones; Kau. A.2.2. -मदः the ichor issuing from the temples of an elephant in rut. -मयूरकः N. of a plant (Mar. आज- मोदा). -मल्लः 1 N. of Airāvata; सुराधिपाधिष्ठितहस्तिमल्ललीलां दधौ राजतगण्डशैलः Śi.4.13. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 of Śaṅkha, the eighth of the chief Nāgas. -4 a heap of ashes. -5 a shower of dust. -6 frost. -यूथः, -थम् a herd of elephants. -वक्त्रः N. of Gaṇeśa; Dk.2.3. -वर्चसम् the splendour or magnificence of an elephant. -वाहः 1 an elephant-driver. -2 a hook for driving elephants. -विषाणी Musa Sapientum (Mar. केळ). -शाला an elephant-stable. -शुण्डा, -ण्डी A kind of shrub (Mar. इंद्रवारुणी, -कवंडळ). -श्यामाकः a kind of millet. -षड्गवम् a collection of six elephants. -स्नानम् = गजस्नानम् q. v.; अवशेन्द्रियचित्तानां हस्तिस्नानमिव क्रिया H.1.17. -हस्तः an elephant's trunk. हस्तिन hastina (ना nā) पुरम् puram हस्तिन (ना) पुरम् N. of a city founded by king Hastin, said to be situated some fifty miles north-east of the modern Delhi; it forms a central scene of action in the Mahābhārata; it's other names are:-- गजाह्वय, नागसाह्वय, नागाह्व, हास्तिन.
hastinam हस्तिनम् N. of Hastināpura, q. v. -a. Having the depth of an elephant (as water); सरस्तलं हास्तिनम् Dk.2.7.
hastinī हस्तिनी 1 A female elephant. -2 A kind of drug and perfume. -3 A woman of a particular class, one of the four classes into which writers on erotical science divide women (described as having thick lips, thick hips, thick fingers, large breasts, dark complexion, and libidinous appetite); the Ratimañjarī thus describes her:-- स्थूलाधरा स्थूलनितम्बबिम्बा स्थूलाङ्गुलिः स्थूलकुचा सुशीला । कामोत्सुका गाढरतिप्रिया च नितान्तभोक्त्री (नितम्ब- खर्वा) खलु हस्तिनी स्यात् (करिणी मता सा) 8.
hastya हस्त्य a. 1 Belonging to the hand. -2 Done with the hand, manual. -3 Given with the hand.
aṃhas अंहस् n. अंहः ˚हसी &c. [अम् असुन् हुक् च Uṇ.4.212, अमति गच्छति प्रायश्चित्तेन] 1 A sin; सहसा संहतिमंहसां विहन्तुम्...अलं Ki.5.17; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; leaving one's religion or duty (स्वधर्मत्याग); लोभो$नृतं चौर्यमनार्यमंहः Bhāg. 1.17.32. -2 Trouble, anxiety, care; युयोतन नो अंहसः Rv. 8.18.1 [cf. अघ, आगस्; Gr. akhos.]. ˚मुच् a. freeing from distress; अंहोमुचे प्रभरे Yv.
aṃhasaspatiḥ अंहसस्पतिः (Ved.) The intercalary month (Lord of distress or perplexity?) Vāj.
aṃhasvad अंहस्वद् a. Sinful.
aṅghas अङ्घस् n. [अङ्घते गच्छति नरकमनेन अङ्घ्-असुन्] A sin; युष्मच्छासनलङ्घनाङ्घसि मया मग्रेन नाम स्थितम् Ve.1.12 v. l
atiraṃhas अतिरंहस् a. Very fleet or swift; सारंङ्गेणातिरंहसा Ś.1.5.
atirabhasaḥ अतिरभसः Great speed, precipitateness, head-long speed, rashness; ˚कृतानां कर्मणाम् Bh.2.99; दर्शन˚ प्रधावितेन K.192; great hurry.
atihastayati अतिहस्तयति Den. P. [अतिहस्त-णि] 1 To stretch out the hands (हस्तौ निरस्यति). -2 [हस्तिना अतिक्रामति] To overtake (one) on an elephant.
atyaṃhas अत्यंहस् a. Ved. Emancipated from sin or evil.
adhas अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
adhastana अधस्तन a. (-नी f.) [अधोभवः अधस्-टयु तुट् च] 1 Lower, situated beneath. -2 Prior, previous.
adhastarā अधस्तरा (मा) म् ind. [अतिशयेनाधः] Very low.
adhastāt अधस्तात् adv. or prep. [अधर-अस्ताति, अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39-4.] Down, below, under, beneath, underneath &c. (with gen.), See अधः, अधस्तान्नोपदध्याच्च Ms. 4.54; धर्मेण गमनमूर्ध्वं गमनमधस्ताद्भवत्यधर्मेण Sāṅkhya K; ˚तादागतः Pt.3; तस्याधस्ताद्वयमपि रतास्तेषु पर्णोटजेषु U.2.25; यस्य सर्वमेवाधस्ताद् गतं K.289; gone to hell.
anilambhasamādhiḥ अनिलम्भसमाधिः 'unsupported meditation; Name of a peculiar kind of meditation (Buddh.).
anurahasa अनुरहस a. [अनुगतम् रहः] Secret, solitary, private. -सम् adv. In secret, apart, privately; अनुरहसमनायि नायकेन Śi.7.5.
anehas अनेहस् a. [न हन्यते, हन्-असि, धातोः एहादेशः नञि हन् एह च Uṇ.4.223] (lit.) Not killed or destroyed or obstructed; Ved. without a rival, incomparable, unattainable, inaccessible; unobstructed, not liable to be hurt or injured; शंभुवं मन्त्रं देवा अनेहसम् Rv.I.4.6,4;6.5.3. -m. (हा-हसौ &c.) Time (not being liable to be destroyed). cf. तस्मादनेहसं कंचित्प्रतीक्षस्व महाभुज Śiva. B. 9.18 also 5.11,59. कुसुमबाणसखेन सुखासितं विपिनमापि न मानमनेहसा Rām. Ch.4.11.
andhas अन्धस् n. [अद्-असुन् नुम् धश्च; अदेर्नुम्धौ च Uṇ.4.25] 1 Food; द्विजातिशेषेण यदेतदन्धसा Ki.1.39; सशेष एवान्धसि असावतृप्यत् Dk.133,157 Viś. Guṇa.11; Mb.3.193.34. (supposed to have in the Veda the senses of Soma, the herb itself, or its juice; juice, ghee or boiled rice, but usually taken to mean 'food' only by Indian lexicographers and commentators. -2 Grassy ground उभे यत्ते महिना शुभ्रे अन्धसी अधिक्षियन्ति पूरवः Rv.7.96.2. [cf. Gr. andhos.]
apahas अपहस् 1 P. To mock or scoff at, ridicule, deride; साहसापहसितकुमारेण Dk.9 scoffed at, i. e. excelled.
apahasitam अपहसितम् हासः Silly or causeless laughter; often laughter with tearful eyes (नीचानामपहसितम्).
apahastaḥ अपहस्तः [अपसारणार्थो हस्तः] 1 The hand placed on the neck to drive out a person (गलहस्त); one that is so driven out; सारथिं चास्य दयितमपहस्तेन जघ्निवान् Mb.1. 129.36;3.12.85. -2 Throwing away or off, taking away असिहस्तापहस्ताभ्यां तेषां गात्राण्यकृन्तत Mb.6.9.45. -3 Stealing, plundering.
apahastayati अपहस्तयति Den. P. To seize by the neck and drive out; hence throw away, abandon, leave, discard, reject (fig. also).
apahastita अपहस्तित p. p. Thrown away, discarded, abandoned, cast off, given up; ˚सकलसखीजनं त्वयि विश्वसिति मे हृदयम् K.233,22; ˚बान्धवे त्वया Māl.9.19; अयं मम ˚लज्जो व्यवसायः V.2; मानिनीभिरपहस्तितधैर्यः Ki.9.36.
abhihasya अभिहस्य a. Ved. Ridiculous.
amedhas अमेधस् a. [अ-मेधा; नित्यमसिच् P.V.4.122] Foolish, stupid, an idiot.
ambhas अम्भस् [By Uṇ.4.29 आप्-असुन्; or अम्भ् शब्दे असुन्] 1 water; कथमप्यम्भसामन्तरानिष्पत्तेः प्रतीक्षते Ku.2.37; स्वेद्यमामज्वरं प्राज्ञः को$म्भसा परिषिञ्चति Śi.2.54; अम्भसाकृतम् done by water P.VI.3.3. -2 The sky. -3 The fourth sign of the zodiac. -4 Mystical name of the letter व्. -5 A God. -6 A man. -7 The world of the Manes. -8 A Rākṣasa or Asura. -9 (In Phil.) तुष्ठि or acquiescence of the soul. -1 Power; splendour; fruitfulness -(dual.) अम्भसी Heaven and earth. -(pl.) Collective name for Gods, men, Manes, and demons. [cf. L. imber: Gr. ombpos.] -Comp. -ज a. produced in water, aquatic. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 the (Indian) crane or Sárasa. (-जम्) a lotus; बाले तव मुखाम्भोजे कथमिन्दीवरद्वयम् S. Til.17; so पाद˚, नेत्र˚; ˚खण्डः a group of lotus flowers; कुमुदवनमपश्रि श्रीमदम्भोजखण्डम् Śi.9.11,64; ˚जन्मन् m., -जनिः, -योनिः the lotus-born God, epithet of Brahmā. सदनमु- पगतो$हं पूर्वमम्भोजयोनेः Prab. (-जा) Glycirrhiza glabra (Mar. ज्येष्ठमध). -जन्मन् n. a lotus; अम्भोजन्मजनि- स्तदन्तरगतो Bhāg.1.13.15. -दः, -धर 1 a cloud, ननाद सो$म्भोद इवातपान्ते Mb.8.17.15. -2 the plant मुस्तक -धिः, -निधिः, -राशिः 'receptacle of waters', the ocean; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1; यादवाम्भोनिधीन्रुन्द्धे वेलेव भवतः क्षमा 58; so अम्भसां निधिः; शिखाभिराश्लिष्ट इवाम्भसां निधिः Śi.1.2; ˚वल्लभः or पल्लवः a coral. -रुह् n. (ट्), -रुहम् a lotus; हेमाम्भोरुहसस्यानां तद्वाप्यो धाम सांप्रतम् Ku.2.44. m. the (Indian) crane. -सारम् a pearl. -सूः smoke; cloudiness (Mar. धुकें). -स्थ a. living in water; what holds or contains water.
arahas अरहस् n. Absence of secrecy.
arādhas अराधस् a. [राधः; धनम्- Nir. न. ब.] Poor, not able to perform sacrifices, stingy; hard.
āndhasaḥ आन्धसः The scum of boiled rice.
āndhasikaḥ आन्धसिकः [अन्धो भक्तं शिल्पमस्य ठक्] A cook.
āmbhasa आम्भस a. (-सी f.) [अम्भस्-अण्] Watery, fluid.
āmbhasika आम्भसिक a. (-की f.) [अम्भसी वर्तते ठक्] Acquatic. -कः A fish.
udambhas उदम्भस् a. Full of water; R.4.31.
udghasam उद्घसम् Flesh.
uddhasta उद्धस्त a. Extending or raising the hands.
udhas उधस् An udder; see ऊधस्.
upahas उपहस् 1 P. 1 To ridicule, deride, laugh at; (fig.) to excel, surpass; अमरगुरुमपि प्रज्ञयोपहसद्भिः K.7; Dk.1. -2 To couple oneself with.
upahasita उपहसित p. p. Ridiculed, derided. -तम् Satirical laughter, ridicule.
upahastikā उपहस्तिका [उपगता हस्तं अत इत्वम्] A small purse (or box) containing the ingredients necessary for betel-chewing (e. g. leaves, chunam, catechu, betel &c.) (Mar. चंची, बटवा, झोळणा); उपहस्तिकायास्ताम्बूलं कर्पूर- सहितमुद्धृत्य Dk.116.
ūdhas ऊधस् n. An udder (changed to ऊधन् in Bah. Comp. ऊधसो$नङ् P.V.4.131.) भुवं कोष्णेन कुण्डोध्नी मेध्ये- नावमृथादपि R.1.84. -2 A covered secret place to which only friends are admitted. -3 The bosom. -4 The breast of a cattle. -Comp. -वती (a female, female animal) with full udders; Bhāg.
edhas एधस् n. 1 Fuel; यथैधांसि समिद्धो$ग्निर्भस्मसात् कुरुते$र्जुन Bg.4.37; अनलायागुरुचन्दनैधसे R.8.71; Ms.11.71; Y.2.166. -2 Prosperity (in comp.).
ehas एहस् n. 1 Anger. -2 Emulation, rivalry.
aikasahasrika ऐकसहस्रिक a. (-की f.) Provided with 11.
odhas ओधस् n. An udder.
ohas ओहस् n. 1 Praise; idea, true notion (?). -2 A vehicle, means; न ये देवास ओहसा न मर्ताः Rv.6.67.9.
audhasa औधस a. (-सी f.) [ऊधसः इदं अण्] Being or contained in the udder (as milk); यवसं जग्ध्यनुदिनं नैवं दोग्ध्यौधसं पयः Bhāg.4.17.23.
audhasyam औधस्यम् Milk (produced from the udder); R.2.66. v.1.
khasaḥ खसः 1 Itch, scab. -2 N. of a mountainous country to the North of India; see खश.
khasatilaḥ खसतिलः Poppy.
khasamaḥ खसमः खसर्पणः N. of a Buddha.
khasūciḥ खसूचिः m., f. 1 An expression of reproach (at the end of a compound); वैयाकरणखसूचिः 'a bad grammarian', 'one who has forgotten it'.
khaskhasaḥ खस्खसः खाखसः Poppy. -Comp. -रसः opium.
gabhastiḥ गभस्तिः m., f. 1 A ray of light, a sunbeam or moonbeam; यथा राजन्प्रजाः सर्वाः सूर्यः पाति गभस्तिभिः Mb. 3.33.71. -2 Ved. The shaft (of a car). -3 The forepart of the arm, the hand. -स्तिः The sun. -f. An epithet of Svāhā, the wife of Agni. -Comp. -करः, -पाणिः, -मालिन् m., -हस्तः, -मत् m. the sun. -नेमिः N. of Visnu; Mb.12.
gabhastimat गभस्तिमत् m. The sun; घनव्यपायेन गभस्तिमानिव R.3.37. -n. One of the seven divisions of Pātāla.
gārhasthyam गार्हस्थ्यम् [गृहस्थस्य भावः कर्म वा ष्यञ्] 1 The order or stage of life of a householder (गृहस्थ); गार्हस्थ्यं चैव याज्याश्च सर्वा गृह्याश्च देवताः Mb.14.7.1. -2 Domestic affairs, household. -3 The five Yajñas to be daily performed by a householder.
gausahasrika गौसहस्रिक a. Possessing thousand cows.
ghas घस् 1, 2 P. (घसति, घस्ति, घस्त) To eat, devour (a defective root used only to form certain tenses of अद्).
ghasaḥ घसः 1 The eater, devourer. -2 Flesh, meat.
ghasiḥ घसिः Ved. Food.
ghasmara घस्मर a. [घस्-क्मरच्] 1 Voracious, gluttonous; घस्मरा नष्टशौचाश्च प्राय इत्यनुशुश्रुम Mb.8.4.41; दावानलो घस्मरः Bv. 1.34. -2 Devourer, destroyer; द्रुपदसुतचमूघस्मरो द्रौणिरस्मि Ve.5.36.
ghasra घस्र a. [घस्-रक्] Hurtful, injurious. -स्रः 1 A day; घस्रो गमिष्यति भविष्यति सुप्रदोषम् Subhāṣ. -2 The sun; heat; Mv.6.8. -स्रम् Saffron.
dhas धस् a. [धा-कसुन्] Holding; रेतोधस्, पुरोधस् &c. -m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 Bṛihaspati.
naṃhasaḥ नंहसः A god very kind to his worshippers (हसन्ति विकसन्ति ते हसाः । नमन्तो हसाः येषां ते नंहसाः । भक्तानुग्राहका देवाः । Mb.1.17.15. com.)
nabhas नभस् n. [नह्यते मेधैः नह्-असुन् भश्चान्तादेशः; cf. Uṇ. 4.21] 1 The sky, atmosphere; R.5.29; नभश्च पृथिवीं चैव तुमुलो व्यनुनादयन् Bg.1.19; वनान्तरे तोयमिति प्रधाविता निरीक्ष्य भिन्नाञ्जनसंनिभं नभः Ṛs.1.11. -2 A cloud. -3 Fog, vapour. -4 Water. -5 Period of life, age. -m. 1 The rains or rainy season. -2 The nose, smell. -3 N. of the month of Śrāvaṇa (corresponding to July-August), (said to be n. also in this sense); प्रत्यासन्ने नभसि दयिताजीवितालम्बनार्थी Me.4; R.12.29;17.41;18.6; N.9.84; श्रावणे तु स्यान्नभाः श्रावणिकश्च सः Ak.; पञ्चमो$यं तु संप्राप्तः नभाः श्यामनभाः शुभः Śiva. B.26.57. -4 The fibres in the root of the lotus. -5 A spitting-pot.-- (du.) Both the worlds, heaven and earth. -Comp. -अम्बुपः the Chātaka bird. -केतनः, -पान्थः the sun, -क्रान्तिन् m. a lion. -ग a. going in the sky (as a star, god, bird &c.). -गजः a cloud. -गति f. soaring, flying. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चमसः 1 the moon. -2 magic. -चर a. moving in the sky; निकामतप्ता विविधेन वह्निना नभश्चरेणेन्धनसंभृतेन सा Ku.5.23. (-रः) 1 a god or demi-god; नभश्चरैर्गीतयशाः स लेभे R.18.6. -2 a bird. -तलम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the lower region of the sky; (लेभे) नभस्तलश्यामतनुं तनूजम् R.18.6. -दुहः a cloud. -दृष्टि a. 1 blind. -2 looking towards the sky. -द्वीपः, -धूमः a cloud. -नदी the celestial Ganges. -प्राणः wind. -मणिः the sun. -मण्डलम् the firmament the atmosphere; नेदं नभोमण्डलमम्बुराशिः S. D.1. ˚दीप. the moon. -योनिः an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् n. darkness. -रूप a. gloomy, dark. -रेणुः f. fog-mist. -लयः smoke. -लिह् a. licking the sky, lofty, very high; cf. अलिह. -वटः atmosphere. -वीथी the sun's path. -श्वासः wind. -सद् m. 1 a bird. -2 a star. < b>-3 a god; अतीनिपज्ञान- निधिर्नभःसदः Śi.1.11. -सरित् f. 1 the milky way. -2 the celestial Ganges. -स्थलः an epithet of Śiva. -स्थली the sky. -स्पृश् a. reaching the sky, lofty.
nabhasa नभस a. Vapoury, misty. -सः 1 The sky. -2 The rainy season. -3 The ocean.
nabhasaṃgamaḥ नभसंगमः A bird.
nabhasya नभस्य a. Vapoury, foggy. -स्यः 1 N. of the month Bhādrapada (corresponding to August-September); अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54;12.29;17.41; Bhāg. 12.11.38. -2 N. of one of the sons of स्वारोचिष मनु.
nabhasvat नभस्वत् a. 1 Vaporous, misty, cloudy. -2 Young. -m. The wind, air; नभस्वतस्तं कुसुमेषु केलयः N.1.97; R.4.8;1.73; Si.1.1.
nābhasa नाभस a. (-सी f.) Heavenly, celestial.
nābhasvata नाभस्वत a. Relating to the wind; अहो यत्र वने घोरे नैव नाभस्वती कथा Śiva. B.19.17.
pacchas पच्छस् ind. Foot by foot; अथ खल्वेतयर्चा पच्छ आचामति Ch. Up.5.2.7.
parihas परिहस् 1 P. 1 To jest, joke. -2 To laugh at, ridicule; (hence) to surpass, excel; जनानामानन्दः परिहसति निर्वाणपदवीम् G. L.5.
parihastaḥ परिहस्तः Ved. 1 An amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child. -2 A ring for the hand.
pāthas पाथस् n. [पा-असुन् थुक् च] 1 Water; हरन्तां संतापं कमपि मरुदुल्लासलहरीछटाश्चञ्चत्पाथः कणसरणयो दिव्यसरितः G.L.26; Mv. 6.12. -2 Air, wind. -3 Food. -4 The sky. -Comp. -जम् 1 a lotus. -2 a conch. -दः, -धरः a cloud. -धिः, -निधिः, -पतिः the ocean; N.13.2; पाथोधिमध्ये पतितः पतङ्गः Rām. Ch.6.7; पाथोधिर्जलधिः पयोधिरुदधिर्वारांनिधिर्वारिधिः Śabda Ch.
purodhas पुरोधस् m. A family-priest (particularly that of a king.)
paurodhasam पौरोधसम् The office of a family-priest; पौरोधसं हृष्यति येन दुर्मतिः Bhāg.6.7.37.
praghasa प्रघस a. Voracious, gluttonous. -सः 1 A demon. -2 Voracity, gluttony.
prathas प्रथस् n. Ved. Extension.
pramahas प्रमहस् a. Of great might or splendour; प्रमहसि पदे निस्त्रैगुण्ये शिवाय नमो नमः Śivamahimna.3.
prahas प्रहस् 1 P. 1 To laugh, smile; ततः प्रहस्यापभयः पुरंदरम् R.3.51. -2 To deride, ridicule, mock; हसन्तं प्रहसन्त्येता रुदन्तं प्ररुदन्ति च Subhāṣ. -3 To brighten up, look splendid, cheer up.
prahasanam प्रहसनम् 1 Loud or violent laughter, laughing, mirth. -2 Ridicule, mockery, irony, joke; धिक् प्रहसनम् U.4. -3 Satire, satirical writing, -4 A farce, a kind of low comedy; S. D. thus defines it :-- भाणवत्संधिसंध्यङ्ग- लास्याङ्गाङ्कैर्विनिर्मितम् । भवेत् प्रहसनं वृत्तं निन्द्यानां कविकल्पितम् ॥ 533 et seq. e. g. कन्दर्पकेलि.
prahasantī प्रहसन्ती 1 A kind of jasmine (पृथिका or वासन्ती q. v.). -2 A large firepan.
prahasita प्रहसित p. p. 1 Laughing. -तम् 1 Laughter, mirth. -2 Displaying bright gaudy colours; Jātakam.
prahastaḥ प्रहस्तः 1 The open hand with the fingers extended. -2 N. of a general of Rāvaṇa.
babhasaḥ बभसः A devourer; बभसो$ नसूरिर्महान्तमस्य महिमानमाहुः Ch. Up.4.3.7.
bārhaspata बार्हस्पत a. (-ती f.) [बृहस्पति-अण्] Related to, descended from or sacred to, Bṛihaspati. -m. N. of a year; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघव । प्रोच्यते ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām.
bārhaspatya बार्हस्पत्य a. [बृहस्पति-यक्] Relating to Bṛihaspti. -त्यः 1 A pupil of Bṛihaspati; Bhāg.11.23.2. -2 A follower of Bṛihaspati who taught the rankest form of materialism, a materialist. -3 An epithet of Agni. -4 An infidel, materialist. -त्यम् 1 The constellation Puṣya. -2 Morality, ethics; the अर्थशास्त्र of Bṛihaspati. -त्याः N. of a school of the writers on the science of Government mentioned by Kauṭilya; Kau. A.1.15.
bṛhaspatiḥ बृहस्पतिः [बृहतः वाचः पतिः पारस्करादि˚] 1 N. of the preceptor of the gods; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.1.34; (for the abduction of his wife Tārā by the moon, see under तारा and सोम). -2 The planet Jupiter; बुधबृहस्पतियोगदृश्यः R.18.76. -3 N. of the author of a Smṛiti; Y.1.4. -Comp. -चक्रम् 1 a period of sixty saṁvatsaras. -2 an astrological diagram. -पुरोहितः an epithet of Indra. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -सवः N. of a sacrifice offered to Bṛihaspati; बृहस्पतिसवं नाम समारेभे क्रतूत्तमम् Bhāg.4.3.3.
bhas भस् n. Ashes; ददर्श तल्पे$ग्निमिवाहितं भसि Bhāg.1.6.7.
bhas भस् I. 3 P. (बभस्ति) 1 To shine. -2 To revile, blame, abuse. -II. 1 P. (भसति) To eat.
bhasa भस a. Shining; तनुवारभसो भास्वान् Ki.15.23.
bhasad भसद् m. [Uṇ.1.127] 1 The sun. -2 Flesh. -3 A kind of duck. -4 Time. -5 A float (प्लव). -6 The hinder parts (said to be f. and n. also). -7 Pudendum muliebre. -8 A month.
bhasanaḥ भसनः A bee.
bhasantaḥ भसन्तः Time.
bhasita भसित a. Reduced to ashes; यस्त्वन्तकाल इदमात्मकृतं स्वनेत्रवह्निस्फुलिङ्गशिखया भसितं न वेद Bhāg.8.7.32. -तम् Ashes; अनलभसितजालास्पदमभूत् Bv.1.84; भसितोद्धूलनविधिम् Sundaralaharī 2. भस्त्रका bhastrakā भस्त्रा bhastrā भस्त्रिः bhastriḥ भस्त्रका भस्त्रा भस्त्रिः f. [भस्-ष्ट्रन्] 1 A bellows; भस्त्राः किं न श्वसन्त्युत Bhāg.2.3.18. -2 A leathern vessel for holding water. -3 A pouch, leathern bag; भस्त्रा माता पितुः पुत्रो येन जातः स एव सः Mb.1.74.1; Bhāg.9.2.21.
bhastrikā भस्त्रिका A little bag.
bhastakam भस्तकम् 1 Gold or silver. -2 Morbid appetite from over-digestion of food; कट्वादिरूक्षान्नभुजां नराणां क्षीणे कफे मारुतपित्तवृद्धौ । अतिप्रवृद्धः पवनान्वितो$ग्निर्भुक्तं क्षणाद् भस्म करोति यस्मात् ॥ तस्मादसौ भस्मकसंज्ञको$भूदुपेक्षितो$यं पचते च धातून् Bhāva. P. -3 A kind of disease of the eyes.
bhasman भस्मन् n. [भस्-मनिन्] 1 Ashes; (कल्पते) ध्रुवं चिताभस्म- रजो विशुद्धये Ku.5.79. -2 Sacred ashes (smeared on the body); महादेवो$थ तद्भस्म मनोभवशरीरजम् । आदाय सर्व- गात्रेषु भूतिलेपं तदाकरोत् ॥ Kālikā P. (भस्मनि हु 'to sacrifice in ashes', i. e. to do a useless work). -Comp. -अग्निः morbid appetite from rapid digestion of food. -अवशेष a. remaining in the form of ashes; भस्मावशेषं मदनं चकार Ku.3.72; Ś.3.3. -अङ्गः a kind of pigeon. (-ङ्गम्) a kind of gem (Mar. पेरोज). -आह्वयः camphor. -उद्धूलनम्, -गुण्ठनम् smearing the body with ashes; भस्मोद्धूलन भद्रमस्तु भवते K. P.1. -कारः a washerman. -कूटः a heap of ashes. -गर्भः Dalbergia Ongeinensis (Mar. तिवस). -गन्धा, -गन्धिका, -गन्धिनी a kind of perfume. -गात्रः N. of the god of love. -चयः a heap of ashes. -तूलम् 1 frost, snow. -2 a shower of dust. -3 a number of villages. -प्रियः an epithet of Śiva. -भूत a. dead. -मेहः a sort of gravel. -रोगः a kind of disease; cf. भस्माग्नि. -लेपनम् smearing the body with ashes. -विधिः any rite performed with ashes. -वेधकः camphor. -शर्करः (probably) potash. -शायिन् m. N. of Śiva. -सूत-करणम् calcining of quicksilver. -स्नानम् purification by ashes.
bhasmatā भस्मता The state of ashes.
bhasmasāt भस्मसात् ind. 1 To the state of ashes; ˚कृ 'to reduce to ashes.' ˚भू to be reduced to ashes.
bhas भस्मा (स्मी) कृ 8 U. To reduce to ashes.
bhasmīkaraṇam भस्मीकरणम् 1 Reducing to ashes. -2 Completely consuming of burning. -3 Calcining.
bhasmīkṛta भस्मीकृत a. 1 Reduced to ashes. -2 Calcined (as a metal). -3 Powdered (चूर्णीकृत); तेनैव तोरणेनाथ यक्षस्तेनाभि- ताडितः । नादृश्यत तदा यक्षो भस्मीकृततनुस्तदा ॥ Rām.7.14.29.
bhasmībhū भस्मीभू 1 P. 1 To be reduced to ashes; भस्मीभूतस्य देहस्य पुनरागमनं कुतः Sarva. S. -3 To become worthless; भस्मीभूतेषु विप्रेषु मोहाद्दत्तानि दातृभिः (नश्यन्ति) Ms.3.97;4.188.
makhasyu मखस्यु a. Ved. 1 Wishing for wealth or sacrifice; त्वं जघन्थ नमुचिं मखस्युम् Ṛv.1.73.7. -2 Lively, sprightly, cheerful.
mahas महस् n. [मह्-असुन्] 1 A festival, a festive occasion. -2 An offering, oblation, a sacrifice. -3 Light, lustre; कल्याणानां त्वमसि महसां भाजनं विश्वमूर्ते Māl.1.3; U.4.1; 5.27. -4 The fourth of the seven worlds; see महर्. -5 A hymn of praise (Ved.). -6 Pleasure, enjoyment; जातमहाः स्तवनानि वसन्तः Rām. Ch.4.95; महोमहत्त्वं महनीय- शीले विलासलोलेन विलोचनेन 6.12. -7 Greatness, power. -8 Abundance, plenty. -9 Water.
mahasam महसम् 1 Knowledge. -2 Kind, sort, manner. महस्वत् mahasvat महस्विन् mahasvin महस्वत् महस्विन् a. 1 Splendid, bright, brilliant, luminous, lustrous. -2 Great, mighty.
mithas मिथस् ind. 1 Mutually, reciprocally, to each other; कामान्माता पिता चैनं यदुत्पादयतो मिथः Ms.2.147; oft. in comp. मिथःप्रस्थाने Ś.2.; मिथःसमयात् Ś.5. -2 In secret or private, secretly, privately; भर्तुः प्रसादं प्रतिनन्द्य मूर्ध्ना वक्तुं मिथः प्राक्रमतैवमेनम् Ku.3.2;6.1; R.13.1. -3 Alternately, by turns. -Comp. -असम्बन्धन्यायः a rule of interpretation according to which subsidiary portions (of a sentence) cannot be connected with one another. This rule is discussed by Jaimini and Śabara in 'गुणानां च परार्थत्वादसम्बन्धः समत्वात् स्यात्' MS.3.1.22 and भाष्य thereon. -कृत्यम् mutual obligation. -समयः mutual agreement.
mṛdhas मृधस् n. Ved. 1 War; दैत्यराजस्य च ब्रह्मन् कस्माद् हेतोरभून्मृधः Bhāg.3.14.3. -2 Contempt, disregard.
raṃhas रंहस् n. [रंह्-असुन् हुक्च Uṇ.4.221] 1 Speed, velocity; न पादपोन्मूलनशक्ति रंहः शिलोच्चये मूर्च्छति मारुतस्य R.2. 34; Śi.12.7; Ki.2.4. -2 Eagerness, violence, vehemence, impetuosity. यः परं रंहसः साक्षात् Bhāg.4.24.28. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 Of Viṣṇu.
raṅghas रङ्घस् f. Speed, haste; cf. रंहस्; रङ्घः सङ्घो$सुराणां जगदुपकृतये नित्यमुक्तस्य यस्य Sūryaśataka.
radhasaḥ रधसः [Uṇ.3.116.] A kind of demon.
rabhas रभस् n. 1 Violence, zeal, vehemence. -2 Rashness, precipitation. -3 Force, strength.
rabhasa रभस a. [रभ्-अचस् Uṇ 3.116] 1 Violent, impetuous, fierce, wild. -2 Strong, intense, vehement, powerful, ardent, eager (as desire &c.); रभसया नु दिगन्तदिदृक्षया Ki.5.1; R.9.61; Mu.5.24. -3 Rash, precipitate. -4 Joyful, glad. -5 Ved. Strengthening. -सः 1 Violence, force, impetuosity, haste, speed, hurry, vehemence; आलीषु केलीरभसेन बाला मुहुर्ममालापमुपालपन्ती Bv.2.12; त्वभि- सरणरभसेन वलन्ती Gīt.6; Śi 6.13;11.23; Ki.9.47; Bhāg.7.9.15. -2 Rashness, precipitateness, headlong haste; अतिरभसकृतानां कर्मणामाविपत्तेर्भवति हृदयदाही शल्यतुल्यो विपाकः Bh.2.99; त्यजति न मृगव्याधरभसः Śiva-mahimna 22. -3 Anger, passion, rage, fury; रक्तेक्षणेन च मनाग्रभसं दधानौ Bhāg.3.15.28. -4 Regret, sorrow. -5 Joy, pleasure, delight; मनसि रभसविभवे हरिरुदयतु सुकृतेन Gīt. 5. -6 Ardent desire, eagerness. -7 Poison. -8 N. of a magical incantation recited over weapons.
rahas रहस् n. [रह्-असुन् Uṇ.4.222] 1 Solitude, privacy, loneliness, retirement, secrecy; अथ राजा दशरथः कदाचि- द्रहसि स्थितः A. Rām.2.2.1; रहसि रमते Māl.2.2; R.3. 3;15.92; Pt.1.138. -2 A deserted or lonely place, hiding-place. -3 A secret, mystery; कथ्यतां न रहो यदि Bhāg.9.9.19. -4 Copulation, coition. -5 Truth. -6 Swiftness. -7 A privity. -ind. Secretly, clandestinely, privately, in private or seret; अतः परीक्ष्य कर्तव्यं विशेषात्सं- गतं रहः Ś.5.24; oft. in comp.; वृत्तं रहःप्रणयमप्रतिपद्यमाने 5.23.
rahasya रहस्य a. [रहसि-भवः यत्] 1 Secret, private, clandestine; रहस्यं च प्रकाशं च यद् वृत्तं तस्य धीमतः (कथय) Rām.1. 2.33; रोमाणि च रहस्यानि सर्वाण्येव विवर्जयेत् Ms.4.144. -2 Mysterious. -स्यम् 1 A secret (fig. also); स्वयं रहस्यभेदः कृतः V.2. -2 A mystic spell or incantation, the mystery (of a missile); सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राणि U.1. -3 The mystery or secret of conduct, mystery; रहस्यं साधूना- मनुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U.2.2; सरहस्यो धनुर्वेदः Bhāg.1.7. 44. -4 A secret or esoteric teaching, a mystic doctrine; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् Bg.4.3; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. -5 An upaniṣad; चतुर्भ्यः सरहस्येभ्यो वेदेभ्यो ह्यधिकं यदा Mb.1.1.272; Ms.2. 165. -स्यम् ind. Secretely, privately; अनभिख्यातदोषस्तु रहस्यं व्रतमाचरेत् Y.3.3 (where it may be taken as an adj. also). -Comp. -आख्यायिन् a. telling a secret; रहस्याख्यायीव स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -त्रयम् the three categories of Rāmānuja school -ईश्वर, चित् and अचित् composing the universe. -भेदः, विभेदः disclosure of a secret or mystery. -व्रतम् 1 a secret vow or penance. -2 the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons.
rādhas राधस् n. Ved. 1 Food. -2 Kindness, favour. -3 A gift, present. -4 Liberality. -5 Wealth, riches. -6 Accomplishment of one's wishes, success; तस्मा अप्यनु- भावेन स्वेनैवावाप्तराधसे Bhāg.4.7.57 -7 Desire; ईश्वरालम्बनं चित्तं कुर्वतो$नन्यराधसः Bhāg.9.21.17. -8 Power, sovereignty; निरस्तसाम्यातिशयेन राधसा Bhāg.2.4.14. -9 Device, proper application; बुद्ध्या वा किं निपुणया बलेनेन्द्रियराधसा Bhāg. 4.31.11. -1 Maintaining, keeping (पालनम्); आत्मारामो$पि यस्त्वस्य लोककल्पस्य राधसे Bhāg.4.24.18. -1 The sensual pleasure; कृष्णे कमलपत्राक्षे संन्यस्ताखिलराधसः Bhāg.1.65.6.
rephas रेफस् = रेपस्, Uṇ.5.65.
rodhas रोधस् n. [रुध्-असुन्] 1 A bank, an embankment, a dam; गङ्गा रोधःपतनकलुषा गृह्णतीव प्रसादम् V.1.8; R.5.42; Me.43. -2 A shore, high bank; अथ रोधसि दक्षिणोदधेः R.8.33. -3 A mountain slope; स दण्डस्तत्र राजभूद्रम्ये पर्वतरोधसि Rām.7.79.17; Ki.16.55. -4 The brink of a well; Bhāg. -5 A woman's hips; cf. तट. -Comp. -वक्रा, -वती 1 a river. -2 a rapid river. -वप्रः a rapid river.
labhasaḥ लभसः 1 Wealth, riches. -2 One who solicits, a solicitor. -सम् A rope for tying a horse. (-m. also).
vayodhas वयोधस् m. A young or middle-aged man.
has वाहस् m. Ved. 1 Agni. -2 A hymn.
hasaḥ वाहसः [न वहति न गच्छति; वह्-असच Uṇ.3.119] 1 A water-course. -2 A large serpent, the boa. -3 Fire. -4 A species of plant (Mar. करडू).
vighasaḥ विघसः 1 Half-chewed morsel, the residue or leavings of food eaten; विघसो भुक्तशेषं तु Ms.3.285; तृप्यत्का- लकरालवक्त्रविघसव्याकीर्यमाणा ईव U.5.6; Māl.5.14; बक- विघसपङ्कसारा न चिरात् कावेरि भवितासि Aryā S. -2 Food in general; किमद्याश्वत्थामा तदरिरुधिरासारविघसं (कर्म विधातुं) Ve. 3.25. -सम् Bees'-wax. -Comp. -आशः, -आशिन् m. one who eats the remains of an offering or food eaten (a crow, dog); आमिषं विघसाशेन तद्वद्राज्यं हि नो हृतम् Mb.3.33.4.
vighasīkṛtaḥ विघसीकृतः भूतः Reduced to dregs; निपीय देवै- र्विघसीकृतायां घृणां विधोरस्य दधे सुधायाम् N.22.118; सो$यं प्राक्कवलग्रहस्य विघसीभूतेष्वपि क्षत्रियक्षुद्रेषु क्षुधितश्चिरेण परशुस्तेनाय- मन्विष्यते A. R.4.22.
vidhas विधस् m. N. of Brahman, the creator.
vihas विहस् 1 P. 1 To smile, laugh gently; किंचिद्विहस्यार्थ- पतिं बभाषे R. 2.46. -2 To laugh at, deride, ridicule; किमिति विषीदसि रोदिषि विकला विहसति युवतिसभा तव सकला Gīt. 9; गौरीवक्त्रभ्रुकुटिरचनां या विहस्येव फेनैः Me.52. विहसतिका vihasatikā विहसनम् vihasanam विहसितम् vihasitam विहासः vihāsḥ विहसतिका विहसनम् विहसितम् विहासः A gentle laugh, smile.
vihasta विहस्त a. 1 Handless. -2 Confounded, bewildered, overpowered, made powerless; मालतीमुखावलोकनविहस्ततया Māl.1; R.5.49; पितामहस्तामालोक्य विहस्तामस्थिरां स्थिराम् Śiva B.5.47; शाहराजात्मज शिशो विहाय स्वां विहस्तताम् ibid 21.23. -3 Disabled, incapacitated (for doing the proper work); रुजाविहस्तचरणम् M.4. -4 Adroit, skilled. -5 Learned, wise. -स्तः A eunuch.
vṛdhasānaḥ वृधसानः [वृधेः छन्दसि असानच्-कित् Uṇ.2.83.84] A man.
vṛdhasānuḥ वृधसानुः 1 A man. -2 A leaf. -3 An act or action.
vṛhaspati वृहस्पति See बृहस्पति.
vedhas वेधस् m. [विधा असुन् गुणः] 1 A creator; मदनश्च वेधाः Māl.1.21. -2 N. of Brahman, the creator; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29; Ku.2.16;5.41. -3 A secondary creator (such as Dakṣa, sprung from Bhrahman); विधाता वेधसामपि Ku.2.14. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 Of Viṣṇu. -6 The sun. -7 The Arka plant. -8 A learned man. -9 A priest. -1 N. of Soma. -11 A poet. -a. Performing, accomplishing; गम्भीरवेधा उपगुप्त- वित्तः Bhāg.4.16.1.
vedhasam वेधसम् The part of the hand under the root of the thumb.
vaighasika वैघसिक a. Feeding on the residue of food (a class of hermits); Mb.14.92.7.
vaidhasa वैधस a. 1 Composed by Brahmā. -2 Derived from fate.
vaihastyam वैहस्त्यम् Confusion, bewilderment; शिबिरं तत्तदातङ्क- वशाद् वैहस्त्यमाददे Śiva B.12.13.
śardhas शर्धस् n. Ved. 1 A troop, host (particularly of Maruts). -2 Strength, power.
ṣahasānuḥ षहसानुः 1 A peacock. -2 A sacrifice. a. Full of forgiveness; L. D. B.
saṃmahas संमहस् Mutual joy.
sarabhasa सरभस a. 1 Speedy, quick. -2 Violent, impetuous. -3 Passionate. -4 Delighted. -सम् ind. Impetuously, hurriedly &c.
sarahasya सरहस्य a. 1 Mystical, magical. -2 Having or attended with mystical teaching or doctrine; तयोः किल सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राण्याजन्मसिद्धानि U.2. -3 With Upaniṣads; सकल्पं सरहस्यं च तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.14,165.
sahas सहस् a. Powerful, mighty; भीष्मो हि देवः सहसः सहीयान् Bhāg.11.23.48. -m. [सह्-असि] 1 The month called Mārgaśīrṣa; Śi.6.57;16.47; सहसि तत्र समृद्धिमुपागते Rām. ch.4.83; Bhāg.12.11.41. -2 The winter season. -n. 1 Power, might, strength. -2 Force, violence. -3 Victory, conquering. -4 Lustre, brightness. -5 Water.
sahasā सहसा ind. 1 With force, forcibly. -2 Rashly, precipitately, inconsiderately; सहसा विदधीत न क्रियामविवेकः परमापदां पदम् Ki.2.3. -3 Suddenly, all at once; मातङ्ग- नकैः सहसोत्पतद्भिः R.13.11. -4 With a smile, smiling. -Comp. -दृष्टः an adopted son.
sahasāna सहसान a. [सह्-असानच् Un.2.84] 1 Patient. -2 Overpowering. -नः 1 A peacock. -2 A sacrifice, an oblation.
sahasyaḥ सहस्यः The month called Pauṣa; सहस्यरात्रीरुदवास- तत्परा Ku.5.26; इति विभाति विभावितशीतले सहसहस्यसहस्यथ मैथिली Rām. ch.4.84.
sahasram सहस्रम् [समानं हसति हस्-र Tv.] 1 A thousand. -2 A large number. -Comp. -अंशु, -अर्चिस्, -कर, -किरण, -दीधिति, -धामन्, -पाद, -मरीचि, -रश्मि m. the sun; तदण्डमभवद्धैमं सहस्रांशुसमप्रभम् Ms.1.9; तं चेत् सहस्रकिरणो धुरि नाकरिष्यत् Ś.7.4; पुनः सहस्रार्चिषि संनिधत्ते R.13.44; धाम्नाति- शाययति धाम सहस्रधाम्नः Mu.3.17; सहस्ररश्मेरिव यस्य दर्शनम् Śi.1.53. -अक्ष a. 1 thousand-eyed. -2 vigilant. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Puruṣa; सहस्र- शीर्षा पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् Rv.1.9 1. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Viṣṇu. -अरः, -रम् a kind of cavity in the top of the head, resembling a lotus reversed (said to be the seat of the soul). -आननः N. of Viṣṇu. -अधिपतिः a governor of one thousand villages. -अवरः a fine below a thousand, or from five hundred to a thousand Paṇas. -काण्डा white Dūrvā grass. -कृत्वस् ind. a thousand times. -गु a. possessing a thousand cows (epithet of the sun, also of Indra.) -गुण a. a thousand-fold. -णी a leader of thousands (epithet of Brahman); विलक्ष्य दैत्यं भगवान् सहस्रणीः Bhāg.3.18.21. -घातिन् n. a particular engine of war. -द a. liberal. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a kind of fish. -दृश्, -नयन, -नेत्र, -लोचन m. 1 epithets of Indra. -2 of Viṣṇu. -दोस् m. an epithet of Arjuna Kārtavīrya. -धारः the discus of Viṣṇu. (-रा) a stream of water for the ablution of an idol poured through a vessel pierced with a number of holes. -पत्रम् 1 a lotus; विलोलनेत्रभ्रमरैर्गवाक्षाः सहस्रपत्राभरणा इवासन् R.7.11. -2 the Sārasa bird. -पाद् m. 1 an epithet of Puruṣa; Rv.1.9.1. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of Brahman. -पादः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 A kind of duck. -3 The sun; L. D. B. -बाहुः 1 an epithet of king Kārtavīrya q. v. -2 of the demon Bāṇa. -3 of Śiva (or of Viṣṇu according to some). -भक्तम् a particular festival at which thousands are treated. -भिद् m. musk. -भुजः, -मौलिः m. epithets of Viṣṇu. -भुजा f. N. of Durgā. -मूर्ति a. appearing in a thousand forms. -मूर्धन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -रुच् the sun. -रोमन् n. a blanket. -वदनः N. of Viṣṇu. -वीर्या Dūrvā grass. -वेधम् 1 sorrel -2 a kind of sour gruel. -वेधिन् m. musk. (-n.) asa-fœtida. -शिखरः an epithet of the Vindhya mountain. -शिरस्, शीर्षन्, शीर्ष a. thousandheaded (epithet of Viṣṇu); सहस्रशीर्षा पुरुषः Ṛv.1. 9.1; सहस्रशीर्षापि ततो गरुत्मता Bhāg.4.1.1. -श्रवणः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हर्यश्वः the car of Indra. -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
sahasraka सहस्रक a. Amounting to a thousand.
sahasrataya सहस्रतय a. (-यी f.) Thousandfold. -यम् A thousand.
sahasradhā सहस्रधा ind. In a thousand parts, a thousand-fold; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमयवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4.
sahasraśas सहस्रशस् ind. By thousands; तत्र मल्लाः समापेतुर्दिग्भ्यो राजन् सहस्रशः Mb.4.13.15.
sahasrin सहस्रिन् a. 1 Possessed of a thousand; इच्छति शती सहस्रं सहस्री लक्षमीहते Pt.5.82. -2 Consisting of thousands. -3 Amounting to a thousand (as a fine); क्षत्रियं तु सह- स्रिणम् Ms.8.376. -m. 1 A body of a thousand men &c. -2 The commander of a thousand.
sahasvat सहस्वत् a. Strong, powerful.
hasam साहसम् [सहसा बलेन निर्वृत्तम् अण्] 1 Violence, force; rapine; पैशून्यं साहसं द्रोहं ईर्ष्यासूयार्थदूषणम् । वाग्दण्डजं च पारुष्यं क्रोधजोी$पि गणो$ष्टकः ॥ Ms.7.48. -2 Any criminal act (such as robbery, rape, felony &c.), a heinous crime, an aggressive act. -3 Cruelty, oppression; न सहास्मि साहसमसाहसिकी Śi.9.59. -4 Boldness, daring, daring courage; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4. -5 Precipitation, rashness, temerity, an inconsiderate or reckless act, a rash or daring act; तदपि साहसाभासम् Māl.2; किमपरमतो निर्व्यूढं यत् करार्पणसाहसम् 9.1; Pt.1.191; Ki.17.42. -6 Punishment, chastisement, fine (m. also in this sense); पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः Ms.8.138,276; Y. 1.66,365. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 an epithet of king Vikramāditya. -2 of a poet. -3 of a lexicographer. -अधिपतिः a police officer; साहसाधिपतिं चैव ग्रामनेतारमेव च Śukra.2.2. -अध्यवसायिन् a. acting rashly or with inconsiderate haste. -एकरसिक a. wholly intent on violence, ferocious, brutal. -करणम् violence, force. -कारिन् a. 1 bold, audacious. -2 rash, inconsiderate. -दण्डः highest amerciament; पूर्वः साहसदण्ड आहर्तुः Kau. A.2.5. -लाञ्छन a. characterized by boldness.
hasika साहसिक a. (-की f.) [साहसे प्रसृतः ठक्] 1 Using great force or violence, brutal, violent, rapacious, cruel, felonious. -2 Bold, daring, rash, inconsiderate, reckless; न सहास्मि साहसमसाहसिकी Śi.9.59; केचित्तु साहसिकास्त्रि- लोचनमिति पेठुः Malli. on Ku.3.44. -3 Castigatory, punitive. -कः 1 A bold or adventurous person, an enterprising man; भयमतुलं गुरुलोकात् तृणमिव तुलयन्ति साधु साहसिकाः Pt.5.31. -2 A desperado, desperate or dangerous person; या किल विविधजीवोपहारप्रियेति साहसिकानां प्रवादः Māl. 1; साहसिकः खल्वेषः 6. -3 A felon, freebooter, robber. -4 An adulterer. -कम् A bold, daring action; सुग्रीव एव विक्रान्तो वीर साहसिकप्रिय Rām.4.23.4.
hasikyam साहसिक्यम् 1 Rashness, temerity. -2 Violence, force; P.I.3.32.
hasin साहसिन् a. [साहस-इनि] 1 Violent, ferocious; cruel. -2 Bold, daring, rash, impetuous; क्रियाफलमविज्ञाय यतते साहसी च सः.
hasra साहस्र a. (-स्री f.) [सहस्र-अण्] 1 Relating to a thousand. -2 Consisting of a thousand. -3 Bought with a thousand. -4 Paid per thousand (as interest &c.). -5 A thousand-fold. -6 Exceedingly numerous. -स्रः An army or detachment consisting of a thousand men. -स्रम् An aggregate of a thousand; किरीटसाहस्रमणिप्रवेक- प्रद्योतिदोद्दामफणासहस्रम् Bhāg.3.8.6; (also साहस्रकम् in this sense).
hasrika साहस्रिक a. Consisting of a thousand.
skandhas स्कन्धस् n. 1 The shoulder. -2 The trunk of a tree.
has हाहस् m. A Gandharva.
Macdonell Vedic Search
Results for has28 results
hasta hásta, m. hand, ii. 33, 7; vi. 54, 10; viii. 29, 3-5. [256]
hastavant hásta-vant, a. having hands, x. 34, 9.
aṃhas áṃh-as, n. distress, trouble, ii. 33, 2 3; iii. 59, 2; vii. 71, 5.
adhas adhás, adv. below, x. 129, 5.
andhas ándh-as, n. Soma plant; juice, i. 85, 6 [Gk. ἄνθ-ος ‘blossom’].
ambhas ámbh-as, n. water, x. 129, 1.
ahas áhas, n. day, x. 168, 3.
ahasta a-hastá, a. (Bv.) handless, x. 34, 9.
ghas ghas eat: root ao. 3. pl. ákṣan, x. 15, 12 [= á-gh(a)s-an].
triṣadhastha tri-ṣadhasthá, a. (Bv.) occupying three seats, iv. 50, 1; n. threefold abode, v. 11, 2 [sadhá-stha, n.gathering-place]. [235]
nabhas nábh-as, n. sky, v. 83, 3 [Gk. νἐϕος, OSl. nebo].
pāthas pá̄th-as, n. path, vii. 63, 5; domain, i. 154, 5 [related to páth, m. path].
brhaspati Bṛ́has-páti, m. Lord of prayer, name of a god, iv. 50, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 10. 11; x. 14, 3 [bṛ́h-as prob. gen. = bṛhás; cp. bráhmaṇas páti].
rādhas rá̄dh-as, n. gift, blessing, ii. 12, 14 [rādh gratify].
vajrahasta vájra-hasta, a. (Bv.) having a bolt in his hand, ii. 12, 13.
vedhas vedh-ás, m. disposer, iii. 59, 4 [vidh worship, be gracious].
sadhastha sadhá-stha, n. gathering place, i. 154, 1. 3.
saprathas sa-práthas, a. (Bv.) renowned, iii. 59, 7 [accompanied by práthas, n. fame].
sahas sáh-as, n. might, iv. 50, 1; v. 11, 62 [sah overcome].
sahasra sa-hásra, nm. a thousand, x. 15, 10 [Gk. χίλιοι, Lesbian χέλλιοι from χέσλο].
sahasrapād sahásra-pād, a. (Bv.) thousand-footed, x. 90, 1 [pad foot].
sahasrabhṛṣṭi sahásra-bhṛṣṭi, a. (Bv.) thousand-edged, i. 85, 9 [bhṛṣ-ṭí from bhṛṣ = hṛṣ stick up].
sahasraśīrṣan sahásra-śīrṣan, a. thousand-headed, x. 34, 14.
sahasrasāva sahasra-sāvá, m. thousandfold Soma-pressing, vii. 103, 10 [sāvá, m. pressing from su press].
sahasrākṣa sahasrākṣá, a. (Bv.) thousand-eyed, x. 90, 1 [akṣá eye = ákṣi].
sumedhas su-medhás, a. (Bv.) having a good understanding, wise, viii. 48, 1.
syūmagabhasti syú̄ma-gabhasti, a. (Bv.) drawn with thongs, vii. 71, 3 [syú̄-man band; Gk. ὑ-μήν ‘sinew’].
hiraṇyahasta híraṇya-hasta, a. (Bv.) golden-handed, i. 35, 10.
Macdonell Search
Results for has118 results
hasa m. mirth, laughter; -ana, a. laughing, with (g.); n. laughter: &asharp;, f. jest, encouraging shout (RV.1); -anîya, fp. to be laughed at, deserving the derision of (g.); -antikâ, f. fire-pan, chafing-dish; -ita, (pp.) n. laughter; -kartrí, m. mirth-maker, gladdener (RV.1); -kârá, m. laughter of heaven, sheet lightning (RV.1); (hás)-kriti, f. mirth, laughter (RV.1).
hasra a. laughing (RV.1).
hasta m. hand (ord. mg.); C.: elephant's trunk; as a measure=fore-arm or cubit (about 18 inches); handwriting (rare); abundance (--°ree; after words meaning hair); N.; V., C.: eleventh (or thirteenth) lunar asterism: --°ree; a. holding in (sts. by) the hand: -m gam, fall into the hand of (--°ree;); e kri, take into one's hand; also=gain possession of, get into one's power; marry (a girl); e nyasta, resting on her hand (face);tasya haste loka-dvayam sthitam, the two worlds are in his hand=are assured to him.
hastāgra n. tip of the hand, finger; tip of the trunk: -lagnâ, pp. f. clasping the fingers of=married to (g.); -½âlamba, m. hand as a support=sure refuge: -na, n. id.; -½a valamba, m. support of the hand; means of safety; -½âvâpa, m. hand-guard (against the bowstring).
hashasti ad. hand to hand.
hastaka m. hand; supporting hand; handful of (--°ree;); spit (v. r. ika); -ga, a. (fallen into=) being in the hand, of (--°ree;); fig.=one's own, secured to one; -gata, pp. id.; -gâmin, a. id.; -grihîta, pp.tied by the hands; -grihya, gd. taking by the hand (V.); -gra ha, m. taking the hand; marriage; taking anything in hand; -grâbhá, a. grasping the hand of a girl, wedded (RV.1); -grâha, a. id.; m. husband: -ka, a. graspingone by the hand = obtrusive; -ghná, m. hand-guard (against the bowstring; RV.1); (hásta)- kyuti, f. swift movement of the hands (RV.1); -tala-gata, pp. lying in the palm of one's hand=being in one's power; -tulâ, f.hand as a balance: in. by using the hands instead of scales; -dîpa, m. hand-lantern; -dhâranâ, f. supporting with the hand; taking by the hand=marrying (a girl); -pâda, n. sg. hands and feet; -prada, a. giving a hand, support ing, helping; -prâpta, pp. fallen into=being in one's hand (=-ga); -prâpya, fp. to be reached with the hand (cluster); -bhrashta, pp. escaped from one's hand, run away; -le kha, m. hand-drawing; -lekhî-kri, draw, sketch; (hásta)-vat, a. having hands (V., C.); dexterous (C.); -vartin, m. N. of a prince; -samgñâ, f. sign with the hand; -sûtra, n. cord put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding; -stha, a. being in one's hand; -svastika,m. crossing of the hands; -hârya, fp. to be grasped with the hands, palpable, manifest.
hastikarṇa m. (elephant's ear) N. of various plants; N. of a locality; -kâr in, m. (rider on an elephant), elephant driver; -gâgarika, m. keeper of an elephant; -danta, m. elephant's tusk.
hastin V. a. having hands, deft handed; w. mriga, m. animal with the hand (=trunk), oldest term for elephant (RV., AV.); m. (V., C.) elephant; N. (C.): (ín)-î, f. female elephant (V., C.); a certain class of women in erotics (C.).
hastināpura n. N. of a city the ruins of which are situated on the banks of an old bed of the Ganges, 57 miles N. E. of Delhi.
hastipa m. keeper or driver of an elephant: -ka, m. id.; -pâla: -ka, m. id.; -bandha, m. stockade for capturing elephants; -malla, m. Indra's elephant; -yasasa, n. magnificence of an elephant; -yûtha,n. herd of elephants; -râga, m. lordly elephant; leader of a herd of elephants; -vaktra, m. (elephant-faced), ep. of Ganesa; -vadha, m. slaughter of an elephant; -sâlâ, f. elephant's stable; N. of a locality; -sikshâ, f.training of ele phants; -snâna, n. washing of an elephant.
hastodaka n. water held in the hand.
hastya a. belonging to the hand (V.).
hastyaśva n. sg. elephants and horses: -ratha-ghosha, m. sound of elephants, horses, and chariots; -½âroha, m. rider on an elephant, elephant driver.
aṃhas n. distress, need; sin.
agrahasta m. finger; tip of elephant's trunk.
atiraṃhas a. excessively swift.
atisahasā ad. too precipitately.
atihasita (pp.) n. immoderate laughter.
atisāhasa n. precipitate action; i-ka, a. very imprudent.
adhastāt ad. below; on the ground; downwards; from below; submissively; previously; prp. with ab., g., & --°ree;, under.
adhastala n. surface --, space below (--°ree;).
adhas ad. below, on the ground; downwards, to hell; adho&zip;dhah, lower and lower; adhah kri, put below, surpass; -pat, sink down; prp. with ac. under (motion); with ab., g., or --°ree;, below.
adhihasti ad. on an elephant.
andhas n. herb; Soma plant or juice; food.
andhas n. darkness.
apahastaya den. P. shake off, push aside: pp. -hastita.
ambhas n. water; -tas, ad. out of the water.
arthasaṃpādana n. obtainment of an advantage; -sambandha, m. possession of wealth; -samâhartri, m. receiver of money; -sâdhaka, a. promoting a thing, useful; -sâ dhana, n.accomplishment of a purpose; means of attaining an object; -sâra, m. abundant wealth; -siddha, pp. self-evident; -siddhi, f. acquisition of property; success in one's object; establishment of the sense.
aṣṭāsītisahasra n. pl. 88,000.
asāhasa n. absence of precipita tion or temerity; i-ka, a. (î) not acting pre cipitately.
ahasta a. handless.
āmbhasa a. watery.
āhasa m. low laughter.
ihastha a. being or remaining here.
udambhas a. abounding in water.
upahastikā f. betel-case.
edhas n. fuel (√ idh); 2. edhas, n. prosperity (√ edh).
kurahasya n. base secret; -râgan, m. bad king; -râgya, n. bad rule.
khasa m. son of an outcast Kshatriya: pl. N. of a people.
gabhasti m. arm, hand; ray: -mat, a. radiant; m. sun; -mâlin, m. sun.
gabhastala n. kind of hell.
gārhasthya a. behoving a house holder; n. position of paterfamilias or mater familias; household.
ghasa m. devourer, N. of a demon of dis ease; N. of a Râkshasa; -ana, n. devouring.
ghasmara a. voracious; eager for (--°ree;); -vara, a. voracious.
jaṃhas n. wing, pinion.
triṣadhastha a. being in three places; n. threefold place; -shavana, a. ac companied by three Soma-pressings; n. the three Soma-pressings during the day; with snâna, n. triple daily ablution: -m,ad. morn ing, noon, and evening, -snâyin, a. perform ing ablutions three times a day; -shash, a. pl. three times six, eighteen; -shtub-anta, a. ending with a trishtubh; -shtúbh, f. (triple praise), a. metre of 4 X 11 syllables.
dohas n. milking.
dradhas n. garment.
nabhasvat a. cloudy; m. wind.
nabhasya a. misty; m. Bhâdra, the second rainy month (August-September).
nabhastala n. sky-surface, nether sky, vault of heaven.
nabhas n. [bursting forth], cloud; mist, vapour; fragrance (of Soma); atmo sphere, sky; Srâvana, the first rainy month (July-August); m. N. of a son of Nala.
nābhasa a. (î) appearing in the sky; coming from the sky (voice).
pacchas ad. [pad-sas] by pâdas; -khauka, n. [pad-sauka] cleansing of the feet.
paraḥsahasra a. pl. more than a thousand.
pāthas n. place; water: -pati, m. lord of the waters, ep. of Varuna.
pāśahasta a. holding a snare or noose in his hand; m. ep. of Yama.
purodhas m. (one placed at the head: √ dhâ), appointed priest, domestic chaplain of a prince; -dhâ, f. office of Puro hita or domestic priest; -dhâtri, a. appoint ing the Purohita; -dh-ikâ, f.(preferred), favourite.
prathas n. breadth; extension: -vat, a. broad, extensive; -â, f. spreading out; fame, celebrity; origin (--°ree;); -ita, pp. √ prath; -i-mán, m. breadth; extension, enlargement; -ishtha, spv., -îyas,cpv. of prithú; -u, a. distant, long (journey); reaching farther than (ab.).
babhasa m. devourer.
bārhaspata a. (î) relating to or descended from Brihaspati; -yá, m. pat. descendant of Brihaspati; pupil of Brihaspati; unbeliever; n. the Artha-sâstra of Brihaspati.
bṛhaspatimat a. accompa nied by Brihaspati; -vat, a. id.
bṛhaspati m. Lord of devotion, N. of a god (the outcome of theological specu lation) in whom piety towards the gods is personified; in C. he is accounted the god of wisdom and eloquence (to whom various works are ascribed); the planet Jupiter; N.
nodhas m. N. of a Rishi.
bhasmākhya a. called ashes= mere ashes.
bhasmasāt ad. w. as, bhû, gam, or yâ, be reduced to ashes; with kri or nî, reduce to ashes.
bhasmapuñja m. heap of ashes; -priya, a. fond of ashes (Siva); -bhûta, pp. reduced to ashes; -râsî-kri, reduce to a heap of ashes; -renu, m. ash-dust; -lalâtikâ, f. forehead mark made with ashes; -sâyin, a. resting on ashes; -suddhi-kara, a. purifying himself with ashes (Siva).
bhasman a. eating, devouring (RV.); n. [that which is devoured by fire], ashes.
bhasmakūṭa m. heap of ashes; -krit, a. reducing to ashes (--°ree;); -krita, pp. reduced to ashes; -kaya, m. heap of ashes; -tâ, f. condition of ashes.
bhastrā f. bag, sack; bellows: i-kâ, f. pouch, purse.
bhasita (pp.) n. ashes (C.).
bhasad f. buttocks; pudendum mu liebre.
bhasmita pp. reduced to ashes, an nihilated.
bhasmālābuka n. gourd used for keeping ashes; -½avasesha, a. of whom nothing remains but ashes, reduced to ashes.
bhasmībhāva m. becoming ashes: -m gam, be reduced to ashes.
makhas only --°ree; a. (RV.1): -yá, den. P. Â. be gay (RV.); -yú, a. gay, exuberant.
mahasvin a. radiant, brilliant, lustrous.
mahasvat a. gladdening (V.); (mahas-), great, mighty; brilliant, lustrous.
mahas n. greatness, might, glory (V.: in. pl. mightily); abundance, plenty (V.); light, lustre (C.); gladness (V.); festival, celebration (C.); ás, ac. ad. (RV.1) gladly; briskly; swiftly.
mithas ad. together, with (in.); to each other, mutually, reciprocally; alter nately; privately, in secret.
medhasāti f. gaining or deserv ing of a reward or praise (RV.).
medhas n. sacrifice.
mṛdhas n. contempt: only w. kri, show contempt, despise, scorn (RV.).
raṃhas n. velocity, speed; vehemence, impetuosity.
raṅghas n. haste.
rabhasa a. fierce, impetuous; ardent, eager for (--°ree;); strong, powerful; m. impetu osity, vehemence; speed; eager desire for (--°ree;): °ree;--, in., ab. vehemently, passionately; hastily, quickly.
rabhas n. vehemence, violence: in. vehemently, forcibly, roughly.
rahasya a. secret (with români, hair on the private parts); n. secret; mys tery, mystic doctrine; Upanishad: -m, ad. in secret; -dhârin, a. being in possession of or entrusted with a secret: n-î, f.confidante; -nikshepa, m. entrusted secret; -bheda, m.: -na, n. disclosure of a secret; -samrakshana, n. keeping of a secret.
rahas n. privacy, solitude; lonely place; secret: ac. or lc. in a lonely place; in secret, privately.
rādhas n. favour, bounty, gift (V.); beneficence (V.); success (P.); striving (P.); power (P.).
retodhas a. impregnating; ±pi tri, m. natural father; -dh&asharp;, a. impregnating (V.).
rabhasvat a. impetuous (RV.).
vedarahasya n. secret doctrine of the Veda, the Upanishads; -râsi, m. the entire Veda; -vâkya, n. statement of the Veda; -vâda, m. id.; talk about the Veda, theological discussion; -vâdin, a. able to talk about or conversant with the Vedas; -vikrayin, a. selling=teaching the Veda for money; -vit-tama, spv. most learned in the Veda; -vit-tva, n. knowledge of the Veda; -víd, a. knowing the Veda; -vidyâ, f. know ledge of the Veda: -vid, a. versed in Vedic learning, -vrata-snâta, pp. having completed one's Vedic and scientific studies and one's vows; -vidvas, pt. knowing the Veda; -viplâvaka, a. propagating the Veda; -ve da½a&ndot;ga-tattva-gña, a. knowing the Vedas and the Vedâ&ndot;gas thoroughly; -vedâ&ndot;ga pâraga, a. thoroughly conversant with the Vedas and Vedâ&ndot;gas; -vyâsa, m. arranger of the Veda; -vrata, n.observance pre scribed during Vedic study; a. having taken the Vedic vow; -sabda, m. the word Veda; statement of the Veda; -sâkhâ, f. Vedic branch or school; -sâstra, n. sg. doctrine of the Veda: pl. the Veda and othercanonical works: -purâna, n. pl. id. and the Purânas; -sruti, f. Vedic scriptures.
vedhas a. [√ vidh; ac. sts. vedh&asharp;m] pious, believing (V.); virtuous, good (ep. of the gods; V.); wise (C.); m. worshipper of the gods (V.); author (C.); Creator, ep. of Brahman (C.).
vaidhasa a. (î) derived from fate (vedhas; said of writing on the forehead); m. pat. of Hariskandra.
vṛdhasāna RV. pt. (√ vridh) growing; rejoicing.
śubhaspati m. du. the two lords of splendour (Asvins; V.).
sadhastuti f. joint praise (RV.); (á)-stha, a. present (V., rare); n. (V.) place, abode, home; space.
sarahasya a. together with the mysteries, i. e. the Upanishads; -râga, a. tinged, slightly discoloured; reddened; charming, lovely; filled with love, impas sioned: -m, ad. passionately: -tâ, f. redden ed condition, redness; -râga-ka, a. together with the king; (sá)-râti, a. giving equal gifts, equally favourable (V.); -râshtra, a. with the kingdoms.
sahasrāṃśu a. thousand-rayed; m. sun: -sama, a. sun-like; -½akshá, a. thou sand-eyed; m. ep. of Indra; -½âtman, a. having a thousand natures; -½adhipati, m. leader of a thousand men; chief of a thousand villages; -½anîka, m. N. of a prince; (sahásrâ) magha, a. having a thousand gifts; -½âyu, a. living a thousand years (Br.); -½âyudha, a. having a thousand weapons; m. N.; (sahás ra)-½âyus, a. living a thousand years (V.); m. N.; (sahásra)-½argha (or á), a. having a thousandfold value (V.); -½arkis, a. thousand-rayed; m. sun.
sahasra m. (rare), n. thousand (also used to express a large number or great wealth); sp. a thousand cows, -Panas: con strued with an app. (sg. or pl.), g., sg. or pl., --°ree; (rarely °ree;--); in an a. cpd. it is always --°ree;: -ka, 1. n. thousand: --°ree; a. (ikâ) having or amounting to a thousand; 2. thousand-headed; -kara, m. (thousand-rayed), sun: -pan-netra, a. having a thousand hands, feet, and eyes; -kalâ, f. N.; -kirana, m. (thousand-rayed), sun; -kritvas, ad. a thou sand times; (sahásra)-ketu, a. having a thousand forms (RV.1); -gu, a. possessing a thousand cows; thousand-rayed; m. sun; -guna, a. thousandfold: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -gunita, pp. multiplied a thousand times; -kakshu, a. thousand-eyed (AV.); -git, a. con quering or winning a thousand (RV.); (-hás ra)-nîtha, a. having a thousand expedients or shifts (V.); m. N. (C.); -tama, spv. (î) thou sandth; -taya, n. a thousand; -da, a. giving a thousand (cows); (sahásra)-dakshina, a. attended with a fee of a thousand (kine; V.); -dîdhiti, m. sun; (á)-dvâr, a. thousand-doored (RV.1); -dhâ, ad. a thousand-fold; in a thousand ways or parts; -dhî, a. thousand-witted; m. N. of a fish; -nayana, a. thousand-eyed; m. ep. of Indra; -netra, a., m. id.; -pati, m. chief of a thousand (vil lages); -pattra, n. (having a thousand petals), lotus; -pûrana, a. thousandth; receiving a thousand; -poshá, m. thousandfold welfare (V.); a. thriving a thousandfold (S.); -buddhi, a. thousand-witted; m. N. of a fish; -bhakta, n. a certain festival at which thousands are fed; -bhânu, a. thousand-rayed; -bhrishti, a. thousand-pointed (V.); -ma&ndot;gala, N. of a locality; -mukha, a. having a thousand exits; -rasmi, a. thousand-rayed; m. sun; -li&ndot;gî, f. a thousand Li&ndot;gas; -lokana,a. thousand-eyed; m. ep. of Indra; -vartman, a. thousand-pathed; -vâka, a. containing a thousand verses or words; -satá-dakshina, a. attended with a fee of a hundred thousand (cows); -sás, ad. by thousands (referring to a nm., ac., in.); -sîrsha, a. thousand-headed: â, f. a certain verse (according to comm. the hymn RV. X, 90); (hásra)-sri&ndot;ga, a. thou sand-horned (RV.); -saní, a. gaining a thou sand (V.); -sâ, a. id.; -sâvá, m.thousand-fold Soma-pressing.
sahasya a. mighty, strong (V.); m. N. of the second winter month (=Pausha).
sahastha a. present; m. companion; -sthita, pp. id.; -sthiti, f. abiding together in (--°ree;).
sahasta a. possessed of hands: -tâl am, ad. with clapping of hands.
sahaskṛta pp. (V.) produced by strength (Agni); invigorated (Indra), in creased.
sahasāvan a. mighty, victori ous (RV.).
sahasāna pt. mighty (RV.).
sahasaṃvāsa m. dwelling to gether; -sambhava, a. produced at the same time: w. ganmanâ, innate.
sahasa a. laughing.
sahas a. (RV.) mighty, victorious; m. (V., C.) a winter month (=Mârgasîrsha); n. might, force, victory (V., rare in P.): in. -â, ad. (forcibly), suddenly, unexpectedly, all at once, on the spot (V., C.); precipitately, inconsiderately (C.); in. pl. (sáho)-bhih, mightily (RV.).
sahasvat a. mighty, victorious (V.; rarely P.); containing the word sahas (Br.): -î, f. a plant (?; V.).
sahasrin a. thousandfold (V.); winning a thousand (V.); having a thousand (also --°ree;; C.); paying a thousand Panas (as a fine, C.).
hasa a. [sahas] precipitate, in considerate; m. n. punishment, fine; n. vio lence, rapine; bold, daring, precipitate, or reckless act (ord. mg.): -karana, n. violence; -kârin, a. acting inconsiderately, rash; -lâñkhana, m. N.; -½a&ndot;ka, m. N.
hasri m. pat. (?)
hasra a. (â, &isharp;) having, consisting of, or amounting to, a thousand; thousand-fold; exceedingly numerous; n. thousand: -ka, a. amounting to or containing a thousand.
hasika a. (î) committing or guilty of violence; bold, daring; rash, reck less; m. desperado, robber; N. of a cook: -tâ, f. daring; -in, a. committing violence; over-exerting oneself.
surādhas V. a. bestowing good gifts, bountiful; receiving good gifts, wealthy.
skandhas n. branching top or crown of a tree (V.).
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
Results for has118 resultsResults for has27 results
has (‘Laughing woman’) in the Rigveda1 denotes a courtesan according to Pischel.
hasta See Nakṣatra.
hastādāna See Paśu.
hastaghna Denotes in the Rigveda a hand-guard,’ a covering used as a protection of the hand and arm from the impact of the bowstring. The word is of remarkable and still unexplained formation. Lātyāyana has hasta-tra and the Epic hastāvāpa as its equivalent in sense.
hastin ‘Having a hand,’ with Mrga, ‘beast,’ denotes in the Rigveda and the Atharvaveda the ‘elephant.’ Later the adj'ective alone comes to mean ‘elephant.’ The animal was famed for its strength as well as its virility. It is mentioned with man and monkey as one of the beasts that take hold by the hand (hastādāna), as opposed to those that take hold by the mouth (mukhādāna). It was tamed, as the expression Hastipa,* elephant-keeper,’ shows, and tame elephants were used to catch others (see Vāraṇa). But there is no trace of its use in war, though Ktesias and Megasthenes both record such use for their times. The Atharvaveda alludes to its being pestered by mosquitoes.
hastipa ‘Elephant-keeper,’ is mentioned as one of the victims at the Puruṣamedha (‘ human sacrifice ’) in the Yajurveda.
aṃhasaspati This is the name of the intercalary month in the Vājasaneyi Samhitā See Māsa.
atyaṃhas aruṇi According to the Taittirīya Brāhmana, this teacher sent a pupil to question Plaksa Dayyāmpati as to the Sāvitra (a form of Agni). For this impertinence his pupil was severely rebuked.
gabhasti Denotes, according to Roth, the pole of a chariot in the epithet syūma-gabhasti, * having reins as a pole,’ used of the car of the gods in the Rigveda, and independently in the plural in the Taittirīya Brāhmana. The meaning is, however, doubtful. Roth himself suggests that syūma-gabhasti may refer to a sort of double reins.
nodhas Is the name of a poet who is mentioned in the Rigveda, and to whom certain of its hymns are ascribed. In the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana he is called Kāksīvata, a descendant of Kaksīvant.’ Ludwig regards him as con­temporary with the defeat of Purukutsa. He was a Gotama.
puruṣa hastin (‘The man with a hand’) is found in the list of victims at the Aśvamedha (‘horse sacrifice’) in the Yajur­veda. It must be the ape.’
bārhaspatya ‘Descendant of Bṛhaspati,’ is the patronymic of the mythical śamyu.
bṛhaspati ‘Lord of prayer,’ is the name of a god in the Vedic texts. The view of Thibaut, that the name designates the planet Jupiter, is certainly not supported by good evidence. Oldenberg seems clearly right in rejecting it.
bṛhaspatigupta śāyasthi Is mentioned in the Vamśa Brāhmaṇa as a pupil of Bhavatrāta śāyasthi.
bṛhaspatisava Is the name of a sacrifice by which, according to the Taittirīya Brāhmaṇa, the priest who desired to become a Purohita obtained that office. According to the Aśvalāyana śrauta Sūtra, it was the sacrifice to be performed by a priest after the Vājapeya, while the king performed the Rājasūya. In the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, on the other hand, the Brhaspati- sava is identified with the Vājapeya; but such identity is clearly not primitive.
bhastrā In the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa denotes a leathern bottle or pouch.
mṛga hastin The ‘animal with a hand,’ is mentioned in the elephant is meant, but concludes that the compound name is a proof of the newness of the elephant to the Vedic Indians. Later the adjective Hastin alone became the regular name of the animal (like Mahiça of the ‘buffalo’)• The elephant is also denoted in the Rigveda by the descriptive term Mrga Vārana, the wild or dangerous animal,’ the adjective vārana similarly becoming one of the names for ‘elephant’ in the later language. Pischel’s view that the catching of elephants by the use of tame female elephants is already alluded to in the Rigveda seems very doubtful. In the Aitareya Brāhmana elephants are described as black, white-toothed, adorned with gold.’
rathasaṅga In the Rigveda denotes the hostile encounter of chariots.
rahasū ‘Bearing in secret,’ is a term applied in one passage of the Rigveda to an unmarried mother. Cf. Pati and Dharma.
rahasyu devamalimluc Is the name, in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa, of a mythical person who at Munimaraṇa slew the saintly Vaikhānases.
hasa ‘Boa constrictor,’ is included in the list of victims at the Aśvamedha (‘horse sacrifice’) in the Yajurveda Samhitās.
vaidhasa ‘Descendant of Vedhas,’ is the patronymic of Hariścandra in the Aitareya Brāhmana and the śāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra.
surādhas Is the name of a man in the Rigveda, where he is mentioned with Ambarīṣa and others.
sūdadohas In the Rigveda denotes ‘milking Sūda’—i.e., what is requisite to mix with Soma, according to Pischel. According to Roth, it means ‘yielding milk like a well.’
syūmagrabhasti See Gabhasti.
hariścandra vaidhasa (‘Descendant of Vedhas’) Aikṣvāka (‘descendant of Ikṣvāku’) is the name of a probably mythical king whose rash vow to offer up his son Rohita to Varuna is the source of the tale of śunahśepa in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa and the śāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra.
hiraṇyahasta Is in the Rigveda the name of a son given by the Aśvins to Vadhrimatī (who, as her name denotes, was the wife of a eunuch).
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
Results for has118 resultsResults for has27 results2339 results
ā hastayor adhithā indra kṛṣṭīḥ RV.6.31.1b.
aditer hastāṃ srucam etāṃ dvitīyām AVś.11.1.24a. P: aditer hastām Kauś.62.1.
adveṣo hastayor dadhe RV.1.24.4c.
agrabhaṃ hastyaṃ manaḥ AVP.3.29.3c.
ahastāso hastavantaṃ sahante RV.10.34.9b.
antar hastaṃ kṛtaṃ mama AVś.7.50.2d.
armebhyo hastipam VS.30.11; TB.3.4.1.9.
aryamā hastam agrabhīt (SMB. agrahīt) śG.2.3.1d; SMB.1.6.15c; JG.1.12. See aryamā te hastam.
atho hāsathur bhiṣajā mayobhuvā RV.10.39.5b.
atho hāsi sumaṅgalaḥ AVP.3.28.6d.
atho hāsy arundhatī AVP.9.11.10d.
bhadrau hastau bhadrā jihvā AVP.9.22.2a.
bhāṣite hasite ca yat SMB.1.3.3b.
brahmaṇāṃ hasteṣu prapṛthak sādayāmi AVś.6.122.5b; 10.9.27b; 11.1.27b.
dakṣiṇe hasta ā dadhat AVś.4.20.4b; AVP.8.6.4b.
daṇḍaṃ hastād ādadāno gatāsoḥ AVś.18.2.59a. P: daṇḍaṃ hastāt Kauś.80.48. Cf. dhanur hastād.
dhanur hastād ādadāno (TA. -nā) mṛtasya RV.10.18.9a; AVś.18.2.60a; TA.6.1.3a; AG.4.2.20. P: dhanur hastāt Kauś.80.49. Cf. BṛhD.7.15. Cf. daṇḍaṃ.
dhātā hastam agrabhīt JG.1.12. See dhātā te hastam.
gṛdhraṃ hastyāyanam AVP.6.14.2e.
gṛhṇāmi hastam anu maitv atra AVś.12.3.17c. P: gṛhṇāmi hastam Kauś.61.14.
irāvanto hasāmudāḥ (HG. -daḥ) AVś.7.60.6b; AVP.3.26.3b; HG.1.29.1b.
jāmyā hastaṃ kṛtam ārebhiṣe AVP.5.36.8c.
juṣāṇo hastyam abhi vāvaśe vaḥ RV.2.14.9c.
karmaṇe hastau visṛṣṭau KS.34.15.
kaśā hasteṣu yad vadān (JB. yād vādān) RV.1.37.3b; SV.1.135b; JB.3.277b.
hāsmahi prajayā mā tanūbhiḥ (AVP. dhanena) RV.10.128.5c; AVś.5.3.7c; AVP.5.4.6c; TS.4.7.14.2c; ApMB.2.9.6c; ViDh.86.16c. P: mā hāsmahi prajayā HG.1.22.12.
maṇiṃ hastād ādadānā mṛtasya TA.6.1.3a.
memaṃ hāsiṣṭaṃ mṛtyave AVP.1.61.4b.
nenije hastyaṃ malam AVP.7.3.7b.
nir hastayor varuṇo mitro aryamā AVś.1.18.2b.
oṣadhīr hasta ādadhe RV.10.97.11b; AVP.11.6.7b; VS.12.85b; TS.4.2.6.2b; MS.2.7.13b: 93.17; KS.16.13b.
paḍbhir hastebhiś cakṛmā tanūbhiḥ RV.4.2.14b.
pra hastau na yathā riṣat (AVP. yathāśiṣat) AVś.19.49.10b; AVP.14.8.10b.
pūṣā hastam agrabhīt JG.1.12. See pūṣā te hastam.
takṣā hastena vāsyā AVś.10.6.3b; Apś.7.9.9b.
tasya hāsi kanīnikā AVś.4.20.3b; AVP.8.6.3b.
tasya hāsnāsy ukṣitā (AVP. ukṣatā) AVś.5.5.8d; AVP.6.4.8d.
tvaṃ hāsi varcasyaḥ AVP.3.28.6c.
ubhau hastau pratidīvnaḥ AVP.1.49.3a.
uṣā hasreva ni riṇīte apsaḥ RV.1.124.7d; N.3.5d.
hastini dvīpini yā hiraṇye AVś.6.38.2a; AVP.2.18.2a; KS.36.15a; TB.2.7.7.1a.
yasmai hastābhyāṃ pādābhyām AVś.10.7.39a.
yathā hastī hastinyāḥ AVś.6.70.2a.
yathendro hastam agrahīt MG.1.10.15a.
aṃśas te hastam agrabhīt # ApMB.2.3.9 (ApG.4.10.12). Cf. agniṣ ṭe etc.
aṃśuṃ gabhasti (KS. babhasti) haritebhir āsabhiḥ # KS.35.14d; Apś.14.29.3d. See aṃśūn babhasti.
aṃśuṃ duhanti hastino bharitraiḥ # RV.3.36.7c.
aṃśuṃ babhasti # see aṃśuṃ gabhasti.
aṃśūn babhasti haritebhir āsabhiḥ # AVś.6.49.2d. See aṃśuṃ gabhasti.
aṃhasaspataye tvā # VS.7.30; 22.31; śB.4.3.1.20; Kś.9.13.18. Cf. aṃhaspatyāya.
aṃhaspatyāya tvā # TS.1.4.14.1; 6.5.3.4; MS.3.12.13: 164.7; TB.3.10.7.1; Apś.8.20.8; 12.27.5; Mś.2.4.2.3. Cf. aṃhasaspataye.
aṃhoś cid urucakrayo 'nehasaḥ # RV.8.18.5c. Cf. prec. two.
akāri vām andhaso varīman # RV.6.63.3a.
akṛṇudhvaṃ svapasyā suhastāḥ # RV.4.35.9b.
akṣaṃs tān # VS.21.60; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.15.2. Cf. aghat taṃ, and aghastāṃ tān.
akṣan # śś.6.1.15. Cf. aghan, and aghasan. Also aghat, ghasat, ghasan, ghastu, and ghasantu.
akṣann amīmadantātha tvābhiprapadyāmahe (and tvopatiṣṭhāmahe) # TB.1.6.6.9 (ūhas of prec.).
akṣitiṃ devebhyo bhāsā tapantīm # JB.2.258.
agan sa devaḥ paramaṃ sadhastham # AVś.14.2.36c.
agna āgacha rohitava āgacha bharadvājasyāja sahasaḥ sūno vārāvaskandinn uṣaso jāra # Lś.1.4.4. Cf. indrāgacha.
agniḥ putrasya jyeṣṭhasya # AVś.12.2.35c.
agniḥ prajāpatiḥ somo rudro 'ditir bṛhaspatiḥ sarpā ity etāni prāgdvārāṇi daivatāni sanakṣatrāṇi sagrahāṇi sāhorātrāṇi samuhūrtāni tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.1.
agniṃ śreṣṭhaśociṣam # RV.8.19.4b. See agnim u śre-.
agniṃ sadhasthe mahati # VS.11.18c; TS.4.1.2.3c; MS.2.7.2c: 75.12; KS.16.2c; śB.6.3.3.8.
agniṃ sadhasthe sadaneṣu sukratum # MS.2.7.16b: 101.5; KS.39.3b.
agniṃ sadhasthe sadaneṣv acyutam # MS.2.7.16b: 101.3; KS.39.3b.
agniṃ sadhasthe sadaneṣv adbhutam # MS.2.7.16b: 101.1; KS.39.3b.
agniṃ sāmrājyāya # Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...).
agniṃ sūnuṃ sahaso jātavedasam # RV.8.71.11a; SV.2.905a.
agniṃ huvema paramāt sadhasthāt # TA.10.2.1b. See ukthair havāmahe, and ugraṃ huvema.
agniṃ hotāram ajaraṃ rathaspṛtam # AVP.12.19.9b; Kauś.6.11b.
agniṃ kṣaitrāya sādhase # RV.8.71.12d.
agnijyotiṣaṃ tvā vāyumatīṃ prāṇavatīṃ svargyāṃ svargāyopadadhāmi bhāsvatīm # VSK.3.2.1; Vait.7.9; Kś.4.14.13.
agnitapo yathāsatha # RV.5.61.4c.
agniṃ naras triṣadhasthe sam īdhire (SVṭS.JB. indhate) # RV.5.11.2b; SV.2.259b; TS.4.4.4.3b; KS.39.14b; JB.3.63.
agnibhrājaso vidyuto gabhastyoḥ # RV.5.54.11c.
agnim ... (VSK. paṅktīḥ) ... puroḍāśaṃ (VSK. purolāśān) badhnann indrāya vayodhase chāgam # VS.28.46; VSK.30.4.46.
agnim ... puroḍāśān badhnan bṛhaspataye chāgam # KS.19.13.
agnim indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.24c; TB.2.6.17.1d.
agnim indraṃ bṛhaspatim # PG.3.4.8a.
agnim u śreṣṭhaśociṣam # SV.2.764b. See agniṃ śre-, and cf. agniṃ pāvakaśociṣam.
agniṃ pāvakaśociṣam # RV.8.44.13b; SV.2.1062b. Cf. agniṃ śreṣṭhaśociṣam, and agnim u śreṣṭha-.
agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad achehi # Apś.16.2.5. Cf. pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ etc.
agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhara # MS.2.7.2: 75.8; 3.1.3: 4.11; Mś.6.1.1.11. Cf. pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ etc.
agniṃ manthanti vedhasaḥ # RV.6.15.17b.
agnir iti bhasma vāyur iti bhasma jalam iti bhasma sthalam iti bhasma vyomam iti bhasma sarvaṃ ha vā idaṃ bhasma # śirasU.5. P: agnir iti bhasma KālāgU.1 (stated in full by the comm., with variant vyometi). Cf. agner bhasmāsi.
agnir indras tvaṣṭā bṛhaspatiḥ # TB.3.7.3.6b,7b; Apś.9.4.1b. See agnir hotā pṛthivy.
agnir indro bṛhaspatiḥ # TS.4.7.12.1c. Cf. akar agnir.
agnir indro bṛhaspatir īśānaś ca (ApMB. bṛhaspatiś ca) svāhā # HG.1.15.1d; ApMB.2.22.4d. Cf. akar agnir, and AVś.3.15.6.
agnir iva manyo tviṣitaḥ (AVP. tarasā) sahasva # RV.10.84.2a; AVś.4.31.2a; AVP.4.12.2a; N.1.17. P: agnir iva N.1.4.
agnir ukthena vāhasā # VS.26.8c; TS.1.5.11.1c; MS.3.16.4c: 189.13; KS.4.16c; Aś.8.11.4c; śś.10.9.17c. See agnir uktheṣv, and cf. agnir naḥ su-.
agnir uktheṣv aṃhasu # AVś.6.35.2c. See agnir ukthena.
agnir ṛṣiṃ yaḥ sahasrā sanoti # RV.10.80.4b; TS.2.2.12.6b.
agnir mā duriṣṭāt pātu savitāghaśaṃsāt # TS.1.6.3.1; Mś.1.4.2.8. P: agnir mā duriṣṭāṭ pātu Apś.4.10.2.
agnir vanaspatir indro vasumān rudravān ādityavān ṛbhumān vibhumān vājavān bṛhaspatimān viśvadevyāvān somas tam apanudantu # Kś.10.7.14. Cf. agner vanaspater etc.
agnir vanaspatīnām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.2; AVP.15.7.8. P: agnir vanaspatīnām Vait.8.13.
agnir vedhastama ṛṣiḥ # RV.6.14.2b.
agnir hotādhvaryuṣ ṭe bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.18.4.15a.
agnir hotā hastagṛhyā nināya # RV.10.109.2d; AVś.5.17.2d; AVP.9.15.2d.
agniś cakṣuḥ pravayaṇaṃ rathasya # AVP.15.12.6d.
agniṣ ṭe hastam agrabhīt (SMB. agrahīt) # ApMB.2.3.3 (ApG.4.10.12); HG.1.5.9; SMB.1.6.15a. Cf. GG.2.10.20.
agniṣ ṭvā gāyatryā sayuk chandasārohatu savitoṣṇihā somo 'nuṣṭubhā bṛhaspatir bṛhatyā mitrāvaruṇau paṅktyendras triṣṭubhā viśve devā jagatyā # AB.8.6.3.
agniḥ sahasrā pari yāti gonām # RV.10.80.5d.
agnīc cātvāle vasatīvarībhiḥ pratyupatiṣṭhāsai hotṛcamasena ca # śB.3.9.3.16; Kś.9.3.6.
agnī rakṣāṃsi sedhati # RV.1.79.12b; 7.15.10a; AVś.8.3.26a; MS.4.11.5a: 174.9; KS.2.14a; 15.12; TB.2.4.1.6a; Aś.2.12.3; Apś.5.8.6a; Mś.5.1.6.45; 5.1.7.41; Kauś.46.23; 130.3; 131.3. P: agnī rakṣāṃsi Vait.6.11. Cf. apa rakṣāṃsi sedhasi.
agnīṣomayor bhāsadau # VS.25.6; MS.3.15.6: 179.8.
agnī sameto nabhasī antareme # AVś.11.5.11b.
agne gṛṇantam aṃhasa uruṣya # RV.1.58.8c.
agne gṛhapate śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. P: agne gṛhapate Mś.1.6.1.9 (some mss. have the whole mantra).
agne jātavedo 'bhi dyumnam abhi saha āyachasva # śś.8.24.1.
agne tatantha rodasī vi bhāsā # RV.6.4.6b.
agne trī te vājinā trī ṣadhasthā # RV.3.20.2a; TS.2.4.11.2; 3.2.11.1a; MS.2.4.4a: 42.10; 4.12.5: 191.11; KS.9.19a; Apś.19.27.18; Mś.5.2.5.12. P: agne trī te KS.12.14.
agne pariṣadya śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. Cf. agna āvasathya, agne sabhya śundhasva, agne gṛhapate pariṣadya, and agne 'dābhya pariṣadya.
agne pūṣan bṛhaspate pra ca vada pra ca yaja # śB.1.5.1.16. See indra pūṣan.
agne pṛtanāṣāṭ pṛtanāḥ sahasva # AVś.5.14.8; AVP.7.1.3.
agne pṛthivīpate soma vīrudhāṃ pate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ pate viṣṇav āśānāṃ pate mitra satyānāṃ pate varuṇa dharmaṇāṃ pate maruto gaṇānāṃ patayo rudra paśūnāṃ pata indraujasāṃ pate bṛhaspate brahmaṇas pata ārucā roce 'haṃ rucā ruruce rocamānaḥ # TB.3.11.4.1. Cf. next, and agnir bhūtānām.
agne bādhasva vi mṛdho vi durgahā (TB.Apś. mṛdho nudasva) # RV.10.98.12a; MS.4.11.2a: 167.12; KS.2.15a; TB.2.5.8.11a; Aś.2.13.8; Apś.7.6.7a.
agne bhrātaḥ sahaskṛta # RV.8.43.16a.
agne marudbhir ṛkvabhiḥ pā indrāvaruṇābhyāṃ matsvendrābṛhaspatibhyām indrāviṣṇubhyāṃ sajūḥ # Aś.9.6.2.
agne mā no devatātā mṛdhas kaḥ # RV.7.43.3d.
agne rakṣā ṇo aṃhasaḥ # RV.7.15.13a; SV.1.24a; MS.4.10.1a: 141.10; KS.2.14a; TB.2.4.1.6a; Aś.2.10.6; Rvidh.2.25.5. Ps: agne rakṣā ṇaḥ Mś.5.1.1.28; agne rakṣā Mś.11.2.10.
agner ghāso apāṃ garbhaḥ # AVś.8.7.8a.
agner bhasmāsi # VS.12.46; VSK.5.4.4; TS.1.2.12.3; 4.2.4.1; MS.1.2.8: 18.8; 2.7.11: 89.6; 3.2.3: 18.10; 3.8.5: 101.10; KS.16.11; śB.7.1.1.11; TB.1.2.1.17; Apś.5.9.6; 7.6.1; 16.14.1; 19.11.7; Mś.1.7.3.35; 6.1.5.2; Vāsū.4. P: agner bhasma Kś.17.1.6. Cf. agnir iti bhasma.
agner vanaspater indrasya vasumato rudravato ādityavata ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato viśvadevyāvataḥ somasyojjitim # Kś.10.7.14. Cf. agnir vanaspatir etc.
agner vām apannagṛhasya sadasi sādayāmi # TS.1.1.13.3; TB.3.3.9.8; Apś.3.8.4. See agner vo.
agner vo 'pannagṛhasya sadasi sādayāmi # VS.6.24; TS.1.3.12.1; MS.1.3.1: 29.1; KS.3.9; śB.3.9.2.13; Apś.11.20.13; Mś.2.2.5.15 (14). P: agner vaḥ Kś.8.9.11. See agner vām.
agne vahne śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. P: agne vahne Mś.1.6.1.9 (some mss. have the whole mantra).
agne vedhastama priyam # RV.1.75.2b.
agne śundhasva # Mś.1.6.1.9. Cf. Apś.6.3.4.
agne śumbhasva tanvaḥ # Aś.2.5.9c; Apś.6.25.7c.
agneṣ ṭvāsyena prāśnāmi bṛhaspater mukhena # VSK.2.3.5; Aś.1.13.1; Kauś.65.14. See under prec.
agneṣ ṭvāsyena prāśnāmi brāhmaṇasyodareṇa bṛhaspateḥ # Mś.5.2.15.18. See under prec. but one.
agne sadhasthā vida lokam asya # KS.40.13b. See under devāḥ sadhasthā.
agne sapatnasāha sapatnān me sahasva # MS.1.5.1: 67.7.
agne sabhya śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. Cf. agne pariṣadya śundhasva, and agne dīdāya.
agne samrāṭ śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4.
agne samrāḍ iṣe rāye (Apś. rayyai) ramasva sahase dyumnāyorje 'patyāya (Apś. erroneously, -yorjapatyāya) # Aś.3.12.23; Apś.9.9.1. See iṣe rāye.
agne sarvās tanvaḥ saṃ rabhasva # AVś.19.3.2c; AVP.1.73.2c.
agne sahasram ā bhara # KS.8.14c.
agne sahasrasā asi # RV.1.188.3c.
agne sahasrasātamaḥ # RV.3.13.6d; MS.4.11.2d: 164.4; KS.2.15d; śB.11.4.3.19d; Kś.5.13.3d.
agne sahasrākṣa śatamūrdhan (KS. śatamūrdhañ chatatejaḥ) # VS.17.71a; TS.4.6.5.2a; MS.1.5.14a (ter): 82.15; 83.7; 84.2; KS.7.3a,11; 18.4a; śB.9.2.3.32; Apś.6.25.10a. P: agne sahasrākṣa TS.5.4.7.2; MS.2.10.6: 138.10; 3.3.9: 42.7; KS.21.9; Apś.17.15.1; Mś.6.2.5.11.
agne sahasva pṛtanāḥ # RV.3.24.1a; VS.9.37a; śB.5.2.4.16. P: agne sahasva Kś.15.2.5.
agne sahasvān abhibhūr abhīd asi # AVś.11.1.6a. P: agne sahasvān Kauś.61.11.
agne sūno sahasaḥ puṣyase dhāḥ # RV.6.13.5b.
agnes tejasā bṛhaspatis tvā (yunaktu) # Lś.2.1.2. Fragmentary treatment of agnes tejasendrasyendriyeṇa etc. Cf. next.
agnes tejasendrasyendriyeṇa sūryasya varcasā bṛhaspatis tvā yunaktu devebhyaḥ prāṇāya # PB.1.3.5. P: agnes tejasā Lś.1.12.2. Cf. prec., and agnes tejasā bṛhaspatis.
agnes tvāsyena prāśnāmi brāhmaṇasyodareṇa bṛhaspater brahmaṇā # TS.2.6.8.6; Apś.3.19.7. See agneṣ ṭvāsyena.
agre vāco agriyo goṣu gachati (SV.JB. gachasi) # RV.9.86.12b; SV.2.383b; JB.3.135b.
aghat # Aś.3.4.15; śś.6.1.5. Cf. aghasat, and under akṣan.
aghat tam # VS.28.23,46. Cf. akṣaṃs tān, and aghastāṃ tam.
aghan (vikāra of aghat) # Aś.3.4.15. Cf. aghasan, and under akṣan.
aghamāro aghaśaṃsaḥ punar dāt # AVP.3.10.2c.
aghasan # śś.6.1.5 (vikāra of aghasat). Cf. akṣan, and aghan.
aghāsu hanyante gāvaḥ # RV.10.85.13c. See maghāsu etc., and maghābhir.
aṅgāni ta ukthyaḥ pātu # MS.4.8.7: 115.11; Apś.14.21.4. See ukthas te.
aṅgāni tvā hāsyanti # Apś.10.2.11.
aṅgāny upāvadhīr aṅgāni tvā hāsyanti # Apś.10.2.11.
aceti prāsahas patis tuviṣmān # RV.10.74.6c; AB.3.22.2c.
achā naptre sahasvate # RV.8.102.7; SV.1.21c; 2.296c.
achā vājaṃ sahasriṇam # RV.9.57.1c; SV.2.1111c.
achā vīraṃ naryaṃ paṅktirādhasam (SV. paṅti-) # RV.1.40.3c; SV.1.56c; VS.33.89c; 37.7c; MS.4.9.1c: 120.10; śB.14.1.2.15; TA.4.2.2c; 5.2.6; KA.1.7c; 2.7. P: achā vīram ā.1.2.1.4.
achā hi tvā sahasaḥ sūno aṅgiraḥ # RV.8.60.2a; AVś.20.103.3a; SV.2.903a.
achidrā sūno sahaso no adya # RV.1.58.8a.
achidreṇa tvā pavitreṇa śatadhāreṇa sahasradhāreṇa supvotpunāmi # Kauś.2.34. See under devas tvā savitā punātu vasoḥ, and cf. next.
ajaṃ candreṇa saha yaj jaghāsa # AVP.5.28.6b.
ajasraṃ jyotir nabhasā sarpad eti # TA.3.11.8c.
ajījapata bṛhaspatiṃ vājam # VS.9.12; śB.5.1.5.11.
ajñāte kim ihechasi # AVś.10.1.20d.
ajyeṣṭhāso akaniṣṭhāsa ete # RV.5.60.5a.
aṇuśaś ca mahaśaś ca # TA.1.2.2c.
atandro havyā (SV. havyaṃ) vahasi haviṣkṛte # RV.8.60.15c; SV.1.46c.
ataḥ sahasranirṇijā # RV.8.8.11a,14c.
atiṣṭhāvān bārhaspatya ūrdhvāyā diśaḥ pavase nabhasvān # AVP.2.69.5.
atyā vṛdhasnū rohitā ghṛtasnū # RV.4.2.3a.
atyo na hastayato adriḥ sotari # RV.10.76.2b.
atrā śivaṃ tanvo dhāsim asyāḥ # RV.5.41.17d.
atriṃ na mahas tamaso 'mumuktam # RV.6.50.10c.
atrīṇāṃ stomam adrivo mahas kṛdhi # RV.8.36.6a.
atharṣabhasya ye vājāḥ # AVś.4.4.8c. See ya ṛṣabhasya.
athā te sakhye andhaso vi vo made # SV.1.422c. See adhā etc.
athā naḥ śaṃ yor arapo dadhāta (MS. dadhātana) # RV.10.15.4d; VS.19.55d; MS.4.10.6d: 156.13; KS.21.14d; N.4.21. See athāsmabhyaṃ śaṃ etc., adhā naḥ etc., and tad asme śaṃ etc.
athā mandasva (VS. madasva) jujuṣāṇo andhasaḥ # RV.2.36.3c; VS.26.24c.
athā vaha sahasyeha devān # RV.10.1.7d.
athā vahāsi sumanasyamānaḥ # RV.10.51.7c; MS.4.14.15c: 242.5.
athāsya madhyam ejatu # VS.23.27c; Lś.9.10.4c. See athāsyai etc., and adhāsyā.
athāsyā madhyam etc. # see athāsyai etc.
athāsyai (TSṭBṃS. asyā) madhyam edhatām (Vait. edhatu; Aśḷś. ejatu; śś. ejati) # VS.23.26c; TS.7.4.19.2c; MS.3.13.1c: 168.2; śB.13.2.9.4; TB.3.9.7.1; Aś.10.8.12c,13c; śś.16.4.2c; Vait.36.31c; Lś.9.10.3c. See under athāsya etc.
athedaṃ bhasmāntaṃ śarīram # VS.40.15b; īśāU.17b. See bhasmāntaṃ.
athaite dhiṣṇyāso agnayo yathāsthānaṃ kalpantām ihaiva svāhā # HG.1.17.4. See atho yatheme, ime ye dhiṣṇyāso, and punar agnayo dhiṣṇyā.
atho dhātā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.11.8.5b.
atho yatheme dhiṣṇyāso agnayo yathāsthānaṃ kalpayantām ihaiva # MG.1.3.1. See under athaite dhiṣṇyāso.
atho sahasracakṣo tvam # AVś.4.20.5c. See adhā sahasra-, and evā sahasra-.
atho sahasrabharṇasam # RV.9.60.2b.
atho sahasvāṃ jaṅgiḍaḥ # AVś.2.4.6c; 19.34.4c; AVP.11.3.4c.
adarśus tvā śāsahastam # AB.7.17.3a. See adrākṣus.
aditiḥ pātv aṃhasaḥ # TS.1.5.11.5c.
aditiḥ pātv aṃhasaḥ sadāvṛdhā # RV.8.18.6c.
aditiṣ ṭvā (TS.KS. aditis tvā) devī viśvadevyāvatī (MS. -devyavatī) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat (TS. 'ṅgirasvat) khanatv avaṭa # VS.11.61; TS.4.1.6.1; MS.2.7.6: 81.9; 3.1.8: 9.18; 4.9.1: 121.11; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.3. Ps: aditis tvā devī viśvadevyāvatī KS.19.7; aditis tvā devī (Mś. aditiṣ ṭvā devī) Apś.16.5.8; Mś.6.1.2.15; aditiṣ ṭvā (TS. aditis tvā) TS.5.1.7.1; Kś.16.4.9.
adityā (VS. adityai) bhasat # VS.25.8; MS.3.15.7: 179.11.
adityai bhasat # see adityā etc.
adevatrād arādhasaḥ # RV.5.61.6c.
ado mā mā hāsiṣṭa # Apś.6.20.2. Cf. mā mā hāsiṣṭa.
adrākṣus tvā śāsahastam # śś.15.24a. See adarśus.
adribhiḥ sutaḥ pavate gabhastyoḥ # RV.9.71.3a.
adha te viśvam anu hāsad iṣṭaye # RV.1.57.2a; AVś.20.15.2a.
adhastād bhūmyā vada # HG.1.15.6b. Cf. adhaspadān.
adhaspadān ma ud vadata # RV.10.166.5d. Cf. adhastād.
adha smāsya panayanti bhāsaḥ # RV.6.12.5a.
adhā te sakhye andhaso vi vo made # RV.10.25.1c. See athā etc.
adhā sahasracakṣo tvam # AVP.8.6.11c. See under atho sahasra-.
adhāsyā madhyam edhatām # KSA.4.8c. See under athāsya madhyam.
adhi tvā sthāsyati # VS.6.2; MS.1.2.14: 23.12; śB.3.7.1.9. See vanaspatir adhi, and vanaspatis tvādhi-.
adhipatnī nāmāsi bṛhatī (MS. nāmāsy ūrdhvā) dik tasyās te bṛhaspatir adhipatiḥ śvitro (MS. citro) rakṣitā # TS.5.5.10.2; MS.2.13.21: 167.11; ApMB.2.17.18.
adhirathaṃ yad ajayat sahasram # RV.10.102.2b.
adhīd agham aghaśaṃse dadhāta # RV.5.3.7b.
adhainaṃ vṛkā rabhasāso adyuḥ # RV.10.95.14d; śB.11.5.1.8d.
adhvanām adhvapate śreṣṭhaḥ svastyasyādhvanaḥ (VārG. omits śreṣṭhaḥ; ApMB. śreṣṭhasyādhvanaḥ; MG. śraiṣṭhyasya svastyasyādhvanaḥ) pāram aśīya # Aś.5.3.14; ApMB.2.3.32 (ApG.4.11.4); MG.1.22.11; VārG.5.30. See under prec.
adhvaryavo yaḥ śatam ā sahasram # RV.2.14.7a.
adhvaryavo rathirāsaḥ suhastāḥ # RV.9.97.37d; SV.2.707d.
adhvaryuṃ vā madhupāṇiṃ suhastyam # RV.10.41.3a.
adhvaryo mā nas tvam abhibhāṣathāḥ # VS.23.23d.
adhvaryor vā prayataṃ śakra hastāt # RV.3.35.10c.
adhvād eko 'ddhād eko (read ghastād eko 'gdhād eko ?) hutād eko 'hutād ekaḥ kṛtād ekaḥ kṛtākṛtād ekaḥ sanād ekaḥ sanāsanād ekaḥ # Mś.2.5.5.20. See agdhād eko.
anarvāṇaṃ ślokam ā rohase divi # RV.1.51.12d.
anarvāṇaṃ taṃ pari pāto aṃhasaḥ # RV.1.136.5b.
anādhṛṣṭaṃ sahasyaṃ (TS.KS. sahasriyaṃ; AVP. sahasvaṃ) sahasvat # AVP.15.1.5d; TS.4.4.12.2d; MS.3.16.4b: 188.8; KS.22.14d; Aś.4.12.2b.
anādhṛṣyā yathāsatha # RV.10.103.13d; AVP.1.56.1d; SV.2.1212d; VS.17.46d; TS.4.6.4.4d.
anāmayitnubhyāṃ tvā (AVś. hastābhyām; AVP. śaṃbhubhyām) # RV.10.137.7c; AVś.4.13.7c; AVP.5.18.8c.
anibhṛṣṭas tanvaṃ vāvṛdhasva # RV.10.116.6d.
anugrāsaś (PB. anugrābhaś) ca vṛtrahan # RV.8.1.14b; AVś.20.116.2b; PB.9.10.1b.
anu tvā rabhe # AVś.6.48.1--3; TS.3.2.1.1 (ter); 7.5.19.1 (bis),2; KSA.5.15 (ter); GB.1.5.12--14; PB.1.3.8; 5.12,15; śB.12.3.4.3--5; śś.2.12.9; 6.8.10; Apś.12.17.15; 20.13.4; Mś.2.3.6.8; 2.4.4.17; 2.5.1.22. Cf. anu tvendrā, anu mā rabhasva, anu va, tam anvā, tām anvā, tāv anvā, te vām ā rabhe, and na mā rabhadhvam.
anu tvendro madatv (AVP. tvendro 'vatv) anu bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.4.3.5a; KS.37.9a; TB.2.7.8.1a. P: anu tvendro madatu TB.2.7.16.2. See anu mām indro.
anunmadito agado yathāsat # AVP.5.17.6d. Cf. yadānunmadito.
anu mām indro anu māṃ bṛhaspatiḥ # ā.5.1.1.11a. See anu tvendro.
anu mā rabhasva (KS.Apś. rabhadhvam) # KS.35.2,6,9; śś.2.12.10; Apś.14.17.1; 28.5. Cf. under anu tvā rabhe.
anu viśve maruto ye sahāsaḥ # RV.7.34.24c.
anuṣṭubhā soma ukthair mahasvān # RV.10.130.4c.
anu svadhāṃ gabhastyoḥ # RV.1.88.6d.
anūnod atra hastayato adriḥ # RV.5.45.7a.
anenāśvena medhyeneṣṭvāyaṃ rājāpratidhṛṣyo 'stu # TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.2; ... rājā vṛtraṃ vadhyāt TB.3.8.5.1; Apś.20.4.1; ... rājā sarvam āyur etu TB.3.8.5.4; Apś.20.4.4; ... rājāsyai viśo bahugvai bahvaśvāyai bahvajāvikāyai bahuvrīhiyavāyai bahumāṣatilāyai bahuhiraṇyāyai bahuhastikāyai bahudāsapuruṣāyai rayimatyai puṣṭimatyai bahurāyaspoṣāyai rājāstu TB.3.8.5.2; Apś.20.4.3. See prec.
anehasa (MS. anehasaḥ) stubha indro duvasyati # RV.3.51.3b; MS.4.12.3b: 184.1.
anehasaḥ stubha etc. # see anehasa etc.
antar asthasu majjasu # AVP.9.28.2d.
antarikṣa āsām (AVP. -kṣe samahāsām) # AVś.1.32.2a; AVP.1.23.2a.
antarikṣaṃ ca vi bādhase (TS. bādhatām; MS. bādhasva) # VS.14.11d; TS.4.3.6.1d; MS.2.8.3d: 108.7; KS.17.3d; śB.8.3.1.8.
antarikṣaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā sā yathāntarikṣaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā tatāmahasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā # Kauś.88.9. P: antarikṣaṃ darvir akṣitā ViDh.73.18. Cf. yathā vāyur akṣito.
antareme nabhasī ghoṣo astu # AVś.5.20.7a; AVP.9.27.8a.
antar garbhaś carati devatāsu # AVś.11.4.20a.
antaś ca parārdhaś ca # VS.17.2; TS.4.4.11.3; MS.2.8.14: 118.16; KS.17.10; śB.9.1.2.16.
anyaṃ vindāmi rādhase # RV.8.24.12b.
anyam ichasva subhage patiṃ mat # RV.10.10.10d; AVś.18.1.11d; N.4.20d.
anyasya patnī vidhavā yathāsat # AVP.2.61.4d.
anvā rapsi sahasā daivyena # AVP.4.18.6b.
apatighnīṃ bṛhaspate # ApMB.1.1.3b.
apa druhas tama āvar ajuṣṭam # RV.7.75.1c.
apa druhā (AVś. druhas) tanvaṃ gūhamānā # RV.7.104.17b; AVś.8.4.17b.
apamitya dhānyaṃ yaj jaghasāham # AVś.6.117.2c.
apa rakṣāṃsi bādhasva # AVP.7.19.2a.
apa rakṣāṃsi sedhasi (AVP.7.5.7d, sedhatu; AVP.11.7.7d, cātayāt; PrāṇāgU. cātayat) # AVś.6.81.1b; AVP.7.5.7d; 11.7.7d; PrāṇāgU.1d. Cf. agnī rakṣāṃsi etc.
aparāṇuttā mahasā modamānāḥ # AVP.7.6.3c.
apaśughnīṃ bṛhaspate # AVś.14.1.62b; ApMB.1.1.3b.
apaśyaṃ saprathastamam # RV.1.18.9b.
apaśyann adhi tiṣṭhasi # RV.10.135.3d.
apa śvānam arādhasam # RV.9.101.13c; SV.1.553c; 2.124,736c.
apād ahasto apṛtanyad indram # RV.1.32.7a; AVP.12.12.7a.
apād u śipry (JB. śipriy) andhasaḥ # RV.8.92.4a; SV.1.145a; JB.3.202a; Aś.6.4.10; śś.18.7.11.
apānakṣāso badhirā ahāsata # RV.9.73.6c; AVP.6.11.3c.
apānam anvīṅkhasva # ā.5.1.4.8.
apānāya surādhase # TB.3.7.5.13; Apś.2.20.5.
apāṃ tvā pāthasi sādayāmi # VS.13.53; TS.4.3.1.1; MS.2.7.18: 103.11; KS.16.18; śB.7.5.2.60.
apāṃ tvā bhasman (MS.KS. -mani) sādayāmi # VS.13.53; TS.4.3.1.1; MS.2.7.18: 103.7; KS.16.18; śB.7.5.2.48.
apāṃ tvā sadhasthe sādayāmi # VS.13.53; TS.4.3.1.1; MS.2.7.18: 103.10; KS.16.18; śB.7.5.2.57.
apāṃ naptre jaṣaḥ (KSA. jhaṣaḥ) # TS.5.5.13.1; KSA.7.3.
apāmīvāṃ bādhamāno mṛdhaś ca # RV.9.97.43b.
apām ekaṃ vedhasāṃ (AVP. vedhaso) reta āhuḥ # AVś.5.28.6d; AVP.2.59.4d.
apāyy asyāndhaso madāya # RV.2.19.1a; Aś.6.4.10. P: apāyy asya śś.9.11.4.
apāro vo mahimā vṛddhaśavasaḥ # RV.5.87.6a.
apīcyena sahasā sahante # RV.7.60.10b.
aped u hāsate tamaḥ # RV.10.127.3c. Cf. apeyaṃ.
apo na dhīro manasā suhastyaḥ # RV.1.64.1c.
apo vasānam andhasā # RV.9.16.2b.
aprakṣitaṃ vasu bibharṣi hastayoḥ # RV.1.55.8a.
apsujā vā sahaskṛta # RV.8.43.28b.
apsu te janma divi te sadhastham # AVś.6.80.3a.
apsu tvā hastair duduhur manīṣiṇaḥ # RV.9.79.4d.
apsu dhūtasya deva soma te mativido nṛbhi ṣṭutastotrasya śastokthasyeṣṭayajuṣo (śś.8.9.4 omits nṛbhi ... -yajuṣo; Aś. nṛbhiḥ sutasya stuta...) yo 'śvasanir gosanir bhakṣas (Aś. yo bhakṣo gosanir aśvasanis) tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.12.11; śś.8.8.6; 9.4. See apsu dhautasya, and cf. yas te aśvasanir, and yo bhakṣo gosanir.
apsu dhautasya soma deva te nṛbhiḥ sutasyeṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya yo bhakṣo aśvasanir yo gosanis tasya te pitṛbhir bhakṣaṃ kṛtasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TS.3.2.5.7. Ps: apsu dhautasya soma deva te Apś.13.20.11; apsu dhautasya soma deva Apś.13.17.9. See under apsu dhūtasya deva.
apsu stīmāsu vṛddhāsu # AVś.11.8.34a.
abaddhaṃ mano daridraṃ cakṣuḥ sūryo jyotiṣāṃ śreṣṭho dīkṣe mā mā hāsīḥ (Kś. hāsīt) # TS.3.1.1.2; Kś.25.11.24; BDh.1.7.15.31; 3.8.18. See under adabdhaṃ cakṣur.
abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ihāstu naḥ # AVś.6.40.1a; AVP.1.27.2a. P: abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī Kauś.59.26. Cf. next, and abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv etc.
abhayaṃ mitrāvaruṇāv ihāstu naḥ (AG. -varuṇā mahyam astu) # AVś.6.32.3a; AG.3.10.11a. Cf. abhayaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī etc.
abhikhyā bhāsā bṛhatā śuśukvaniḥ # RV.8.23.5c. See dṛśā ca bhāsā, and dṛśe ca bhāsā.
abhi gotrāṇi sahasā gāhamānaḥ # RV.10.103.7a; AVś.19.3.7a; AVP.7.4.7a; SV.2.1205a; VS.17.39a; TS.4.6.4.2a; MS.2.10.4a: 135.17; KS.18.5a. P: abhi gotrāṇi MS.4.14.12: 235.2; TB.2.8.3.3.
abhi jrayāṃsi pārthivā vi tiṣṭhase # RV.5.8.7d. See uru jrayāṃsi.
abhi tiṣṭha śatrūyataḥ sahasva # TB.2.4.7.9d.
abhi tiṣṭha sahasva ca # AVP.3.3.3d.
abhi dyumnaṃ bṛhaspate # Kauś.47.16d.
abhi na iḍā yūthasya mātā # RV.5.41.19a; N.11.49a. Cf. BṛhD.5.37.
abhi prayāṃsi vāhasā # RV.3.11.7a; SV.2.907a; Aś.7.8.1.
abhi pra vaḥ surādhasam # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).1a; AVś.20.51.1a; SV.1.235a; 2.161a; PB.11.9.2; ā.5.2.4.2; Aś.7.4.3; 8.6.16; Vait.31.18,24; 33.7; 41.8. P: abhi pra vaḥ śś.7.23.4; 12.9.11. Designated as vālakhilyāni Aś.8.4.8, and elsewhere. Each stanza of this hymn is to be compared with the corresponding stanza of RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).
abhi prehi madhyato māpa hāsthāḥ # AVś.18.3.73c.
abhibhūḥsauryadivyānāṃ sarpāṇām adhipataye svāhā (also adhipate 'vanenikṣva, adhipata eṣa te baliḥ, and adhipate pralikhasva) # PG.2.14.9,12,14,16.
abhi rādhasā jugurat # RV.8.81.5c.
abhi vardhasva prajayā vāvṛdhānaḥ # AVP.4.27.5a.
abhi vardhasva bhrātṛvyān # AVP.4.27.3c.
abhi vo vīram andhasaḥ # RV.8.46.14a; SV.1.265a.
abhi saha ā yachasva # VS.3.38d--40d; śB.2.4.1.8d; Aś.2.5.12d (ter); śś.2.15.2d,4d,5d.
abhihito mṛtyubhir ye sahasram # AVś.6.63.3b; 84.4b.
abhīvarto yathāsasi # RV.10.174.3d; AVś.1.29.3d; AVP.1.11.3d.
abhīvardho yathāsasi # AVP.4.27.4b.
abhīṣāṭ cābhīṣāhī cābhimātihaś cābhimātihā ca sāsahiś ca sahīyāṃś ca sahasvāṃś ca sahamānaś ca # Lś.4.1.5. See under prec.
abhūtaṃ gopā mithunā śubhaspatī # RV.10.40.12c; AVś.14.2.5c; ApMB.1.7.11c.
abhūd u prārthas takmā # AVś.5.22.9c; AVP.5.21.7c; 12.2.4c.
abhyaṅkṣva (sc. tatāsau, pitāmahāsau, and prapitāmahāsau) # vikāras of āṅkṣva etc. Apś.1.9.16. See next.
abhy arṣa sahasriṇam # RV.9.63.12a.
abhy ahaṃ viśvāḥ pṛtanā yathāsāni # AVś.6.97.1c.
abhyūrṇvānā prabhṛthasyāyoḥ # RV.5.41.19d; N.11.49d.
amadhyamāso mahasā vi vāvṛdhuḥ # RV.5.59.6b.
amandata maghavā madhvo andhasaḥ # RV.5.34.2b.
amaś ca me 'mbhaś ca me # VS.18.4; TS.4.7.2.1; MS.2.11.2: 141.1; KS.18.7.
amāvāsyāyai surādhase svāhā # Mś.1.3.2.21. See next.
amā sate vahasi bhūri vāmam # RV.1.124.12c; 6.64.6c.
amitrāṇāṃ sahasraśaḥ # AVś.8.8.1d; 11.9.23e.
amuñcataṃ vartikām aṃhaso niḥ # RV.1.118.8c.
amūṃ chaśvatībhyaḥ samābhyaḥ # AVś.5.8.8d. See śaśvatībhyaḥ.
amṛtenendraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.27d; TB.2.6.17.3d.
ambhaś ca nabhaś ca # AVś.13.4.22.
ambhaś ca mahaś cānnaṃ cānnādyaṃ ca # AVP.9.20.9.
ambhaḥ (TS.śś. ambha) sthāmbho vo bhakṣīya # TS.1.5.6.1; 8.1; MS.1.5.2: 68.9; 1.5.9: 77.15; KS.7.1; śś.2.11.6; Apś.6.17.2; Mś.1.6.2.8; MG.2.3.6. P: ambhas stha KS.7.6,7 (bis). See andha sthā-.
ayaṃ sa sūnuḥ sahasa ṛtāvā # RV.6.12.1c.
ayaṃ sahasramānavo dṛśaḥ kavīnāṃ matir jyotir vidharma (Apś. vidharmā) # SV.1.458; Apś.21.9.15; Mś.7.2.3.6 (corrupt). P: ayaṃ sahasramānavaḥ JB.2.392; PB.4.9.1; Svidh.1.6.2; 3.1.4. See next.
ayaṃ sahasram ā no dṛśe kavīnāṃ matir jyotir vidharmaṇi # AVś.7.22.1. P: ayaṃ sahasram Vait.13.8; Kauś.66.14. See prec.
ayaṃ sahasram ṛṣibhiḥ sahaskṛtaḥ # RV.8.3.4a; AVś.20.104.2a; SV.2.958a; VS.33.83a. P: ayaṃ sahasram VS.33.97.
ayaṃ sahasrasātamaḥ # TS.1.5.10.2c; KS.7.14c. Cf. sahasrasātamaḥ.
ayaṃ sahasrā pari yuktā vasānaḥ # SV.2.1195a.
ayaṃ sutaḥ sumakha mā mṛdhas kaḥ # RV.2.18.4d.
ayaṃ homaḥ sahasrahaḥ # AVś.8.8.17b.
ayaṃ kavim anayac chasyamānam # RV.10.99.9c.
ayaṃ ghāso ayaṃ vrajaḥ # AVś.4.38.7c. P: ayaṃ ghāsaḥ Kauś.21.11.
ayaṃ ca brahmaṇaspatiḥ # AVś.6.5.3d; 87.3d; VS.17.52d; TS.4.6.3.1d; MS.2.10.4d: 135.8; KS.18.3d; TB.2.4.2.9d; Apś.14.27.7d. See tasmā ū bra-, and cf. ayaṃ devo bṛhaspatiḥ.
ayaṃ devaḥ sahasā jāyamānaḥ # RV.6.44.22a. Cf. BṛhD.5.108 (B).
ayaṃ devo bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.10.17.13c; KS.34.19c; 35.8c; Vait.16.17c (bis); Apś.14.16.1c. Cf. ayaṃ ca brahmaṇaspatiḥ.
ayaṃ no devaḥ savitā bṛhaspatiḥ # ApMB.1.7.12a (ApG.2.6.7).
ayaṃ no nabhasas patiḥ # AVś.6.79.1a; GB.2.4.9; Vait.31.4; Kauś.21.7. See next.
ayaṃ no nabhasā puraḥ # TS.3.3.8.2a,5; Apś.13.24.19. See prec.
ayam agniḥ sahasriṇaḥ # RV.8.75.4a; VS.15.21a; TS.2.6.11.1a; 4.4.4.1a; MS.2.7.15a: 97.17; 2.13.7: 155.13; 4.11.6: 175.1; KS.7.17; 16.15a; Aś.1.6.1; śś.2.11.2; Mś.6.1.7.6; 6.2.2.21. P: ayam agniḥ Aś.4.13.7.
ayam ugro vihavyo yathāsat # VS.8.46d; 17.24d; TS.4.6.2.6d; MS.2.10.2d: 133.15; KS.18.2d; śB.4.6.4.6d. Cf. sa hi hantā.
ayaṃ me hasto bhagavān # RV.10.60.12a; AVś.4.13.6a; AVP.5.18.7a. Cf. BṛhD.7.102.
ayāḍ indrasya ṛṣabhasya (KS. meṣasya) haviṣaḥ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.47; KS.18.21.
ayāḍ bṛhaspateś chāgasya haviṣaḥ priyā dhāmāni # KS.18.21.
ayā no yajñaṃ vahāsi # Kś.25.1.11c. Cf. under ayasā havyam.
ayā vardhasva tanvā girā mama # RV.8.1.18c; SV.1.52c.
ayukta sapta haritaḥ sadhasthāt # RV.7.60.3a.
ayohataṃ yonim ā rohasi dyumān # RV.9.80.2b.
arandhayad bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.9.29.4b.
ariṣṭe me saṃtiṣṭhasva # VSK.2.6.2.
arkaś ca tvāśvamedhaś ca śrīṇītām # KS.35.11.
arkebhiḥ sūno sahaso dadāśat # RV.6.5.5b.
arca gāya ca vedhase # RV.6.16.22c; KS.7.16c.
arcantīndraṃ marutaḥ sadhasthe # RV.5.29.6c.
ardhena śuṣma vardhase amura (AVP. śuṣmaṃ vardhase 'mura) # AVś.5.1.9b; AVP.6.2.8d.
aryamaṇaṃ bṛhaspatim # RV.10.141.5a; AVś.3.20.7a; AVP.3.34.5a; VS.9.27a; TS.1.7.10.2a; MS.1.11.4a: 164.10; śB.5.2.2.9a; Vait.29.19.
aryamā te hastam agrabhīt # ApMB.2.3.8 (ApG.4.10.12). See aryamā hastam.
aryamāyāti vṛṣabhas tuviṣmān # TS.2.3.14.4a. See āryamā etc.
arvācīnaṃ rādhasa ā vavartat # RV.4.24.1b.
arvācīno 'vase rādhase ca # RV.4.20.2b; VS.20.49b.
avatatadhanvā pinākāvasaḥ (TS.Apś. pinākahastaḥ) kṛttivāsāḥ # VS.3.61; TS.1.8.6.2; śB.2.6.2.17; Apś.8.18.9. Fragment: kṛttivāsāḥ Kś.5.10.22. See kṛttivāsāḥ, and pinākahastaḥ.
avabāḍho 'ghaśaṃsaḥ # Apś.2.2.2.
ava bādhe pṛtanyataḥ (Apś. pṛtanyatā) # MS.1.3.12b: 34.12; Apś.12.22.5b. See abhi ṣyāma pṛtanyataḥ, sāsahyāma, and cf. avabādhasva etc., and abhi tiṣṭha etc.
ava yat sve sadhasthe # RV.8.79.9a.
ava vrādhantam abhinad vṛdhaś cit # RV.10.69.11d.
ava somaṃ nayāmasi # AVś.7.94.1b; TS.3.2.8.6b; KS.35.7b. See under abhi somaṃ. Kś.10.7.8 has the ūha, ava somaṃ gṛhṇāmi.
ava sraved 'ghaśaṃso 'vataram # RV.1.129.6f; N.10.42f.
avocāma kavaye medhyāya # RV.5.1.12a; VS.15.25a; TS.4.4.4.2a; MS.2.13.7a: 155.16. Cf. under pra vedhase.
avyathamānā yajñam anuyachasva # Apś.4.7.2c (ter).
aśyāma te deva gharma ṛbhūmato vibhūmato vājavato bṛhaspativato viśvadevyāvataḥ pitṛmato 'ṅgirasvataḥ # MS.4.9.9: 130.2. P: aśyāma te deva gharma Mś.4.3.35. See under prec. but one.
aśrīṇītādiśaṃ gabhastau # RV.10.61.3d; VS.7.17d; śB.4.2.1.12d; Apś.12.14.15d.
aśvasya vāro gośaphaś ca te # AVś.20.129.18.
aśvājani (Mś. aśvājini) vājini vājeṣu vājinīvati # TS.1.7.8.1; Mś.7.1.2.34 (the text has aśvājinīṃ again right after the mantra). P: aśvājani Apś.18.4.16.
aśvānāṃ sadhastuti (TB. -tiḥ) # RV.5.18.5b; TB.2.7.5.2b.
aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate ghāsam asmai (AVś.19.55.7b, agne) # AVś.19.55.1b,7b; VS.11.75b; TS.4.1.10.1b; MS.2.7.7b: 83.11; KS.16.7b; 19.10; śB.6.6.3.8. See next.
aśvāvantaṃ sahasriṇam # RV.4.49.4c; TS.3.3.11.1c; MS.4.12.1c: 177.1; KS.10.13c; 23.11.
aśvāso na ye jyeṣṭhāsa āśavaḥ # RV.10.78.5a.
aśvinā rāsabhāśvā # AVP.11.14.2c.
aśve iva viṣite hāsamāne # RV.3.33.1b; N.9.39b.
aśvo ghāsaṃ jigīṣati # AVś.11.5.18d.
aṣāḍhaṃ sahas tanvi śruto dadhe # RV.1.55.8b.
aṣāḍhāya sahamānāya vedhase (TB. mīḍhuṣe) # RV.2.21.2b; 7.46.1c; TB.2.8.6.8c; 3.1.2.2b; N.10.6c.
aṣāḍhāsi (VSK. aṣālhāsi) sahamānā # VS.13.26; VSK.14.2.12; TS.4.2.9.2; MS.2.7.16: 99.16; KS.16.16; śB.7.4.2.39; Mś.6.1.7.21. P: aṣāḍhāsi Kś.17.4.25; Apś.16.24.12.
aṣṭakāyai surādhase svāhā # MG.2.8.5; JG.2.3.
aṣṭā paraḥ sahasrā # RV.8.2.41c.
aṣṭau śatāni nava cākṣarāṇi # GB.1.5.23c. See sapta sahasrāṇi.
aṣṭau śatāny ayutāni triṃśat # GB.1.5.23a. See catvāri sahasrā.
aṣṭrām (sc. hastāt etc.) # Kauś.80.50. Vikāra of one of the two preceding quotations, AVś.18.2.59, or 60.
asaṃkhyātā (TA. -tāḥ) sahasrāṇi # VS.16.54a; MS.2.9.9a: 128.7; KS.17.16a; śB.9.1.1.30; Mś.11.7.1.4,22; TA.1.12.1a; N.1.15. P: asaṃkhyātāḥ Mś.11.7.1.4.
asarji vāṃ sthavirā vedhasā gīḥ # RV.1.181.7a.
asāma yasya vidhato vṛdhāsaḥ # RV.4.2.10d.
asitasya vidradhasya # AVP.1.90.1a; 8.7.8a. Cf. vidradhasya balāsasya.
asitiṃ cārthasiddhiṃ ca # RVKh.1.191.8a.
asutṛpa ukthaśāsaś caranti # RV.10.82.7d; VS.17.31d; TS.4.6.2.2d; MS.2.10.3d: 135.2; KS.18.1d; N.14.10d.
asuras tv aurdhvanabhasaḥ # AVP.8.12.6a.
asuryāya pramahasā # RV.7.66.2c; 8.25.3b; JB.3.244c; TB.2.4.6.4c.
aso nu kam ajaro vardhāś ca # RV.10.50.5c.
aso yathā no 'vitā vṛdhe ca (SV. vṛdhaś cit) # RV.7.24.1c; SV.1.314c.
astāra iṣuṃ dadhire gabhastyoḥ # RV.1.64.10c.
astobhayad vṛthāsām # RV.1.88.6c.
asmabhyaṃ citraṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ rayiṃ dāḥ # RV.10.47.1d--8d; SV.1.317d; MS.4.14.5d: 221.13; 4.14.8d (quinq.): 227.8,10,12,14,16; TB.2.5.6.1d; 8.2.6d. See next, and athāsmabhyaṃ sahavīrāṃ.
asmā-asmā id andhasaḥ # RV.6.42.4a; SV.2.793a; KB.23.2; śś.18.11.2; śG.6.4.4. P: asmā-asmai śś.10.6.14; 12.4.9.
asmāṃ achā sumatir vāṃ śubhas patī # RV.8.22.4c.
asmākaṃ pāhi triṣadhastha sūrīn # RV.6.8.7b.
asmākaṃ bodhy ucathasya coditā # RV.8.88.6c.
asmākāsad indro vajrahastaḥ # RV.1.173.10b.
asmān sahasram ūtayaḥ # RV.4.31.10b.
asminn ahaṃ sahasraṃ puṣyāmi # ApMB.2.11.32a (ApG.6.15.1). See asmin sahasraṃ.
asmin sadhasthe adhy uttarasmin # VS.15.54c; 17.73c; 18.61c; TS.4.6.5.3c; 7.13.4c; 5.7.7.2c; MS.2.10.6c: 138.15; KS.18.4c,18c; śB.8.6.3.23; 9.2.3.35; TB.3.7.7.10c; Apś.6.1.3c.
asmin sahasraṃ puṣyāsam (Kauś. puṣyāsma) # śB.14.9.4.23a; BṛhU.6.4.23a; Kauś.89.13a. See asminn ahaṃ.
asme indrābṛhaspatī # RV.4.49.4a; TS.3.3.11.1a; MS.4.12.1a: 176.10; KS.10.13a; 23.11; Aś.2.11.19 (text asmai).
asme kṣayāya trivarūtham aṃhasaḥ # RV.4.53.6d.
asme tā yajñavāhasā # RV.4.47.4c.
asme rāranta marutaḥ sahasriṇam # RV.5.54.13d.
asme vīrāñ chaśvata indra śiprin # RV.3.36.10d; PG.1.18.5d.
asme su matsvāndhasaḥ # RV.4.32.14b.
asmai indrābṛhaspatī # Aś.2.11.19. Misprint for asme etc.
asya pāre nirṛthasya # ApMB.1.6.14a (ApG.2.6.3).
asya mandāno madhvo vajrahastaḥ # RV.2.19.2a.
asya medhasya somyasya sobhare # RV.8.19.2c; SV.2.1038c.
asya stuṣe mahimaghasya rādhaḥ # RV.1.122.8a.
asyāṃ ma ūrdhvāyāṃ diśi bṛhaspatiś cendraś cādhipatī bṛhaspatiś cendraś ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātāṃ bṛhaspatiṃ cendraṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.5. Cf. ya upariṣṭād juhvati.
asyāṃ me pṛthivyām agniś cānnaṃ cādhipatī agniś cānnaṃ ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātām agniṃ cānnaṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.7. Cf. ye 'dhastāj juhvati.
asyeśānā sahaso yā manotā # AVP.15.2.4b; TS.4.4.12.5b; MS.3.16.4b: 189.15; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
ahaṃ veda yathāsitha # AVP.1.59.3a.
ahaṃ cid dhi rirebhāśvinā vām # RV.1.120.6b.
ahaṃ tat paścā katithaś cid āsa # RV.10.61.18d.
ahaṃ ny anyaṃ sahasā sahas karam # RV.10.49.8c.
aham asmi sahasvān # AVś.19.32.5b; AVP.11.12.5b.
aham etāñ chāśvasato dvā-dvā # RV.10.48.6a.
ahaś ca kṛṣṇam ahar arjunaṃ ca # RV.6.9.1a; AB.5.15.5; KB.23.8; N.2.21a. P: ahaś ca kṛṣṇam Aś.8.8.9; śś.10.8.15.
ahaḥ saṃsthāś ca sarvaśaḥ # TB.3.12.9.6d.
ahiṃ yad indro abhy ohasānam # RV.6.17.9c.
ākūtyā no bṛhaspate # AVś.19.4.3a.
ākṣī śubhas patī dan # RV.1.120.6c.
āgneyapāṇḍupārthivānāṃ sarpāṇām adhipata eṣa te baliḥ # PG.2.14.14; ... adhipataye svāhā 2.14.9; ... adhipate pralikhasva 2.14.16; ... adhipate 'vanenikṣva 2.14.12.
āgne yāhi sahasraṃ devavandaiḥ # RV.10.15.10c; AVś.18.3.47c.
āghoṣayanto abhito mithasturaḥ # RV.10.76.6d.
āṅkṣva pitāmahāsau # Apś.1.9.15. Cf. abhyaṅkṣva.
āṅkṣva prapitāmahāsau # Apś.1.9.15. Cf. abhyaṅkṣva.
ā ca vaha mitramahaś cikitvān # RV.10.110.1c; AVś.5.12.1c; VS.29.25c; MS.4.13.3c: 201.9; KS.16.20c; TB.3.6.3.1c; N.8.5c.
ā ca vahāsi tāṃ iha # RV.1.74.6a.
ācāmata mama pratatāmahās tatāmahās tatāḥ sapatnīkās tṛpyantv ācāmantu # Kauś.88.24.
ācāryas tatakṣa nabhasī ubhe ime # AVś.11.5.8a.
ā jihvayā mūradevān rabhasva # RV.10.87.2c; AVś.8.3.2c.
āñjanasya madughasya (AVP. madhu-) # AVś.6.102.3a; AVP.2.77.3a.
āta ā tasthuḥ kavayo mahas pathaḥ # RV.2.24.7b.
ātir vāhaso darvidā te vāyave # VS.24.34; MS.3.14.15: 175.9. See ātī.
ā tiṣṭhasvaitāṃ te diśam abhimukhaḥ saṃnaddho ratho 'bhipravartatām # AB.8.10.3.
ātī vāhaso darvidā te vāyavyāḥ # TS.5.5.13.1; KSA.7.3. See ātir.
ā te mukhasya saṃkāśāt # AVś.7.114.1c.
ā te rathasya pūṣan # RV.10.26.8a.
ā te sahasrasya payo dade # JB.2.254.
ā te hastau rabhāmahe # AVś.8.1.8d.
ātmā tvā hāsyati # Apś.10.2.11.
ātmendrasya bhavasi dhāsir uttamaḥ # RV.9.85.3b.
ā tv adya sadhastutim # RV.8.1.16a.
ā tvā sahasram ā śatam # RV.8.1.24a; SV.1.245a; 2.741a; Aś.7.4.3; Svidh.3.6.3. P: ā tvā sahasram śś.12.9.11.
ā dade # TS.1.1.9.1; 3.8.1; 4.1.1. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
ād it patir na ohase # RV.8.80.9c.
ādityāya vidmahe # MahānU.3.10a. See bhāskarāya, and tad bhāskarāya.
ādityāsaḥ sumahasaḥ (SV. samahasaḥ) kṛṇotana # RV.8.18.18c; SV.1.395c.
ādityāso yuyotanā no aṃhasaḥ # RV.8.18.10c; SV.1.397c.
ādityebhyaḥ preṣya (Mś. omits preṣya) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. adds preṣya) # śB.4.3.5.20; Mś.2.5.1.9; Apś.13.10.1. Short form: ādityebhyaḥ preṣya Kś.10.4.13 (comm.); Apś.13.10.1. Cf. prec. but one.
ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi (Mś. ādityebhyaḥ) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. -bhyo 'nubrūhi) # Kś.10.4.12,13; Apś.13.10.1; Mś.2.5.1.8. Short form: ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi śB.4.3.5.20; Apś.13.10.1.
ādityair no bṛhaspatiḥ # Kauś.128.4a.
ād edhasyāna ācitam # RV.10.86.18d; AVś.20.126.18d.
ā devo bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.50.2b.
ā dyāṃ rohanti rodasī (AVP. rohantu rādhasaḥ) # AVś.4.14.4b; AVP.3.38.4b; VS.17.68b; TS.4.6.5.2b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.8; KS.18.4b; śB.9.2.3.27b; N.13.8b.
ā dhāvatā suhastyaḥ # RV.9.46.4a.
ā na indrābṛhaspatī # RV.4.49.3a; Aś.2.11.19.
ā nayaitam ā rabhasva # AVś.9.5.1a. P: ā nayaitam Vait.10.14; Kauś.64.6,27.
ā naḥ sahasraśo bhara # RV.8.34.15a.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.3. See ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ, and mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ.
ā no bhajasva rādhasi # RV.4.32.21c.
ā no makhasya dāvane # RV.8.7.27a.
ā pakthāso bhalānaso bhananta # RV.7.18.7a.
ā pavasva sahasriṇaḥ # RV.9.33.6c; SV.2.221c; JB.3.51.
ā pavasva sahasriṇam # RV.9.40.3c; 62.12a; 63.1a; 65.21c; SV.1.501a; 2.276c,346c; JB.3.69,91; DB.1.14.
āpākesthāḥ prahāsinaḥ # AVś.8.6.14c.
ā pūṣā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.5.28.12b; AVP.2.59.11b.
ā pṛchyena sadhasthena # JB.2.13a.
āpo devīḥ pratigṛbhṇīta (TS.KS.Apś. -gṛhṇīta) bhasmaitat # VS.12.35a; TS.4.2.3.2a; MS.2.7.10a: 88.3; KS.16.10a; 19.12; śB.6.8.2.3; Apś.16.12.11. Ps: āpo devīḥ pratigṛbhṇīta Mś.6.1.4.33; āpo devīḥ Kś.16.6.26, (28); BṛhPDh.2.134,135.
ā bhandiṣṭhasya sumatiṃ cikiddhi # RV.5.1.10c; MS.4.11.4c: 172.6; KS.7.16c; TB.2.4.7.9c.
ābharad aruṇaṃ mānam andhasaḥ # RV.10.144.5b.
ā bhare 'haṃ sahasraśaḥ # AVś.3.24.1d. See ā harāmi sahasraśaḥ.
ābhūtyā sahajā (AVP. sahasā) vajra sāyaka # RV.10.84.6a; AVś.4.31.6a; AVP.4.12.6a.
ā me asya vedhaso navīyasaḥ # RV.1.131.6f; AVś.20.72.3f.
ā yaṃ haste na khādinam # RV.6.16.40a; TS.3.5.11.4a; MS.4.10.3a: 148.7; KS.15.12a; AB.1.16.15; KB.8.1; Aś.2.16.7; śś.3.13.17.
ā yad vajraṃ dadhiṣe hasta ugra # RV.7.28.2c.
ā yas tatantha rodasī vi bhāsā # RV.6.1.11a; MS.4.13.6a: 207.11; KS.18.20a; TB.3.6.10.5a.
ā yasmin haste naryā mimikṣuḥ # RV.6.29.2a.
ā yā dyāṃ (MS. divaṃ) bhāsy ā pṛthivīm orv (KS. urv) antarikṣam # VS.15.63; TS.4.3.6.1; MS.2.8.14: 118.5; KS.40.5; śB.8.7.3.13.
āyur me 'pacitir bhasat # KS.38.4b.
āyuṣmantaḥ priyam eṣāṃ vadantaḥ # AVś.6.47.2c; TS.3.1.9.2c; Kś.9.14.17c. See sumedhasaḥ etc.
āyuṣmantaḥ sumedhasaḥ # AVś.7.61.1d,2d; MG.1.1.18d; VārG.5.34d.
āyuṣmanto jarām upagachema devāḥ (KS. jīvāḥ) # KS.38.14d; Apś.16.19.1d. See āyuṣmāṃ jaradaṣṭir yathāsāni.
āyuṣmāṃ (PG.ApMB. -māñ) jaradaṣṭir yathāsat # AVś.8.5.21d; AG.1.17.10d; PG.2.1.11d; ApMB.2.1.3d. See under āyuṣmān jarad-.
āyuṣmāṃ jaradaṣṭir yathāsāni # AVś.8.5.19d. See āyuṣmanto jarāṃ, and under āyuṣmān jarad-.
āyuṣmān ayaṃ jaradaṣṭir astu (VārG. yathāsat, followed by aham asau) # MG.1.21.6d; VārG.4.12d. See under āyuṣmān jaradaṣṭir.
āyuṣmān jaradaṣṭir yathāsam (AVP. -āsaḥ) # RVKh.10.128.9d; AVP.1.83.1d; VS.34.52d. See next, āyuṣmān ayaṃ jaradaṣṭir, and āyuṣmāṃ jarad-.
ā yoniṃ sam ihāsarat # AVP.12.3.9b.
āyoyuvāno vṛṣabhasya nīḍe # RV.4.1.11d.
āyoṣ ṭvā sadane sādayāmy avataś chāyāyāṃ samudrasya hṛdaye (VS.śB. hṛdaye raśmīvatīṃ bhāsvatīm) # VS.15.63; PB.6.4.3; JB.1.70 (bis, once in fragments); śB.8.7.3.13. Ps: āyoṣ ṭvā Kś.17.12.26; āyoḥ Lś.1.7.4. See prec., and āyos tvā.
ā rabhasva jātavedaḥ # AVś.1.7.6a; 18.3.71a; AVP.4.4.6a. P: ā rabhasva Kauś.81.33 (AVś.18.3.71).
ā rabhasva brahmaṇā vaiśvadevīm # AVP.14.5.4a.
ā rabhasvemām amṛtasya śruṣṭim # AVś.8.2.1a. P: ā rabhasvemām Kauś.58.14; ā rabhasva Kauś.55.17; 58.3,11.
ā raśmayo gabhastyo sthūrayoḥ # RV.6.29.2c.
ārāc chatrum (MS. ārāñ śatrum) apa bādhasva dūram # RV.10.42.7a; AVś.20.89.7a; MS.4.14.5a: 222.3; TB.2.8.2.7a.
ā rādhaś citram ṛñjase # RV.5.13.6c.
ā rūpeṇa bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.71.3d.
āre bādhasva duchunām # RV.9.66.19c; ArS.5.7c; VS.19.38c; 35.16c; VSK.8.12.1b; 29.37c; TS.1.3.14.8c; 4.29.1c; 5.5.2c; 6.6.2c; MS.1.3.31c: 41.2; 1.5.1c: 66.9; KS.4.11c; JB.1.93; śB.2.2.3.22c; TA.2.5.1c; KA.1.198.27c.
āre bādhasva (AVP. bādhiṣṭa) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVP.14.2.10c; MS.1.3.39c: 45.6; KS.4.13c. See parā bādhasva, and bādhasva dūre.
āre mat karta rahasūr ivāgaḥ # RV.2.29.1b.
ā roha proṣṭhaṃ vi ṣahasva śatrūn # AVP.2.52.5a; TB.2.7.17.1a. P: āroha proṣṭham Apś.22.28.4.
ā rohorum upa dhatsva hastam (ApMB. upa barhasva bāhum) # AVś.14.2.39a; ApMB.1.11.7a (ApG.3.8.10).
ārdraḥ prathasnur (Mś. pṛthusnur, vḷ. prathasnur) bhuvanasya gopāḥ # TB.3.7.5.3a; Apś.2.10.6a; Mś.1.2.6.20a.
ārdradānuś ca mā mātariśvā ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.4.
āryamā yāti vṛṣabhas turāṣāṭ # MS.4.12.4a: 190.7; KS.10.13a. See aryamā etc.
ā vartaniṃ madhunā jinvathas pathaḥ # RV.4.45.3c. Cf. BṛhD.3.97 (B).
ā vasoḥ sadane sīdāmi # Lś.4.9.16; GG.1.6.15. See idam aham arvāvasoḥ, and idam ahaṃ bṛhaspateḥ.
ā vāṃ yeṣṭhāśvinā huvadhyai # RV.5.41.3a.
ā vāṃ sahasraṃ harayaḥ # RV.4.46.3a. P: ā vāṃ sahasram śś.10.6.6; 11.6.2.
ā vāsasaḥ paridhānād bṛhaspatiḥ # SMB.1.1.12d; ApMB.1.4.10d; HG.1.19.7d; JG.1.20d.
āvitta (MS. āvittā) indro vṛddhaśravāḥ # VS.10.9; MS.2.6.9: 69.4; 4.4.3: 52.18; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.33 (erroneously, āvitto). See āvinna etc.
āvinna indro vṛddhaśravāḥ # TS.1.8.12.2. See āvitta etc.
ā vivāsanti vedhasaḥ # RV.8.60.5d; SV.1.42d.
āviṣkṛṇvānaḥ sahasāna ojaḥ # RV.4.17.3b.
ā vedhasaṃ nīlapṛṣṭhaṃ bṛhantam # RV.5.43.12a; MS.4.14.4a: 219.11; TB.2.5.5.4a. P: ā vedhasam TB.2.8.2.7; śś.6.10.5.
ā vo yantūdavāhāso adya # RV.5.58.3a; MS.4.11.2a: 167.8; 4.14.11: 233.7; TB.2.5.5.3a.
āvo yasya dvibarhasaḥ # RV.1.176.5a.
āśiṣe rādhase mahe # SV.1.208c. See ā śuṣe.
āśuṃ jayantam anu yāsu vardhase # RV.5.44.1d; VS.7.12d; TS.1.4.9.1d; MS.1.3.11d: 34.5; śB.4.2.1.9d. See yā saṃjayantam.
ā śuṣe rādhase mahe # RV.8.93.16c. See āśiṣe etc.
āsaṅgo agne daśabhiḥ sahasraiḥ # RV.8.1.33b.
ā sahasraṃ pathibhir indra rāyā # RV.6.18.11a.
ā sahasrāṇi dadmahe # RV.9.58.3b; SV.2.409b.
ā sahasrī śatarathaḥ # AVP.1.71.3a.
āsāṃ vatsān āyuṣā medasā saṃ sṛjāmi # AVP.5.15.4d. See athāsāṃ vatsān etc.
āsāṃ pūrvāsām ahasu svasṝṇām # RV.1.124.9a.
āsīnā ūrdhvaṃ rabhasaṃ vi minvan # RV.3.31.12d.
āsīnā mṛtyuṃ nudatā sadhasthe # AVś.12.2.30c. P: āsīnāḥ Kauś.72.10.
āsurasya ca hastinaḥ # AVś.3.22.4d; AVP.3.18.5b.
āsurasya mukhasyāgne # AVP.2.63.2a.
ā somo vastrā rabhasāni datte # RV.9.96.1d; SV.1.533d.
āskandāya sabhāsthāṇum # VS.30.18. See kalaye etc.
āskrāḥ pacatavāhasaḥ # śś.8.21.1.
āsmāt sadhastād oror antarikṣāt # TB.3.7.9.2; Apś.13.1.11. Cf. orv antarikṣam.
ā smā rathaṃ vṛṣapāṇeṣu tiṣṭhasi # RV.1.51.12a.
ā harāmi sahasraśaḥ # AVP.5.30.1d. See ā bhare.
ā hā padeva gachasi # RV.4.31.5b.
āhutāny adhirathā sahasra # RV.10.98.10b.
ichanta reto mithas tanūṣu # RV.1.68.8a.
iḍāyās tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.10.
idaṃ vacaḥ śatasāḥ saṃsahasram # RV.7.8.6a.
idaṃ vacaḥ sahasya # RV.5.22.4b.
idaṃ kūṭaṃ sahasraśaḥ # AVś.8.8.16d.
idaṃ devo bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.10.1.11b.
idam adadād rabhasam ṛṇacyutam # MS.4.14.7a: 226.4. See iyam etc.
idam aham arvāvasoḥ (GB.Apśṃś.Kauś. arvāgvasoḥ) sadasi (GB.śB.Apśṃś.Kauś. sadane) sīdāmi # KB.6.13; GB.2.1.1; śB.1.5.1.24; Aś.1.3.31; śś.1.6.9; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.6; Kauś.3.7; 137.39. See ā vasoḥ, and idam ahaṃ bṛhaspateḥ.
idam ahaṃ bṛhaspateḥ sadasi sīdāmi # VSK.2.3.3; Kś.2.1.24. See under idam aham arvāvasoḥ.
idam-idaṃ sukṛtam ārabhasva # MS.2.12.4c: 148.2. Cf. under etaiḥ sukṛtair.
idam indra bṛhaspate # AVP.5.11.2b.
idaṃ mahāsyebhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.30c.
idaṃ me prāvatā vacaḥ (AVP. bacaḥ, but the Kashmir ms. has vacaḥ) # RV.10.97.14d; AVP.11.7.3d; VS.12.88d; TS.4.2.6.3d; KS.16.13d; TB.3.11.3.1. See oṣadhayaḥ prāvata, and asyā avata.
idhmaṃ yas te jabharac chaśramāṇaḥ # RV.4.12.2a.
induṃ sahasracakṣasam # RV.9.60.1c.
indo bhava maghavā rādhaso mahaḥ # RV.9.81.3b.
indo sahasrabharṇasam # RV.9.64.25c; 98.1c; SV.1.549c; 2.588c; JB.3.227c.
indo sahasravarcasam # RV.9.43.4c.
indo sahasriṇaṃ rayim # RV.9.98.4c.
indra āsāṃ netā bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.10.103.8a; AVP.7.4.9a; SV.2.1206a; VS.17.40a; TS.4.6.4.3a. See indra eṣāṃ netā.
indra eṣāṃ netā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.19.13.9a; MS.2.10.4a: 136.6; KS.18.5a. P: indra eṣāṃ netā MS.4.14.13: 237.1. See indra āsāṃ.
indraḥ puraḥ sahasā sapta dardaḥ # RV.7.18.13b.
indraṃ vṛdhāso (SV. vṛdhanto) adhvare # RV.8.93.23b; SV.1.151b.
indraṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.8; 3.4.3: 47.10. P: indraṃ sāmrājyāya Mś.6.2.5.31 (ūha of bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya in devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa ...). Cf. indrasya tvā sām-, and indrasya bṛhaspates.
indra tve stomavāhasaḥ # RV.4.32.12b.
indra dehy adhirathaṃ sahasram # RV.10.98.4b.
indra pūṣan bṛhaspate pra ca vada pra ca yaja # śś.1.6.2. See agne pūṣan.
indram ādityavantam ṛbhumantaṃ vibhumantaṃ vājavantaṃ bṛhaspatimantaṃ (Aś. -vantaṃ) viśvadevyāvantam āvaha # KB.12.7; Aś.5.3.10; śś.6.9.13.
indram ugraṃ surādhasam # RV.8.68.6b.
indraṃ bṛhaspatiṃ sūryam # AVś.11.6.1c; AVP.15.13.1c.
indra rāye rabhasvataḥ # RV.1.9.6b; AVś.20.71.12b.
indravān bṛhad bhās svāhā # KS.1.12; 31.11. See next, and indrāvān.
indravāyū bṛhaspatim (AVP. -patiḥ) # RV.1.14.3a; 10.141.4a; AVP.3.34.7a; VS.33.45a. See under indravāyū ubhāv.
indraśatrur vardhasva svāhā # JB.2.155 (bis). See indrasya śatrur, and svāhendraśatrur vardhasva.
indraś cakraṃ sahasā sadya indo # RV.4.28.2b.
indraś ca rādhasā gatam # RV.1.135.4g.
indraś ca somaṃ pibataṃ bṛhaspate # RV.4.50.10a; AVś.20.13.1a; AB.6.12.8; GB.2.2.22; 4.16a; Aś.5.5.19; Vait.22.21. P: indraś ca somam śś.8.2.7.
indra sa te adhaspadam # AVś.5.8.5c. Cf. indrasya te adhaspadam.
indra sahasram ā bhara # RV.8.78.1b.
indra somasya vṛṣabhasya tṛpṇuhi # RV.2.16.6d.
indras te hastam agrabhīt # JG.1.12.
indras tvaṣṭā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.85.3b.
indrasya te adhaspadam # AVP.7.18.7c. Cf. indra sa te.
indrasya tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ # VS.1.24; TS.1.1.9.1; MS.1.1.10: 5.12; KS.1.9; 31.8; śB.1.2.4.6; TB.3.2.9.1. Ps: indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ TS.1.1.11.1; MS.1.1.12: 7.11; TB.3.3.6.9; Apś.2.1.1; indrasya bāhur asi Mś.1.2.4.7; 1.2.6.8; indrasya bāhuḥ Kś.2.6.13. Fragment: sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ MS.4.1.10: 12.14.
indrasya bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyenābhi ṣiñcāmi # TS.1.7.10.3. Cf. under indraṃ sām-, and bṛhaspateṣ ṭvā.
indrasya vaimṛdhasyāhaṃ devayajyayāsapatno (Apś. adds vīryavān) bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1; Mś.1.4.2.6. See indrasyāhaṃ vi-.
indrasya śatrur vardhasva svāhā # JB.2.155. See under indraśatrur vardhasva svāhā.
indrasya soma rādhase # RV.9.8.3a; 60.4a; SV.2.530a.
indrasyāhaṃ vimṛdhasya devayajyayāsapatno bhūyāsam # KS.5.1; 32.1. See indrasya vai-.
indrasyendriyeṇa bṛhaspatis tvā (sc. yunaktu) # Lś.2.1.2. Cf. PB.1.3.5.
indraḥ sahasradāvnām # RV.1.17.5a.
indraḥ sahasrabāhve # RV.8.45.26b; SV.1.131b.
indraḥ sahasraṃ pātrān # AVś.10.10.9c.
indraḥ su pūṣā vṛṣaṇā suhastā # RV.3.57.2a.
indrāgnī ukthavāhasā # RV.6.59.10a.
indrāgnī tvā bṛhaspatiḥ # VS.12.54c; TS.4.2.4.4c; MS.2.8.1c: 106.4; 3.2.8: 28.13; KS.16.19c; 21.3; TB.3.11.6.1c; śB.8.7.2.6.
indrāgnī dhātā savitā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.19.20.1b; AVP.1.108.1b.
indrāt somād bṛhaspateḥ # AVP.11.1.13b.
indrābṛhaspatibhyāṃ tvā devāvyaṃ yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi yajñasyāyuṣe) # VS.7.23; VSK.7.9.2. P: indrābṛhaspatibhyām Kś.10.7.11.
indrāya brahma vardhanaṃ yathāsat # RV.6.23.5d.
indrāya sūrir andhasā # RV.9.67.2c.
indrāya somaḥ sahasradhāraḥ # RV.9.109.19b.
indrāya svarājñe trayaḥ śitibhasadaḥ # TS.5.6.17.1; KSA.9.7.
indrā yāhi sahasrayuk # TA.1.12.3d.
indrāśvinā madhunaḥ sāraghasya # VS.38.6a; MS.4.9.7a: 128.1; śB.14.2.1.19a; TA.4.8.4a; 5.7.5; KA.2.122a; Apś.15.10.1. P: indrāśvinā Kś.26.5.16.
indrāsomā sam aghaśaṃsam abhy agham # RV.7.104.2a; AVś.8.4.2a; KS.23.11a; N.6.11a.
indreṇa varuṇena candreṇa sūryeṇa ca # AVP.1.4.2a. Probably not a verse, but a gloss listing four ūhas to be applied to the word parjanyaṃ in pāda b of the preceding stanza (see Zehnder's edition of kāṇḍa 2, p. 253).
indreṇa sahasā yujā # RV.1.23.9b.
indrehi matsy andhasaḥ # RV.1.9.1a; AVś.20.71.7a; SV.1.180a; VS.33.25a; Aś.6.4.10; Svidh.3.1.7. P: indrehi matsi śś.9.14.1,2.
indro jigāya sahasā sahāṃsi # TB.2.4.7.5a.
indro jyaiṣṭhyena brahmaṇāyaṃ bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.75.3c; 2.80.2c.
indro no rādhasā gamat # RV.4.55.10c.
indro yad vajrī dhṛṣamāṇo andhasā # RV.1.52.5c; MS.4.12.3c: 185.5.
indro vājasya dīrghaśravasas patiḥ # RV.10.23.3d; AVś.20.73.4d.
indro vāyur bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.71.1b; 5.26.7b.
indro viśvāyur avitā vṛdhaś ca # RV.6.34.5d.
indraujaskāraujasvāṃs tvaṃ sahasvān deveṣv edhi # MS.4.7.3: 96.11. P: indraujaskāra Mś.7.2.2.21. See next two, and indra ṣoḍaśinn.
imaṃ yajñaṃ sahasāvan tvaṃ naḥ # RV.3.1.22a.
imaṃ yajñam aśvinobhā bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.10.128.7c; TS.4.7.14.3c. See imaṃ yajñaṃ bṛhaspate, and ādityā rudrā aśvinobhā.
imaṃ yajñaṃ bṛhaspate 'śvinobhā # KS.40.10c. See under imaṃ yajñam aśvinobhā.
imaṃ vidhanto apāṃ sadhasthe # RV.2.4.2a; 10.46.2a.
imaṃ samudraṃ (VSṃS.KS.śB. sāhasraṃ) śatadhāram utsam # VS.13.49a; TS.4.2.10.2a; MS.2.7.17a: 102.14; KS.16.17a; śB.7.5.2.34; TA.6.6.1a. P: imaṃ samudram Apś.16.27.16. See śatadhāraṃ sahasradhāram, and sahasradhāraṃ śatadhāram.
imaṃ sahasrabhāg indraḥ # AVP.11.2.1c.
imaṃ sahasravīryeṇa # AVś.8.1.18c.
imaṃ sāhasraṃ etc. # see imaṃ samudraṃ etc.
imaṃ jambhasutaṃ piba # RV.8.91.2c; AVP.4.26.2c; JB.1.220c.
imaṃ taṃ paśya vṛṣabhasya yuñjam # RV.10.102.9a; N.9.24a.
imasya pāhy andhasaḥ # RV.8.13.21b.
imāṃ vācaṃ na vedhasām # RV.1.129.1g.
imām indra hastacyutim # MS.2.7.12a: 92.13; Mś.6.1.5.39.
ime dhāsur amṛtāsaḥ purājāḥ # RV.7.97.5b; KS.17.18b.
ime mitro varuṇo dūḍabhāsaḥ # RV.7.60.6a.
ime ye dhiṣṇyāso agnayo yathāsthānam iha kalpatām (read kalpantām) # AG.3.6.8. See under athaite.
ime viprasya vedhasaḥ # RV.8.43.1a. P: ime viprasya Aś.4.13.7; śś.6.4.1; VHDh.6.17. Cf. BṛhD.6.79.
ime sahaḥ sahasa ā namanti # RV.7.56.19b; MS.4.14.18b: 247.12; TB.2.8.5.6b.
iyaṃ viprā medhasātaye # RV.7.66.8c; SV.2.418c.
iyaṃ sahasrabhogā # AVP.8.18.5c.
iyaṃ tvaṃ bhavastv (read taṃ babhastv ?) āhutiḥ # AVP.1.63.3a. See iyaṃ taṃ psātv.
iyam adadād rabhasam ṛṇacyutam # RV.6.61.1a; KS.4.16a; AB.5.12.5; Aś.8.1.12. Ps: iyam adadāt śś.10.5.4; 6.6; 8.3; iyam Rvidh.2.23.3; BṛhD.5.119. See idam etc.
iyam ambhasā vājasutastabhe gauḥ # AVP.12.9.6a.
iyaṃ me nābhir iha me sadhastham # RV.10.61.19a.
iyānaḥ kṛṣṇo daśabhiḥ sahasraiḥ # RV.8.96.13b; AVś.20.137.7b; KS.28.4b; TA.1.6.3b. See īyānaḥ etc.
iṣaṃ janāya vahathaḥ śubhas patī # RV.10.40.4d.
iṣayantā śubhas patī # RV.8.5.5b.
iṣā sahasravājayā # RV.8.92.10c; SV.1.215c.
iṣe rāye ramasva sahase dyumnāyorje (VS.śB. dyumna ūrje) 'patyāya (VS.śB. apa-; TB.patyāya) # VS.13.35; MS.1.8.8: 127.14; śB.7.5.1.31; TB.1.4.4.8. P: iṣe rāye ramasva Mś.3.3.1. See agne samrāḍ iṣe rāye etc.
iṣkartāram aniṣkṛtaṃ sahaskṛtam # RV.8.99.8a.
iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma stutastomasya śastokthasya tiroahnasya yo 'śvasanir gosanir bhakṣas tasyopahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.6.4. P: iṣṭayajuṣaḥ Lś.3.1.27. See next.
iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma stutastomasya śastokthasya harivata indrapītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TS.3.2.5.4. P: iṣṭayajuṣas te deva soma Apś.13.17.4. See prec.
iha tvaṃ sūno sahaso no adya # RV.4.2.2a.
iha devaṃ surādhasam # KS.21.14c.
iha devau sahasriṇau # TB.2.4.8.4c.
iha mahyaṃ ni yachatam # TB.2.4.4.6d. Cf. ihāsmāsu.
iha sahasrasātamā bhava # AVś.3.28.4b.
ihāyam astu puruṣaḥ sahāsunā # AVś.8.1.1c.
ihaiva kṣemya edhi mā prahāsīr (Apś. -hāsīn) mām amum āmuṣyāyaṇam (Aś. prahāsīr amuṃ māmuṣyāyaṇam; Apś. māmum āmuṣyāyaṇam) # MS.1.8.9: 128.16; Aś.3.12.7; Apś.9.7.6; Mś.3.3.6 (7).
iho sahasradakṣiṇaḥ (PG. -dakṣiṇo yajñaḥ) # AVś.20.127.12c; KS.35.3c; AB.8.11.5c; śś.8.11.15c; 12.15.1.3c; Lś.3.3.2c; Apś.9.17.1c; SMB.1.3.13c; PG.1.8.10c; ApMB.1.9.1c; HG.1.22.9c; JG.1.22c.
īyānaḥ kṛṣṇo daśabhiḥ sahasraiḥ # SV.1.323b. See iyānaḥ etc.
īśāna indra dadhiṣe gabhastau # RV.10.73.8b.
īśānaṃ rādhaso mahaḥ # RV.6.55.2b.
īśānaṃ vītirādhasam # RV.9.62.29c.
īśānaṃ sūno sahaso vasūnām # RV.7.7.7b.
īśānaḥ sahaso yaho # RV.1.79.4b; 7.15.11b; SV.1.99b; 2.911b; VS.15.35b; TS.4.4.4.5b; MS.2.13.8b: 157.9; KS.39.15b.
īśe ripur aghaśaṃsaḥ # RV.10.185.2c; VS.3.32c; MS.1.5.4c: 70.10; KS.7.2c; śB.2.3.4.37c; Apś.6.17.10c.
ukthaśā yaja somānām (ā.5.3.3.2; Kś.9.13.33; Apś.12.27.19; Mś.2.4.2.28, somasya) # ā.5.3.3.2,3; Kś.9.13.33; 14.12; Apś.12.27.19; 28.14; 13.16.7; Mś.2.4.2.28; 2.4.3.7; 2.5.2.29. P: ukthaśāḥ TS.3.2.9.1,2; KB.14.3; śś.7.9.7; Apś.12.29.11; Mś.2.4.3.26. See under om uktha-.
ukthā vā yo abhigṛṇāti rādhasā # RV.1.54.7c.
ukthe vā dadhase canaḥ # RV.8.32.6b.
ukthair havāmahe paramāt sadhasthāt # AVś.7.63.1b. See agniṃ huvema, and ugraṃ huvema.
ukthyas te etc. # see ukthas te etc.
ukhyaṃ (AVś. ukhyān; AVP. ukhyāṃ) hasteṣu bibhrataḥ # AVś.4.14.2b; AVP.3.38.2b; VS.17.65b; TS.4.6.5.1b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.1; KS.18.4b; śB.9.2.3.24.
ugraṃ huvema paramāt sadhastāt # MahānU.6.6b. See agniṃ huvema, and ukthair havāmahe.
ugrāḥ śaṅkavo bṛhato rathasya # AVP.15.12.6b.
ugro jaitrāya tiṣṭhasi # AVP.6.9.12b.
uccā te jātam andhasaḥ (JB. andhasā) # RV.9.61.10a; SV.1.467a; 2.22a; VS.26.16a; JB.1.81,116 (ter),119,286; 2.13,193,237,422; 3.40,283; PB.12.3.1; 15.9.1,8 (comm.); Svidh.2.6.1; 8.5; 3.5.7. Fragment: uccā te JB.2.422.
uc chociṣā sahasas putra stutaḥ # RV.3.18.4a.
ucchvañcamānā (TA. ucchmañc-) pṛthivī su tiṣṭhatu (TA. pṛthivī hi tiṣṭhasi) # RV.10.18.12a; AVś.18.3.51a; TA.6.7.1a. P: ucchvañcamānā śś.4.15.8.
uta tvaṃ sūno sahaso no adya # RV.6.50.9a. Cf. BṛhD.5.117.
uta na īṃ maruto vṛddhasenāḥ # RV.1.186.8a.
uta no devāv aśvinā śubhas patī # RV.10.93.6a.
uta vajro gabhastyoḥ # RV.8.12.7b.
uta vā te sahasriṇaḥ # RV.4.48.5c; TS.2.2.12.7c; MS.4.14.2c: 216.5.
uta vā yaḥ sahasya pravidvān # RV.1.147.5a.
uta sakhāsy aśvinoḥ # RV.4.52.3a; SV.2.1077a.
uta stuṣe viṣpardhaso rathānām # RV.8.23.2c.
utāpavaktā hṛdayāvidhaś cit # RV.1.24.8d; VS.8.23d; TS.1.4.45.1d; MS.1.3.39d: 45.4; KS.4.13d; śB.4.4.5.5.
utāsmān pātv aṃhasaḥ # RV.7.15.3c; SV.2.731c.
utodīcyāṃ vṛtrahan vṛtrahāsi # TS.2.4.14.1b; MS.4.12.2b: 181.9; KS.8.17b. See next.
uto nu kṛtvyānāṃ nṛvāhasā # RV.8.25.23c.
uto sahasrabharṇasam # RV.9.64.26a.
uttamo nāma kuṣṭhāsi # AVś.5.4.9a. Cf. next but one.
ut tiṣṭha nāri tavasaṃ rabhasva # AVś.11.1.14b. P: ut tiṣṭha nāri Kauś.60.27.
ut tiṣṭhasi svāhutaḥ # RV.10.118.2a.
ut tvā sutāso rabhasā amandiṣuḥ # RV.1.82.6c.
utsa āsāṃ parame sadhasthe # RV.5.45.8c.
ut sahasrād ririce kṛṣṭiṣu śravaḥ # RV.1.102.7b.
udakaṃ ca samidhaś ca # Kauś.73.2c.
udagrābhasya namayan vadhasnaiḥ (SV. vadhasnum) # RV.9.97.15b; SV.2.158b.
udapruto nabhasī saṃ vasantām # KS.35.9d; Apś.14.28.4d.
ud amuñcad bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.3.11.8f; AVP.1.61.1d.
udgrābhaṃ ca nigrābhaṃ ca (MS.KSṃś. udgrābhaś ca nigrābhaś ca) # VS.17.64a; TS.1.1.13.1a; 6.4.2a; 4.6.3.4a; MS.1.1.13a: 8.15; 3.3.8: 41.12; KS.1.12a; 18.3a; śB.9.2.3.22a; Apś.3.5.5; Mś.1.3.4.7.
ud yat sahaḥ sahasa ājaniṣṭa # RV.5.31.3a. P: ud yat sahaḥ śś.9.14.3.
udvāvṛṣāṇo rādhase tuviṣmān # RV.4.29.3c.
unnataḥ śitibāhuḥ śitipṛṣṭhas ta aindrābārhaspatyāḥ # VS.24.7; MS.3.13.8: 170.3. Cf. śitikakuc.
un nambhaya pṛthivīm # TS.2.4.8.2a; 10.3; 3.5.5.2a; KS.11.9a; MS.1.3.26a: 39.11; Apś.7.11.1; 9.6.7; 10.23.9; 13.10.3; 19.27.7. P: un nambhaya Mś.2.1.3.43; 2.5.1.10. See pra nabhasva pṛthivi.
upa ṛṣabhasya (TBḷś. uparṣabhasya) retasi (AVś. yad retaḥ) # RV.6.28.8c; AVś.9.4.23c; TB.2.8.8.12c; Lś.3.3.4c.
upacinvanti vedhasaḥ # TS.1.1.7.2b; 5.10.3b; MS.1.1.8b: 4.14; 4.1.8b: 10.13; KS.1.7b; 31.6; Kś.2.8.16b.
upa jyeṣṭhe varūthe gabhastau # RV.2.18.8c.
upa pra yāhi dadhiṣe gabhastyoḥ # RV.1.82.6b.
upa prāgāc chasanaṃ vājy arvā # RV.1.163.12a; VS.29.23a; TS.4.6.7.4a; KSA.6.3a; śB.13.5.1.17,18; Aś.10.8.7. P: upa prāgāt śś.16.3.23.
upa prāgāt paramaṃ yat sadhastham # RV.1.163.13a; VS.29.24a; TS.4.6.7.5a; KSA.6.3a; śB.13.5.1.17,18. P: upa prāgāt śś.16.3.23.
upa prāgāt sahasrākṣaḥ # AVś.6.37.1a. P: upa prāgāt Kauś.48.23.
upa brahmā śṛṇavac chasyamānam (MS. śṛṇavañ śa-) # RV.4.58.2c; AVP.8.13.2c; VS.17.90c; MS.1.6.2c: 87.16; KS.40.7c; TA.10.10.2c; Apś.5.17.4c; MahānU.9.13c.
upa māṃ sthāsnu bhuvanaṃ hvayatām # śś.1.11.1.
upa māṃ gāvaḥ sahāśirā hvayantām # Aś.1.7.7; śś.1.11.1.
upa yajñaṃ surādhasam # RV.8.14.12c; AVś.20.29.2c.
uparṣabhasya etc. # see upa ṛṣabhasya etc.
upavākāḥ karambhasya # VS.19.22d.
upasadyo namasyo yathāsat (AVś.AVP. namasyo bhaveha) # AVś.3.4.1d; 6.98.1d; AVP.3.1.1d; TS.2.4.14.2d; MS.4.12.3d: 186.1.
upastaraṇaṃ camvor nabhasmayam # RV.9.69.5d.
upasthās te anamīvā ayakṣmāḥ # AVś.12.1.62a. P: upasthās te Kauś.50.10.
upahūtaṃ sthāsnu bhuvanam # śś.1.11.1.
upahūtāḥ pitaro ye maghāsu # TB.3.1.1.6a.
upahūtā gāvaḥ sahāśirā # Aś.1.7.7; śś.1.11.1.
upākṛtaṃ śaśamānaṃ yad asthāt (Mś. sadhasthāt; vḷ. sad asthāt) # AVś.2.34.2c; AVP.3.32.3c; TS.3.1.4.3c; KS.30.8c; Mś.1.8.3.3c.
upākṣarā sahasriṇī # RV.7.15.9c.
upāvatu bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.8.18.6b; Kauś.20.5b.
upāsthād vājī dhuri rāsabhasya # RV.1.162.21d; VS.25.44d; TS.4.6.9.4d; KSA.6.5d.
upohaś ca samūhaś ca # AVś.3.24.7a.
ubjann arṇāṃsi jarhṛṣāṇo andhasā # RV.1.52.2d.
ubhā te pūrṇā vasunā gabhastī # RV.7.37.3c.
ubhābhyām asya grāvabhyām # AVP.1.68.3c. Cf. athāsyendro.
ubhā rādhasaḥ saha mādayadhyai # RV.6.60.13b; VS.3.13b; TS.1.1.14.1b; 5.5.2b; MS.1.5.1b: 65.10; KS.6.9b; śB.2.3.4.12b.
ubhā samudrau kratunā vi bhāsi # AVś.13.2.10c.
ubhā hi hastā vasunā pṛṇasva # VS.5.19c; TS.1.7.13.4c; śB.3.5.3.22c. See hastau pṛṇasva.
ubhe abhi priyatame sadhasthe # RV.10.17.6c; AVś.7.9.1c; MS.4.14.16c: 243.14; TB.2.8.5.4c; Apś.16.7.4c.
ubhe enaṃ dviṣṭo (AVP. dyuṣṭo) nabhasī carantam # AVś.5.18.5d; AVP.9.17.7d.
ubhe ca no (śB. cainaṃ; śś. cainaṃ [na iti vā]) dyāvāpṛthivī aṃhasaḥ (MS.śB.Aś. aṃhasas) pātām (TB. erroneously, syātām, Poona ed. aṃhasaḥ spātām; Aś. aṃhasa syātām) # MS.4.13.9: 212.12; śB.1.9.1.20; TB.3.5.10.5; Aś.1.9.5; śś.1.14.19. Cf. the ūha, ubhe ca mā etc. śB.1.9.1.21.
ubhe nabhasī ubhayāṃś ca lokān # AVś.12.3.6a.
ubhe yat te mahinā śubhre andhasī # RV.7.96.2a.
ubhe vyāpa nabhasī mahitvā # AVś.12.3.5d.
ubhe sahasvatī bhūtvā (RV. bhūtvī) # RV.10.145.5c; AVś.3.18.5c; ApMB.1.15.5c.
ubhau sahasvantau bhūtvā # AVś.19.32.5c; AVP.11.12.5c.
uraś ca pṛṣṭhaś ca karau ca bāhū # RVKh.6.45.2a.
uruḥ prathasva mahatā mahimnā # AVś.11.1.19a; Kauś.68.27. P: uruḥ prathasva Kauś.61.37.
uru jrayāṃsi pārthivā vi tiṣṭhase # TB.1.2.1.12d; Apś.5.6.3d. See abhi jrayāṃsi.
uru prathasvoru te yajñapatiḥ prathatām # TS.1.1.8.1; 2.12.2; 6.2.7.3; MS.1.1.9: 5.5; 4.1.9: 11.8; KS.1.8; 31.7; TB.3.2.8.4; Apś.1.25.3; 7.4.5. P: uru prathasva N.1.15. Cf. next two.
uru prathasvorṇamradaṃ svāsasthaṃ devebhyaḥ # MS.1.1.12: 7.9; 4.1.13: 17.17. P: uru prathasva Mś.1.2.3.22; 1.2.6.7. See under ūrṇamradasaṃ, and cf. prec. and next.
uruprathā uru prathasvoru te yajñapatiḥ prathatām # VS.1.22; śB.1.2.2.8. P: uruprathāḥ Kś.2.5.20. Cf. prec. two.
uruṣyatīm aṃhaso rakṣatī riṣaḥ # RV.2.26.4c.
uruṣyantu maruto vṛddhaśavasaḥ # RV.8.25.10c.
uruṣyāgne aṃhaso gṛṇantam # RV.1.58.9c.
uroṣ ṭa indra rādhasaḥ # RV.5.38.1a; śś.18.18.7. P: uroṣ ṭe Rvidh.2.16.1. See vibhoṣ ṭa.
urvaś ca mā camasaś ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.3.
uśanā yat sahasyair ayātam # RV.5.29.9a; Aś.9.5.2; śś.14.27.13. Cf. BṛhD.5.27.
uśmasi tvā sadhastha ā # RV.8.45.20c.
uṣo yad dīrghaśruttamam # RV.7.81.5b.
uṣo varaṃ vahasi joṣam anu # RV.6.64.5b.
uṣo vibhātīr anu bhāsi pūrvīḥ # RV.3.6.7b.
ūtiṃ sahasrasātamām # RV.1.10.10d.
ūrjasvī tejasvī bhavati pra sāhasrān paśūn āpnoty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.5.
ūrjo napāt sahasāvann iti tvā # RV.10.115.8a.
ūrjo naptre sahasvate # RV.5.7.1d; VS.15.29d; TS.2.6.11.4d; 4.4.4.4d; MS.4.11.1d: 160.9; KS.2.15d.
ūrṇamradasaṃ (TSṭB.Apś. ūrṇā-) tvā stṛṇāmi (KS. ūrṇamradaḥ prathasva; Kauś. ūrṇamradaṃ prathasva) svāsasthaṃ (VS.śB. -sthāṃ) devebhyaḥ # VS.2.2,5; TS.1.1.11.1; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.3.11; 4.11; TB.3.3.6.7; Kauś.2.17. Ps: ūrṇāmradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi Apś.2.9.2; ūrṇamradasam Kś.2.7.22; 8.10. See uru prathasvorṇamradaṃ, and cf. asmin yajñe vi.
ūrṇamradā vi prathasva # RV.5.5.4a.
ūrdhvanabhasaṃ (Kauś. erroneously, ūrdhvaṃ nabhasaṃ) mārutaṃ (MS. mārutaṃ devaṃ) gachatam # TS.1.3.9.2; MS.1.2.16: 27.1; KS.3.6; Kauś.45.12. See svāhākṛte ūrdhva-, and svāhordhvanabhasaṃ.
ūrdhvayā tvā diśā bṛhaspatinā devatayā pāṅktena chandasāgneḥ pṛṣṭham upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See next two.
ūrdhvayā tvā diśā bṛhaspatinā devatayā pāṅktena chandasā hemantam ṛtuṃ praviśāmi # KA.1.62; 2.62. See prec.
ūrdhvas sapta ṛṣīn upa tiṣṭhasva # PB.1.5.5. P: ūrdhvaḥ Lś.2.5.6.
ūrdhvā tiṣṭhasy amṛtasya ketuḥ # RV.3.61.3b.
ūrdhvā dig bṛhaspatir adhipatiḥ śvitro rakṣitā varṣam iṣavaḥ (AVP. adhipatiś citro rakṣitāśanir iṣavaḥ) # AVś.3.27.6; AVP.3.24.6. Cf. AVś.12.3.60.
ūrdhvāntarikṣam upa tiṣṭhasva # TS.3.4.2.2; KS.13.11c,12.
ūrdhvāyā diśo bṛhaspatinā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.6b.
ūrdhvāyai tvā diśe bṛhaspataye 'dhipataye śvitrāyarakṣitre varṣāyeṣumate # AVś.12.3.60. Cf. AVś.3.27.6.
ūrdhvo naḥ pāhy aṃhaso ni ketunā # RV.1.36.14a; MS.4.13.1a: 199.9; KS.15.12a; AB.2.2.19a; KB.10.2; TB.3.6.1.2a. Ps: ūrdhvo naḥ pāhy aṃhasaḥ AB.1.22.8; TA.4.20.1; ūrdhvo naḥ śś.5.15.3. Cf. ūrdhvo mā etc.
ūrdhvo mā pāhy aṃhasaḥ # VS.4.10b; śB.3.2.1.35b. Cf. ūrdhvo naḥ pāhy.
ṛjīṣī vajrī vṛṣabhas turāṣāṭ # RV.5.40.4a; AVś.20.12.7a; GB.2.4.2. P: ṛjīṣī vajrī śś.7.23.9; N.5.12. See pradātā vajrī.
ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena pratimuñcāmi (KS. pratimuñcāmy amuṣmai juṣṭam; TS.Apś. pāśenārabhe) # VS.6.8; TS.1.3.8.1; MS.1.2.15: 24.11; KS.3.5; 26.8; śB.3.7.4.1; Apś.7.13.8. Ps: ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena Mś.1.8.3.5; ṛtasya tvā Kś.6.3.27. See devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyām ṛtasya.
ṛtasya yonā vṛṣabhasya nīḍe # RV.4.1.12b.
ṛtasyardhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # KA.1.9--13; 2.9. See ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya, and makhasya te 'dya.
ṛtān mā muñcatāṃhasaḥ # TB.3.7.12.2c. See kṛtān naḥ.
ṛtāvarī rakṣatām aṃhaso riṣaḥ # RV.10.36.2b.
ṛtāvas tubhyaṃ cetate sahasvaḥ # RV.3.14.2b.
ṛtāvāna iṣirā dūḍabhāsaḥ # RV.3.56.8c.
ṛtunā yajñavāhasā # RV.1.15.11c; TB.2.7.12.1c; Apś.21.7.16c; Mś.2.4.2.11c; 7.2.2.29c.
ṛtuṣṭhā (MS. -ṣṭhāḥ; KS. -ṣṭhās) stha ṛtāvṛdhaḥ (KS. sthartuspṛśaḥ) # VS.17.3b; MS.2.8.14: 118.17; 3.3.4: 36.5; KS.17.10; śB.9.1.2.18.
ṛtūnāṃ tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.6.
ṛtena hi ṣmā vṛṣabhaś cid aktaḥ # RV.4.3.10a.
ṛddhāḥ karmaṇyā anapāyino yathāsan # VSK.2.5.8.
ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.1,3,4,5; TA.4.2.2,3 (bis),4 (bis); 5.2.7; Apś.15.1.10. See under ṛtasyardhyāsam.
ṛbhukṣā vājo rathaspatir bhagaḥ # RV.10.64.10c.
ṛbhur asi jagacchandāḥ # AVś.6.48.2; śB.12.3.4.5; KB.13.1.11. P: ṛbhur asi Vait.17.10. See sakhāsi jagac-, saghāsi, and svaro 'si.
ṛbhur na tveṣo rabhasāno adyaut # RV.6.3.8d.
ṛbhū rathasyevāṅgāni # AVś.4.12.7c. Cf. next.
ṛbhū rathasyeva saṃ dadhāmi te paruḥ # AVP.4.15.6d. Cf. prec.
ṛṣiṃ narāv aṃhasaḥ pāñcajanyam # RV.1.117.3a.
ṛṣir bodhaḥ prabodhaḥ # ApMB.2.16.14a (ApG.7.18.3). See ṛṣī bodha-, bodhaś ca tvā, and bodhaś ca mā.
ṛṣir ha (śś. hi) dīrghaśruttamaḥ # TS.1.6.12.2c; MS.4.12.2c: 181.16; KS.8.16c; TA.1.8.8c; Aś.4.7.4c; śś.5.10.32c.
ṛṣer yajñasya caturvidhasya śraddhām # GB.1.5.24a.
ekaṃ yad aṅgam akṛṇot sahasradhā # AVś.10.7.9c.
ekaṃ tad aṅgaṃ skambhasya # AVś.10.7.25c,26c. Cf. amīvāyās.
ekaṃ dhāmaikadhāśiṣaḥ # AVś.8.9.26b.
ekaṃ niyānaṃ bahavo rathāsaḥ # RV.10.142.5b.
ekarṣes tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.1.
eka sthūṇe vimite dṛḍha ugre # AVP.4.1.7d. See sahasrasthūṇe etc.
ekā satī bahudhoṣo vy uchasi (MS.KS. ucha) # TS.4.3.11.5c; MS.2.13.10c: 159.15; KS.39.10c; PG.3.3.5c.
ekāsi na sahasram, ekāṃ tvā bhūtāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi na sahasram, ekā mā bhūtāviśa mā sahasram # TS.7.1.7.3.
etaṃ sadhastha (AVś.AVP.KS.Vait.Kauś. sadhasthāḥ) pari te (AVP.AVś.KS. vo) dadāmi # AVś.6.123.1a; AVP.2.60.4a; VS.18.59a; TS.5.7.7.1a; KS.40.13a; śB.9.5.1.46; Mś.2.5.5.21a. P: etaṃ sadhasthāḥ Vait.22.23; 29.22; Kauś.63.29.
etat te pitāmahāsau (KS. pitāmaha) ye ca tvām anu (KS. tvānu) # KS.9.6; ApMB.2.20.9 (ApG.8.21.9). P: etat te pitāmahāsau HG.2.12.3. See prec., and cf. next and pitāmahaitat te.
etat te prapitāmahāsau (KS. prapitāmaha) ye ca tvām anu (KS. tvānu) # KS.9.6; ApMB.2.20.10 (ApG.8.21.9). P: etat te prapitāmahāsau HG.2.12.3. See etat te pitāmaha prapitāmaha, and cf. next and prapitāmahaitat te.
etad eva śaṃyor bārhaspatyasya # TA.1.5.2c.
etaṃ te deva savitar yajñaṃ prāhur bṛhaspataye brahmaṇe # VS.2.12; śB.1.7.4.21; 4.6.6.6. Ps: etaṃ te deva savitaḥ Kś.11.1.19; etaṃ te Kś.2.2.21. See deva savitar etaṃ te.
etāny agne navatiṃ sahasrā # RV.10.98.11a.
etenāgne brahmaṇā vāvṛdhasva # RV.1.31.18a; Aś.4.1.23; AG.1.23.24. P: etenāgne brahmaṇā śś.1.15.17.
ete vadanti śatavat sahasravat # RV.10.94.2a.
ete somā abhi gavyā sahasrā # RV.9.87.5a.
etau muñcato aṃhasaḥ # AVś.8.2.18d.
edhāsaṃ (read edhāse ?) yamarājye # TA.6.7.2d. See prec.
ebhir vardhāsa indubhiḥ # RV.6.16.16c; SV.1.7c; 2.55c; VS.26.13c; MS.4.12.1c: 177.3; KS.2.14c; JB.3.33c; śB.2.2.3.23c.
evāgniṃ sahasyaṃ vasiṣṭhaḥ # RV.7.42.6a.
evā jajñānaṃ sahase asāmi # RV.6.38.5a.
evā te śepaḥ sahasāyam arkaḥ # AVś.6.72.1c.
evā pīlo rakṣo bādhasva # AVP.7.19.7c.
evā mahas tuvijātas tuviṣmān # RV.1.190.8a.
evā sahasracakṣo tvam # AVP.3.22.5c. See under atho sahasra-.
evā sahasrapoṣāya # AVś.6.141.3c.
evāsmān (AVP.KS. evā mām) indro varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.102.4c; MS.4.9.27c: 140.4; 4.12.2c: 181.8; KS.10.12c. See tena no rājā, tenāsmān indro, and pibanti tena.
evo 'bhūt tato 'bhūt , yathā te mahiraḥ priyo hastenābhimṛśāt tata # JB.3.247.
eṣa te yajño yajñapate sahasūktavākaḥ suvīraḥ (AVś. suvīryaḥ svāhā; KSṭS.1.4.44.3, suvīraḥ svāhā) # AVś.7.97.6; VS.8.22; TS.1.4.44.3; 6.6.2.2; MS.1.3.38: 44.16; KS.4.12; śB.4.4.4.14. Ps: eṣa te yajñaḥ Mś.1.7.2.20; 1.7.4.33; eṣa te Kś.5.2.9.
eṣa sūryeṇa hāsate # RV.9.27.5a; SV.2.635a.
eṣa sya somaḥ pavate sahasrajit # RV.9.84.4a.
eṣā te agne samit tayā (Mś. tayā tvaṃ) vardhasva cā ca pyāyasva # VS.2.14; śB.1.8.2.4; śś.1.12.12; Mś.1.6.1.34; Apś.3.4.6; śG.2.10.3; ApMB.2.6.11 (ApG.4.11.22); HG.1.8.4. Ps: eṣā te agne samit Apś.4.11.5; 6.9.4; śG.2.4.6; eṣā te Kś.3.5.2; PG.2.4.5. See next, and cf. tena vardhasva.
eṣā netrī rādhasaḥ sūnṛtānām # RV.7.76.7a.
eṣā vaḥ sā satyā saṃvāg abhūd yayā bṛhaspatiṃ vājam ajījapata # VS.9.12; śB.5.1.5.11. P: eṣā vaḥ Kś.14.4.9.
ainaṃ catvāri vāmāni gachanti niṣkaḥ kaṃso 'śvataro hasty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.13.
aindrāvaruṇaṃ maitrāvaruṇasya stotram aindrābārhaspatyaṃ brāhmaṇācchaṃsina aindrāvaiṣṇavam achāvākasya # KS.34.16.
oṃ svaḥ śaṃ tvā gṛhṇe sahasrapoṣāya # Kauś.3.13.
okaḥ kṛṇuṣva salile sadhasthe (TA. kṛṇuṣva parame vyoman) # AVś.18.3.8b; TA.6.4.2b.
okhāṃ dadhātu (MS. dadātu) hastayoḥ # VS.11.56d; TS.4.1.5.3d; MS.2.7.5d: 80.10; KS.16.5d; śB.6.5.1.10.
ojaś ca tejaś ca sahaś ca balaṃ ca # AVP.9.20.8.
ojaś ca tvā sahaś ca śrīṇītām # TB.3.7.9.3; Apś.13.3.3.
ojaś ca me sahaś ca me # VS.18.3; TS.4.7.1.2; MS.2.11.2: 140.14; KS.18.7.
ojase sahase tvā # AVś.19.37.3b; AVP.1.54.4b.
ojasvantaṃ mām āyuṣmantaṃ varcasvantaṃ (MS. māṃ sahasvantaṃ) manuṣyeṣu kuru (Vait. āyuṣmantaṃ manuṣyeṣu kṛṇuhi) # TS.3.3.1.1; MS.4.7.3: 96.12; Aś.6.3.22; Vait.25.14. See next, ojasvy, and ojiṣṭho.
ojo mā mā hāsīt # TS.3.3.1.2; MS.4.7.3: 96.8.
odanāṃs tvaṃ bṛhaspate # AVP.8.19.2b.
om ukthaśāḥ # GB.2.3.10 (bis); AB.3.12.2,3; GB.2.3.10 (bis). See ukthaśā.
om ukthaśā yaja # GB.2.3.10.
om ukthaśā yaja somasya # ā.5.3.2.7.
om ukthaśā yajokthaśāḥ # Vait.20.21.
oṃ bṛhaspatiprasūtaḥ karavāṇi # Kauś.9.9.
orv antarikṣam # śś.8.22.1. Cf. āsmāt sadhastād.
oṣadhayaś ca me vīrudhaś ca me # MS.2.11.5: 142.7. See vīrudhaś.
oṣadhayo vīrudhas tṛṇā # AVś.11.7.21b.
o ṣu ghṛṣvirādhasaḥ # RV.7.59.5a.
oṣṭhaḥ kokamukhaś ca yaḥ # AVP.6.14.1c.
audumbara sa tvam asmat sahasva # AVś.19.31.11d; AVP.10.5.11d.
kakubhaṃ (VSKṭS.Apś. kakuhaṃ) rūpaṃ vṛṣabhasya (KS. rūpam ṛṣa-) rocate bṛhat (VSK. bṛhan; this text also transposes the next two clauses of VS.) # VS.8.49; VSK.8.22.3; TS.3.3.3.2; 4.2; MS.1.3.36: 43.1; KS.30.6; śB.11.5.9.10. Ps: kakubhaṃ rūpaṃ vṛṣabhasya rocate Mś.7.1.1.26; kakuhaṃ rūpam Apś.12.8.3.
kaṇvāsas tvā brahmabhi stomavāhasaḥ (SV. tvā stomebhir brahmavāhasaḥ) # RV.8.4.2c; AVś.20.120.2c; SV.2.582c.
katamat svit kathāsīt (TS. kim āsīt) # RV.10.81.2b; VS.17.18b; TS.4.6.2.4b; MS.2.10.2b: 133.6; KS.18.2b.
kathā grāmaṃ na pṛchasi # RV.10.146.1c; TB.2.5.5.6c; N.9.30c.
kathā dive garhase kan na āgaḥ # RV.4.3.5b.
kad aryamṇo mahas pathā # RV.1.105.6c.
kadā cana pra yuchasi # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).7a; VS.8.3a; 33.27; TS.1.4.22.1a; MS.1.3.26a: 39.4; 1.5.4: 71.2; KS.4.10a; śB.4.3.5.12; Aś.7.4.4; Apś.6.18.1; 13.9.6; Mś.2.5.1.3. P: kadā cana Kś.10.4.5.
kadā martam arādhasam # RV.1.84.8a; AVś.20.63.5a; SV.2.693a; N.5.17a.
kadā yogo vājino rāsabhasya # RV.1.34.9c.
kadā stotre sahasrapoṣyaṃ dāḥ # RV.6.35.1b.
kad dhiṣṇyāsu vṛdhasāno agne # RV.4.3.6a; MS.4.11.4a: 172.13; KS.7.16a.
kapir babhasti tejanam # AVś.6.49.1c; KS.35.14c; JB.2.223; TA.6.10.1c; Apś.14.29.3c.
karat # MG.1.14.17 (Bhāradvāja-Gṛhyasūtra 1.19, karad dadhac chivena tvā pañcaśākhena hastena etc.); VārG.16.2. See karat svāhā.
karatāṃ naḥ surādhasaḥ # RV.1.23.6c; SV.2.145c; VS.33.46c.
karad in naḥ surādhasaḥ # RV.3.53.13c.
karā naḥ pāram aṃhasaḥ svasti # AVP.15.20.3c. See parṣi ṇaḥ.
karkī subhāga ṛṣabhasya patnī # AVP.6.10.1a.
karma kṛṇvanti vedhasaḥ # TS.1.1.9.3; TB.3.2.9.8.
karmaṇā suhastāḥ # śś.8.20.1.
karśaphasya (AVP. karṣa-) viśaphasya # AVś.3.9.1a; AVP.3.7.2a. P: karśaphasya Kauś.43.1.
kalaye sabhāsthāṇum # TB.3.4.1.16. See āskandāya.
kalā muhūrtāḥ kāṣṭhāś ca # TA.10.1.2c; MahānU.1.8c.
kavayaḥ santi vedhasaḥ # RV.5.52.13b.
kaviṃ ketuṃ dhāsiṃ bhānum adreḥ # RV.7.6.2a.
kavir gṛhapatir (Kauś. bṛhaspatir) yuvā # RV.1.12.6b; 7.15.2c; 8.102.1c; SV.2.194b; TS.1.4.46.3b; 3.4.11.1c; 5.11.5b; MS.4.10.2b: 145.5; 4.12.6c: 196.7; KS.15.12b; 23.12c; 34.19b; AB.1.16.28b; JB.1.65b; śB.12.4.3.5b; TB.2.7.12.3b; Kauś.108.2b.
kavir bṛhaspatir etc. # see kavir gṛhapatir.
kavir vedhasyā pary eṣi māhinam # RV.9.82.2a; SV.2.668a; JB.3.259a.
kavir hi madhuhastyaḥ # RV.5.5.2c.
kasmai sahasraṃ śatāśvaṃ svaṃ jñātibhyo dadyām # Vait.37.14.
kāṇḍāt-kāṇḍāt prarohantī (śG. pra rohasi) # VS.13.20a; TS.4.2.9.2a; 5.2.8.3; MS.2.7.15a: 98.13; 3.2.6: 24.19; KS.16.16a; 20.6; śB.7.4.2.14; TA.10.1.7a; Apś.16.24.1; Mś.6.1.7.14; śG.6.6.9a; MahānU.4.3a. Ps: kāṇḍāt-kāṇḍāt Kś.17.4.18; HG.2.20.10; BṛhPDh.9.65,310; VHDh.8.19; kāṇḍāt YDh.1.300.
kānītasya surādhasaḥ # RV.8.46.24b.
kābavasya viṣkandhasya # AVP.1.58.4a.
kārādhunīva citayat sahasraiḥ # RV.1.180.8d.
kārṣṇaṃ vasāno dīkṣito dīrghaśmaśruḥ # AVś.11.5.6b. Fragment: dīkṣito dīrghaśmaśruḥ GB.1.2.1.
kālaśākaṃ mahāśalkam # ViDh.80.14a. Cf. MDh.3.272.
kiṃ sa ṛdhak kṛṇavad yaṃ sahasram # RV.4.18.4a.
kim aṅkatiṣv ichasi # AVP.8.12.7d.
kim u pṛchasi mātaram # MS.4.8.1b: 107.9; KS.30.1b.
kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittha # Apś.20.5.15.
kīlālape somapṛṣṭhāya vedhase # RV.10.91.14c; VS.20.78c; MS.3.11.4c: 146.14; KS.38.9c; TB.1.4.2.2c; Apś.19.3.2c.
kuvayaḥ (KSA. -yiḥ) kuṭarur dātyauhas te vājinām (KSA. sinīvālyai) # MS.3.14.20: 177.2; KSA.7.7. See kvayiḥ.
kuvid aṅga namasā ye vṛdhāsaḥ # RV.7.91.1a; MS.4.14.2a: 216.11; AB.5.18.8; KB.25.2; 26.11; Aś.3.8.1; 8.10.1; śś.17.8.5,6. P: kuvid aṅga śś.9.23.11; 10.10.4.
kuvid devasya sahasā cakānaḥ # RV.5.3.10c.
kuvin no agnir ucathasya vīr asat # RV.1.143.6a.
kṛṇoṣy ukthaśaṃsinaḥ # RV.6.45.6b.
kṛtaṃ tīrthaṃ suprapāṇaṃ śubhas patī # RV.10.40.13c; ApMB.1.6.12c. See sugaṃ tīrthaṃ.
kṛtaṃ me dakṣiṇe haste # AVś.7.50.8a; AVP.1.49.1a.
kṛtaṃ me hasta āhitam # AVP.1.49.4c.
kṛtas tvā sahasram āgamat # JB.3.239c.
kṛtāgaso devapīyor arādhasaḥ # AVś.12.5.60b,65b.
kṛtān naḥ pāhy aṃhasaḥ (TA. enasaḥ) # MS.4.14.17c: 244.9; TA.2.3.1c. See ṛtān mā.
kṛttivāsāḥ pinākahasto 'vatatadhanvom (KSṇ. -dhanvā) # KS.9.7; Lś.5.3.12; N.3.21. See under avatatadhanvā.
kṛtyādūṣiṃ vayodhasam # AVP.7.5.5d.
kṛtyādūṣir balagahāsy (for vala-) ugraḥ # AVP.7.5.9d.
kṛdhī sahasrasām ṛṣim # RV.1.10.11d.
kṛśanaḥ pātv aṃhasaḥ (AVP.4.25.5d, aṃhasam [?]) # AVś.4.10.1d,3d; AVP.4.25.1d,5d.
kṛśaṃ na hāsur aghnyāḥ # RV.8.75.8c; TS.2.6.11.2c; MS.4.11.6c: 175.9; KS.7.17c.
kṛśānum astṝn tiṣyaṃ sadhastha ā # RV.10.64.8c.
kṛṣiḥ sahasraprakārā # Kauś.106.7c.
kṛṣṇagrīvaḥ śitikakṣo 'ñjisakthas (MS. 'ñjiṣakthas) ta aindrāgnāḥ # VS.24.4; MS.3.13.5: 169.10.
kṛṣṇā satī ruśatā dhāsinaiṣā # RV.4.3.9c.
ketuṃ yajñānāṃ vidathasya sādhanam # RV.3.3.3a.
ke dhāsim agne anṛtasya pānti # RV.5.12.4c.
ko vāṃ mahaś cit tyajaso abhīke # RV.4.43.4c.
ko vipro vipravāhasā # RV.5.74.7c.
kratuṃ sacanta mārutasya vedhasaḥ # RV.1.156.4b; AB.1.30.18b.
kratvāmaghāso vidathasya rātau # RV.5.33.9b.
kratvā sadhastham āsadat # RV.9.16.4c.
kravyādo vātaraṃhasaḥ # AVś.11.10.3c.
kva teṣu rudra hastaḥ # AVP.15.20.5a. Cf. RV.2.33.7ab.
kva trī cakrā trivṛto rathasya # RV.1.34.9a.
kvayiḥ kuṭarur dātyauhas te vājinām (TS. sinīvālyai) # VS.24.39; TS.5.5.17.1. See kuvayaḥ.
kva vrataṃ kva śraddhāsya tiṣṭhati # AVś.10.7.1c.
kva syā vo marutaḥ svadhāsīt # RV.1.165.6a; MS.4.11.3a: 169.1; KS.9.18a; TB.2.8.3.5a.
kva svid asya rajaso mahas param # RV.1.168.6a.
kṣatraṃ dyāvāpṛthivī dhāsatho bṛhat # RV.1.160.5b.
kṣatram indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.34d; TB.2.6.17.7d.
kṣatreṇāgne svena (VSṭS. svāyuḥ) saṃ rabhasva # AVś.2.6.4a; AVP.3.33.5a; VS.27.5a; TS.4.1.7.2a; MS.2.12.5a: 149.2; KS.18.16a.
kṣapo bhāsi puruvāra saṃyataḥ # RV.2.2.2d.
kṣayantaṃ rādhaso mahaḥ (TS. rādhase mahe; KS. śavase mahe) # RV.10.140.5b; SV.2.1170b; VS.12.110b; TS.4.2.7.3b; MS.2.7.14b: 96.4; KS.16.14b; śB.7.3.1.33.
kṣarā sahasriṇīr iṣaḥ # RV.9.61.3c; SV.2.562c.
kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ (ApMB. vīrudhas) samañjan # RV.10.45.4b; VS.12.6b,21b,33b; TS.1.3.14.2b; 4.2.1.2b; 2.2b; MS.2.7.8b: 85.8; KS.16.8b,9b,10b; śB.6.7.3.2; ApMB.2.11.24b.
kṣudrasūktamahāsūktāḥ (sc. tṛpyantu) # śG.4.10.3; kṣudrasūktā mahāsūktāḥ (sc. tṛpyantu) AG.3.4.2.
kṣubhā martam anuyataṃ vadhasnaiḥ # RV.5.41.13d.
kṣumantaṃ vājaṃ śatinaṃ sahasriṇam # RV.8.88.2c; AVś.20.9.2c; 49.5c; SV.2.36c.
kṣetriyaṃ śapathaś ca yaḥ (AVP. śapathāṃś ca mat) # AVś.4.18.7b; AVP.5.24.7b.
khe 'nasaḥ khe rathaḥ # ApMB.1.1.9a (ApG.2.4.8). See khe rathasya.
khe rathasya khe 'nasaḥ # RV.8.91.7a; AVś.14.1.41a; AVP.4.26.7a; JB.1.221a; MG.1.8.11a; VārG.14.1a. P: khe rathasya śG.1.15.6. See khe 'nasaḥ.
gacha devi yathāsukham # TA.10.30.1d; MahānU.15.5d.
gachan vājaṃ sahasriṇam # RV.9.38.1c; SV.2.624c.
gaṇaṃ devānām ṛbhavaḥ suhastāḥ # RV.4.35.3d.
gaṇam astoṣy eṣāṃ na śobhase # RV.10.77.1d.
gandharvā goṣṭhāś ca ye # MG.2.18.2b.
gandharvāso vedhaso mahyam ūcuḥ # AVP.2.23.4b.
gandharvo nāma nihitaṃ guhāsu # TA.10.1.3b; MahānU.2.4b. See prec.
gamad ā medhasātaye # RV.8.40.2f.
garbhaṃ dadhāsi jāmiṣu vivakṣase # RV.10.21.8d.
garbhaṃ devo bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.5.25.4b; AVP.5.12.8b; 12.3.5b.
garbham aśvatary asahāsau # PG.3.13.5c. See next.
garbhaś ca sthātāṃ garbhaś carathām (read caratām) # RV.1.70.3b.
garbhā (MS. garbhāḥ; KS. garbhās) spṛtāḥ # VS.14.25; TS.4.3.9.2; MS.2.8.5: 109.15; KS.17.4; śB.8.4.2.8.
gavāṃ sahasrai ruśamāso agne # RV.5.30.13b.
gavāṃ catvāri dadataḥ sahasrā # RV.5.30.12b.
gavyayuḥ soma rohasi # RV.9.36.6b.
gāṃ na dohase huve # RV.6.45.7c.
gāyatrasya samidhas tisra āhuḥ # RV.1.164.25c; AVś.9.10.3c.
gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvat (MS.KS. chandasā) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ā bhara (MS. bharā) # VS.11.9; MS.2.7.1: 74.13; KS.16.1; śB.6.3.1.38. See next but two.
gāye sahasravartani (JB. -vartanīm, for -vartani ?) # SV.2.1179b; ṣB.1.4.11; JB.1.74b (bis); Lś.1.8.9b.
gāvo yac chāsan vahatuṃ na dhenavaḥ # RV.10.32.4b.
giraś ca girvāhase suvṛkti # RV.1.61.4c; AVś.20.35.4c.
girau jātaḥ svar ahāsi # AVP.7.7.6a.
gṛṇanto agne vidatheṣu vedhasaḥ # RV.10.122.8b.
gṛbhṇāmi te saubhagatvāya (ApMB. suprajāstvāya) hastam # RV.10.85.36a; AG.1.7.3; śG.1.13.2; SMB.1.2.16a; PG.1.6.3a; ApMB.1.3.3a (ApG.2.4.15); MG.1.10.15c. P: gṛbhṇāmi te GG.2.2.16; KhG.1.3.31. Cf. BṛhD.7.135 (B). See gṛhṇāmi etc.
gṛhāṇa grāvāṇau sakṛtau vīra haste # AVś.11.1.10a. P: gṛhāṇa grāvāṇau Kauś.61.19.
gṛhān gacha gṛhapatnī yathāsaḥ # RV.10.85.26c; AVś.14.1.20c; 2.75c; ApMB.1.2.8c; JG.1.22c.
gṛhṇāmi te saubhagatvāya (HG. suprajāstvāya) hastam # AVś.14.1.50a; HG.1.20.1a; JG.1.21a; VārG.14.13a. See gṛbhṇāmi etc.
gnās tvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devyavatīḥ) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe (TS. aṅgirasvac chrapayantūkhe; MS. aṅgirasvañ śrapayantūkhe) # VS.11.61; TS.4.1.6.2; MS.2.7.6: 81.12; 3.1.8: 10.6; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.7. P: gnās tvā TS.5.1.7.2; KS.19.7.
grāmaṇyaṃ gaṇakam abhikrośakaṃ tān mahase # VS.30.20.
grāvṇām ic chṛṇvan tiṣṭhasi # RV.10.85.4c; AVś.14.1.5c.
gharmaṃ śrīṇantu prathamāya dhāsyave (Aś.śś. śrīṇanti prathamasya dhāseḥ; AVP. śrīṇanti prathamasya dhāsyoḥ) # AVś.4.1.2d; AVP.5.2.1d; Aś.4.6.3d; śś.5.9.6d.
gharma madhumataḥ pitṛmato vājimato bṛhaspatimato viśvadevyāvataḥ # Vait.14.7.
gharmaḥ sāhasraḥ samidhā samiddhaḥ # Vait.14.1d.
ghasan # ūha of ghasat, Aś.3.4.15 (schol.). Cf. under akṣan.
ghasantu # ūha of ghastu, śś.6.1.5. Cf. under akṣan.
ghasinā (Apś. ghasīnā) me mā saṃpṛkthāḥ # VSK.2.3.6; Apś.3.20.1.
ghāsād ghāsaṃ punar ā veśayantu # AVś.18.2.26d.
ghṛtaṃ te agne divye sadhasthe # AVś.7.82.6a. P: ghṛtaṃ te agne Vait.2.7.
ghṛtaśriyaṃ nabhasī saṃvasānām # AVP.11.5.11c.
ghoṣāya bhaṣam # VS.30.19; TB.3.4.1.13.
cakṛmā satyarādhase # RV.7.31.2c; SV.2.67c.
cakraṃ rathasya yemathuḥ # RV.1.30.19b; 5.73.3b.
cakre sahasravīryam # AVś.4.17.1c; AVP.5.23.1c.
cakṣuḥ (sc. śundhasva devayajyāyai) # Kauś.44.21.
cakṣur upāvadhīś cakṣus tvā hāsyati # Apś.10.2.11.
cakṣuś ca mā paśubandhaś ca yajño 'muto 'rvāñcam ubhau kāmaprau bhūtvā kṣityā sahāviśatām # GB.1.3.22. P: cakṣuś ca mā paśubandhaś ca yajño 'muto 'rvāñcam Vait.12.1.
cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ prāṇaḥ satyasaṃmitaṃ vākprabhūtaṃ manaso vibhūtaṃ hṛdayograṃ brāhmaṇabhartṛkam annaśubhe varṣapavitraṃ gobhagaṃ pṛthivyuparaṃ varuṇavāyvitamaṃ tapastanv indrajyeṣṭhaṃ sahasradhāram ayutākṣaram amṛtaṃ duhānam # ā.5.3.2.1.
cakṣuḥ (Apś. cakṣu) sthaś cakṣur me dhattam # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.22.9.
catasro diśaś catasro 'vāntaradiśā ahaś ca rātriś ca kṛṣiś ca vṛṣṭiś ca tviṣiś cāpatitiś (read cāpacitiś) cāpaś cauṣadhayaś cork ca sūnṛtā ca devānāṃ patnayaḥ # TA.3.9.2. Cf. ahaś ca rātriś.
catvāriṃśad daśarathasya śoṇāḥ # RV.1.126.4a.
catvāri sahasrā triṃśaṃ cāyutāni # JB.2.72a. See aṣṭau śatāny ayutāni.
canīkhudad yathāsapam # Aś.2.10.14b. See kanīkhudad.
canodhā asi (VSK. canodhāś, omitting asi) cano mayi dhehi # VS.8.7; VSK.8.4.1; śB.4.4.1.6.
cano dhāḥ sahaso yaho # RV.1.26.10c; SV.2.967c.
candramā nakṣatrāṇām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.10; AVP.15.7.5. See prec.
candravatā rādhasā paprathaś ca # RV.3.30.20b; TB.2.5.4.1b.
candrāṃ prabhāsāṃ yaśasā jvalantīm # RVKh.5.87.5a. P: candrām Rvidh.2.19.3.
camasena bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.7.110.3b.
caritrāṃs te śundhāmi # VS.6.14; śB.3.8.2.6. See śuddhāś.
caritrāṇi (sc. śundhasva devayajyāyai) # Kauś.44.24.
cikid vi bhāti bhāsā bṛhatā # RV.10.3.1c; SV.2.896c.
cite tad vāṃ surādhasā # RV.10.143.4a.
citrā rodhasvatīr anu # RV.1.38.11b.
citreṇa deva rādhasā # RV.8.1.23b.
chandobhir ukthāśastrāṇi # VS.19.28c.
jagṛhmā (RV. jagṛbhmā; TB. jagṛbhṇā) te dakṣiṇam indra hastam # RV.10.47.1a; SV.1.317a; MS.4.14.5a: 221.12; 4.14.8: 227.6; TB.2.8.2.5a. P: jagṛhmā te Svidh.2.7.3.
jaṅgiḍaḥ pātv aṃhasaḥ # AVś.2.4.3d; AVP.2.11.3d.
jajñānaḥ somaṃ sahase papātha # RV.7.98.3a; AVś.20.87.3a.
janayas tvāchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devyavatīḥ) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe # VS.11.61; MS.2.7.6: 81.14; 3.1.8: 10.10; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.8. P: janayas tvāchinnapatrāḥ KS.19.7. See varūtrayo janayas.
janāya viśvadohasaḥ # RV.1.130.5g.
janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāya # RV.10.73.1a; VS.33.64a; MS.1.3.20a: 37.9; KS.4.8a; AB.3.19.2; 8.2.1; KB.15.3; 21.2; 24.2; 25.3; 27.2; TB.2.8.3.4a; ā.1.2.2.17; 5.1.1.9; śś.14.31.5; 49.2. P: janiṣṭhā ugraḥ MS.4.14.13: 237.1; Aś.5.14.19; 9.2.5; 8.21 (comm.); śś.7.19.15; 11.13.20; Kś.10.3.8; Mś.2.4.4.11. Cf. BṛhD.7.115.
jane cit santaṃ tam ihā vahāsi # AVP.2.66.3b.
jambhāso yad vitiṣṭhase # RV.8.60.14b.
jayaṃ (read jayan) kṣetrāṇi sahasāyam indra # AVś.2.29.3c. See saṃjayan etc.
jaramāṇaḥ sam idhyase # RV.10.118.5a; Aś.9.11.14. P: jaramāṇaḥ śś.15.8.7. Cf. samiddhaś cit.
jarāṃ su gacha pari dhatsva vāsaḥ # AVś.19.24.5a; AVP.15.6.2a. See jarāṃ gachāsi.
jarāṃ gachāsi (PG. gacha) pari dhatsva vāsaḥ # PG.1.4.12a; ApMB.2.2.7a (ApG.4.10.10); HG.1.4.2a. See jarāṃ su.
jaritāraṃ śubhas patī # RV.5.75.8b.
jahāmi ripraṃ parame sadhasthe # AVP.9.24.5b; TB.3.7.12.5b.
jātavedo vahemaṃ (śś. vahasvainaṃ) sukṛtāṃ yatra lokaḥ (TA. lokāḥ) # TA.6.1.4; śś.4.14.36. See nayā hy.
jātūṣṭhirasya pra vayaḥ sahasvataḥ # RV.2.13.11c.
jāmyāḥ śapathaś ca yaḥ # AVś.2.7.2b. Cf. yac ca jāmiḥ.
jāyemahi prathamā vedhaso nṝn # RV.4.2.15b.
jāyeva patyāv adhi śeva maṃhase # RV.9.82.4a.
jiṣṇur vām anyaḥ sumakhasya sūriḥ # RV.1.181.4c; N.12.3c.
jīvann eva prati hastānṛṇāni # MS.4.14.17d: 245.10. See prec. two.
juṣasva saprathastamam # RV.1.75.1a; MS.3.10.1a: 130.6; 4.13.5: 204.7; KS.16.21a; AB.2.12.3a; KB.28.2; TB.3.6.7.1a; Aś.3.4.1; śś.5.18.1; 6.4.1; 10.12.15; 14.56.12; 15.1.25; Mś.5.2.8.26.
juṣāṇo bṛhaspatir ājyasya trātā trāyatāṃ svāhā # AVP.2.50.5. See next.
juṣāṇo bṛhaspatir ājyasya menihā valagahā trātā trāyatāṃ svāhā # AVP.2.51.5. See prec.
jūrṇo vām akṣur aṃhaso yajatrā # RV.1.180.5d.
joṣi brahma sahaskṛta # SV.2.853b.
jñeyā bhāgaṃ sahasāno vareṇa # RV.2.10.6a.
jyāyābhīvardham asmā akṛṇod bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.4.27.2b.
jyotiṣmad bhrājamānaṃ mahasvat # TB.3.12.3.4b.
jyotiṣmantaṃ ratham ṛtasya tiṣṭhasi # RV.2.23.3b; KS.26.11b.
jyotiṣmanto na bhāsā vyuṣṭiṣu # RV.10.77.5b.
ta ū sutasya somyasyāndhasaḥ # RV.10.94.8c.
taṃ vā ahaṃ nārvāñcaṃ na parāñcaṃ na pratyañcaṃ satyenodareṇa tenainaṃ prāśiṣaṃ tayainam ajīgamam # AVś.11.3.42; ... pratyañcaṃ satye pratiṣṭhāya tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.49; ... pratyañcaṃ saptaṛṣibhiḥ prāṇāpānais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.38; ... pratyañcaṃ samudreṇa vastinā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.43; ... pratyañcaṃ savituḥ prapadābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.47; ... pratyañcaṃ sūryācandramasābhyām akṣībhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.34; ... pratyañcaṃ tvaṣṭur aṣṭhīvadbhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.45; ... pratyañcaṃ divā pṛṣṭhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.40; ... pratyañcaṃ dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ śrotrābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.33; ... pratyañcam agner jihvayā tayainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.36; ... pratyañcam antarikṣeṇa vyacasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.39; ... pratyañcam aśvinoḥ pādābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.46; ... pratyañcam ṛtasya hastābhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.48; ... pratyañcam ṛtubhir dantais tair enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.37; ... pratyañcaṃ pṛthivyorasā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.41; ... pratyañcaṃ bṛhaspatinā śīrṣṇā tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.32; ... pratyañcaṃ brahmaṇā mukhena tenainaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.35; ... pratyañcaṃ mitrāvaruṇayor ūrubhyāṃ tābhyām enaṃ etc. AVś.11.3.44.
taṃ vo viṃ na druṣadaṃ devam andhasaḥ # RV.10.115.3a.
takman na ta ihāśvāḥ # AVP.5.21.8a.
takman sārthinam ichasva # AVP.12.1.3a.
takṣad yat ta uśanā sahasā sahaḥ # RV.1.51.10a.
tac chuśrāva bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.1.105.17c.
tatas tatāmahās te māvantu # AVś.5.24.17. Cf. under pitaraḥ pare 'varas.
tato yakṣmaṃ vi bādhadhve (AVś. bādhase) # RV.10.97.12c; AVś.4.9.4c; VS.12.86c. See tasmād yakṣmaṃ.
tato harāmi somapīthasyāvaruddhyai # TB.1.2.1.6d; Apś.5.2.4d.
tat te sahasva īmahe # RV.8.43.33a.
tat tvam ārohāso medhyo bhava # TA.6.7.2c. See tad ā roha puruṣa.
tatra (!) indro bṛhaspatiḥ # VS.17.48c. See tatra (and tatrā) no brahmaṇas.
tatra kuṣṭhasya nāmāni # AVś.5.4.8c; AVP.1.31.2c.
tat satyaṃ yat tvendro 'bravīd gā spāśayasveti tās tvaṃ spāśayitvāgachas taṃ tvābravīd avida hā3ity avidaṃ hīti varaṃ vṛṇīṣveti kumāram evāhaṃ varaṃ vṛṇa ity abravīḥ # ApMB.2.16.4 (ApG.7.18.1).
tat saṃpibanto na minanti vedhasaḥ # TB.2.8.8.2c.
tat sarvam evāva gūhasi # śś.12.22.1.7b.
tathā tad vedhaso viduḥ # AVś.5.18.14d.
tad arka uta haskṛtiḥ # RV.8.89.6b; SV.2.780b.
tad asmabhyaṃ varuṇo vāyur agniḥ # AVP.1.18.1c. See athāsmabhyaṃ etc.
tad ā badhnanti vedhasaḥ # AVś.3.9.3b. See yad etc.
tad ā rabhasva durhaṇo # RV.10.155.3c; AVP.6.8.7c.
tad ā roha puruṣa medhyo bhavan # AVś.18.4.51c. See tat tvam ārohāso.
tad it sadhastham abhi cāru dīdhaya # RV.10.32.4a.
tad in nv asya vṛṣabhasya dhenoḥ # RV.3.38.7a.
tad bhāskarāya vidmahe # MS.2.9.1a: 120.6. See under ādityāya vidmahe.
tad rāsabho nāsatyā sahasram # RV.1.116.2c.
tad va ukthasya barhaṇā # RV.6.44.6a.
tad vām astu sahase manyumac chavaḥ # RV.7.104.3d; AVś.8.4.3d.
taṃ-tam id rādhase mahe # RV.8.68.7a; AB.5.1.13; 20.10; KB.20.4; Aś.7.10.8. P: taṃ-tam it śś.10.4.6.
taṃ te satyasya hastābhyām # AVś.3.11.8e; AVP.1.61.1c.
taṃ tvā nu navyaṃ sahaso yuvan vayam # RV.1.141.10c.
taṃ tvā sahasracakṣasam # RV.9.60.2a.
taṃ tvā hastino madhumantam adribhiḥ # RV.9.80.5a.
taṃ tvā hinvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.26.6a.
tan na indro varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ # TA.10.1.12c. See tan ma etc.
tan naḥ śardhāya dhāsathā sv indriyam # RV.1.111.2d.
taṃ naḥ sahasrabharam urvarāsām # RV.6.20.1c.
tan nu vocāma rabhasāya janmane # RV.1.166.1a. Cf. BṛhD.4.48.
tan ma indro varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ # MahānU.4.12c; BDh.2.5.8.3c. See tan na etc.
tan ma ūrjaṃ dhās tat subhūtam # HG.1.13.15. See prec.
tapaś ca tejaś ca śraddhā ca hrīś ca satyaṃ cākrodhaś ca tyāgaś ca dhṛtiś ca dharmaś ca satvaṃ ca vāk ca manaś cātmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu # SMB.2.4.5. P: tapaś ca tejaś ca GG.4.5.8. Designated as prapad or prapada GG.4.5.7,14; KhG.1.2.23; 4.1.7; Karmap.1.9.5; Gṛhyas.1.96. See oṃ tapaś ca tejaś ca, and cf. oṃ prapadye and bhūḥ prapadye.
tapase vā mahase vāvasṛṣṭā # AVP.1.95.4b; 3.10.3b.
tapojā amuro dakṣiṇataḥ pavase nabhasvān # AVP.2.69.2.
tam aṃhasaḥ pīparo dāśvāṃsam # RV.4.2.8d.
tam adya rādhase mahe # RV.8.64.12a.
tam ābharad bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.7.5.1c.
tam ā rabhasva samidhā yaviṣṭha # RV.10.87.8c; AVś.8.3.8c.
tam āsyadhvam ūrmim adyā suhastāḥ # RV.10.30.2d.
tam id arbhe haviṣy ā samānam it # RV.10.91.8c. See tvām arbhasya.
taṃ pṛchantī vajrahastaṃ ratheṣṭhām # RV.6.22.5a; AVś.20.36.5a.
tayā tvam agne vardhasva # AG.1.21.1c.
tayā bhāsā saṃmitaḥ # TB.1.2.1.7c; Apś.5.2.4c.
tayā vardhasva suṣṭutaḥ # RV.8.74.8c.
tayā sahasraparṇyā # AVś.6.139.1e.
tayemam amum amauktam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso 'mauktam) # MS.2.3.1: 28.2; KS.11.11.
tayemam amuṃ muñcatam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso muñcatam) # MS.2.3.1 (quater): 27.15,17,18,19; KS.11.11.
tayoḥ sahasradhāman # AVP.6.7.7c.
tarakṣuḥ (KSA. -kṣaḥ) kṛṣṇaḥ śvā caturakṣo (KSA. -kṣyā) gardabhas ta itarajanānām # TS.5.5.19.1; KSA.7.9. See next, and śvā kṛṣṇaḥ.
tarakṣuḥ śvā kṛṣṇaḥ karṇo gardabhas te rakṣasām # MS.3.14.21: 177.4. See under prec.
tava cyautnāni vajrahasta tāni # RV.7.19.5a; AVś.20.37.5a.
tava tya indo andhasaḥ (JB. andhasā) # RV.9.51.3a; SV.2.576a; JB.3.209a.
tavaiva san sarvahāyā ihāstu # AVś.8.2.7b.
tasmā indrāyāndhaso juhota # RV.2.14.5d. Cf. prec. two.
tasmā u brahmavāhase # RV.5.39.5c.
tasmāt sahasravīrya # AVś.19.44.8c,9c; AVP.15.3.8c,9c.
tasmād yakṣmaṃ vi bādhasva (11.7.2c, bādhadhvam) # AVP.8.3.11c; 9.9.1c; 11.7.2c. See tato yakṣmaṃ.
tasmān naḥ pāhy (Kauś. pātam) aṃhasaḥ # RV.6.16.31c; Kauś.58.1d.
tasmin sahasraśākhe ni bhagāhaṃ tvayi mṛje svāhā # TA.7.4.3; TU.1.4.3.
tasmai pra bhāti nabhaso jyotiṣīmān # AVś.18.4.14c.
tasmai virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye samudrāya viśvavyacase tuthāya viśvavedase śvātrāya pracetase sahasrākṣāya brahmaṇaḥ putrāya namaḥ # SMB.2.4.6. Cf. virūpākṣāya dantājjaye.
tasmai sahasranirṇijam # RV.8.8.15c.
tasmai sahasram akṣabhir vi cakṣe # RV.10.79.5c.
tasya ṛṣabhasyāṅgāni # AVś.9.4.11c.
tasya te deva someṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya harivantaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.4.28.1. See stutastomasya.
tasya devasya kruddhasyaitad āgaḥ # AVś.13.3.1e,2c--4c,5d,6e,7d,8c,9d--12d,13e,14e,15d,16e,17d,18e,19e,20c,21e,22c,23e,24d,25e.
tasya patman dakṣuṣaḥ kṛṣṇajaṃhasaḥ # RV.1.141.7c.
tasya rathaprotaś (TS. rathe-) cāsamarathaś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.17; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.20; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.18.
tasya rathasvanaś ca rathecitraś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.16; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.16; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.17.
tasya vrataṃ rakṣataṃ pātam aṃhasaḥ # RV.1.93.8c; TB.2.8.7.9c.
tasya sarvasyāṃhasaḥ # MS.1.10.2g: 142.3.
tasyās te sahasrapoṣaṃ puṣyantyāś carameṇa paśunā krīṇāmi # TS.1.2.7.1. See parameṇa paśunā.
atrasan rathaspṛśo nāśvāḥ # RV.10.95.8d.
asya sūdadohasaḥ # RV.8.69.3a; VS.12.55a; 13.58; 14.10,22,31; 15.60; TS.4.2.4.4a; 5.5.6.2; MS.2.8.1a: 106.5; 3.2.8: 28.14; KS.16.19a; 21.3; śB.8.7.3.21; TB.3.11.6.2a; ā.5.1.6.11; TA.6.9.2; Aś.2.3.26; śś.18.1.23; Apś.16.14.9; 33.7; Mś.6.1.5.6. P: tā asya Kś.16.7.14. Designated as sūdadohaḥ ā.1.4.1.1,3,6,8; 2.6,11; 3.2,4; 5.1.6; 5.2.1.5,12; śś.18.2.7; 3.3; 4.2--7,9; 5.2--4,6,8,11; 6.6; 7.21; 9.3,8; 11.4; 13.11; 14.6,7; 21.1.
tāḥ parvatasya vṛṣabhasya pṛṣṭhe (MS. pṛṣṭhāt) # TS.1.8.14.2c; MS.2.6.11c: 70.13; KS.15.7c. See pra parvatasya.
tāṃ aṃhasaḥ pipṛhi partṛbhiṣ ṭvam # RV.7.16.10c.
tāṃ ā madāya vajrahasta pītaye # RV.7.32.4c; SV.1.293c.
tāṃ indra sahase piba # RV.1.16.6c.
tāṃ sahasram ekamukhā dadāti # AVP.6.10.1c.
tāṃs te prādād bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.10.3.4b.
tāṃs trāyasva sahasya druho nidaḥ # RV.7.16.8c.
tāṃs tvaṃ sahasracakṣo # AVś.19.35.3c; AVP.3.22.3c,4c; 11.4.3c.
tāṃs tvaṃ sahasrākṣeśānaḥ # AVP.2.62.5c.
tāṃ kṛṇvāthām adhaspadam # AVP.5.26.1d.
te gṛṇanti vedhasaḥ # RV.4.32.11a.
tān apaśyad bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.8.19.1c.
tān indras tān bṛhaspatiḥ # HG.2.3.7d; ApMB.2.13.12d.
no muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # RV.10.97.15d; AVś.6.96.1d; 7.112.1d; 14.2.45d; AVP.11.7.5d,6d; VS.12.89d; TS.4.2.6.4d; MS.2.7.13d: 94.12; KS.16.13d (bis); PrāṇāgU.1d.
no hastau kṛtena saṃ sṛjantu # AVP.4.9.5c. See tā me hastau.
tāṃ tvāhārṣaṃ sahasvatīm # AVP.4.13.1d. Cf. tām abhakṣi.
tān preraya sve agne sadhasthe # AVś.7.97.3b; VS.8.19b; TS.1.4.44.2b; MS.1.3.38b: 44.12; KS.4.12b; śB.4.4.4.11.
tābhir dāśvāṃsam avataṃ śubhas patī # RV.8.59 (Vāl.11).3c.
tābhir naḥ sūno sahaso ni pāhi # RV.7.3.8c.
tābhir vahainaṃ sukṛtām u lokam (TA. vahemaṃ sukṛtāṃ yatra lokāḥ) # RV.10.16.4d; AVś.18.2.8d; TA.6.1.4d. See vahāsi.
tābhiḥ ṣv asmāṃ avataṃ śubhas patī # RV.1.47.5c.
tām abhakṣi sahasvatīm # AVś.2.25.1d. Cf. tāṃ tvāhārṣaṃ.
mā sahasraparṇyaḥ # AVś.8.7.13c.
me hastau saṃ sṛjantu ghṛtena # AVś.7.109.3c. See tā no hastau.
tāṃ me sahasrākṣo devaḥ # AVś.4.20.4a; AVP.8.6.4a.
tāmravarṇās tathāsitāḥ # TA.1.12.4b.
tārkṣyo vaipaśyato rājā (Aś. vaipaścitas; śś. vaipaśyatas) tasya vayāṃsi viśas tānīmāny āsate purāṇaṃ (Aś. āsata itihāso; śś. āsate purāṇavedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.13; Aś.10.7.9; śś.16.2.25--27.
tāv aśvinā bhadrahastā supāṇī # RV.1.109.4c.
tāv aśvinā rāsabhāśvā havaṃ me # TA.1.10.2c.
vām adya sumatibhiḥ śubhas patī # RV.8.22.6c.
tās tvā viśantu manasā śivena (TB. mahasā svena) # AVś.13.1.10c; TB.2.5.2.2c.
tāsv adhvaryav ādhāvendrāya somam ūrjasvantaṃ payasvantaṃ madhumantaṃ vṛṣṭivaniṃ vasumate rudravata ādityavata ṛbhumate vibhumate vājavate bṛhaspatimate viśvadevyāvate # śś.6.7.10. See next.
tāsv adhvaryo indrāya somaṃ sotā madhumantaṃ vṛṣṭivaniṃ tīvrāntaṃ bahuramadhyaṃ vasumate rudravata ādityavata ṛbhumate vibhumate vājavate bṛhaspativate viśvadevyāvate # AB.2.20.14; Aś.5.1.15. See prec.
tigmam anīkaṃ viditaṃ sahasvat # AVś.4.27.7a; AVP.4.35.7a. P: tigmam anīkam Vait.9.2. See tigmam āyudhaṃ vīḍitaṃ.
tigmam āyudhaṃ vīḍitaṃ (KS. -dham īḍitaṃ) sahasvat # TS.4.7.15.4a; MS.3.16.5a: 191.12; KS.22.15a. See tigmam anīkaṃ.
tigmam eko bibharti hasta āyudham # RV.8.29.5a.
tiro mā santam āyur mā pra hāsīt (Aś. santaṃ mā pra hāsīḥ) # TB.1.2.1.27c; 2.5.8.7c; Aś.2.5.7c; Apś.6.25.2c. See tiro me yajña.
tiro me yajña āyur mā prahāsīḥ (one ms. -sīt) # Mś.1.6.3.18c. See tiro mā.
tiṣṭhann evāva gūhasi # śś.12.22.1.4b. See tiṣṭhantam ava.
tiṣṭhā ratham (TB.Apś. rathe) adhi taṃ (VS.śB. yaṃ; TB. yad) vajrahasta (TB. -taḥ) # RV.5.33.3c; VS.10.22c; śB.5.4.3.14c; TB.2.7.16.2a. P: tiṣṭhā rathe Apś.22.28.20.
tisṛbhiś ca vahase triṃśatā ca # AVś.7.4.1c; VS.27.33c; MS.4.6.2c: 79.6; śB.4.4.1.15c; TA.1.11.8c; Aś.5.18.5c; śś.8.3.10c.
tisro vaśā atihitāḥ sadhasthe # AVP.12.9.3b.
tisro vāco makhasyuvaḥ # RV.9.50.2b; SV.2.556b.
tīvraḥ sadhastham āsadaḥ # RV.9.17.8b.
tubhyam indro varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ (TB. indro bṛhaspatiḥ) # AVP.2.52.4c; TB.2.7.17.2c; MG.1.21.8c; VārG.4.14c.
turo bhagasya hastābhyām # AVś.6.102.3c.
tuvidyumna varṣiṣṭhasya prajāvataḥ # RV.3.16.3c.
tuvidyumnasya tuvirādhaso nṝn # RV.4.21.2b.
tṛtīyam asya vṛṣabhasya dohase # RV.1.141.2c.
tṛtīyasya savanasya ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato (Mś. -vato) viśvadevyāvatas tīvrā3ṃ (Mś. tīvraṃ) āśīrvata indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya # Kś.10.5.9; Mś.2.5.1.32. See next.
tṛtīyasya savanasyarbhumato vibhumataḥ prabhumato vājavataḥ savitṛvato bṛhaspativato viśvadevyāvatas tīvrāṃ āśīrvata indrāya somān # Apś.13.12.2. See prec.
tṛṣu yad annā veviṣad vitiṣṭhase # RV.10.91.7b; SV.2.333b; JB.3.88b; Apś.3.15.5b. See triṣu etc.
te ajyeṣṭhā akaniṣṭhāsa udbhidaḥ # RV.5.59.6a.
te gṛhāso ghṛtaścuto bhavantu (AVś. ghṛtaścutaḥ syonāḥ; TA. madhuścutaḥ) # RV.10.18.12c; AVś.18.3.51c; TA.6.7.1c.
tejo mā mā hāsīt # TS.3.3.1.1; MS.4.7.3: 96.7.
te tvā muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # AVP.5.17.8d.
tena gṛhṇāmi tvām aham (AVś. gṛhṇāmi te hastam) # AVś.14.1.48c; VS.20.32d; ApMB.2.5.22c. See tena tvāhaṃ.
tena jāyām anv avindad bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.10.109.5c; AVś.5.17.5c; AVP.9.15.5c.
tena tvaṃ vardhasva # KA.3.192. Probably pratīka of tena vardhasva cā, q.v.
tena no rājā varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ # TS.2.4.14.1c; śś.5.8.4c. See under evāsmān.
tena vayaṃ sahasravalśena # TB.3.3.2.1c; Apś.2.5.1c. See tena (and tenā) sahasrakāṇḍena.
tena vardhasva cā ca pyāyasva (MS. vardhasva cāpyāyasva) # VS.38.21b; MS.4.9.10b: 131.8; śB.14.3.1.23b; TA.4.11.4b. See tena tvaṃ vardhasva, and cf. eṣā te agne.
tena vardhasva cedhyasva cenddhi # JG.1.3b. See tenedhyasva.
tena śataṃ sahasram ayutaṃ nyarbudam # AVś.8.8.7c. Cf. śataṃ sahasram.
tena sahasraṃ vahasi # KS.40.13c.
tena sahasrakāṇḍena # AVś.2.7.3c; Mś.1.2.5.8c. See under tena vayaṃ sahasra-.
tena sahasradhāreṇa # RVKh.9.67.4c; SV.2.652c; TB.1.4.8.6c.
tena sūbharvaṃ śatavat sahasram # RV.10.102.5c; N.9.23c.
te naḥ sahasriṇaṃ rayim # RV.9.13.5a; SV.2.542a.
tenā pavasvāndhasā # RV.9.61.19b; SV.1.470b; 2.165b; JB.3.28,191.
tenā sahasyenā vayam # RV.7.55.7c; AVś.4.5.1c; AVP.4.6.1c.
tenā sahasrakāṇḍena # TB.3.7.6.19c; Apś.4.12.8c. See under tena vayaṃ sahasra-.
tenā sahasradhāreṇa # AVP.9.25.1c--10c; 9.26.1c--12c. Cf. tena sahasra-.
tenāsmān indro varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.7.81.6c. See under evāsmān.
tenedhyasva vardhasva ceddha (HG. cendhi) # AG.1.10.12b; HG.1.2.11b.
tenemaṃ yajñaṃ no vaha (VS.śB.KS.40.13c, once, naya) # AVś.9.5.17c; AVP.3.38.10c; VS.15.55c; 18.62c; TS.4.7.13.4c; 5.7.7.3c (ter); MS.2.12.4c: 148.9; KS.18.18c; 40.13c (bis); śB.8.6.3.24. See tena vardhasva cedhyasva.
te no muñcatam aṃhasaḥ # AVś.4.26.1d--7d; AVP.4.36.1d--7d; ArS.4.8d; TS.4.7.15.6d (bis); MS.3.16.5d (bis): 192.4,6; KS.22.15d (bis).
te no muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # AVś.4.27.1d--7d; 11.6.1d--6d,8d,10d--21d; AVP.2.85.4d; 4.35.1d--7d; 15.13.1d--6d,8d--10d; 15.14.1d--7d,8e,9d,11d; MS.2.7.13d (bis): 94.16,18.
tebhir naḥ pāhy aṃhasaḥ # AVP.7.19.9d.
tebhir vardhasva tanvaḥ śūra pūrvīḥ # RV.10.98.10c.
tebhir vardhasva madam ukthavāhaḥ # RV.10.104.2d; AVś.20.33.1d.
teṣāṃ sahasrayojane # VS.16.54c--63c; TS.4.5.11.1c,2c; MS.2.9.9c (decies): 128.8,10,12,14,16,18; 129.2,4,6,8; KS.17.16 (decies). Cf. śB.9.1.1.28.
teṣāṃ garbhasya yo garbhaḥ # AVP.12.3.7c.
te su vanvantu vagvanāṃ arādhasaḥ # RV.10.32.2d.
te 'smat pāśān pra muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # TS.4.3.13.4c. See te asmat etc.
te hi bibhṛvo mahase jīvase ca # Mś.1.6.3.16c. See te bibhṛvo.
tair devair anvābhūtir anu ca bhūyāsam ati ca bhūyāsaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ śreṣṭhaś ca bhūyāsam # KS.35.15.
todasyeva śaraṇa ā mahasya # RV.1.150.1c; SV.1.97c; N.5.7c.
todo adhvan na vṛdhasāno adyaut # RV.6.12.3b; MS.4.14.15b: 240.5.
tau no muñcatam aṃhasaḥ (TS.KS. āgasaḥ) # AVś.4.25.1d--7d; 28.1d--7d; 29.1d--7d; AVP.4.34.1d--7d; 4.37.1d--7d; 4.38.1d--7d; TS.4.7.15.3d (ter),4d (bis); KS.22.15d (sexies). See tā no muñcatam.
tmanā sahasrapoṣiṇam # RV.8.103.4d; SV.1.58d.
traya iva hastinaḥ saha # AVP.8.11.11d.
trayaś ca trī ca sahasrā # KS.35.6; śś.8.21.1.
traya skambhāsa stabhitāsa ārabhe # RV.1.34.2c.
trayas tasthur vṛṣabhāsas tisṛṇām # RV.5.69.2c.
trayastriṃśāḥ surādhasaḥ # VS.20.11b; MS.3.11.8b: 151.7; KS.38.4b; śB.12.8.3.29; TB.2.6.5.7b; HG.2.17.4b.
trātā na indra enaso mahaś cit # RV.7.20.1d; KS.17.18d.
trāyamāṇāṃ sahamānāṃ sahasvatīm # AVś.8.2.6c.
trāyamāṇā sahamānā sahasvatī # AVP.8.2.11c.
tridhātu śarma vahataṃ śubhas patī # RV.1.34.6d.
tribhiḥ sāptebhir avataṃ śubhas patī # RV.8.59 (Vāl.11).5d.
trir devebhyo 'pavathās trir ādityebhyas trir aṅgirobhyaḥ # JB.1.81.
trir naktaṃ yāthas trir v aśvinā divā # RV.1.34.2d.
trir vasubhyo avapathās trī rudrebhyo avapathās trir ādityebhyo avapathāḥ # KS.30.6. P: trir vasubhyo avapathāḥ KS.30.7.
triśatāḥ śatasahasrāḥ # AVś.11.5.2d.
triṣu yad annā veviṣad vitiṣṭhase # MS.4.11.4b: 173.1. See tṛṣu etc.
triṣ kuṣṭhāsi vṛtrāj jātaḥ # AVP.1.93.1a.
trīṇi padāni (TAṃahānU. padā) nihitā guhāsya (TAṃahānU. guhāsu) # AVś.2.1.2c; AVP.2.6.2c; VS.32.9c; TA.10.1.4c; MahānU.2.4c.
trīṇi śatā trī sahasrāṇy (TB. ṣa-) agnim # RV.3.9.9a; 10.52.6a; VS.33.7a; TB.2.7.12.2a. P: trīṇi śatā śś.14.51.12.
trīṇy ahaś caikaṃ tāvad asya # GB.1.5.23b.
trī ṣadhasthā punānaḥ kṛṇute hariḥ # RV.9.103.2c.
trī ṣadhasthā sindhavas triḥ kavīnām # RV.3.56.5a.
tredhā sahasraṃ vi tad airayethām # RV.6.69.8d; AVś.7.44.1d; TS.3.2.11.2d; 7.1.6.7d; MS.2.4.3d: 42.1; KS.12.14d; AB.6.15.10; JB.2.243d.
traivṛṣṇo agne daśabhiḥ sahasraiḥ # RV.5.27.1c.
traiṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under traiṣṭubhasya.
traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.5. ūha of devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa.
traiṣṭubhena chandasendreṇa devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.2. See traiṣṭubhasya, and indreṇa devena devatayā.
tvaṃ rakṣa barhiṣy ā yathāsat # AVP.11.5.1d.
tvaṃ vi bhāsy anu dakṣi dāvane # RV.2.1.10c.
tvaṃ viśvasya janitā dhāsy agre # AVP.5.2.7c. See tvaṃ viśveṣāṃ janitā.
tvaṃ viśvasya surathasya bodhi # RV.3.14.7c.
tvaṃ viśveṣāṃ janitā yathāsaḥ # AVś.4.1.7c. See tvaṃ viśvasya janitā.
tvaṃ vṛthāṣāṇ maghavan # AVś.20.128.13a. See tvaṃ vṛṣākṣuṃ.
tvaṃ vṛṣākṣuṃ maghavan # śś.12.16.1.1a. See tvaṃ vṛthāṣāṇ.
tvaṃ vyāghrān sahase # AVP.5.1.8a.
tvaṃ śociṣā nabhasī vi bhāsi # AVś.17.1.16b.
tvaṃ sahasa oṣadhe # AVP.5.1.8d.
tvaṃ sahasravīryaḥ # AVP.10.2.3c.
tvaṃ sahasrāṇi śatā daśa prati # RV.2.1.8d.
tvaṃ sāhasrasya rāya īśiṣe # VS.17.71c; TS.4.6.5.3c; MS.1.5.14c (ter): 82.16; 83.9; 84.3; KS.7.3c; 18.4c; śB.9.2.3.32; Apś.6.25.10c.
tvaṃ hi rādhaspata (text, erroneously, rādhasyata) eka īśiṣe # śś.18.15.5a. See tvaṃ hy eka.
tvaṃ hi rādhaspate rādhaso mahaḥ # RV.8.61.14a; SV.2.672a.
tvaṃ hotrā bhāratī vardhase girā # RV.2.1.11b.
tvaṃ hy agne prathamo manotā # RV.6.1.1a; MS.4.13.6a: 206.5; KS.18.20a; AB.2.10.2; TB.3.6.10.1a; śś.5.19.13; Mś.5.2.8.36. P: tvaṃ hy agne prathamaḥ Aś.3.6.1; 4.13.7. Cf. BṛhD.5.104. Designated as manotā-hymn, ApYajñaparibhāṣā 1.43.
tvaṃ hy eka īśiṣe # RV.4.32.7a; ā.5.2.2.15a. See tvaṃ hi rādhaspata.
tvaksahasram airaya (var. lect. aireye, aireya) # Mś.9.4.1.19a. See tvam agne sahasram.
tvaṃ kāma sahasāsi pratiṣṭhitaḥ # AVś.19.52.2a; AVP.1.30.2a.
tvaṃ kūcit santaṃ sahasāvann abhiṣṭaye # RV.10.93.11b.
tvaṃ jaghantha namuciṃ makhasyum # RV.10.73.7a.
tvad dhi putro sahaso vi pūrvīḥ # RV.3.14.6a; KS.6.10a.
tvaṃ dadhāsi dvipade catuṣpade # AVP.11.1.9a.
tvaṃ darbhāsi patir oṣadhīnām # AVP.1.87.1a.
tvaṃ dātā prathamo rādhasām asi # RV.8.90.2a; AVś.20.104.4a; SV.2.843a.
tvaṃ devatā dīkṣitāsi sā dīkṣamāṇasya teja indriyaṃ vīryaṃ yaśa ādatse mā me teja indriyaṃ vīryaṃ yaśa ādithās tava dīkṣām anu dīkṣe # JB.2.52; 3.359. See next.
tvaṃ devatā dīkṣitāsi sā dīkṣamāṇasyendriyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ yaśa ādatse mā ma indriyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ śraiṣṭhyaṃ yaśa ādithās tava dīkṣām anu dīkṣe # JB.2.64. See prec.
tvaṃ dehi sahasriṇaṃ rayiṃ naḥ # RV.3.14.6c; KS.6.10c.
tvaṃ naḥ pāhy aṃhasaḥ # RV.6.16.30a; 7.15.15a.
tvaṃ nṛbhir havyo viśvadhāsi # RV.7.22.7c; AVś.20.73.1c.
tvaṃ no nabhasas pate # AVś.6.79.2a; TS.3.3.8.6.
tvam agne sahasā sahantamaḥ # RV.1.127.9a.
tvam agne sahasram ā naya # Apś.22.15.11a. See tvaksahasram.
tvam indra sālāvṛkān sahasram # RV.10.73.3c.
tvam imā viśvā bhuvanānu tiṣṭhase # AVś.17.1.16c.
tvam u naḥ sahasāvann avadyāt # RV.6.15.12b.
tvaṃ purū sahasrāṇi śatāni ca # RV.8.61.8a; SV.2.932a.
tvaṃ priyo bṛhaspateḥ # AVP.10.2.8d.
tvaṃ bījaṃ virohasi # AVP.5.12.7b.
tvaṃ bhāsā rodasī ā tatantha # RV.7.5.4c.
tvaṃ makhasya dodhataḥ # RV.10.171.2a.
tvayā dattaṃ prabhāsayā # SMB.2.5.12b.
tvayā bhūṣanti vedhasaḥ # SV.2.164b. See tve ā.
tvayā vayaṃ sadhastha āgniṃ śakema khanituṃ purīṣyam # TS.4.1.1.4. See tvayā vayam agniṃ.
tvayā vayaṃ sahasāvann āskrāḥ # RV.7.43.5b.
tvayā vayam agniṃ śakema khanituṃ sadhastha ā jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvat (MS.KS. chandasā) # VS.11.10; MS.2.7.1: 74.14; KS.16.1; śB.6.3.1.39. See tvayā vayaṃ sadhastha.
tvayā sahasrakāṇḍena # AVś.19.32.3c; AVP.11.12.3c.
tvayi me marma bṛhaspatau prāṇaḥ sa mā mṛtyoḥ pāhi # KS.37.15.
tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ sahasāma indra # ApMB.1.11.4b. See tvaṣṭā devaiḥ, and tvaṣṭā vīraiḥ.
tvaṣṭā vīraiḥ sahasāham indraḥ # VārG.16.1b. See under tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ.
tvaṣṭā sahasram āyūṃṣi # AVś.6.78.3c; ApMB.1.8.10c.
tvaṣṭā hotā ni minotu prajānan # AVP.3.20.4b. See bṛhaspatir ni etc.
tvāṃ kāṣṭhāsv arvataḥ # RV.6.46.1d; AVś.20.98.1d; SV.1.234d; 2.159d; VS.27.37d; TS.2.4.14.3d; MS.2.13.9d: 159.1; KS.39.12d (bis); Apś.17.8.7d; 19.23.1d. With variations: tvāṃ kāṣṭhāsv arvatā vā (read arvatā3 vau3ṣat) Mś.5.2.3.9d; in fragments (with variations): tvāṃ kom, ṣṭhāsv arvataḥ Mś.5.2.3.11--12.
tvām arbhasya haviṣaḥ samānam it # SV.2.334c; KS.39.13c; TB.3.11.6.3c; JB.3.88c; Apś.16.35.5c. See tam id arbhe.
tvām āhuḥ sahasas putram aṅgiraḥ # RV.5.11.6d; SV.2.258d; VS.15.28d; TS.4.4.4.3d; MS.2.13.7d: 156.5; KS.39.14d; JB.3.62.
tvām id dhi sahasas putra martya # RV.1.40.2a.
tvām indras tvāṃ bṛhaspatiḥ # VS.12.98b.
tve ā bhūṣanti vedhasaḥ # RV.8.99.2b. See tvayā bhūṣanti.
tve gāvaḥ sudughās tve hy aśvāḥ # RV.7.18.1c.
tve viśve sahasas putra devāḥ # RV.5.3.1c.
tveṣaṃ gaṇaṃ tavasaṃ khādihastam # RV.5.58.2a.
tveṣapratīkā nabhaso netyā # RV.1.167.5d.
tveṣasaṃdṛśo anavabhrarādhasaḥ # RV.5.57.5b.
dakṣaṃ dadāsi etc. # see dakṣaṃ dadhāsi.
dakṣaṃ dadhasa uttaram # RV.6.16.17b; SV.2.56b; KS.20.14b.
dakṣaṃ dadhāsi (KS. dadāsi) jīvase # RV.1.91.7c; MS.4.10.6c: 156.5; KS.2.14c; TB.2.4.5.3c; Apś.8.14.24c.
dakṣasyeḍā sahaskṛta # RV.3.27.10b.
dakṣiṇā pātv aṃhasaḥ # RV.1.18.5c.
dakṣo viśvāyur vedhase # RV.10.144.1c.
dataḥ piśaṅga yachase # RV.7.55.2b.
daddhi sūno sahaso vṛtraturam # RV.6.20.1d.
dadhat sahasriṇīr iṣaḥ # RV.1.188.2c.
dadhanvire gabhastyoḥ # RV.9.10.2b; 13.7c; SV.2.470b,543c; JB.3.175b.
dadhānaḥ śukrā rabhasā vapūṃṣi # RV.3.1.8b.
dabhrebhiś cic chaśīyāṃsam # RV.4.32.3a.
damūnaso apaso ye suhastāḥ # RV.5.42.12a. P: damūnaso apasaḥ VHDh.8.40.
darbhaḥ sahasravīryaḥ # AVP.7.7.7c.
darbho hiraṇyahastaghnaḥ # AVP.7.7.5c.
daśa gavāṃ sahasrā # RV.8.46.22e.
daśa nāgasahasrāṇi # AB.8.22.7a.
daśa pratīcīr daśa bhāsy udīcīḥ # MS.4.9.5b: 125.3; TA.4.6.1b; KA.3.228b.
daśa prācīr daśa bhāsi dakṣiṇāḥ (KA.3.227, dakṣiṇā) # MS.4.9.5a: 125.3; TA.4.6.1a; KA.3.227,228a; Apś.15.8.12. P: daśa prācīḥ Mś.4.2.36.
daśa māsāñ chaśayānaḥ # RV.5.78.9a; ApMB.2.11.17a (ApG.6.14.14).
daśa sahasrāṇi śatāny aṣṭau # JB.2.71c.
daśādadāt sahasrāṇi # AB.8.22.6c.
daśordhvā bhāsi sumanasyamānaḥ # MS.4.9.5c: 125.3; TA.4.6.1c,2c; KA.3.228c.
dasrā madanti kāravaḥ (AVś. vedhasaḥ; MS. śobhase) # AVś.7.73.2d; MS.4.14.14d: 238.6; Aś.4.7.4d; śś.5.10.8d. See vṛṣṇā madanti.
dasrā hiraṇyavartanī śubhas patī # RV.8.87.5c.
dādṛhāṇo vajram indro gabhastyoḥ # RV.1.130.4a.
no agne bṛhato (TSṃS. śatino) dāḥ sahasriṇaḥ # RV.2.2.7a; TS.2.2.12.6a; MS.4.12.2a: 180.7. Ps: dā no agne bṛhataḥ śś.3.2.4; dā no agne MS.4.14.16: 242.8; Mś.5.1.10.59.
dāmā rathasya dadṛśe # RV.8.72.6c.
dāśad dāśuṣe sukṛte māmahasva # RV.10.122.3b.
dāśvāṃsaṃ martam aṃhasaḥ # RV.1.136.5c.
dikṣu śritāḥ sahasraśaḥ # AVP.14.3.9d; VS.16.6d; TS.4.5.1.3d; MS.2.9.2d: 121.9; KS.17.11d; NīlarU.9d.
digdhena ca viddhasya # AVP.15.16.4a.
didṛkṣeṇyaḥ pari kāṣṭhāsu jenyaḥ # RV.1.146.5a.
didhiṣūpatyā yat sahāśima # AVP.9.23.7c.
diva ātmānaṃ savitāraṃ bṛhaspatim # TA.3.11.2b.
divaṃ martya iva hastābhyām # AB.8.23.7c. See prec.
divaḥ śiśuṃ sahasaḥ sūnum agnim # RV.6.49.2c.
divaḥ sadāṃsi bṛhatī vi tiṣṭhase # RVKh.10.127.1c; AVś.19.47.1c; AVP.6.20.1c; VS.34.32c; N.9.29c.
divācarebhyo (MG. -cāribhyo) bhūtebhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.18; ViDh.67.21. See ahaścarebhyaḥ.
divikṣayo nabhasā ya eti # TA.3.11.8b.
divi te bṛhad bhāḥ (KS. bhās svāhā) # TS.3.4.2.2; 3.6; KS.13.11d,12.
divi panthāś carācaraḥ # RV.10.85.11d; AVś.14.1.11d.
divo jajñire apāṃ sadhasthe # RV.6.52.15b; KS.13.15b.
divo napātā vidathasya dhībhiḥ # RV.3.38.5c.
divo na sadmamakhasam # RV.1.18.9c.
divo mātrayā variṇā (VS.śB. varimṇā) prathasva # VS.11.29d; 13.2d; TS.4.1.3.1d; 2.8.2d; MS.2.7.3d: 76.17; 3.1.5: 6.3; KS.16.3d,15d; 20.5; śB.6.4.1.8; 7.4.1.9. P: divaḥ Kś.16.2.24. Cf. under antarikṣāyarṣayas.
divo mūrdhāsi pṛthivyā nābhiḥ (MS. -si nābhiḥ pṛthivyāḥ) # VS.18.54a; TS.4.3.4.2a; 7.13.2a; MS.2.12.3a: 146.15; KS.18.15a; 39.1a; śB.9.4.4.13. Ps: divo mūrdhāsi Mś.6.2.6.17; divo mūrdhā Kś.18.6.17.
divo vaśanty asurasya vedhasaḥ # RV.8.20.17b.
diśāṃ tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.4.
dīkṣito dīrghaśmaśruḥ # see kārṣṇaṃ.
dīkṣe (Mś. dīkṣen) mā mā hāsīḥ (Mś. hāsīt satapā) # TS.3.1.1.2; Mś.2.1.2.36. See next.
dīdāya dīrghaśruttamaḥ # RV.8.102.11c.
duritāt pātv aṃhasaḥ # AVś.6.45.3d. See dviṣatāṃ pātv.
duritāt pāntv aṃhasaḥ (Lś. pāntu viśvataḥ) # AVś.7.64.1d; 10.5.22d; Lś.2.2.11f.
dūrāt siṃhasya stanathā ud īrate # RV.5.83.3c.
dūredṛśā bhāsā kṛṣṇādhvā # RV.6.10.4b.
dṛṃha pṛthivīm # PB.6.4.2. Cf. under dṛṃhasva pṛthivyām.
dṛḍhe sthaḥ śithire samīcī māṃhaso pātam # TS.3.2.4.3. P: dṛḍhe sthaḥ śithire samīcī Apś.12.20.4. See next, and cf. pratiṣṭhe stho.
dṛḍhe stho 'śithire samīcī aṃhasas pātam # Mś.2.3.7.2. See under prec.
dṛśā ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśikmanā # MS.2.7.4c: 78.12. See under abhikhyā bhāsā.
dṛśe ca bhāsā bṛhatā suśukvaniḥ (KS.KA. -kvabhiḥ) # VS.11.41c; TS.4.1.4.1c; KS.16.4c; śB.6.4.3.9; KA.1.198.21c. See under abhikhyā bhāsā.
devajūte sahasvati # RV.10.145.2b; AVś.3.18.2b. See under sahamāne sa-.
devatrā kṣetrasādhasaḥ # RV.3.8.7d.
devaṃ-devaṃ rādhase codayantī # RV.7.79.5a.
deva parameṣṭhinn apo (with ūhas, prajāpate 'po, and bṛhaspate 'po) dhehy udadhiṃ bhindhi # AVP.3.31.6a--8a. Cf. apo dattodadhiṃ, and udno dattodadhiṃ.
deva bṛhaspate 'po dhehy etc. # see deva parameṣṭhinn apo etc.
devam indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.37b,38b,40b,42b--45b; TB.2.6.20.2,3b (bis),4b,5b (bis).
devaṃ barhir indraṃ vayodhasam # TB.2.6.10.1a. See next but one.
devaṃ barhir vayodhasam # VS.28.35a. See prec. but one.
deva saṃsphāna sahasrapoṣasyeśiṣe (AVś. sahasrā-) # AVś.6.79.3; TS.3.3.8.3. P: deva saṃsphāna TS.3.3.8.6; GB.2.4.9.
deva savitar etad bṛhaspate pra # śB.4.6.6.7; Kś.11.1.20.
deva savitar etaṃ (Lś. etat) te yajñaṃ prāhur bṛhaspataye brahmaṇe # śś.4.7.17; Lś.4.12.1. See etaṃ te deva.
deva savitar etaṃ tvā vṛṇate bṛhaspatiṃ (TB.Apś. bṛhaspatiṃ daivyaṃ) brahmāṇam # VSK.2.3.1; TB.3.7.6.2; Kś.2.1.19; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.2.
devas te savitā hastaṃ gṛhṇātu # AVś.14.1.49a. Cf. under savitā te hastam.
devas tvā savitotpunātu, achidreṇa tvā pavitreṇa śatadhāreṇa sahasradhāreṇa supvotpunāmi # Kauś.2.33,34. See devas tvā savitā punātu vasoḥ.
devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy (VārG. adds aham) asau # SMB.1.6.18; GG.2.10.26; VārG.5.19; 14.13. P: devasya te KhG.2.4.13. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa naye 'sau # ApMB.2.3.24 (ApG.4.10.12). See devasya tvā savituḥ prasave ... hastābhyām upa, and cf. ārṣeyaṃ tvā.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi # TS.1.8.7.2. P: devasya tvā prasave TB.1.7.1.9. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi Apś.18.9.17.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi # VS.1.21; TB.3.2.8.1; śB.1.2.2.1. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.5.10. See saṃ vapāmi, devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā bhaiṣajyena etc. # see next but three.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # AG.1.20.4; MG.1.10.15; 22.5. See devasya te.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā dade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.3. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.1.4. See devasya tvā ... hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā rātrim iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.4.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūto brāhmaṇebhyo nir vapāmi # AVP.5.40.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi # JG.1.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi # KS.1.8 (cf. 31.7); Apś.1.24.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10; śB.1.1.2.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.3.20.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ nir vapāmi # TS.1.1.4.2; KS.1.4 (cf. 31.3); TB.3.2.4.5; Kauś.2.1. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi Apś.1.17.12. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi # Apś.1.21.5. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām adhi vapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāyāhar (also with vikāra, rātrīm for ahar) upadadhe # Mś.6.1.4.22. See prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭān (Apś. juṣṭaṃ) nirvapāmi (KS. agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18; KS.1.5 (cf. 31.4); Apś.1.19.1. See devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi; VS.1.10, juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.6.9; 10.1; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3. P: devasya tvā Kś.6.3.28.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhi ṣiñcāmi # AB.8.7.5,7,9. P: devasya tvā AB.8.13.2; 18.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām adhi vapāmi # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.3. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām aśvinor bhaiṣajyena tejase brahmavarcasāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2; Apś.19.9.13.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade # VS.1.24; 5.22,26; 6.1,30; 11.9; 22.1; 37.1; 38.1; VSK.2.3.4,5; TS.1.3.1.1; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.1.9: 5.11; 1.2.10: 19.14; 1.2.15: 24.10; 1.3.3: 30.12; 2.7.1: 74.12; 3.11.8: 151.6; 4.1.2: 2.12; 4.1.4: 6.6; 4.1.10: 12.13; 4.9.1: 120.5; 4.9.7: 127.4; KS.1.2,9; 2.9,11,12; 3.3,5,10; 16.1; 27.1; KSA.1.2; śB.1.2.4.4; 3.5.4.4; 6.1.4; 7.1.1; 9.4.3; 6.3.1.38; 14.1.2.7; TB.3.2.9.1; TA.4.2.1; 8.1; 5.7.1; Kauś.137.18. The same formula without ā dade (understood): TS.2.6.4.1; 6.2.10.1; 4.4.1; MS.3.8.8: 105.17; 4.5.4: 68.8; TB.3.2.2.1; 8.3.2; TA.5.2.5. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave KS.25.9,10; 26.5,8; 31.1,8; Apś.1.3.2; 19.3; 2.1.1; 6.7.1; 7.4.2; 11.3; 10.23.2; 11.11.2; 12.9.2; 11.7; 15.1.3; 16.1.7; 20.3.3; Mś.1.1.1.23,34; 1.2.4.6; 1.8.2.1; 1.8.3.4; 2.2.3.1; 2.3.3.1; 5.2.11.24; 6.1.1.8,23; devasya tvā Lś.2.7.13; Kś.2.6.13; 6.2.8; 9.4.5; 16.2.8; 20.1.27; 26.1.3; 5.1; Apś.1.20.4 (comm.); Mś.4.1.8; HG.1.27.1; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.33; BṛhPDh.7.28. See ā dade devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa and devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe, and cf. devebhyas tvā savituḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indravantaṃ tvā sādayāmi # KS.40.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyendriyeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi (VS.KS. -yeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.3. Cf. indrasyendriyeṇa balāya.
devasya tvā savituḥ (KS. devasya savituḥ) prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyaujasā rakṣohāsi svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.2; KS.15.2. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.9.1.1.23.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upa nayāmy asau (HG. naye 'sau) # śG.2.2.12; HG.1.5.8. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upāṃśor vīryeṇa juhomi # VS.9.38; śB.5.2.4.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.15.2.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabhe (MS. pāśena pratimuñcāmi) # TS.6.3.6.2; MS.3.9.6: 124.1. See ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # HG.2.14.3.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe (VS.KS.śB. sadhasthād) agniṃ (TS. 'gniṃ) purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi # VS.11.28; TS.4.1.3.1; MS.2.7.2: 76.12; KS.16.3; śB.6.4.1.1. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.4.1; Apś.16.3.2; devasya tvā Kś.16.2.22.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi # VS.2.11; VSK.2.3.4; TS.2.6.8.6; MS.1.9.4: 133.13; KS.9.9 (sexies); KB.6.14; PB.1.8.1; JB.1.73; śB.1.7.4.13; TA.3.10.1; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.5 (cf. 4.21.7); Apś.14.11.2; AG.1.24.15. P: devasya tvā Lś.4.11.11; Kś.2.2.18; Kauś.91.3; PG.1.3.17; HG.1.11.7; JG.1.19. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūta ā rabhe # AVś.19.51.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā paristṛṇāmi # Kauś.2.21.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # GB.2.1.2; Vait.3.9. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prohāmi # JB.1.78.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ barhir devasadanaṃ dāmi (Apś. -nam ā rabhe) # MS.1.1.2: 1.8; 4.1.2: 3.8; Apś.1.3.11.
devasya bhargaḥ sahaso yato jani # RV.1.141.1b.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya bṛhaspater vājino vājajito vājaṃ jeṣma # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.15; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.31. P: devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya KS.14.7. See devasyāhaṃ etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃ vapāmi # MS.1.1.9: 4.16; 4.1.9: 10.16. P: devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave Mś.1.2.1.31; 1.2.3.10. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ... agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18. See under devasya tvā etc.
devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe # KA.1.2. P: devasya vas savituḥ prasave KA.2.2. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspataye stuta # KS.17.7; 34.17; 37.17; GB.2.2.10. See next, and savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatiprasūtā (KS. -sūtāḥ) # MS.4.9.2: 123.5; KS.34.18 (bis). See under prec.
devasya sūno sahaso naśanta # RV.7.1.22d.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatinā vājajitā varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # TS.1.7.8.1; TB.1.3.6.1; Apś.18.4.12. See under devasya savituḥ savaṃ svargaṃ.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatinā vājajitā vājaṃ jeṣam # TS.1.7.8.1; TB.1.3.6.1; Apś.18.4.8.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavaso bṛhaspater vājito (read vājino) vājajito varṣiṣṭham adhi nākaṃ ruheyam # Lś.5.12.13.
devasyāhaṃ (VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyaprasavaso (VSK. satyasavaso) bṛhaspater uttamaṃ nākam aruham (VSK. aruhāmendrasyottamaṃ nākam aruhāma) # VS.9.10; VSK.10.3.1; śB.5.1.5.4.
devasyāhaṃ (VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyaprasavaso (VSK. satyasavaso) bṛhaspater vājajito vājaṃ jeṣam (VSK. jeṣma) # VS.9.13; VSK.10.3.5; śB.5.1.5.15. P: devasyāham Kś.14.3.18. See devasya vayaṃ etc.
devasyāhaṃ (VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyasavaso bṛhaspater uttamaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam (VSK. ruhemendrasyottamaṃ nākaṃ ruhema) # VS.9.10; VSK.10.3.1; śB.5.1.5.2.
devānāṃ vakṣi priyam ā sadhastham # VS.29.1d; TS.5.1.11.1d; MS.3.16.2d: 183.13; KSA.6.2d.
devānāṃ vītim andhasā # RV.9.1.4b.
devānāṃ tvā patnīr devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad dadhatu mahāvīrān # MS.4.9.1: 121.12.
devānāṃ tvā patnīr devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devya-) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad (TS. 'ṅg-) dadhatūkhe # VS.11.61; TS.4.1.6.1,2; MS.2.7.6: 81.10; 3.1.8: 10.1; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.4. Ps: devānāṃ tvā patnīḥ TS.5.1.7.1; KS.19.7; Apś.16.5.8; Mś.6.1.2.16; devānāṃ tvā Kś.16.4.11.
devānām api hastya # ApMB.2.17.2b.
devānāṃ bandhu nihitaṃ guhāsu # TA.3.11.3b.
devāvīr aghaśaṃsahā # RV.9.24.7c; 28.6c; 61.19c; SV.1.470c; 2.165c,317c,641c.
devās tvendrajyeṣṭhā varuṇarājāno 'dhastāc copariṣṭāc ca pāntu # TS.5.5.9.5; Mś.6.2.4.1.
devāḥ sadhasthā vida rūpam asya (AVś. vida lokam atra; AVP. vida lokam etam) # AVś.6.123.2b; AVP.2.60.5b; VS.18.60b; TS.5.7.7.1b; śB.9.5.1.47b; Mś.2.5.5.21b. See agne sadhasthā, and vṛkāḥ sadhasthā.
devī joṣṭrī devam indraṃ vayodhasam # TB.2.6.20.2a. Cf. next.
devī devaṃ vayodhasam # TB.2.6.20.2a.
devī dyāvāpṛthivī makhasya vām adya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.3; śB.14.1.2.9. P: devī dyāvāpṛthivī Kś.26.1.4.
devīr dvāro devam indraṃ vayodhasam # TB.2.6.20.1a. See devīr dvāro vayo-.
devīr dvāro vayodhasam # VS.28.36a. See devīr dvāro devam.
devīs tisras tisro devīr vayodhasam # VS.28.41a; TB.2.6.20.4a.
devena savitrā prasūto bṛhaspater brahmacārī bhavāsau # HG.1.5.10.
devebhyaḥ prathasva # KS.2.9; 25.6.
devebhyaḥ śundhasva # VS.5.10; TS.1.2.12.2; 6.2.7.4; MS.1.2.8: 18.1; 1.2.16: 26.15; 3.8.5: 100.5; 3.10.1: 129.8; KS.2.9; 3.6 (bis); 25.6; śB.3.5.1.36; Apś.1.16.3; 7.4.5; 19.2; Mś.1.2.1.10; 1.7.3.22; 1.8.4.13.
devebhyaḥ śumbhasva # VS.5.10; TS.1.2.12.2; 6.2.7.4; MS.1.2.8: 18.1; 1.2.16 (bis): 26.9,15; 3.8.5: 100.6; 3.10.1 (bis): 128.14; 129.8; KS.2.9; 3.6; 25.6; Apś.7.4.5; 19.2; Mś.1.2.1.10; 1.7.3.23; 1.8.4.14.
devebhyas tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade # śB.14.2.1.6. Cf. devasya tvā etc.
devo devaiḥ sahasrajit # RV.1.188.1b.
devyo vamryo (VSK. vamriyo) bhūtasya prathamajā makhasya vo 'dya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.4; VSK.37.4; śB.14.1.2.10. P: devyo vamryaḥ Kś.26.1.6. See under devīr vamriyo.
daivyāḥ śamitāra uta manuṣyā ārabhadhvam (AB.Aś. śamitāra ārabhadhvam uta manusyāḥ; KS.KB.śś. śamitāra uta ca manuṣyā ārabhadhvam) # MS.4.13.4: 203.7; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.1; KB.10.4; TB.3.6.6.1; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.1. P: daivyāḥ śamitāraḥ Mś.5.2.8.22. Designated as adhrigu Aś.3.2.10,11,15; 3.1; śB.13.5.1.18; 2.1; N.5.11; ApYajñaparibhāṣā 1.43. Cf. adhrig-.
doṣā śivaḥ sahasaḥ sūno agne # RV.4.11.6c.
daurbhāgyair viparetana # AVś.14.2.28d. Cf. athāstaṃ.
dyumnaṃ sahasrasātamam # RV.1.9.8b; AVś.20.71.14b.
dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā (ViDh. akṣatā) sā yathā dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā pratatāmahasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā # Kauś.88.8. P: dyaur darvir akṣatā ViDh.73.19. Cf. yathādityo 'kṣito.
dyauś cāsmān pātv aṃhasaḥ # AVP.7.3.8d.
dyaus te pṛṣṭhaṃ pṛthivī sadhastham # VS.11.20a; TS.4.1.2.3a; 5.1.2.6; 7.25.1a; MS.2.7.2a: 75.15; 3.1.4: 5.3; KS.16.2a; 19.3; KSA.5.5a; śB.6.3.3.12; TB.3.9.4.8. Ps: dyaus te pṛṣṭham Apś.16.2.9; 20.16.18; 17.1; 21.6,10; Mś.6.1.1.16; dyaus te Kś.16.2.18. See under dyauḥ pṛṣṭhaṃ.
dravatpāṇī śubhas patī # RV.1.3.1b.
drāpe andhasas pate # VS.16.47a; TS.4.5.10.1a; MS.2.9.9a: 127.6; KS.17.16a; śB.9.1.1.24.
druṇā sadhastham aśnuṣe # RV.9.65.6c. See droṇe etc.
druṇā sadhastham āsadat # RV.9.1.2c. See droṇe etc.
druho naḥ pāhy aṃhaso vivakṣase # RV.10.25.8d.
droṇe sadhastham aśnuṣe # SV.2.135c. See druṇā etc.
droṇe sadhastham āsadat # SV.2.40c; VS.26.26c. See druṇā etc.
dvātriṃśataṃ gṛhasthasya # ApDh.2.4.9.13d.
dvitāya mṛktavāhase # RV.5.18.2a.
dvipād dvihastaḥ puruṣo mahādamaḥ # AVP.14.5.7a.
dviṣatāṃ pātv aṃhasaḥ # RV.10.164.4d. See duritāt pātv.
dviṣantam apa bādhasva (AVP. bādhatām) # AVP.7.5.12d; SMB.1.2.1c; JG.1.12c. Cf. dviṣantaṃ me 'va-.
dviṣantaṃ me 'vabādhasva # TA.4.32.1d. Cf. dviṣantam apa.
dviṣo naḥ pāhy aṃhaso vivakṣase # RV.10.24.3d.
dve dradhasī satatī vasta ekaḥ # TS.3.2.2.2a. P: dve dradhasī Apś.12.18.18.
dve-dve sahasre badvānām # AB.8.22.4c.
dve śīrṣe sapta hastāso asya # RV.4.58.3b; AVP.8.13.3b; VS.17.91b; MS.1.6.2b: 87.17; KS.40.7b; GB.1.2.16b; TA.10.10.2b; MahānU.10.1b; Apś.5.17.4b; N.13.7b.
dvau ca hastino dṛtī # AVś.20.131.23.
dhanaṃ gāvo hastihiraṇyam aśvān # TA.1.31.1b.
dhanam indro bṛhaspatiḥ # RVKh.5.87.18b.
dhartā ca mā dharuṇaś ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.3.
dhartā divo rajaso vibhāti (MS. vibhāti dhartā; TA. divo vibhāsi rajasaḥ) # MS.4.9.6: 126.8; TA.4.7.2; 5.6.6; KA.2.108A. See next.
dhartāro diva ṛbhavaḥ suhastāḥ # RV.10.66.10a.
dharmāṇam agniṃ vidathasya sādhanam # RV.10.92.2b.
dhātā cakalpa tam ihā vahāsi # AVP.2.66.4b.
dhātā te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9. See dhātā hastam.
dhātā pūṣā bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.11.14.6a.
dhāravākeṣv ṛjugātha śobhase # RV.5.44.5c.
dhārā pṛṣṭhasya rocate # SV.1.463d; 2.940d. See dhārā sutasya rocate.
dhārā sutasya rocate # RV.9.111.1d. See dhārā pṛṣṭhasya.
dhārā sutasya vedhasaḥ # RV.9.2.3b; 16.7b; SV.2.389b.
dhārā sutasyāndhasaḥ # RV.9.58.1b; SV.1.500b; 2.407b; N.13.6b.
dhāsyur (AVP. dhāsyur nv) eṣa nanv eṣo agniḥ # AVś.2.1.4d; AVP.2.6.4d.
dhiyaṃjinvā madhuvarṇā śubhas patī # RV.8.26.6c.
dhiyā vo medhasātaye # RV.8.69.1c; SV.1.360c.
dhiṣaṇās tvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MSṃś. dhiṣaṇā tvā devī viśvadevyavatī) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad (TS. 'ṅgi-) abhīndhatām (MS.2.7.6, abhīnddhām; MS.3.1.8, abhīndhātām) ukhe # VS.11.61; TS.4.1.6.2; MS.2.7.6: 81.11; 3.1.8: 10.4; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.5. Ps: dhiṣaṇās tvā devīḥ Apś.16.5.9; dhiṣaṇā tvā devī Mś.6.1.2.17; dhiṣaṇās tvā TS.5.1.7.2; KS.19.7; Kś.16.4.12.
dhiṣva vajraṃ hasta ā dakṣiṇatrā # RV.6.18.9c.
dhiṣva vajraṃ gabhastyoḥ # RV.6.45.18a.
dhiṣva vajraṃ dakṣiṇa indra haste # RV.6.22.9c; AVś.20.36.9c.
dhunir munir iva śardhasya dhṛṣṇoḥ # RV.7.56.8b.
dhenā bṛhaspateḥ (GB.Vait. bṛhaspateḥ patnī) # MS.1.9.2: 132.4; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; TA.3.9.1; Vait.15.3. P: dhenā Apś.11.3.14.
dhenuṃ ca viśvadohasam # RV.6.48.13b.
dhenur vātra ya sthāsyati # AVP.5.1.5c.
dhenuś ca ṛṣabhaś ca # śś.8.19.1.
dhenūr iva manave viśvadohasaḥ # RV.1.130.5f.
dhruvaṃ devo bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.10.173.5b; AVś.6.88.2b.
dhruvas tiṣṭhādhi saviteva vāryaḥ # see dhruvas tiṣṭhāsi etc.
dhruvas tiṣṭhāsi (AVP. tiṣṭhādhi) saviteva vāryaḥ # AVś.19.45.4c; AVP.15.4.4c.
dhruvā sahasranāmnīḥ # AVś.8.7.8c.
nakiḥ pariṣṭir maghavan maghasya te # RV.8.88.6a.
na tad vido yad ichasi # AVP.10.1.1c.
na te dūraṃ na pariṣṭhāsti te bhava # AVś.11.2.25c; AVP.15.20.7d.
na te vartāsti rādhasaḥ # RV.8.14.4a; AVś.20.27.4a.
na triṣṭubhaś chandasaḥ # AB.7.23.3.
na tvā vajrin sahasraṃ sūryā anu # RV.8.70.5c; AVś.20.81.1c; 92.20c; SV.1.278c; 2.212c; TS.2.4.14.3c; KS.12.15c; JB.3.48c; TA.1.7.5c; JUB.1.32.1c,3; N.13.2c.
nadīṣv ā gabhastyoḥ # RV.9.107.13d; SV.2.118d.
na devā bhasathaś cana # RV.6.59.4d; N.5.22d.
napāto durgahasya me # RV.8.65.12a.
nabhaś ca nabhasyaś ca # TS.1.4.14.1; ApMB.1.10.8 (ApG.3.8.10).
nabhaś ca nabhasyaś ca vārṣikāv (VSKṃS.KS. vārṣikā) ṛtū # VS.14.15; VSK.15.4.3; TS.4.4.11.1; MS.2.8.12: 116.9; KS.17.10; 35.9; śB.8.3.2.5. P: nabhaś ca nabhasyaś ca Kś.17.9.5; Apś.8.7.2; 17.2.1.
na mat strī subhasattarā # RV.10.86.6a; AVś.20.126.6a.
namas te astu divi te sadhastham # AVś.2.2.1d; AVP.1.7.1d; KA.1.98Ad. Fragment: divi te sadhastham KA.2.99.
namaḥ sahasrākṣāya ca śatadhanvane ca # VS.16.29; TS.4.5.5.1; MS.2.9.5: 124.10; KS.17.13.
namo bṛhaspataye bārhaspatyebhyaś ca # śG.2.14.7.
namo rudrāya catuṣpathasade # PG.3.15.8; MG.1.13.13; VārG.15.6.
namo rudrāya tīrthasade # MG.1.13.14.
na ye devāsa ohasā na martāḥ # RV.6.67.9c.
na yeṣām irī sadhastha īṣṭa ā # RV.5.87.3c.
naraḥ śaṃsanty ukthaśāsa ukthā # RV.7.19.9b; AVś.20.37.9b.
na rādhasa āmarītā maghasya # RV.4.20.7b.
na rādhasā mardhiṣan naḥ # RV.8.81.4c.
na rādhaso-rādhaso nūtanasya # RV.6.27.3c.
naro yad vā te hastayor adhukṣan # AVP.2.39.1b; Vait.24.1b. See naro yat te.
narmāya puṃścalūm # VS.30.20. See hasāya pu-.
na va ihāsti nyañcanam (Kauś. ihāstv ity añcanam, read ihāstu nyañcanam ?) # AVP.9.6.3b; Kauś.116.7b.
na sahasrāya nāyutāya vajrivaḥ # RV.8.1.5c; SV.1.291c.
nahi te śūra rādhasaḥ # RV.8.46.11a.
nahi mitrasya varuṇasya dhāsim # RV.4.55.7c.
nāko 'si bradhnaḥ (Mś. bradhno 'si) pratiṣṭhāsaṃkramaṇaḥ (KS. -kramaṇam; Mś. -kramaṇatamam) # KS.7.13; Apś.5.14.13; Mś.1.5.4.10.
nānā yonisahasrāṇi # N.14.6c.
nāndīmukhāḥ (AuśDh. -khāś ca) pitaraḥ prīyantām # Mś.11.9.3.25; śG.4.4.12; JG.1.6; AuśDh.5.97.
nābhim (sc. śundhasva devayajyāyai) # Kauś.44.25. Cf. prec. but two.
nārī putraṃ (AVP. putrān) dhāvatu hastagṛhya # AVś.5.20.5c; AVP.9.27.5c.
nāvājinaṃ vājinā hāsayanti # RV.3.53.23c.
nāhaṃ yātuṃ sahasā na dvayena # RV.5.12.2c.
ni kāvyā vedhasaḥ śaśvatas kaḥ # RV.1.72.1a; TS.2.2.12.1a. P: ni kāvyā TS.2.3.14.1.
nityaḥ sūno sahaso jātavedaḥ # RV.3.25.5b.
ni parvatā ahāsata # RV.8.7.2c.
ni bādhasva mahāṃ asi # RV.8.64.2b; AVś.20.93.2b; SV.2.705b.
nir aṃhasaḥ pipṛtā (TB. pipṛtān) nir avadyāt # RV.1.115.6b; VS.33.42b; MS.4.14.4b: 220.11; TB.2.8.7.2b.
nir aṃhasas tamasa spartam atrim # RV.7.71.5c.
nirasto aghaśaṃsaḥ (Apś. 'gha-) # KS.1.5; 31.4; Apś.1.17.10.
nir ahan sahasā sahaḥ # RV.1.80.10b.
nirā yachati (śś. yachasi) madhyame # AVś.20.133.3b; śś.12.22.1.3b.
nirmathitaḥ sudhita ā sadhasthe # RV.3.23.1a. P: nirmathitaḥ VHDh.6.8.
nirhastaḥ śatrur abhidāsann astu # AVś.6.66.1a. P: nirhastaḥ Kauś.14.7.
nirhastāṃś ca kṛṇavaj jātavedāḥ # AVś.3.1.1d; 2.1d. See nihastāṃś etc.
nirhastebhyo nairhastam # AVś.6.65.2a.
nilimpāmi bṛhaspate # AVś.11.10.13e.
niṣatsnuṃ yaḥ sarīsṛpam # RV.10.162.3b; AVś.20.96.13b; MG.2.18.2b. Cf. utthāsyantaṃ.
niṣṭapto 'ghaśaṃsaḥ # Apś.1.12.1.
niḥ ṣīm adbhyo dhamatho niḥ ṣadhasthāt # RV.5.31.9c.
nihastāṃś ca kṛṇavaj jātavedāḥ # AVP.3.5.1d; 3.6.1d. See nirhastāṃś etc.
nīcāyac chaśayur mṛgaḥ # AVś.4.3.6d.
nīcaiḥ padyantām adhare bhavantu # AVś.3.19.3a. See adhas padyantām etc.
nīcaiḥ sapatnān nudatāṃ me sahasvān # AVś.9.2.15d.
nūnaṃ vidan māparaṃ sahasvaḥ # RV.1.189.4d.
no rāsva sahasravat # RV.3.13.7a; MS.4.11.2a: 164.5; KS.2.15a; AB.2.40.7; 41.9; śB.11.4.3.19a; śś.3.7.5; Kś.5.13.3a. P: nū no rāsva Mś.5.1.5.76.
me brahmāṇy agna uc chaśādhi # RV.7.1.20a,25a.
nṛmedhas tatre aṃhasaḥ # RV.10.132.7d.
nṝn stotṝn pāhy aṃhasaḥ # RV.9.56.4c.
nem ādityā aghasya yat # RV.8.83.5c.
nainaṃ jahāty ahassu pūrvyeṣu # TA.3.14.2d.
nyagrodhāc chastrasaṃpīḍām # GG.4.7.23c.
nyadhur mātrāyāṃ (KS. mātrayā) kavayo vayodhasaḥ (KS. -sam) # MS.2.7.16a: 101.3; KS.39.3a.
pañcāśat kṛṣṇā ni vapaḥ sahasrā # RV.4.16.13c.
pañcaite sukhaśāyinaḥ # RVKh.1.191.9d.
patanti miha (MS. mihaḥ; KS. mihas) stanayanty abhrā # RV.1.79.2d; TS.3.1.11.5d; MS.4.12.5d: 193.10; KS.11.13d.
patiṃ turasya rādhasaḥ # RV.6.44.5b. Cf. patī etc.
patiṃ dakṣasya vidathasya nū sahaḥ # RV.1.56.2c.
patiṃ devi rādhase codayasva # AVś.7.46.3d.
patiṃ devo bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.8.10.12b.
patim indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.31d; TB.2.6.17.6d.
patir babhūthāsamo janānām # RV.6.36.4c.
patī turasya rādhasaḥ # RV.5.86.4c; KS.4.15c. Cf. patiṃ etc.
patni kati te kāntā yadi mithyā vakṣyasi priyatamas te saṃsthāsyati # Mś.1.7.4.11. Cf. next.
pathas-pathaḥ paripatiṃ vacasyā # RV.6.49.8a; VS.34.42a; TS.1.1.14.2a; śB.13.4.1.15; Aś.3.7.8; N.12.18a. P: pathas-pathaḥ śś.3.5.7; 6.10.4.
padā paṇīṃr (SV. -ṇīn) arādhasaḥ # RV.8.64.2a; AVś.20.93.2a; SV.2.705a.
paprathe dīrghaśruttamam # RV.5.38.2c.
payasendraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.39b.
payaḥ sahasrasām ṛṣim # RV.9.54.1c; SV.2.105c; VS.3.16c; TS.1.5.5.1c; MS.1.5.1c: 66.3; KS.6.9c; JB.1.93; śB.2.3.4.15c.
paraṃ vyoma sahasravṛt # TA.1.10.1b.
paramāc cit sadhasthāt # RV.8.11.7b; SV.1.8b; 2.516b; VS.12.115b.
parameṇa dhāmnā dṛṃhasva # VS.1.2; śB.1.7.1.11.
parameṇa paśunā krīyase (MS. krīyasva) # VS.4.26; MS.1.2.5: 14.10; KS.2.6; 24.6; śB.3.3.3.8. See tasyās te sahasrapoṣaṃ.
parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu divas (MS.KS. divaḥ) pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīm (KS. adds vyacasvatīṃ prathasvatīṃ bhāsvatīṃ raśmivatīm) # VS.15.58; MS.2.7.16: 99.12; KS.40.5; śB.8.7.1.21. P: parameṣṭhī tvā Kś.17.12.24. See next.
parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu divas (TSṃS. divaḥ) pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīṃ prathasvatīm (TS. adds vibhūmatīṃ prabhūmatīṃ paribhūmatīm; MS. adds bhāsvatīṃ raśmīvatīm) # VS.15.64; TS.4.4.3.3; MS.2.8.14: 118.4; śB.8.7.3.14,18. Ps: parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu divaḥ pṛṣṭhe Apś.17.3.8; parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu Mś.6.2.2.8; 6.2.3.13. See prec.
parastād yaśo guhāsu mama # MahānU.6.8a.
parā dadhikrā asarat sahasraiḥ # RV.4.38.9d.
parā bādhasva nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # KS.39.1d. See under āre bādhasva nirṛtiṃ.
parā vada dviṣantaṃ ghorāṃ vācaṃ parā vadāthāsmabhyaṃ sumitryāṃ vācaṃ dundubhe kalyāṇīṃ kīrtim ā vada # Lś.3.11.3. Quasi metrical.
parā sapatnān bādhasva # SMB.2.4.1c; JG.1.1c.
pari dyukṣaṃ sahasaḥ parvatāvṛdham # RV.9.71.4a.
paridhāsyai yaśodhāsyai (MG.VārG. paridhāsye yaśo dhāsye) # PG.2.6.20a; MG.1.9.27a; VārG.12.3a. Cf. parīdaṃ vāso.
pari bādhasva duṣkṛtam # RV.6.16.32b.
pari māgne duścaritād bādhasva # VS.4.28a; śB.3.3.3.13. P: pari māgne Kś.7.9.1. See pāhi māgne etc.
parivṛktā yathāsasi # AVś.7.113.2c.
pariṣ kṛṇvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.64.23b.
parīdaṃ vāso adhithāḥ (HG. adhidhāḥ; ApMB. adhi dhā; AVP. api dhāḥ) svastaye # AVś.2.13.3a; 19.24.6a; AVP.15.6.3a; HG.1.4.3a; ApMB.2.2.8a (ApG.4.10.10). Cf. paridhāsyai.
parūṃṣi vidvāṃ chasteva # AVś.9.3.3c.
parjanyaṃ bhūridhāyasam (AVP.1.4.1b, bhūriretasam; AVś.1.3.1b, śatavṛṣṇyam) # AVś.1.2.1b; 3.1b; AVP.1.3.1b; 1.4.1b (also, with ūhas, indraṃ, varuṇaṃ, candraṃ and sūryaṃ, in place of parjanyaṃ; these ūhas are printed in Bhattacharya's edition as the first pāda of the following stanza).
parvatasya vṛṣabhasyādhi pṛṣṭhe # AVś.12.2.41c.
parṣi ṇaḥ pāram aṃhasaḥ svasti # RV.2.33.3c. See karā naḥ.
pavamāna bādhase soma śatrūn # RV.9.94.5d.
pavamānaḥ sahasriṇam # RV.9.20.2c; SV.2.319c.
pavasva somāndhasā # RV.9.55.3b; SV.2.327b.
pavitraḥ pātv aṃhasaḥ # AVP.9.22.3d--10d; 9.23.1e,2d,3e,4d,5e--7e,8d--10d; 9.24.1e,2d.
pavitraṃ soma gachasi # RV.9.20.7b; 67.19b; SV.2.324b.
pavyā rathasya jaṅghananta bhūma # RV.1.88.2d.
pavyeva rājann aghaśaṃsam ajara # RV.6.8.5c.
paścā sa daghyā yo aghasya dhātā # RV.1.123.5c.
pastyāsu cakre varuṇaḥ sadhastham # VS.10.7c; TS.1.8.12.1c; MS.2.6.8c: 68.18; KS.15.6c; śB.5.3.5.19.
pāṃsupiṅgā vighasvarī # AVP.5.10.5b.
pāṅktena chandasā bṛhaspatinā devatayāgneḥ pṛṣṭhenāgneḥ pṛṣṭham upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.3. Cf. prec.
pātāṃ no devāśvinā śubhaspatī # AVś.6.3.3a.
pātu grāvā pātu somo no aṃhasaḥ # AVś.6.3.2b.
pāt patir janyād aṃhaso no mitraḥ # RV.4.55.5c.
pāthā divo vimahasaḥ # RV.1.86.1b; AVś.20.1.2b; VS.8.31b; TS.4.2.11.2b; śB.4.5.2.17b.
pād it taṃ śakro aṃhasaḥ # RV.8.31.2c.
pāntam ā vo andhasaḥ # RV.8.92.1a; SV.1.155a; 2.63a; AB.4.6.1; JB.1.214; PB.9.1.6; 2.1; Aś.6.4.10; śś.9.7.1. Cf. BṛhD.6.107.
pāyum (sc. śundhasva devayajyāyai) # Kauś.44.27.
pāyur me 'pacitir bhasat # VS.20.9b; MS.3.11.8b: 152.7; TB.2.6.5.5b.
pāhi gāyāndhaso (SV. gā andh-) made # RV.8.33.4a; SV.1.289a.
pāhi no agna enase (śG. edhase) svāhā # TA.10.5.1; MahānU.7.4; śG.5.1.8.
pitaraḥ pare 'varas tatas tatāmahas (with te māvantu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVP.15.9.4. Cf. next two, and AVś.5.24.15--17.
pitā putraṃ na hastayoḥ # RV.1.38.1b.
pitāmahāḥ prapitāmahāś cānugaiḥ saha # TB.3.7.4.10d; Apś.1.7.13d.
pitāmahaitat te # JG.2.2. Cf. etat te pitāmahāsau.
pitā mātā madhuvacāḥ suhastā # RV.5.43.2c.
pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā astu # see pitṛbhyaḥ svadhāstu.
pitṛbhyaḥ svadhāstu (MahānU. -dhā astu) # Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2.
pitṝn hy atra gachāsi # TA.6.7.2c. See lokaṃ pitṛṣu.
pitvo (VSṃS. pidvo) nyaṅkuḥ kakkaṭas (MS. kakuṭhas; TS. kaśas) te 'numatyai # VS.24.32; TS.5.5.17.1; MS.3.14.13: 175.4. See bidvo.
piparṣi yat sahasas putra devān # RV.5.4.6c.
pibataṃ madhvo andhasaḥ # RV.1.135.4d.
pibanti tena tvām indro varuṇo bṛhaspatiḥ # N.5.11c, according to Durga (see Roth's Erl"auterungen, p. 61). See under evāsmān.
pibā tv asyāndhasaḥ # RV.8.95.2c.
pibā vardhasva tava ghā sutāsaḥ # RV.3.36.3a; Aś.5.16.2; GB.2.4.3. P: pibā vardhasva śś.7.24.6.
pibā sutasyāndhaso abhi prayaḥ # RV.5.51.5c.
pibā sutasyāndhaso madāya # RV.7.20.1d; VS.33.70d.
pibā su śiprinn andhasaḥ # RV.8.17.4c; AVś.20.4.1c.
piśaṅgarūpo nabhaso vayodhāḥ # AVś.9.4.22a. Cf. prec.
piśāco asya yatamo jaghāsa # AVś.5.29.4c; AVP.12.18.3c,5c.
pītā bhāsvaty aṇūpamā # TA.10.11.2d; pītābhā syāt tanūpamā MahānU.11.12d.
pītvā madasya haryatasyāndhasaḥ # RV.10.96.9d; AVś.20.31.4d.
puṃsāṃ kule kim ichasi # AVś.20.129.14.
putro bṛhaspatī rudraḥ # TA.1.10.1c.
putro yas te sahasaḥ sūna ūhe # RV.5.3.9b.
punar indro bṛhaspatiḥ # TS.3.2.5.4b. See under punar agniḥ.
punar naḥ pāhy aṃhasaḥ (TS. pāhi viśvataḥ) # AVP.1.41.4c; SV.2.1182c; VS.12.9c,40c; TS.1.5.3.3c; 4.2.1.3c; 3.4c; MS.1.7.1c: 109.18; 1.7.4c: 112.12; KS.8.14c; 9.1; 16.8c; JB.3.71c; KA.1.198.23c; Lś.3.5.11c; Kauś.72.14c.
punar neṣad aghaśaṃsāya manma # RV.10.182.1b.
pumāṃsaṃ vardhatāṃ mayi # śG.1.17.9d. See pumān garbhas, and pumān saṃvartatāṃ.
pumān garbhas tavodare # SMB.1.4.8d; VārG.16.6d. See under pumāṃsaṃ vardhatāṃ.
pumān devo bṛhaspatiḥ # SMB.1.4.9b; VārG.16.6b.
puraṃdarā śikṣataṃ vajrahastā # RV.1.109.8a.
purumedhaś (SV. -dhāś) cit takave naraṃ dāt (SV.JB. dhāt) # RV.9.97.52d; SV.1.541d; 2.454d; JB.3.164d.
puruścakraṃ sahasrāśvam # TA.1.31.1c.
puruṣasūkta pauruṣasūkta, and the like # GDh.19.12; ViDh.56.15,26; 64.23,38; 65.15; 86.12; VāDh.22.9; 26.7; 28.13; BDh.3.10.10; MDh.11.252; LHDh.4.55; VHDh.2.13; 4.30,85,127; 5.136,195,211,216,378,404,406,555,566; 7.69,103,258; 8.31; LAtDh.2.6; VAtDh.2.6; SaṃvartaDh.224; BṛhPDh.9.319; Rvidh.3.26.3; 29.5; 35.1. Designation of the hymn beginning sahasraśīrṣā, q.v.
puruṣasya vidma sahasrākṣasya # TA.10.1.5a. See tat puruṣāya (cf. note on the TA. passage).
purū cin maṃhase vasu # RV.4.31.8c.
purūṇy annā sahasā vi rājasi # RV.5.8.5c.
purū yo dagdhāsi vanā # RV.5.9.4c.
purū sahasrā janayo na patnīḥ # RV.1.62.10c.
purū sahasrā ni śiśā abhi kṣām # RV.6.18.13c.
purū sahasrā ni śiśāmi dāśuṣe (RV.10.28.6c, sākam) # RV.10.28.6c; 48.4c.
purū sahasrā pari vartayāte # RV.5.37.3d.
purū sahasrā śarvā ni barhīt # RV.4.28.3d.
purū sahasrāśivā jaghāna # RV.10.23.5b; AVś.20.73.6b.
purojitī vo andhasa ehyā , sūtāya mādayitnavā ehyā , āpa śvānaṃ śnāthīṣṭānā , tam aiho vā ehyā (read aihovā ehiyā, without tam) # JB.1.164. Variation of RV.9.101.1.
purojitī vo andhasaḥ # RV.9.101.1a; SV.1.545a; 2.47a; JB.1.116,161a,163a; 2.195,425; 3.79,195; PB.8.5.7; 12.11.5; 14.5.5; 15.11.7 (comm.).
puroḍāśaṃ sahasaḥ sūnav āhutam # RV.3.28.5b.
puroḍāśaṃ ca no ghasaḥ # RV.3.52.3a; 4.32.16a.
puroḍāśaṃ no andhasaḥ # RV.8.78.1a; ā.5.2.3.2.
puroḍāśam āhutaṃ māmahasva naḥ # RV.3.52.6b.
puṣṭikāmāya vedhasā # AVś.19.31.1b; AVP.10.5.1b.
puṣṭim indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.32d; TB.2.6.17.6d.
pūrṇamāsāya surādhase svāhā # Mś.1.3.2.21. See prāṇāya surādhase.
pūrva āyuni vṛṣabhaś ca dhenuḥ # RV.10.5.7d.
pūrvaṃ mahitvaṃ vṛṣabhasya ketave # RV.1.166.1b.
pūrvo dundubhe vi ṣahasva śatrūn # AVP.9.27.7a.
pūṣā te hastam agrabhīt # śG.2.3.1c; HG.1.5.9; ApMB.2.3.7 (ApG.4.10.12). See pūṣā hastam.
pūṣā tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # RV.10.85.26a; AG.1.8.1; ApMB.1.2.8a (ApG.2.4.9); JG.1.22a. P: pūṣā tvetaḥ JG.1.22. See bhagas tveto.
pūṣṇā datto bṛhaspateḥ # Kauś.3.10b.
pṛṇakṣi sānasiṃ kratum (KSṭS.4.2.7.3d, rayim) # RV.10.140.4d; VS.12.109d; TS.4.2.7.2d,3d; MS.2.7.14d: 95.17; KS.16.14d; śB.7.3.1.32. See prec. but one, and cf. dadhāsi etc.
pṛṇanti śūra rādhase # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).3d.
pṛthivīṃ skabhāna # KS.2.9. Cf. under dṛṃhasva pṛthivyām.
pṛthivī naḥ pārthivāt pātv aṃhasaḥ # RV.7.104.23c; 10.53.5c; AVś.8.4.23c.
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha # VS.1.17; 5.13; 13.18; TS.1.1.7.1; 2.12.3; 3.1.2; 4.2.9.1; MS.1.1.8: 4.8; 1.2.8: 18.7; 2.7.15: 98.7; 2.8.14: 117.17; 3.8.5: 101.8; 4.1.8: 10.1; KS.1.5,6,7; 31.5,6; 39.3 (bis); śB.1.2.1.7; 3.5.2.14; 7.4.2.7; JB.1.39; TB.3.2.7.2; Mś.1.2.3.2; MG.2.15.5. Cf. under dṛṃhasva pṛthivyām.
pṛthivīm upareṇa dṛṃha # TS.1.3.6.1; MS.1.2.14: 23.15; 3.9.3: 117.16; JB.1.72. Cf. under dṛṃhasva pṛthivyām.
pṛthivīṃ bhasmanāpṛṇa (MS.KS. bhasma) svāhā # VS.6.21; MS.1.2.14: 24.7; 3.9.4: 120.3; KS.3.3; 26.6; śB.3.7.1.32; Apś.7.27.4.
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad achehi # TS.4.1.2.2; 5.1.2.4. Cf. agniṃ purīṣyam etc.
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ā bhara # VS.11.16; TS.4.1.1.4; KS.16.1; 19.2; śB.6.3.1.38; 2.9. P: pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthāt Kś.16.2.10. Cf. agniṃ purīṣyam etc.
pṛthivyai pīṭhasarpiṇam # VS.30.21. See bhūmyai etc.
pṛthū karasnā bahulā gabhastī # RV.6.19.3a.
pṛśniparṇi sahasva ca # AVś.2.25.3d. Cf. next.
pṛśniparṇi sahasvati # AVP.4.13.4d,6d. Cf. prec.
pṛṣadaśvāso anavabhrarādhasaḥ # RV.2.34.4c; 3.26.6c.
praghāsyān (VS.śB.Kś. -ghāsino) havāmahe # VS.3.44a; TS.1.8.3.1a; MS.1.10.2a: 141.10; KS.9.4a; śB.2.5.2.21a; TB.1.6.5.3; Apś.8.6.19; Mś.1.7.4.12. P: praghāsinaḥ Kś.5.5.10.
pra cakre sahasā sahaḥ # RV.8.4.5a.
prajā tvā hāsyati # Apś.10.2.11.
prajāpataye puruṣān hastina (MS. hastinā) ālabhate # VS.24.29; MS.3.14.8: 174.1.
prajāpatir bṛhaspataye # Mś.5.2.15.2.
prajāpatiṣ ṭvā niyunaktu mahyam # PG.1.8.8d; MG.1.10.13d. See bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā etc.
prajāpatiṣ ṭvā sādayatv apāṃ pṛṣṭhe samudrasyeman vyacasvatīṃ prathasvatīm # VS.13.17; śB.7.4.2.6.
prajāpatis te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9.
prajāpatis tvā (MSṃś. -patiṣ ṭvā) sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe (KS. pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīṃ vyacasvatīṃ prathasvatīm; TS. pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīṃ prathasvatīm) # TS.4.2.9.1; KS.39.3; MS.2.8.14: 117.15; 4.9.16: 135.3; Apś.16.23.1; Mś.6.1.5.34. P: prajāpatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu Mś.6.1.7.9. See prajāpatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛṣṭhe.
prajāpateḥ prastaro bṛhaspateḥ keśāḥ # AVP.10.9.2.
prajāpater mūrdhāsi # PB.1.2.4; 6.5.3,6.
prajāpateṣ ṭvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ bhūtyai mahyaṃ puṣṭyai mahyaṃ śriyai mahyaṃ hriyai mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam āyuṣe mahyam annāya mahyam annādyāya mahyaṃ sahasrapoṣāya mahyam aparimitapoṣāya # Kauś.74.18.
prajāpateṣ ṭvā hiṅkāreṇāvajighrāmi sahasrāyuṣā # PG.1.18.3.
prajāpates te vṛṣṇo retodhaso retodhām aśīya # VS.8.10.
prajāpates tvā prasave pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # Apś.20.20.3.
prajā mā mā hāsīt # TS.5.6.8.1.
pra jāyante vīrudhaś ca prajābhiḥ # RV.2.35.8d.
prajāvatā rādhasā te syāma # RV.1.94.15d; N.11.24d. See prajāvanto rādhasā.
prajāvatī jaradaṣṭir yathāsaḥ # AVP.4.10.4d.
prajāvanto rādhasā te syāma # AVP.13.6.5d. See prajāvatā rādhasā.
pra ṇudasva pra sahasva # AVP.2.89.2a.
pratakvāsi nabhasvān # TS.1.3.3.1; śś.6.12.8; Apś.11.14.10. See nabho 'si.
pra tāṃ agnir babhasat tigmajambhaḥ # RV.4.5.4a.
prati gṛbhṇīta mānavaṃ sumedhasaḥ # RV.10.62.1d--4d; AB.5.14.4.
pratigṛhṇatīr ṛṣabhasya retaḥ # AVP.5.15.5c.
pratitiṣṭhantaṃ tvādityānupratitiṣṭhāsam # SMB.2.5.16; GG.4.6.12. P: pratitiṣṭhantaṃ tvā KhG.4.1.27.
prati te dasyave vṛka # RV.8.56 (Vāl.8).1a. Cf. rādhas te dasyave.
prati tvām ud ahāsata # RV.1.9.4b; AVś.20.71.10b; SV.1.205b.
prati tvā sahasāsahaḥ # AVP.15.23.12a.
prati druṇā gabhastyoḥ # RV.5.86.3c.
prati prathasva pṛthivīm uta dyām # MS.4.1.9: 11.9. Metrical.
pratiśrutkāyai cakravākaḥ (TS.KSA. vāhasaḥ) # VS.24.32; TS.5.5.14.1; MS.3.14.13: 175.4; KSA.7.4.
pratiṣṭhāsi sahasrasya # Mś.9.4.1.32a. See sahasrasya pratiṣṭhāsi.
pratīcīnaṃ vṛjanaṃ dohase girā (VS.śB. dhunim) # RV.5.44.1c; VS.7.12c; TS.1.4.9.1c; MS.1.3.11c: 34.5; KS.4.3c; śB.4.2.1.9c.
pratīcyāṃ diśi bhasadam asya dhehi # AVś.4.14.8a.
pratnaṃ sadhastham anupaśyamānaḥ # MS.2.13.22c: 167.15; KS.40.12c; TB.2.4.2.6c; Apś.9.8.6c.
pratnaṃ sadhastham āsadat # RV.9.107.5b; SV.2.26b; VS.11.48d; TS.4.1.4.4d; 5.1.5.10; MS.2.7.5d: 79.13; KS.16.4d; śB.6.4.4.17.
pratnaṃ pratnāsa ūtaye sahaskṛta # RV.5.8.1b.
pratyaṅ janās tiṣṭhati sarvatomukhaḥ (śvetU.3.2d, and śirasU. once, tiṣṭhati saṃcukocāntakāle) # VS.32.4d; śvetU.2.16d; 3.2d; śirasU.5d (bis). See prec., and pratyaṅmukhas.
pratyārambho vibhāṣitaḥ # Kauś.141.41b.
pra tve muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # ApMB.1.7.9b. See patye rakṣantu.
prathaś ca yasya saprathaś ca nāma # RV.10.181.1a; ArS.2.5a; AB.1.21.2. P: prathaś ca yasya Aś.4.6.3. Cf. BṛhD.8.77.
pratho 'si # TS.4.2.9.1; MS.2.8.14: 117.16; KS.16.16; 39.3; Apś.16.23.7. See prathasva.
pradātaḥ prayachāsāv amuṣmai vedam # JG.1.12.
pradātā vajrī vṛṣabhas turāṣāṭ # TS.1.7.13.4a. See ṛjīṣī etc.
pra nabhasva pṛthivi # AVś.7.18.1a. P: pra nabhasva Kauś.41.1; 103.3. See un nambhaya.
pra navyasā sahasaḥ sūnum acha # RV.6.6.1a.
pra nīlapṛṣṭho atasasya dhāseḥ # RV.3.7.3c.
pra nū mahitvaṃ vṛṣabhasya vocam # RV.1.59.6a; N.7.23a.
pra no yacha (KS. rāsva) viśas pate (VS.śB. yacha sahasrajit) # RV.10.141.1c; VS.9.28c; MS.1.11.4c: 164.7; KS.14.2c; śB.5.2.2.10c. See pra ṇo yacha bhuvas.
pra parvatasya vṛṣabhasya pṛṣṭhāt # VS.10.19a; śB.5.4.2.5. P: pra parvatasya Kś.15.6.8. See tāḥ parvatasya.
prapitāmahaitat te # JG.2.2. Cf. etat te prapitāmahāsau.
prapitve ahnaḥ kuyavaṃ sahasrā # RV.4.16.12b.
pra punānāya vedhase # RV.9.103.1a; SV.1.573a.
pra pūṣā pra bṛhaspatiḥ (VSK. sarasvatī) # VS.9.29b; VSK.10.5.6b; KS.14.2b; śB.5.2.2.11b. See pra bhagaḥ.
prabādhitā sahasā daivyena # RV.10.108.9b.
pra bāhū śūra rādhase # RV.3.51.12c; SV.2.89c.
pra bodhayed gṛhiṇī śuddhahastā # Kauś.73.1b.
pra bhagaḥ pra bṛhaspatiḥ # RV.10.141.2b; AVś.3.20.3b; AVP.3.34.4b; TS.1.7.10.2b; MS.1.11.4b: 164.8. See pra pūṣā.
prabhartum āvad andhasaḥ sutasya # RV.3.48.1b.
pramuñcanto no aṃhasaḥ # TS.4.3.13.5c; KS.21.13c,14c.
pra mṛṇīhi sahasva ca # AVś.4.37.10d.
pra ya āruḥ śitipṛṣṭhasya dhāseḥ # RV.3.7.1a.
pra yac chatā sahasrā śūra darṣi # RV.6.26.5b.
pra yad agneḥ sahasvataḥ # RV.1.97.5a; AVś.4.33.5a; AVP.4.29.5b; TA.6.11.1a.
pra yad vahethe mahinā rathasya # RV.1.180.9a.
pra yad vāṃ baddhas tmani khādati kṣām # RV.1.158.4d.
prayantā rādhaso mahaḥ # RV.9.46.5b.
prayasvantaḥ sahaskṛta # RV.6.16.37b; SV.2.1055b; MS.4.11.2b: 163.6; KS.40.14b.
pra rādhasā codayāte (SV. rādhāṃsi codayate) mahitvanā # RV.8.24.13c; SV.1.386c; 2.859c.
pra rebhāso manīṣā # AVś.20.127.5a; śś.12.14.1.4a.
pra vaḥ pāntam andhaso dhiyāyate # RV.1.155.1a. P: pra vaḥ pāntam andhasaḥ śś.9.4.5; 12.26.15. Cf. BṛhD.4.20.
pra vājy akṣāḥ sahasradhāraḥ # SV.2.510a; JB.3.196. P: pra vājy akṣāḥ PB.14.5.6. See pra suvāno akṣāḥ.
pra vātasya prathasaḥ pra jmo antāt # RV.10.89.11c.
pra vedhasaś cit tirasi manīṣām # RV.4.6.1d.
pra vedhase kavaye vedyāya (TB.Apśṃś. medhyāya) # RV.5.15.1a; KS.7.12a; TB.1.2.1.9a; Apś.5.5.8a; Mś.1.5.1.16a. P: pra vedhase kavaye Aś.4.13.7. See śrutkarṇāya, and cf. avocāma kavaye.
pra vo devaṃ cit sahasānam agnim # RV.7.7.1a.
pra vo mahe mandamānāyāndhasaḥ # RV.10.50.1a; VS.33.23a; ā.1.5.2.1; 5.3.1.2; N.11.9a. Cf. BṛhD.7.60.
pra vo mahe sahasā sahasvate # RV.1.127.10a.
prasadya bhasmanā yonim # VS.12.38a; TS.4.2.3.3a; MS.2.7.10a: 88.10; KS.16.10a; śB.6.8.2.6. Ps: prasadya bhasmanā Mś.6.1.4.34; prasadya Kś.16.6.29.
pra sunvānasyāndhasaḥ (SV.JB.PB. sunvānāyāndhasaḥ) # RV.9.101.13a; SV.1.553a; 2.124a,736a; JB.3.16; PB.11.5.1.
pra suvāno akṣāḥ sahasradhāraḥ # RV.9.109.16a. See pra vājy.
pra su śrutaṃ (read pra suśrutaṃ ?) surādhasam # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).1a; AVś.20.51.3a; Aś.7.4.3; Vait.31.18. P: pra su śrutam śś.7.23.4; 12.9.11. Each stanza of this hymn is to be compared with the corresponding stanza of RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).
prasūto devena savitrā (Apś. adds bṛhaspateḥ sadane sīdāmi) # Kś.2.1.24; Apś.3.18.4.
pra skambhadeṣṇā anavabhrarādhasaḥ # RV.1.166.7a.
prastoka in nu rādhasas ta indra # RV.6.47.22a. P: prastokaḥ śś.16.11.12. Cf. BṛhD.5.140.
pra svāṃ matim atirac chāśadānaḥ (MS. -rañ śā-) # RV.1.33.13d; MS.4.14.13d: 237.15; TB.2.8.4.4d; N.6.16.
prāñco agāma nṛtaye hasāya # RV.10.18.3c; AVś.12.2.22c. See prāñjo.
prāñjo 'gāmā nṛtaye hasāya # TA.6.10.2c. See prāñco agāma.
prāṇam anu preṅkhasva # ā.5.1.4.8.
prāṇaś ca me 'śvamedhaś ca me # VS.18.22; TS.4.7.9.1; KS.18.11. See next but one.
prāṇaś cāśvamedhaś ca # MS.2.11.6: 143.11. See prec. but one.
prāṇas tvā hāsyati # Apś.10.2.11.
prāṇān (sc. śundhasva devayajyāyai) # Kauś.44.20.
prāṇāpānayos tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.2.
prāṇāpānau mā mā hāsiṣṭam # AVś.16.4.5; TS.3.1.7.1; TB.1.4.6.5; TA.4.1.1; 42.2; Apś.14.19.3.
prāṇāya surādhase pūrṇamāsāya svāhā # TB.3.7.5.13; Apś.2.20.5. See pūrṇamāsāya surādhase.
prāṇo mā mā hāsīt # TS.5.6.8.1.
prātaryāvṇaḥ sahaskṛta # RV.1.45.9a.
prāntarikṣāt pra samudrasya dhāseḥ # RV.10.89.11b.
prānyān sapatnān sahasā sahasva # AVś.7.35.1a. P: prānyān Kauś.36.33.
prārya stuṣe tuvimaghasya dānam # RV.5.33.6d.
priyam indrābṛhaspatī # RV.4.49.1b; TS.3.3.11.1b; MS.4.12.1b: 176.8.
priyo devānāṃ parame janitre (AVśṭA. sadhasthe) # RV.10.56.1d; AVś.18.3.7d; SV.1.65d; KS.35.17d; TA.6.3.1d; 4.2d; Mś.3.4.1d. See priye devānāṃ.
priyo me mahiro dṛśe hastenābhimṛśāt tata # JB.3.247.
priyosriyasya vṛṣabhasya retinaḥ # RV.10.40.11c.
preṣṭhaḥ śreṣṭha upasthasat # RV.10.156.5b; SV.2.881b.
prehy abhiprehi prabharā sahasva # TB.2.4.7.4a.
praiṇāṃ chṛṇīhi pra mṛṇā rabhasva # AVś.10.3.2a.
baṇḍena yat sahāsima # AVś.7.65.3b. See vaṇḍena.
babhrāṇaḥ sūno sahaso vy adyaut # RV.3.1.8a.
babhruś catvāry asanat sahasrā # RV.5.30.14d.
barhiṣmate ni sahasrāṇi barhayaḥ # RV.1.53.6d; AVś.20.21.6d.
bahvaśvājagaveḍakam # MG.2.13.6b. See hastyaśvā-.
bādhasva dūre (TS. dveṣo) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # RV.1.24.9c; TS.1.4.45.1c. See āre bādhasva nir-, and cf. bādhethāṃ dūraṃ.
bādhasva dveṣo etc. # see bādhasva dūre.
bādhasva ripūn etc. # see bādhasva dviṣo.
bādhethāṃ dūraṃ (AVP. -thāṃ dveṣo) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.6.97.2c; 7.42.1c; AVP.1.109.1c. See āre bādhethāṃ nir-, and cf. bādhasva dūre.
bārhaspatyam asi # Mś.1.2.1.9. Cf. next, and bārhaspatyo.
bārhaspatyo 'si # PB.1.2.4; 6.5.3. P: bārhaspatyaḥ PB.6.5.5. Cf. under bārhaspatyam asi.
bāhubhyāṃ pari hastayoḥ # AVP.9.3.11b.
bibhratī dugdham ṛṣabhasya retaḥ # AVś.14.2.14d.
bibhrad vajraṃ vṛtrahaṇaṃ gabhastau # RV.6.20.9b.
bījaṃ sahasravalliśaṃ suruhārohayantī # AVP.11.14.1d.
bṛbuṃ sahasradātamam # RV.6.45.33c.
bṛhat te viṣṇo sumatiṃ bhajāmahe # TB.2.4.3.9d. See mahas te viṣṇo.
bṛhadbhir bhānubhir bhāsan # VS.12.32c; TS.4.2.3.1c; MS.2.7.10c: 87.12; KS.16.10c; śB.6.8.1.9.
bṛhadrathaṃtare te pūrvau pādau śyaitanaudhase aparau vairūpavairāje anūcī śākvararaivate tiraścī # Lś.3.12.6. See prec., and cf. bṛhac ca te.
bṛhad vo vaya ucyate sabhāsu # RV.6.28.6d; AVś.4.21.6d; TB.2.8.8.12d.
bṛhaspataya āṅgirasāya svāhā # Kauś.135.9. Cf. bṛhaspataye svāhā.
bṛhaspataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. -ti) # VS.7.47; MS.1.9.4: 134.9; śB.4.3.4.30; śś.7.18.3. P: bṛhaspataye tvā Kś.10.2.30; Mś.5.2.14.10; --11.1.4.
bṛhaspataye mahiṣa (TS. mahi ṣad) dyuman namaḥ # AVś.2.35.4c; TS.3.2.8.2c. See next, and bṛhaspate mahiṣa.
bṛhaspataye svāhā # VS.10.5; 22.6; TS.1.8.13.3; 7.1.14.1; 16.1; MS.2.6.11: 70.8; 3.12.2: 160.10; KS.15.7; 39.2; KSA.1.5,7; śB.5.3.5.8; 13.1.3.3; TB.3.1.4.6; 8.6.4; Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2; Apś.16.29.2. Cf. bṛhaspataya āṅgirasāya.
bṛhaspatiḥ purodhayā # TA.3.8.2. See bṛhaspatiṃ purodhayā.
bṛhaspatiḥ pratigṛhṇātu naḥ # Vait.4.3. See under bṛhaspatir yajñam imaṃ.
bṛhaspatiḥ prathamaṃ jāyamānaḥ # RV.4.50.4a; AVś.20.88.4; MS.4.12.1a: 177.14; KS.11.13a; 17.18; TB.2.8.2.7a; 3.1.1.5a; Aś.9.9.7; Mś.5.1.9.20; 7.2.6.7. P: bṛhaspatiḥ MS.4.14.4: 220.2.
bṛhaspatiḥ prathamaḥ sūryāyāḥ # AVś.14.1.55a. P: bṛhaspatiḥ Kauś.79.14.
bṛhaspatiṃ yajñam akṛṇvata ṛṣim # RV.10.13.4c. See bṛhaspatir yajñam atanuta.
bṛhaspatiṃ vaḥ prajāpatiṃ vo vasūn vo devān rudrān vo devān ādityān vo devān sādhyān vo devān āptyān vo devān viśvān vo devān sarvān vo devān viśvatas pari havāmahe # GB.2.2.15; Vait.17.7. Cf. bṛhaspatiṃ viśvān.
bṛhaspatiṃ viśvān devāṃ ahaṃ huve # RV.8.10.2c. Cf. bṛhaspatiṃ vaḥ pra-.
bṛhaspatiṃ vṛtrakhādaṃ sumedhasam # RV.10.65.10c.
bṛhaspatiṃ sa diśāṃ devaṃ devatānām (KS.Apś. bṛhaspatiṃ sa) ṛchatu yo maitasyai diśo 'bhidāsati # KS.7.2; TB.3.11.5.3; Apś.6.18.3.
bṛhaspatināvasṛṣṭām # AVś.14.2.53a--58a. P: bṛhaspatinā Kauś.76.31.
bṛhaspatiṃ namasāva ca gachāt # AVś.4.1.7b. See bṛhaspatir namasā-.
bṛhaspatiṃ purodhayā # Mś.9.3.3.25. See bṛhaspatiḥ purodhayā.
bṛhaspatir dadad indraḥ sahasram (śB.śś.Kś. indro balaṃ me) # śB.11.4.3.7c; TB.2.5.3.3c; Aś.2.11.4c; śś.3.7.4c; Kś.5.12.21c.
bṛhaspatir devānāṃ (śś. daivo) brahmāhaṃ manuṣyāṇām (śś. mānuṣaḥ) # VSK.2.3.3; TB.3.7.6.3; śś.4.6.9; Kś.2.1.19; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.2. See bṛhaspatir brahmāhaṃ.
bṛhaspatir naḥ pari pātu paścāt # RV.10.42.11a; 43.11a; 44.11a; AVś.7.51.1a; 20.17.11a; 89.11a; 94.11a; AVP.15.11.1a; TS.3.3.11.1a; KS.10.13a; AB.6.15.6; GB.2.4.16; TB.3.1.1.5b. P: bṛhaspatir naḥ Vait.25.2; Kauś.59.19.
bṛhaspatir namasāvocad acha # AVP.5.2.7b. See bṛhaspatiṃ namasāva.
bṛhaspatir brahmaṇaḥ # TS.3.4.5.1; PG.1.5.10. Cf. bṛhaspatir vācām.
bṛhaspatir brahmāhaṃ mānuṣaḥ (and mānuṣa om) # Lś.2.4.6; 4.9.16; 10.29; 5.11.6. See bṛhaspatir devānāṃ.
bṛhaspatir yajñam atanuta ṛṣiḥ # AVś.18.3.41c. See bṛhaspatiṃ yajñam.
bṛhaspatir yajñam imaṃ tanotu # VS.2.13c; śB.1.7.4.22; Lś.4.12.1. See bṛhaspatiḥ prati-, and bṛhaspatis tanutām.
bṛhaspatir vācām (VS.śB. -ce) # VS.9.39; TS.1.8.10.2; MS.2.6.6: 67.11; KS.15.5; śB.5.3.3.11. Cf. bṛhaspatir brahmaṇaḥ.
bṛhaspatir viśvakarmendro gandharvaḥ # MS.2.12.2: 145.7. P: bṛhaspatir viśvakarmā Mś.6.2.5.32.
bṛhaspatir vo yunaktu # MS.2.7.12b: 91.11; Mś.1.2.1.15. See bṛhaspatis savitā devo.
bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā (TA. -tis tvā) viśvair devair upariṣṭād rocayatu (TA. rocayatu pāṅktena chandasā) # MS.4.9.5: 125.8; TA.4.6.2; 5.5.2. Cf. bṛhaspatis tvopariṣṭād.
bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā (TS.Apś. -tis tvā) sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīṃ viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya (MS. adds vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya) # TS.4.4.6.1; MS.2.7.16: 99.7. Ps: bṛhaspatis tvā sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīm Apś.16.24.7; bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe MS.4.9.15: 134.12; bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu Mś.6.1.7.19. See prajāpatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu pṛṣṭhe.
bṛhaspatisutasya ta (MS. tā; omitted in KS., with hiatus between -sutasya and inda) indo (KSṃS. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvantaṃ (KS. -vato) grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi (KS. graham ṛdhyāsam; MS. grahaṃ rādhyāsam) # TS.1.4.27.1; MS.1.3.29: 40.3; KS.4.11. Ps: bṛhaspatisutasya tā inda indriyāvataḥ MS.4.7.4: 97.10; bṛhaspatisutasya ta indriyāva (iti !) TS.6.5.8.3; KS.28.8; bṛhaspatiprasutasya te Apś.13.14.7; bṛhaspatisutasya te Mś.2.5.2.10. See next.
bṛhaspatisutasya deva soma ta indor (VSK. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvato grahāṃ ṛdhyāsam # VS.8.9; VSK.8.6.1; śB.4.4.2.12. P: bṛhaspatisutasya Kś.10.6.16. See prec.
bṛhaspatis tanutām imaṃ naḥ # TS.1.5.3.2c; 6.3.3c; 7.1.5; TB.3.7.6.16c. See under bṛhaspatir yajñam imaṃ.
bṛhaspatis te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9.
bṛhaspati stotram # VS.28.19; TB.3.6.13.1. See bṛhaspatiḥ etc.
bṛhaspatis triṣadhastho raveṇa # RV.4.50.1b; AVś.20.88.1b; MS.4.12.3b: 193.3; KS.9.19b.
bṛhaspatis tvā niyunaktu etc. # see bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā etc.
bṛhaspatis tvā viśvair etc. # see bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā etc.
bṛhaspatis tvā sādayatu etc. # see bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā etc.
bṛhaspatis tvā sumne etc. # see bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā etc.
bṛhaspatis tvopariṣṭād abhiṣiñcatu pāṅktena chandasā # TB.2.7.15.8. Cf. bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā viśvair.
bṛhaspatis tvopasīdatu # see bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvo-.
bṛhaspatiḥ samajayad vasūni # RV.6.73.3a; AVś.20.90.3a; KS.4.16a; 40.11a; TB.2.8.2.8a; Aś.9.9.7; Apś.17.21.7a. P: bṛhaspatiḥ samajayat śś.6.10.5.
bṛhaspatiḥ savitā tad indraḥ (TS. tan ma āha) # AVś.8.5.5b; 19.24.8d; AVP.2.24.5d; 15.6.5d; TS.4.2.8.1c. See bṛhaspatiḥ savitendras.
bṛhaspatis savitā devo agniḥ # KS.16.12b. See bṛhaspatir vo yunaktu.
bṛhaspatiḥ savitā yaḥ sahasrī # śB.11.4.3.6b; TB.2.5.3.3b; Aś.2.11.3b; śś.3.7.4b; Kś.5.12.20b.
bṛhaspatiḥ savitendras tad āha # MS.1.5.3c: 69.14; 1.6.2c: 87.2; KS.39.1c. See bṛhaspatiḥ savitā tad.
bṛhaspatiḥ stotram # MS.4.13.8: 210.14; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.10.5. See bṛhaspati etc.
bṛhaspatī (text vṛhaspatī) rakṣitā # AVP.10.16.8.
bṛhaspate ati yad aryo arhāt # RV.2.23.15a; VS.26.3a; TS.1.8.22.2a; MS.4.14.4a: 220.3; KS.4.16a; 40.11a; AB.4.11.6; Aś.3.7.9; 6.5.19; śś.9.20.27; Kś.22.5.13; Apś.17.21.7. Ps: bṛhaspate ati yad aryaḥ JG.2.9; YDh.1.300; bṛhaspate BṛhPDh.9.64.
bṛhaspateḥ prāṇas sa te prāṇaṃ dadātu tena jīva # KS.11.7. P: bṛhaspateḥ KS.11.8. See next.
bṛhaspate juṣasva naḥ # RV.3.62.4a; TS.1.8.22.2a; MS.4.11.2a: 166.7; KS.4.16a; 11.13; 26.11; Mś.5.1.6.36; 5.1.9.24; Apś.22.7.8. Ps: bṛhaspate juṣasva śś.9.27.2; bṛhaspate Rvidh.2.5.2.
bṛhaspate pari gṛhāṇa vedim # Kś.2.2.12a; Apś.3.19.3a; Kauś.137.11a,15. P: bṛhaspate pari gṛhāṇa Vait.2.5.
bṛhaspate pari dīyā (TS. dīya) rathena # RV.10.103.4a; AVś.19.13.8a; AVP.7.4.8a; SV.2.1202a; VS.17.36a; TS.4.6.4.1a; MS.2.10.4a: 135.15; KS.18.5a. P: bṛhaspate TB.2.8.2.8.
bṛhaspate prati me devatām ihi # RV.10.98.1a. P: bṛhaspate prati Rvidh.4.1.5. Cf. BṛhD.8.7.
bṛhaspate prathamaṃ vāco agram # RV.10.71.1a; ā.1.3.3.4; Aś.4.11.6. Ps: bṛhaspate prathamaṃ vācaḥ śś.9.26.3 (comm.); Rvidh.3.14.1; VHDh.8.24.
bṛhaspate mahiṣa dyuman namaḥ # Mś.2.3.7.4c. See under bṛhaspataye etc.
bṛhaspate yuvam indraś ca vasvaḥ # RV.7.97.10a; 98.7a; AVś.20.17.12a; 87.7a; GB.2.4.16; TB.2.5.6.3a; Aś.6.1.2; 9.9.14; Apś.22.7.11a. P: bṛhaspate yuvam indraś ca śś.9.3.4.
bṛhaspater (KS. bṛhaspates tvā) mūrdhnāharāmi # TS.1.1.2.2; MS.1.1.2: 2.3; 4.1.2: 4.2; KS.1.2; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.8; Apś.1.4.15; Mś.1.1.1.48.
bṛhaspate vājaṃ jaya # VS.9.11; śB.5.1.5.8. P: bṛhaspate vājam Kś.14.3.15.
bṛhaspateṣ ṭvā (TSṭB. -tes tvā) sāmrājyenābhi ṣiñcāmy asau (VSKṭSṭB. -bhi ṣiñcāmi) # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; TS.5.6.3.3; śB.5.2.2.14; TB.1.3.8.4. P: bṛhaspateḥ Apś.17.19.8. Cf. indrasya bṛhaspates.
bṛhaspate savitar bodhayainam (AVś. vardhayainam) # AVś.7.16.1a; VS.27.8a; TS.4.1.7.3a; MS.2.12.5a: 149.8; KS.18.16a; Apś.16.7.6. P: bṛhaspate savitaḥ Kauś.59.18; Vait.5.9.
bṛhaspates tvā mūrdhnā# see bṛhaspater mūrdhnā-.
bṛhaspates tvā sām# see bṛhaspateṣ ṭvā sām-.
bodha pratībodhāsvapnānavadrāṇa gopāyamāna rakṣamāṇa jāgṛve 'rundhati ye devās tanūpāḥ stha te ma iha tanvaṃ pāta # KS.37.10. Cf. next but two and next but three.
bodhaś ca tvā pratībodhaś ca rakṣatām # AVś.8.1.13. See under ṛṣir bodhaḥ, and cf. prec. but two.
bodhaś ca mā pratibodhaś (KS. pratī-) ca purastād gopāyatām KS.37.10; MG.2.15.1. See under ṛṣir bodhaḥ, and cf. prec. but three.
bodhā na stomam andhaso madeṣu # RV.7.21.1d; SV.1.313d; Mś.9.1.3.28d (corrupt).
brahma ca tapaś ca kīrtiś ca yaśaś cāmbhaś ca nabhaś ca brāhmaṇavarcasaṃ cānnaṃ cānnādyaṃ ca # AVś.13.4.22.
brahmajūtas tanvā vāvṛdhasva # RV.7.19.11b; AVś.20.37.11b.
brahmaṇas tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.3.
brahmaṇā ca bṛhaspate # AVś.11.10.9b.
brahmaṇe tvā mahase # TA.10.63.1; MahānU.24.2.
brahmaṇaiṣāṃ sabhāsadaḥ # AVP.8.9.10d.
brahman prasthāsyāmaḥ (GB.śB.śś.Kś. -mi) # TS.2.6.9.1; KB.6.12; GB.2.1.4; śB.1.7.4.19,21; 2.5.2.41; 6.1.44; Aś.1.13.6; śś.4.7.16; Kś.3.5.1; 6.9.7; Apś.3.4.5; 20.8; 7.26.8; Mś.1.3.4.1; 1.8.6.1.
brahma prāvādiṣma tan no mā hāsīt # TA.4.42.5.
brahmayujo vṛṣarathāso atyāḥ # RV.1.177.2b.
brahma rathasya devasya # AVP.8.9.7c.
brahmavarcasena me saṃtiṣṭhasva # TB.3.7.6.20; Tā.10.77; Apś.4.12.10.
brahma varma bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.9.12.10a.
brahmā ced dhastam agrahīt # AVś.5.17.8c; AVP.9.16.6c.
brahmāṇa indraṃ vayodhasam # TB.2.6.17.4d. See brahmāṇam etc.
brahmāṇaṃ ca bṛhaspatim # RV.10.141.3d; AVś.3.20.4d; AVP.3.34.6d; SV.1.91d; VS.9.26d; TS.1.7.10.3d; MS.1.11.4d: 164.13; KS.14.2d; śB.5.2.2.8d.
brahmāṇam indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.28d. See brahmāṇa etc.
brahmāṇaṃ brahmavāhasam # RV.6.45.7a.
brahmāṇeva vidatha ukthaśāsā # RV.2.39.1c.
brahmā devo bṛhaspatiḥ # VS.18.76b; 21.16b; MS.3.11.11b: 158.6; KS.38.10b; śB.10.1.3.8b; TB.2.6.18.2b.
brahmā muñcatv aṃhasaḥ # AVP.2.26.1d,2d.
brāhmaṇād indra rādhasaḥ # RV.1.15.5a; SV.1.229a.
brāhmaṇā rādhasā saha # AVP.3.38.7d; Kauś.68.26d.
bhakṣīya tava rādhasaḥ # RV.1.81.6e.
bhagaṃ sūryo bṛhaspatiḥ # MG.2.14.26b; YDh.1.281b.
bhagam indraṃ vayodhasam # VS.28.33e; TB.2.6.17.7d.
bhagas te hastam agrabhīt (AVś. -hīt) # AVś.14.1.51a; śG.2.3.1a; ApMB.2.3.10 (ApG.4.10.12).
bhagas tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # AVś.14.1.20a; AVP.4.10.1a. P: bhagas tvetaḥ Kauś.76.10. See pūṣā tveto.
bhadraṃ te agne sahasinn anīkam # RV.4.11.1a; TS.4.3.13.1a. P: bhadraṃ te agne Aś.4.13.7. Cf. BṛhD.1.58.
bhadram adhastān no vada # RVKh.2.43.3a.
bhadrā te hastā sukṛtota pāṇī # RV.4.21.9a; MS.4.12.3a: 186.13; Aś.3.13.14.
bhadrāt plakṣān nistiṣṭhasi # AVś.5.5.5a. See bhadrā plakṣe.
bhadrā dadṛkṣa urviyā vi bhāsi # RV.6.64.2a.
bhadrā plakṣe na tiṣṭhasi # AVP.6.4.4a. See bhadrāt plakṣān.
bhadrā rātiḥ sahasriṇī # RV.6.45.32b.
bharad vājaṃ no andhasā # RV.9.52.1b; SV.1.496b.
bharā soma sahasriṇam # RV.9.67.6c.
bhargas te bhakṣayāmi # Mś.7.2.7.22. Var. lect. of mahas te etc. See prec. but one.
bhavā naḥ saprathastamaḥ (VS. adds sakhā vṛdhe) # VS.12.114c; TS.1.4.32.1c; TA.3.17.1c; Apś.14.29.1c. See next but one.
bhasmāntaṃ śarīram # śB.14.8.3.1b; BṛhU.5.3.1b. See athedaṃ bhasmā-.
bhittvā sahasram airayat # MS.4.12.5b: 191.13.
bhindhi dveṣaḥ sahaskṛta # RV.8.44.11c.
bhiyā dṛḍhāsaḥ kiraṇā naijan # RV.1.63.1d.
bhīṣmo hi devaḥ sahasaḥ sahīyān # TB.3.12.3.3c.
bhujyum aṃhasaḥ pipṛtho nir aśvinā # RV.10.65.12a. Cf. BṛhD.7.106.
bhurantu no yaśasaḥ sotv andhasaḥ # RV.10.76.6a.
bhuvanam asi sahasrapoṣapuṣi (Apś. sahasrapoṣaṃ puṣa) # MS.1.5.3: 70.5; 1.5.10: 79.5; Apś.6.17.6.
bhuvanam asi sahasram (śG. sahasrapoṣam) # MS.4.2.9: 31.2a; śG.3.10.2a. See next.
bhuvanam asi sāhasram # Mś.9.5.6.8; SMB.1.8.5a; GG.3.6.5. P: bhuvanam KhG.3.1.49. See prec.
bhuvan yathā no viśve vṛdhāsaḥ # RV.1.186.2c; MS.4.14.11c: 232.4; TB.2.8.6.3c.
bhuvo navedā ucathasya navyaḥ # RV.5.12.3b.
bhūtaye mahase vṛdhe # AVP.11.14.8d.
bhūtāni tvā hāsyanti # Apś.10.2.11.
bhūtir ghṛtena muñcatu yajño yajñapatim aṃhasaḥ # Aś.3.13.15. Metrical ?.
bhūmim ātān dyāṃ dhāsināyoḥ # RV.6.67.6d.
bhūmyai pīṭhasarpiṇam ālabhate # TB.3.4.1.17. See pṛthivyai etc.
bhūyiṣṭhāṃ te nama"uktiṃ vidhema (with, or without svāhā) # RV.1.189.1d; VS.5.36d; 7.43d; 40.16d; VSK.9.2.3d (omitting svāhā, whereas VS.7.43d has it); TS.1.1.14.3d; 4.43.1d; MS.1.2.13d: 22.7; KS.3.1d; 6.10d; śB.3.6.3.11d; 4.3.4.12d; TB.2.8.2.3d; TA.1.8.8d.
bhūyo vā dātum arhasi # RV.5.79.10b.
bhūr bhuvaḥ svar bṛhaspatiprasūtaḥ # Aś.1.12.12; 13.7.
bhūr bhuvaḥ svar vākovākyam itihāsapurāṇam # śG.1.24.8.
bhṛmiś cid ghāsi tūtujiḥ # RV.4.32.2a.
bhrātur na ṛte saptathasya māyāḥ # RV.10.99.2d.
bhrātṛvya utpipīte śubhaspatī (MS. bṛhaspate) # TS.3.2.10.2b; MS.4.5.8b: 76.13.
bhrūṇaghnā yat sahāsima # AVP.9.22.7b.
maṃhiṣṭhaṃ vo maghonām # RV.5.39.4a. Cf. maṃhiṣṭhāso.
maṃhiṣṭharātiṃ sa hi paprir andhasaḥ # RV.1.52.3d.
maṃhiṣṭho matsad andhasaḥ # RV.4.31.2b; AVś.20.124.2b; SV.2.33b; VS.27.40b; 36.5b; MS.2.13.9b: 159.6; 4.9.27b: 139.13; KS.39.12b; TA.4.42.3b; KA.1.219Ib; Apś.17.7.8b.
makṣū na yeṣu dohase cid ayāḥ # RV.6.66.5a.
makhasya tvā śīrṣṇe # VS.37.3,4,5,6 (ter),7 (ter),8 (sexies),9 (sexies),10 (ter); MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.2,3,5,6; śB.14.1.2.9--11,13,14,17,19--21,25; TA.4.2.3 (bis),4,5; 5.2.7; KA.1.9--13; Apś.15.1.10. P: makhasya tvā Mś.4.1.10.
makhasya śiro 'si # VS.11.57; 37.8 (ter); TS.1.1.8.1; 12.1; 4.1.5.3; 5.1.6.3; MS.2.7.6: 80.13; 3.1.7: 8.16; 4.1.9: 11.5; 4.9.1: 121.7; KS.1.8; 16.5; 19.6; 31.7; śB.6.5.2.1,2; TB.3.2.8.3; 3.7.11; TA.4.2.5; 5.3.2; KA.1.15; 2.15; Apś.1.24.5; 2.14.12; 15.2.14; 16.4.4; Mś.1.2.3.16; --4.1.15; 6.1.2.5. P: makhasya śiraḥ Kś.16.3.23; 26.1.17.
makhaḥ sahasvad arcati # RV.1.6.8b; AVś.20.40.2b; 70.4b.
maghābhir gāvo gṛhyante # ApG.1.3.1c. See under aghāsu.
maghāsu hanyante gāvaḥ # AVś.14.1.13c; Kauś.75.5. See under aghāsu.
maghono hṛdo varathas tamāṃsi # RV.5.31.9d.
maṇiṃ sahasravīryam # AVś.8.5.14e. Cf. maṇiḥ sahasra-.
maṇiḥ sahasravīryaḥ # AVś.2.4.2c; AVP.2.11.2c. Cf. maṇiṃ sahasra-.
matsi vāyum iṣṭaye rādhase naḥ (RV.JB. ca) # RV.9.97.42a; SV.2.604a; JB.3.240a; PB.15.1.3.
matsyaḥ sāṃmado rājā (Aś.śś. matsyaḥ sāṃmadas) tasyodakecarā (śś. -kacarā) viśas ta ima āsata itihāso (Aś. āsate purāṇavidyā; śś. āsata itihāsavedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.12; Aś.10.7.8; śś.16.2.22--24.
made sutasya somyasyāndhasaḥ # RV.10.50.7d.
made suśipram (SV. madeṣu śipram) andhasaḥ # RV.8.66.2b; SV.2.38b.
madhunāṅtaṃ śubhas patī # AVś.6.69.2b; 9.1.19b.
madhu pra jātam andhasaḥ (JB. andhasā) # RV.9.18.2b; SV.2.444b; JB.3.159b.
madhor dugdhasyāśvinā tanāyāḥ # AVś.7.73.5c; Aś.4.7.4c; śś.5.10.18c.
madhye chandasaḥ pari yanti bhāsvatīḥ # TS.4.3.11.3d; MS.2.13.10d: 161.9; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
madhvo rasaṃ sugabhastir giriṣṭhām # RV.5.43.4c.
mana in nau sahāsati # AVś.7.36.1d.
manasā vācā hastābhyām # TA.10.24.1b; 25.1b; MahānU.14.3b,4b.
manasi me cakṣur adhāś cakṣuṣi me manaḥ # JB.1.167.
manas tvā hāsyati # Apś.10.2.11.
mantraṃ devā anehasam # RV.1.40.6b.
mandasānaḥ sahasriṇam # RV.8.93.21b.
mandasva hotrād anu joṣam andhasaḥ # RV.2.37.1a. Cf. BṛhD.3.27.
mandāna indro andhasaḥ # RV.1.80.6c.
mandānaḥ śipry andhasaḥ # RV.8.33.7d; AVś.20.53.1d; 57.11d; SV.1.297d.
mandāno yāhy andhasaḥ # RV.1.82.5d.
mandāmahe daśatayasya dhāseḥ # RV.1.122.13a.
manyoḥ krodhasya nāśanī # PG.3.13.5b. See manyor mṛ-.
manyor mṛdhrasya (HG. mṛddhasya) nāśinī # ApMB.2.22.1b; HG.1.15.3b. See manyoḥ krodhasya.
mamac cid indraḥ sahasod atiṣṭhat # RV.4.18.8d.
mama pitar eṣa te 'rghyaḥ (also with ūhas, pitāmaha, and prapitāmaha, for pitar) # Mś.11.9.1.6.
mamed asas tvaṃ kevalaḥ # AVś.7.38.4c; AVP.3.29.5c. Cf. yathāso mama.
mamed vardhasva suṣṭutaḥ # RV.8.6.12c; AVś.20.115.3c; SV.2.852c.
mayā patyā jaradaṣṭir yathāsaḥ (JG.VārG. yathāsat) # RV.10.85.36b; AVś.14.1.50b; SMB.1.2.16b; PG.1.6.3b; ApMB.1.3.3b; HG.1.20.1b; MG.1.10.15d; JG.1.21b; VārG.14.13b.
mayi tad dhastivarcasam # AVś.3.22.5d; AVP.3.18.6d.
marīcīnāṃ padam ichanti vedhasaḥ # RV.10.177.1d; TA.3.11.11d; 13.2d; JUB.3.35.1d.
marutāṃ pṛtsutir hāsamānā # RV.1.169.2c.
maruto yajñavāhasaḥ # TS.1.8.3.1b; MS.1.10.2b: 141.10; KS.9.4b. See marutaś ca riśā-.
martaṃ dadhāsi śravase dive-dive # RV.1.31.7b.
marteṣv anyad dohase pīpāya # RV.6.66.1c.
maryaṃ na yoṣā kṛṇute sadhastha ā # RV.10.40.2d; N.3.15d.
mahaṛṣabhasya (AVP. maharṣa-) nadato nabhasvataḥ # AVś.4.15.1c,5c; AVP.5.7.1c.
mahat sadhasthaṃ mahatī babhūvitha # AVś.12.1.18a.
mahan nāmarṣabhasya yat kakut # AVP.6.9.1d. See vṛṣabhasya yā.
maharṣabhasya etc. # see mahaṛṣabhasya etc.
mahaś cit tvam indra yata etān # RV.1.169.1a; AB.5.18.12; KB.26.12; śś.14.25.5. Ps: mahaś cit tvam indra Aś.8.7.22; mahaś cit śś.10.10.5; śG.1.27.7. Cf. BṛhD.4.49.
mahaso bhakṣo 'si # SMB.2.8.12; GG.4.10.15. P: mahasaḥ KhG.4.4.15.
maha skambhasya mimāno aṅgam # AVś.10.7.2d.
maha (MS. mahaḥ; KS. mahas) stavāno adrivaḥ # RV.6.46.2b; AVś.20.98.2b; SV.2.160b; VS.27.38b; MS.2.13.9b: 159.2; KS.39.12b (bis); JB.2.12; Apś.17.8.7 (bis).
maha (MS. -haḥ; KS. -has) stha # VS.3.20; TS.1.5.6.1; 8.1; MS.1.5.2: 68.9; 1.5.9: 77.15; KS.7.1,7; śB.2.3.4.25; śś.2.11.6.
mahaḥ (and mahas) stavāno etc. # see maha stavāno etc.
mahaḥ (and mahas) stha # see maha stha.
mahāṃ indro vajrabāhuḥ (VS. vajrahastaḥ) # VS.26.10a; TS.1.4.41.1a; TA.10.1.10a; MahānU.20.11a.
mahāṃs te mahato mahimā # AVś.13.2.29c. See mahas te sato mahimā.
mahādevaṃ sahasrākṣam # MS.2.9.1c: 119.6.
mahādevasya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.5b. See sahasrākṣasya mahā-.
mahān garbhaś carati martyeṣu # AVś.9.1.4d.
mahāṃt sann abhyavardhathāḥ # SV.1.507b. See mahaś cid abhy.
mahān vibhāsy arciṣā # RV.6.48.3b.
mahān sadhasthe dhruva ā niṣattaḥ # RV.3.6.4a; VS.18.53c; TS.4.7.13.1d; MS.2.12.3c: 146.13; 4.9.11c: 132.8; KS.18.15c; śB.9.4.4.5; TB.3.10.4.3; TA.4.11.6c.
mahīṃ sāhasrīm asurasya māyām # VS.13.44c; TS.4.2.10.3c; MS.2.7.17c: 102.7; KS.16.17c; śB.7.5.2.20.
mahī cid yasya mīḍhuṣo yavyā # MS.1.10.2c: 141.13. See under mahaś cid yasya.
mahī devasya mīḍhuṣo 'vayāḥ # KS.9.4c. See under mahaś cid yasya.
mahī budhasyāsīd dīkṣā # PB.24.18.5c.
mahīṃ mitrasya varuṇasya dhāsim # RV.10.30.1c.
mahī hy asya mīḍhuṣo yavyā # TS.1.8.3.1c. See under mahaś cid yasya.
mahe citrāya rādhase # RV.1.139.6e.
mahe nṛtama rādhase # RV.8.24.10b.
mahe mandantu rādhase # RV.8.45.24b; AVś.20.22.3b; SV.2.83b.
mahe rādhase nṛmṇāya # RV.8.2.29b.
mahe sahasracakṣase # RV.9.65.7c.
maho arbhasya vasuno vibhāge # RV.7.37.3b.
maho rāyo rādhaso yad dadan naḥ # RV.7.28.5b.
maho hi dātā vajrahasto asti # RV.6.29.1c.
mahyaṃ tvādād bṛhaspatiḥ # RVKh.10.85.6b; AVś.14.1.52b; PG.1.8.19b; ApMB.1.8.9b.
māṃsaṃ ma (MS. mā) upanatir vasu # VS.20.13c; MS.3.11.8c: 152.10; KS.38.4c; śB.12.8.3.31c; TB.2.6.5.8c (text omits ma, but the comm. has it).
māgotāyai sahasas putra mā nide # RV.3.16.5c.
mātā yan mantur yūthasya pūrvyā # RV.10.32.4c.
te asyāṃ sahasāvan pariṣṭau # RV.7.19.7a; AVś.20.37.7a; TS.1.6.12.5a; MS.4.12.3a: 183.2; Aś.2.10.4. P: mā te asyām MG.2.15.6.
te godatra nir arāma rādhasaḥ # RV.8.21.16a.
te manyau sahasrākṣa # AVP.3.10.6a.
te hāsiṣur asavaḥ śarīram # AVś.8.2.26d.
te hāsta tanvaḥ kiṃ caneha # AVś.18.2.24c.
tvā prāṇo balaṃ hāsīt # AVś.8.1.15c.
tvā vayaṃ sahasāvann avīrāḥ # RV.7.4.6c.
tvā vocann arādhasaṃ janāsaḥ # AVś.5.11.7d; AVP.8.1.7d.
mādayadhvaṃ maruto madhvo andhasaḥ # RV.1.85.6d; AVś.20.13.2d.
mādayasva rādhasā sūnṛtāvatā # RV.8.97.6c.
mādhyaṃdine savane vajrahasta # RV.3.32.3c; KB.22.2.
mādhvī dhartārā vidathasya satpatī # AVś.7.73.4c; Aś.4.7.4c; śś.5.10.21c.
naḥ śāpta januṣā subhāgāḥ # TS.3.3.9.1c; PG.3.9.6c. See mā no hāsiṣṭa, and mā vaśvātra.
na (KS. nas) stena īśata māghaśaṃsaḥ # RV.2.42.3c; KS.30.10. See mā va stena.
na stenebhyo ye abhi druhas pade # RV.2.23.16a.
mānasya sūnuḥ sahasāne agnau # RV.1.189.8b.
nir araṃ śukradughasya dhenoḥ # RV.6.35.5c.
no arātir aghaśaṃsāgan # TB.3.1.2.7d.
no asmin maghavan pṛtsu aṃhasi # RV.1.54.1a. P: mā no asmin maghavan Aś.6.4.10; śś.9.10.3.
no duścakṣā aghaśaṃsa īśata # Apś.14.30.4c.
no duḥśaṃso abhidipsur (KS. aghaśaṃsa) īśata # RV.2.23.10c; KS.35.5c.
no vihāsīd gira āvṛṇānaḥ # TB.3.7.13.2b.
no hāsiṣur ṛṣayo daivyā ye # AVś.6.41.3a.
no hāsiṣṭa januṣā subhāgāḥ # AVś.9.4.24c. See under mā naḥ śāpta.
no hāsīd vicakṣaṇam # TB.2.5.1.3d.
no hāsīn metthito net tvā jahāma # TB.3.7.2.7c; Apś.9.3.1c. See mā no hiṃsīd dhiṃsito, and mā mā hāsīn.
no hiṃsīd dhiṃsito (some mss. insert dadhāmi) na tvā jahāmi # Aś.1.12.37c. See under mā no hāsīn.
māṃ śrīś ca hrīś ca dhṛtiś ca tapo medhā pratiṣṭhā śraddhā satyaṃ dharmaś caitāni mā mā hāsiṣuḥ # TA.4.42.5.
māṃ suvar hāsīt # TS.3.3.1.2.
māṃ tejo hāsīt # TS.3.3.1.1.
mām ojo hāsīt # TS.3.3.1.2.
māṃ prāṇo hāsīn mo apāno 'vahāya parā gāt # AVś.16.4.3.
mā yūnarvā hāsīt (JB. yonorvāṃ [?] hāsīḥ) # PB.6.4.8; JB.1.70 (bis); Lś.1.7.5.
mā vocann arādhasaṃ janāsaḥ # AVś.5.11.8a; AVP.8.1.8a.
mā hāsiṣṭa # MS.1.5.2: 68.12; 1.5.9: 77.20; KS.7.1; Apś.6.20.2.
mā hāsīt purāyuṣaḥ # AVP.2.81.1b.
mā hāsīn (Mś. hāsīr) nāthito net (Mś. na) tvā jahāni (Mś. -mi) # AVś.13.1.12c; KS.35.18c; Mś.3.1.28c. See under mā no hāsīn.
mām evānusaṃrabhasva # HG.1.5.11a.
yakṣmam iha hāsiṣṭa # AVP.9.24.6a.
rīṣate sahasāvan parā dāḥ # RV.1.189.5d; MG.2.16.3d.
va (MS. vaḥ) stena īśata māghaśaṃsaḥ # RV.6.28.7c; AVś.4.21.7c; 7.75.1c; VS.1.1; TS.1.1.1.1; MS.1.1.1: 1.3; 4.1.1: 1.16; KS.1.1; śB.1.7.1.7; TB.2.8.8.12c; 3.2.1.5. See mā na stena.
māsāṃ (text, erroneously, māsā) tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.9.
māhaṃ varco hāsiṣaṃ svāhā # MS.4.7.3: 96.10.
māhaṃ suvar hāsiṣam # TS.3.3.1.2.
māhaṃ tejo hāsiṣam (MS. hāsiṣaṃ svāhā) # TS.3.3.1.1; MS.4.7.3: 96.7.
māham ojo hāsiṣam (MS. -ṣaṃ svāhā) # TS.3.3.1.2; MS.4.7.3: 96.8.
mitadravaḥ sahasrasāḥ # TS.1.7.8.2a. P: mitadravaḥ Apś.18.4.21.
mitā pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhasi # AVś.9.3.17c.
mitra enaṃ mitriyāt (AVP. mitryāt) pātv aṃhasaḥ # AVś.2.28.1d; AVP.1.12.1d.
mitrakruvo yac chasane na gāvaḥ # RV.10.89.14c.
mitraṃ na kṣetrasādhasam # RV.8.31.14d; TS.1.8.22.3d; MS.2.13.7d: 156.11; KS.11.12d.
mitraś ca tubhyaṃ varuṇaḥ sahasvaḥ # RV.3.14.4a.
mitras te hastam agrabhīt # HG.1.5.9; ApMB.2.3.11 (ApG.4.10.12).
mitrasya vratā varuṇasya dīrghaśrut # RV.8.25.17c.
mitrāvaruṇayos tvā hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā prayachāmi (Kauś.56.3, pratigṛhṇāmi) # Kauś.56.2,3; 57.4.
mitrāvaruṇā ūrubhyām # MS.3.15.6: 179.8. Cf. indrābṛhaspatī ūru-, and mitrāvaruṇau śro-.
mitro vāyur bṛhaspatiḥ # KS.40.9c.
mimyakṣa vajro nṛpate gabhastau # RV.10.44.2b; AVś.20.94.2b.
mukhaṃ śundhasva devayajyāyai # Kauś.44.19.
muñcatu pary aṃhasaḥ # AVP.2.24.4d. See muñcatainaṃ, muñca naḥ, and muñcantu pary.
muñcatu yajñaṃ (Apś. yajño) yajñapatim aṃhasaḥ svāhā # MS.4.8.9: 118.9; Apś.9.10.15. See under muñcemaṃ.
muñcatainaṃ pary aṃhasaḥ # AVP.4.24.9b. See under muñcatu pary.
muñca naḥ pary aṃhasaḥ # AVś.19.44.8d,9d; AVP.15.3.8d,9d. See under muñcatu pary.
muñcantu pary aṃhasaḥ # AVP.2.24.2d,3d. See under muñcatu pary.
muñcemaṃ yajñaṃ muñca yajñapatim aṃhasaḥ svāhā # KS.35.4. See muñcatu yajñaṃ, next and next but two.
muñcemam aṃhasaḥ # TS.1.8.1.1; TB.1.6.1.3. See under prec.
muñcemān amūn aṃhasaḥ svāhā # AVś.6.84.2c. See under prec. but two.
muniṃ nagnaṃ kṛṇvatīr moghahāsinam # AVP.12.8.5b.
mūrdhā ca mā vidharmā ca mā hāsiṣṭām # AVś.16.3.2.
mūrdhā rathasya cākan naḥ # RV.10.132.4c.
mṛgā iva hastinaḥ khādathā vanā # RV.1.64.7c.
mṛgo na hastī taviṣīm uṣāṇaḥ # RV.4.16.14c.
mṛjyamānaḥ suhastya (JB. suhastyā [?]) # RV.9.107.21a; SV.1.517a; 2.429a; JB.3.149a; PB.13.9.3; Aś.5.12.15; Svidh.1.4.18.
mṛjyamānā gabhastyoḥ # RV.9.64.5b; SV.2.385b; JB.3.136b. Cf. next.
mṛjyamāno gabhastyoḥ # RV.9.20.6b; 36.4b; 65.6b; SV.2.323b. Cf. prec.
mṛtyor muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # AVś.8.7.13d.
mṛśasva śūra rādhase # RV.8.70.9b.
mṛṣaiṣa (śś. mṛṣaiva) te saṃgaraḥ kaśyapāya # śB.13.7.1.15d; śś.16.16.3d. See moghas.
meḍhram (sc. śundhasva devayajyāyai) # Kauś.44.26.
medhākāraṃ vidathasya prasādhanam # RV.10.91.8a; SV.2.334a; KS.39.13a; JB.3.88a; TB.3.11.6.3a; Apś.16.35.5a. P: medhākāram JG.1.14.
medhāṃ mahyam aṅgirasaḥ # RVKh.10.151.1a; ApMB.2.4.5a (ApG.4.11.6). Designated as medhāsūkta Rvidh.4.14.1; 19.1.
memaṃ prāṇo hāsīn mo apānaḥ # AVś.2.28.3c; 7.53.4a; AVP.1.12.4c.
moṣathā vṛkṣaṃ kapaneva vedhasaḥ # RV.5.54.6b; N.6.4.
ya ākaraḥ sahasrā yaḥ śatāmaghaḥ # RV.8.33.5c.
ya ādade yasya vāghāsi (for vā ghāsi) pitryāḥ # AVP.12.20.3a.
ya ārebhe yasya vā ghāsy apsarāḥ # AVP.12.20.2a.
ya idaṃ dīrghaṃ prayataṃ sadhastham # RV.1.154.3c.
ya ṛkṣād aṃhaso mucat # RV.8.24.27a.
ya ṛjrā vātaraṃhasaḥ # RV.8.34.17a.
ya ṛṣabhasya vājaḥ # AVP.4.5.6c. See atharṣabhasya.
ya ojiṣṭhas tam ā bhara # RV.9.101.9a; SV.2.170a.
yaḥ paramo bṛhaspatiś cikitvān # MS.1.3.12b: 35.3. See sa prathamo bṛhaspatiś.
yaḥ pūrvyāya vedhase navīyase # RV.1.156.2a; TB.2.4.3.9a. P: yaḥ pūrvyāya śś.5.11.7.
yaṃ vā hastaṃ brāhmaṇasyārabhante # AVP.5.36.6b.
yaṃ viprā ukthavāhasaḥ # RV.8.12.13a.
yaṃ śiśāti vṛṣabhaś carṣaṇīnām # AVP.13.7.9a.
yakṣmaṃ śroṇibhyāṃ (ApMB. śroṇī-) bhāsadāt # RV.10.163.4c; AVś.20.96.20c; ApMB.1.17.4c. See yakṣmaṃ bhasadyaṃ.
yakṣmaṃ bhasadyaṃ śroṇibhyāṃ bhāsadam (AVP. omits bhāsadam) # AVś.2.33.5c; AVP.4.7.6c. See yakṣmaṃ śroṇibhyāṃ.
yac ca jāmiḥ śapāti naḥ # AVP.5.23.5b. Cf. jāmyāḥ śapathaś.
yac ca papau yac ca ghāsiṃ jaghāsa # RV.1.162.14c; VS.25.38c; TS.4.6.9.1c; MS.3.16.1c: 183.9; KSA.6.5c.
yac ca hastiṣv āhitam # AVP.2.34.1b.
yac chasyase dyubhir akto vacobhiḥ # RV.6.5.6c.
yac chociṣā sahasas putra tiṣṭhāḥ # RV.3.14.4c.
yachā naḥ śarma dīrghaśrut # RV.7.16.8d.
yaj jāyathās tad ahar asya kāme # RV.3.48.2a.
yajñaṃ yad yajñavāhasaḥ # AVś.6.114.2c. See yajñair vo.
yajña namaś ca ta upa ca yajñasya śive saṃtiṣṭhasva # VS.2.19; śB.11.2.3.9. P: yajña namaś ca te Kś.3.6.21. See next, yajña śaṃ, yajña śivo, and śaṃ ca ma.
yajñanyaṃ sāmagām ukthaśāsam # RV.10.107.6b.
yajña śivo me saṃtiṣṭhasva # JB.2.41; Apś.4.16.15. See yajña namaś.
yajñasya kriyate mithu # ṣB.1.6.19b; TB.3.7.11.5b; Apś.3.12.1b. See arthasya karmaṇo.
yajñasyarddhim anu saṃtiṣṭhasva # TB.3.7.6.20; Tā.10.77; Apś.4.12.10.
yajñasya śiraḥ pratidhāsyāmaḥ # śB.14.1.3.2.
yajñasya sahaso yaho # RV.8.84.5b; SV.2.900b.
yajña sviṣṭo me saṃtiṣṭhasva # JB.2.41; Apś.4.16.15.
yajñāriṣṭo me saṃtiṣṭhasva # JB.2.41; Apś.4.16.15.
yajñebhir yajñavāhasam # RV.8.12.20a.
yajñebhiḥ sūno sahaso yajāsi # RV.6.4.1b; TS.4.3.13.3b.
yajñair atharvā prathamaḥ pathas tate # RV.1.83.5a; AVś.20.25.5a.
yajñair vā yajñavāhasaḥ # RV.1.86.2a; TS.4.2.11.2a. Cf. yajñair vo.
yajñair vo yajñavāhasaḥ # TB.2.4.4.9c. See yajñaṃ yad, and cf. yajñair vā.
yatas tapaḥ samūhasi # AVś.1.13.2b.
yataḥ svaḥ samīhase # VS.36.21d.
yato-yataḥ samīhase # VS.36.22a.
yat te krūraṃ yad āsthitaṃ tad etena śundhasva (Kauś. tac chundasva) # MS.1.2.16: 26.8; 3.10.1: 128.13. Ps: yat te krūraṃ yad āsthitam Kauś.44.23; yat te krūram Mś.1.8.4.4. See prec. and next.
yat te sadhasthaṃ parame vyoman # AVś.13.1.44c.
yat te sāde mahasā śūkṛtasya # RV.1.162.17a; VS.25.40a; TS.4.6.9.2a; KSA.6.5a.
yat tau hāsāte ahamuttareṣu # TB.2.8.8.1b.
yat punāno makhasyase # RV.9.61.27c; SV.2.565c.
yat prokṣaṇam apatad barhiṣas (text varhiṣas) pari # AVP.12.9.8a. The Kashmir ms. has barhiṣyas.
yatra pūṣā bṛhaspatiḥ # HG.2.6.12a.
yatra bṛhaspateś chāgasya haviṣaḥ priyā dhāmāni # KS.18.21.
yatrā rathasya bṛhato nidhānam # RV.3.53.5c,6c.
yatrendrasya ṛṣabhasya (KS. meṣasya) haviṣaḥ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.46; KS.18.21.
yat saṃvatsam abharan bhāso asyāḥ # RV.4.33.4c.
yat sīm āgaś cakṛmā śiśrathas tat # RV.5.85.7d.
yat somyasyāndhaso (ApMB. sau-) bubodhati # RV.10.32.1d; ApMB.1.1.1d.
yathā aśvatthasya parṇāni # AVP.9.29.6a.
yathā tiṣṭhāsi me vaśe # AVP.2.90.1d.
yathā te jātam andhasaḥ # RV.9.55.2b; SV.2.326b.
yathā me bhūrayo 'sata # AVś.18.4.55d. See yathāsāma.
yathā-yathāsya śrapaṇaṃ tathā-tathā # TB.3.6.6.4d. See yathāsya śrapaṇaṃ.
yathārthaṃ viparetana # VārG.14.25d. See athāstaṃ vi paretana.
yathā vaḥ susahāsati # RV.10.191.4d; AVś.6.64.3d; MS.2.2.6d: 20.11; KS.10.12d; TB.2.4.4.5d.
yathā vāṃ na sahāsati # AVP.2.58.3d,6d; 6.23.8d,9c.
yathā śatrūn sahamānaḥ sahāsai # AVP.3.27.4b.
yathā śvā (AVP.3.22.5a, erroneously, yathāśvā) caturakṣaḥ # AVP.3.22.5a; 8.6.5a.
yathāsā rāṣṭravardhanaḥ # TB.2.7.15.4c. See yathāso mitra-.
yathāsitaḥ prathayate vaśāṃ anu # AVś.6.72.1a. P: yathāsitaḥ Kauś.40.16.
yathāso mitravardhanaḥ # AVś.4.8.6c; AVP.4.2.7c; KS.36.15c; 37.9c. See yathāsā rāṣṭra-.
yathāsya śrapaṇaṃ tathā # MS.4.13.4d: 204.6. See yathā-yathāsya.
yathāhaṃ śatruho 'sāni (AVP. śatruhāsāni) # AVś.1.29.5c; AVP.1.11.4c.
yathā havyaṃ vahasi jātavedaḥ # AVś.4.23.2a; AVP.4.33.3a.
yathemām amūr vyupāpatati bhāsv iti , evaṃ kṣatrasya mānuṣād vyupāpatata śatravaḥ # JB.3.248.
yad aghriyata (KS. -yathās) tad ghṛtam (KS. adds abhavaḥ) # MS.2.3.4c: 31.2; 2.3.5c: 32.20; KS.11.7c. See yad adhriyata.
yad adaś candramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tad ihāstu # Apś.5.9.7; 16.14.2; 19.11.8. See next.
yad ayātaṃ śubhas patī # RV.10.85.15a; AVś.14.1.15a.
yadā kṛṇoṣi nadanuṃ sam ūhasi # RV.8.21.14c; AVś.20.114.2c; SV.2.740c.
yad ābadhnanti vedhasaḥ # AVP.3.7.4b. See tad etc.
yadā sahasram abhi ṣīm ayodhīt # RV.4.38.8c.
yadi vetthāsato gṛhān # TA.1.8.5d.
yadi stotāraḥ śataṃ yat sahasram # RV.6.34.3c.
yadī mṛjanti sugabhastayo naraḥ # RV.9.72.2c.
yad īm ṛṇvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.7.5c; SV.2.482c.
yadī vedhasaḥ samithe havante # RV.6.25.6b.
yad udeti vi bhāsati # AVś.13.4.7b.
yad u vittaṃ na tad ghasaḥ # AVP.10.1.1d.
yaded ayukta haritaḥ sadhasthāt # RV.1.115.4c; AVś.20.123.1c; VS.33.37c; MS.4.10.2c: 147.2; TB.2.8.7.2c; N.4.11c.
yad didhṛkṣema vajrahasta rodasī # ArS.1.7c. See yeneme citra.
yad dha tyad vāṃ purumīḍhasya sominaḥ # RV.1.151.2a.
yad dha prabhāsi kṛtvyāṃ anu dyūn # RV.1.121.7c.
yad dhastayoḥ śamitur yan nakheṣu # RV.1.162.9c; VS.25.32c; TS.4.6.8.4c; MS.3.16.1c: 182.15; KSA.6.4c.
yad dhastābhyāṃ cakṛma (MSṭBṭA. cakara) kilbiṣāṇi (TA. kilviṣāṇi) # AVś.6.118.1a; MS.4.14.17a: 245.11; TB.3.7.12.3a; TA.2.4.1a.
yad vā ghāsya prabhṛtam āsye tṛṇam # RV.1.162.8c; VS.25.31c; TS.4.6.8.3c; MS.3.16.1c: 182.11; KSA.6.4c.
yad vā dāsy ārdrahastā samaṅte # AVś.12.3.13c.
yad vā marutvaḥ parame sadhasthe # RV.1.101.8a.
yad vā samudre andhasaḥ # RV.8.65.2c.
yad vā samudre andhaso 'vited asi # RV.8.13.15c.
yantāsi yachase hastau # AVś.6.81.1a. P: yantāsi Kauś.35.11.
yaṃ tvaṃ ratham indra medhasātaye # RV.1.129.1a; AB.5.12.8; KB.23.6. Ps: yaṃ tvaṃ ratham indra Aś.8.1.14; yaṃ tvaṃ ratham śś.10.8.6. Cf. BṛhD.4.4.
yaṃ tvaṃ vipra medhasātau # RV.8.71.5a.
yan na vyeti tad avyayam # GB.1.1.26d; Mahābhāṣya 1.96d.
yan niktahastas taraṇir vicakṣaṇaḥ # RV.4.45.5c.
yaṃ nirayācathās taṃ juṣasva # TS.3.1.9.4. P: yaṃ nirayācathāḥ Apś.12.23.11.
yan no nir aṃhaso yūyam # AVP.5.39.2c. See yenā nir etc.
yan manyur jāyām āvahat # AVś.11.8.1a; SaṃnyāsaU.3; KaṇṭhaśrutiU.5.
yan me babhasti nābhinandati # AVś.9.2.2b.
yamaḥ pitṝṇām adhipatiḥ (AVP. adhyakṣaḥ) sa māvatu (AVP. has sa māvatu at the beginning of the following formula) # AVś.5.24.14; AVP.15.9.3.
yam abadhnād bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.10.6.6a--17a,22a--28a.
yam aśvatthādhirohasi # AVP.1.79.1d.
yamasyāmī sabhāsadaḥ # AVś.3.29.1c.
yamāya savitre varuṇāya bṛhaspataye duvasvate rakṣoghne svāhā # TS.1.8.7.2. Cf. yamāya dakṣiṇāt-.
yam ichasi tam ādatsva # Kauś.37.7.
yaṃ parihastam abibhaḥ # AVś.6.81.3a.
yaṃ mathnāti bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.1.85.1b.
yayor ānando nihito mahaś ca # TB.2.4.5.7b; śś.3.18.14b.
yayor ubhe rodasī nādhasī vṛtau # RV.10.65.5d.
yavaṃ-yavaṃ no andhasā # RV.9.55.1a; SV.2.325a.
yaśasvanto yaśaskṛtam (KS. yaśasvinam) # TS.1.5.5.4d; KS.6.9d. See sahasvantaḥ.
yaśo mendrābṛhaspatī # ArS.3.10b. See yaśasendrā-.
yas tastambha sahasā vi jmo antān # RV.4.50.1a; AVś.20.88.1a; MS.4.12.15a: 193.3; KS.9.19a; Vait.33.19. P: yas tastambha Aś.7.9.3; 9.5.5; śś.12.12.2; 15.4.9; Mś.5.2.5.21. Cf. BṛhD.5.5.
yas te aśvasanir (VSK. yas te deva somāśva-) bhakṣo yo gosanis tasya ta iṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasyopahūtasyopahūto (VSK. -kthasyopahūta upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # VS.8.12; VSK.8.7.2; śB.4.4.3.11. P: yas te aśvasaniḥ Kś.10.8.5. Cf. under apsu dhūtasya deva.
yas te deva varuṇa gāyatrachandāḥ pāśas taṃ ta etenāvayaje (Apś. adds svāhā) # TB.1.4.2.3; Apś.19.4.9 (with ūhas). See yas te rājan varuṇa gāyatra-.
yas te manyuḥ sahasrākṣa # AVP.3.10.5a.
yas te sūno sahaso gīrbhir ukthaiḥ # RV.6.13.4a.
yasmād bhīṣā nimehasi # Apś.9.18.9.
yasminn aśvāsa ṛṣabhāsa ukṣaṇaḥ # RV.10.91.14a; VS.20.78a; MS.3.11.4a: 146.13; KS.38.9a; TB.1.4.2.2a; Apś.19.3.2a. P: yasminn aśvāsaḥ Kś.19.6.21.
yasmin rāyaḥ śevṛdhāsaḥ # RV.3.16.2b.
yasmin vā bhagam ichase # AVP.3.28.4b.
yasmin sahasraṃ brāhmaṇāḥ # AB.8.23.4c.
yasmai tvaṃ vaso dānāya maṃhase (RV.8.51.6a, śikṣasi) # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).6a; 52 (Vāl.4).6a.
yasya grāmā yasya viśve rathāsaḥ # RV.2.12.7b; AVś.20.34.7b; AVP.12.14.7b.
yasya tvam ūrdhvo adhvarāya tiṣṭhasi # RV.8.19.10a.
yasya dvibarhaso bṛhat # RV.8.15.2a; AVś.20.61.5a; 62.9a.
yasya mandāno andhasaḥ # RV.6.43.4a.
yasya vaśāsa ṛṣabhāsa ukṣaṇaḥ # AVś.4.24.4a; AVP.4.39.4a.
yasya viśvāni hastayoḥ # RV.1.176.3a; 6.45.8a.
yasyoddhāra uṣṇihās tā hi vavre # AVP.1.87.2b.
yaḥ saptaraśmir vṛṣabhas tuviṣmān # RV.2.12.12a; AVś.20.34.13a; AVP.12.15.3a; JUB.1.29.7a,8.
yaḥ sahasraṃ śatāśvam # RV.10.62.8c.
yaḥ sumnair dīrghaśruttamaḥ # RV.10.93.2c.
adhastād udvīkṣante # AVP.15.19.6a.
yācayate bṛhaspatiḥ # AVś.12.4.38d.
te patighnī prajāghnī paśughnī gṛhaghnī yaśoghnī ninditā tanūr jāraghnīṃ tata enāṃ karomi sā jīrya tvaṃ mayā sahāsau # PG.1.11.4. See under prec.
yāni pravṛddho vṛṣabhaś cakāra # RV.8.96.2d; MS.3.8.3d: 95.9; KS.9.19d.
yāni bruvanti vedhasaḥ suteṣu # RV.7.26.3b.
yāṃ tvā jajñur vṛṣabhasya raveṇa # RV.7.79.4c.
yābhir madāya śumbhase # RV.9.2.7c; SV.2.393c; JB.3.137c.
yām ṛdhāthe sadhastutim # RV.1.17.9c.
yajñasya samṛddhasyāśīḥ sā me samṛdhyatām # KB.2.2; śś.2.9.9.
rādhasā coditārā matīnām # RV.5.43.9c.
yāv asyā stanau sahasradhārāv akṣitau # AVś.9.1.7b.
vahasi puru spārhaṃ vananvati # RV.7.81.3c.
vāṃ śataṃ niyuto yāḥ sahasram # RV.7.91.6a; AB.5.16.11; Aś.8.9.2.
vām indrāvaruṇā yātavyā tanūs tayemam aṃhaso muñcatam # TS.2.3.13.1. P: yā vām indrāvaruṇā yātavyā tanūḥ Apś.19.25.5. Cf. BDh.4.7.5, and the ūha, amuktam, for muñcatam Apś.19.25.6.
vām indrāvaruṇā sahasyā rakṣasyā tejasyā tanūs tayemam aṃhaso muñcatam # TS.2.3.13.1.
vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ojasyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema # MS.2.3.1: 27.15. P: yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ojasyā Mś.5.2.1.3,4. With ūhas, agnīvaruṇā (text agni-), and indrāvaruṇā, for mitrāvaruṇā Mś.5.2.1.3.
vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ojasyā sahasyā yātavyā rakṣasyā tanūs tayā vām avidhāma # MS.2.3.1: 27.19. See next but three.
vāṃ mitrāvaruṇau sahasyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema # MS.2.3.1: 27.16.
vāṃ mitrāvaruṇau sahasyaujasyā rakṣasyā yātavyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema (also vām avidhāma) # KS.11.11. See prec. but three.
yāvīr aghasya cid dveṣaḥ # RV.8.79.4c.
yāś ca te hasta (MS. -tā) iṣavaḥ # AVP.14.4.3c; VS.16.9c; TS.4.5.1.3c; MS.2.9.2c: 121.19; KS.17.11c; NīlarU.13c.
saṃjayantam adhi yāsu vardhase # KS.4.3d. See āśuṃ jayantam.
yāsām ūdhaś caturbilam # Apś.7.17.1a; AG.2.10.6a; śG.3.9.3a.
yāsāṃ bṛhaspatir udājateḍā nāma rūpaṃ paśūnāṃ saṃgavaṃ dhāma paśyamānas tāsām ayaṃ yonir ayaṃ goṣṭha iha rayiḥ puṣṭiḥ svāhā # MS.4.2.11: 34.8.
yās te rudrādhastāt senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.
yās te sahasraṃ hetayaḥ # VS.16.52c; TS.4.5.10.5c; MS.2.9.9c: 128.4; KS.17.16c.
yāhi pathāṃ anehasā # RV.1.129.9b.
yāhi sūno sahaso yasya nū cit # RV.6.18.11c.
yukṣvā hi tvaṃ rathāsahā # RV.8.26.20a; MS.4.14.2a: 216.9. Cf. BṛhD.6.67.
yujaṃ vajraṃ vṛṣabhaś cakra indraḥ # RV.1.33.10c.
yujyas te saptapadaḥ sakhāsmi # AVś.5.11.10d.
yujyo naḥ (AVś. me) saptapadaḥ sakhāsi # AVś.5.11.9d; AVP.8.1.9c.
yudhed āpitvam ichase # RV.8.21.13c; AVś.20.114.1c; SV.1.399c; 2.739c.
yudho nara (MS. narā) iṣuhastena vṛṣṇā # RV.10.103.2d; AVś.19.13.3d; AVP.7.4.3d; SV.2.1200d; VS.17.34d; TS.4.6.4.1d; MS.2.10.4d: 135.12; KS.18.5d.
yudhmasya te vṛṣabhasya svarājaḥ # RV.3.46.1a; MS.4.14.14a: 238.7; AB.5.5.2; KB.22.8; śś.18.19.6. P: yudhmasya te Aś.7.11.28; 8.12.22; śś.10.5.20; 12.3.7.
yudhvā sañ chaśvaj jigetha # RV.9.66.16c.
yuvo rathasya pari cakram īyate # RV.8.22.4a.
yuṣmoto arvā sahuriḥ sahasrī # RV.7.58.4b.
yūthā dānāya maṃhase # RV.8.61.8b; SV.2.932b.
yūthe na niṣṭhā vṛṣabho vi tiṣṭhase # RV.9.110.9c; SV.2.846c.
yūyaṃ hi ṣṭhā namasa id vṛdhāsaḥ # RV.1.171.2d.
ye apsavam arṇavaṃ citrarādhasaḥ # RV.10.65.3c.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"has" has 590 results
anvarthasaṃjñāA technical term used in accordance with the sense of its constituent parts; e. g. सर्वनाम, संख्या, अव्यय उपसर्जन,कारक, कर्मप्रवचनीय, अव्ययी-भाव, प्रत्यय, उपपद et cetera, and others All these terms are picked up from ancient grammarians by Pāṇini: confer, compare तत्र महत्याः संज्ञाया एतत् प्रयोजनम् । अन्वर्थसंज्ञा यथा विज्ञायेत । संख्यायते अनया संख्येति । confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.23; also confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.27,I. 1.38,I.2.43, I.4.83, II.1,5, III. 1.1, III.1.92 et cetera, and others
asamarthasamāsaa compound of two words, which ordinarily is inadmissible, one of the two words being more closely connected with a third word, but which takes place on the authority of usage, there being no obstacle in the way of understanding the sense to be conveyed; e. g. देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् । देवदत्तस्य दासभार्या । असूर्यंपश्यानि मुखानि, अश्राद्धभोजी ब्राह्मणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
ārthasamājacombination of the meanings (of the base and affix); see the word अार्थ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kātantrarahasyaa work on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Ramānātha Vidyāvācaspati of the sixteenth century A. D.
ghastad, affix इय, occurring in Vedic Literature,applied to the word ऋतु, exempli gratia, for example अयं ते योनिऋत्वीयः; confer, compare Kās on P. V.1.106.
chastaddhita affix. affix ईय added to the word भवत् in the general शैषिक senses, e. g. भवदीयः; cf P. IV.2.115. The mute letter स् has been attached to the affix छस् So that the base भवत् before it could be termed pada (confer, compare सिति च P, I.4.16) and as a result have the consonant त् changed into द् by P. VIII.2.39.
thaspersonal ending of the 2nd person. dual Parasmaipada, which is substituted for ल् of the lakara affixes; confer, compare P. III 4.78.
paribhāṣārthasaṃgrahṛa treatise on the Paribhasas in the system of Panini's grammar written by Vaidyanatha Sastrin.
bhastrādia class of words headed by the word भस्त्रा to which the taddhita affix. affix इक ( ष्ठन् ) is added in the sense of 'carrying by' ; e. g. भस्त्रिक, भस्त्रिकी confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.4.16.
bhasaṃjñāthe term भ applied to the noun-base in contrast with the term पद. For details see the word भ.
mitavṛtyarthasaṃgrahaname ofa grammatical work on the SUtras of Paanini by Udayana.
mukhasukhārthaa mute letter added to an affix or a substitute cr the like, which does not really form a part of the affix et cetera, and others, but which simply facilitates the utterance of it: confer, compare अथ मुखसुखार्थस्तकार: दकारोपि ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, VI.1.87; confer, compare also अादति तकारो मुखसुखार्थः, न त्वयं तपरः Kaas. on P. III.2.171.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntarahasyaname of a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Nilakantha.
śabdārtharahasyaa grammatical work on the interpretation of words by Ramanatha Vidyavacaspati.
śabdārthasaṃbandhathe connection between a word and its sense which is a permanently established one. According to grammarians,words, their sense and their connection, all the three, are established for ever: confer, compare सिद्धे शव्दार्थसंबन्ध P. I.1. . Varttika 1,and the Bhasya thereon सिद्ध शब्द: अर्थः संबन्धश्चेति | Later grammarians have described twelve kinds of शब्दार्थसंबन्ध viz. अभिधा,विवक्षा, तात्पर्य, प्रविभाग, व्यपेक्ष, सामर्थ्य अन्वय, एकार्थीभाव, दोषहान, गुणोपादान, अलंकारयेाग and रसावियोग: confer, compare Sringaraprakasa.I.
śuddhāśubodhasūtrārthavyākaraṇaa gloss on the Asubodha-grammar, written by a grammarian named Ramesvara.
samarthasūtrathe rule समर्थः पदविधिः P. II. 1.1.confer, compare समर्थसूत्रे उद्गातार इति भाष्यप्रयोगात् S. K. on P.VI. 4.11.
sarvamukhasthānathe whole orifice of the mouth as a place of utterance, as for example for the vowel अ: confer, compare सर्वमुखस्थानमवर्णमक इच्छन्ति I M.Bh. on P. I. 1.9 Vart. 2.
sāṃgrahasūtrikaa student of संग्रहसूत्र; the word occurs in the Mahabhasya along with वार्तिकसूत्रिक, and it may therefore mean a student of the stupendous work named the Samgraha of व्याडि which is believed to have consisted of small numerous sutralike assertions, with an exhaustive gloss thereon. See संग्रह.
akṛtnot established; said of a grammatical operation which has not taken place e. g. अकृतसंधिकार्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.100, W. 3.84, also कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.4.62.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
ananyanot different, the same: confer, compare एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् that which has got a change regarding one of its parts is by no means something else; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 37.
anabhinirvṛttathat which is not applied; literally(an operation or vidhi) which has not taken place or which has not been effective; confer, compare प्रसक्तस्य अनभिनिर्वृत्तस्य प्रतिषेधेन निवृत्तिः शक्या कर्तुं नानभिनिर्वृत्तस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5; IV. 1.37. Cfeminine. also न चानभिनिर्वृत्ते बहिरङ्गे अन्तरङ्गं प्राप्नोति । तत्र निमित्तमेव बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गस्य M.Bh. on VI.4.22: VIII.3.15.
anānupūrvyasaṃhitāthat saṁhitā text which has an order of words in it, which is different from what obtains in the Pada-pāṭha, and which appears appropriate according to the sense intended in the passage. There are three places of such combinations of words which are not according to the succcession of words in the Pada-pāṭha, quoted in the R.Pr. शुनश्चिच्छेपं निदितं सहस्रात् Rk. Saṁ. V.2.7, नरा वा शंसं पूषणमगोह्यम् Rk. Saṁ. X. 64.3; नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rk. Saṁh. IX. 86. 42. confer, compare एता अनानुपूर्व्यसंहिताः । न ह्येतेषां त्रयाणां पदानुपूर्व्येण संहितास्ति Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.78.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
aniṭkārikā(1)name given to Stanzas giving a complete list of such roots as do not allow the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. For such Kārikās see Sid. Kaum. on VII.1.5 as also Kāśikā on VII. 2.10; ( 2 ) a short treatise enumerating in 11 verses the roots which do not admit the augment इट् before the ārdhadhatuka affixes. The work is anonymous, and not printed so far, possibly composed by a Jain writer. The work possibly belongs to the Kātantra system and has got short glosses called व्याख्यान, अवचूरि, विवरण, टीका, टिप्पणी and the like which are all anonymous.
anitya(1)not nitya or obligatory optional; said of a rule or paribhāṣā whose application is voluntary). Regarding the case and con= jugational affixes it can be said that those affixes can, in a way: be looked upon as nitya or obligatory, as they have to be affixed to a crude nominal base or a root; there being a dictum that no crude base without an affix can be used as also, no affix alone without a base can be usedition On the other hand, the taddhita and kṛt affixes as also compounds are voluntary as, instead of them an independent word or a phrase can be used to convey the sense. For a list of such nitya affixes see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 4.7; (2) the word अनित्य is also used in the sense of not-nitya, the word नित्य being taken to mean कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि occurring before as well as after another rule has been applied, the latter being looked upon as अनित्य which does not do so. This 'nityatva' has got a number of exceptions and limitations which are mentioned in Paribhāṣās 43-49 in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara.
anirdiṣṭārthawhose sense has not been specifically stated ; the word is used with reference to such affixes as are not prescribed in any specific sense or senses and hence as are looked upon as possessing the sense which the base after which they are prescribed has got: confer, compare अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति -affixes, to which no meaning has been assigned, convey the meaning of the bases to which they are added; confer, compare Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.4, III, 2.67, III.3.19, III. 4.9, VI.1.162.
anubandhaa letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition
anubhūtisvarūpācāryaa writer of the twelfth century who wrote a work on grammar called सरस्वती-प्रक्रिया or सारस्वतप्रक्रिया, He has also written धातुपाठ and आख्यातप्रक्रिया. The grammar is a short one and is studied in some parts of India.
anūktistatement with reference to what has been already said the same as anvādeśa.
anekaśeṣahaving no ekaśeṣa topic in it; a term applied to the Daiva Grammar which does not discuss the ekaśeṣa topic to which Pāṇini has devoted ten rules from I. 2.64 to 73.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
antaraṅgaparibhāṣāthe phrase is used generally for the परिभाषा "असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे' described a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See the word अन्तरङ्ग. The परिभाषा has got a very wide field of application and is used several times in setting aside difficulties which present themselves in the formation of a word. Like many other paribhāṣās this paribhāṣā is not a paribhāṣā of universal application.
antarbhāvainclusion of an element (of sense) in what has been actually assignedition exempli gratia, for example देवदत्तमुपरमति । उपरमयतीति यावत् । अन्तर्भावितण्यर्थोत्र रमिः Kāś on P. I.3.84, अन्तर्भावितण्यर्थो युधिः सकर्मको भवति । राजयुध्वा Kāś on P.III. 2.95.
anyapadārthaanother sense, sense different from what has been expressed by the wording given; confer, compare अनेकमन्यपदार्थे P.II.2.24; also अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.6.
anvādeśa(1)literally reference to the anterior word or expression: confer, compareअन्वादेशेान्त्यस्य (निःशब्दस्य in T.Pr.VII.3, अकारस्य in V-8) Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.58: (2) reference again to what has been stated previously: confer, compare इदमोन्वादेशेशनुदात्तस्तृतीयादौ अन्वादेशश्च कथितानुकथनमात्रम् P.II.4.32 and Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 thereon; एकस्यैवाभिधेयस्य पूर्वं शब्देन प्रतिपादितस्य द्वितीयं प्रतिपादनमन्वादेशः Kāś on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
apavṛktathat which has already happened or taken place; confer, compare न्याय्या त्वेषा भूतकालता । कुतः । आद्यपवर्गात् । आदि रत्रापवृक्तः । एष च नाम न्याय्यो भूतकालो यत्र किंचिदपवृक्तं दृश्यते M.Bh. on III.2.102
abāghakanot coming in the way of rules otherwise applicable; the word is used in connection with निपातन i. e. constituted or announced forms or specially formed words which are said to be अबाधक i. e. not coming in the way of forms which could be arrived at by application of the regular rules. Siradeva has laid down the Paribhāṣā अबाधकान्यपि निपातनानि भवन्ति defending the form पुरातन in spite of Pāṇini's specific mention of the word पुराण in the rule पुराणप्रोक्तेषुo IV. 3. 105.
abhiniviṣṭathat which has already entered on functioning or begun to function; confer, compare स्वभावत एतेषां शब्दानां एतेष्वर्थेषु अभिनिविष्टानां निमित्तत्वेन अन्वाख्यानं क्रियते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1. confer, compare पूर्वमपवादा अभिनिविशन्ते पश्चादुत्सर्गाः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.46; Pari. Śek. Pari. 62.
abhyaṃkara(BHASKARASHASTRI Abhyankar 1785-1870 A. D. )an eminent scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who prepared a number of Sanskrit scholars in Grammar at Sātārā. He has also written a gloss on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another one on the Laghu-Śabdenduśekhara. (VASUDEVA SHASTRI Abhyakar 863-1942 A. D.) a stalwart Sanskrit Pandit, who, besides writing several learned commentaries on books in several Sanskrit Shastras, has written a commentary named 'Tattvādarśa' on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another named 'Guḍhārthaprakāśa' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara. (KASHINATH VASUDEVA Abhyankar, 1890-) a student of Sanskrit Grammar who has written महाभाष्यप्रस्तावना-खण्ड, and जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति and compiled the परिभाषासंग्रह and the present Dictionary of Sanskrit Grammar.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣāa well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'
alpāpekṣaam operation requiring a smaller number of causes, which merely on that account cannot be looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग. The antaraṅga operation has its causes occurring earlier than those of another operation which is termed बहिरङ्ग confer, compare बहिरङगान्तरङश्ङ्गशब्दाभ्यां बह्वपेक्षत्वाल्पापेक्षत्वयोः शब्दमर्यादयाsलाभाच्च । तथा सति असिद्धं बह्वपेक्षमल्पापेक्ष इत्येव वदेत् ॥ Par.Śek. Pari. 50.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avaśyamnecessarily; the expression अवश्यं चैतदेवं विज्ञेयम् is very frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya when the same statement is to be emphasizedition
avṛddhaliterallynot beginning with the vowel अा, ऐ or औ; a word which has got no अा or ऐ, or औ as its first vowel, as for example ग्लुचुक, अहिचुम्बक et cetera, and others इरावती, नर्मदा यमुना etc; confer, compare प्राचामवृद्धात् फिन् बहुलम् P.IV.1.160. also अवृद्धाभ्यो नदीमानुषीभ्यस्तन्नामिकाभ्यः P.IV. 1.113.
avyayaindeclinable, literally invariant, not undergoing a change. Pāṇini has used the word as a technical term and includes in it all such words as स्वर्, अन्तर् , प्रातर् etc, or composite expressions like अव्ययीभावसमास, or such taddhitānta words as do not take all case affixes as also kṛdanta words ending in म् or ए, ऐ, ओ, औ. He gives such words in a long list of Sutras P. I.1.37 to 41; confer, compare सदृशं त्रिषु लिङ्गेषु सर्वासु च विभक्तिषु । वचनेषु च सर्वेषु यन्न व्येति तदव्ययम् Kāś. on P.I.1.37.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
asvarakauntoned; a word without an accent, as different from a word which has an accent,but which is not uttered with that accent: cf अक्रियमाणे ह्युपदेशिवद्भावे...अान्तर्यत अांदेशा अस्वरकाणामस्वरकाः स्युः M.Bh. on VII. 1.2, VII. 1. 89.
ācāryasaṃpadnecessary qualification to teach the Veda with all its pāṭhas having the necessary knowledge of accents, matrās and the like. confer, compare पदक्रमविभागज्ञो वर्णक्रमविचक्षणः स्वरमात्राविशेषज्ञो गच्छेदाचार्यसंपदम् R. Prāt.I.8.
ādyudāttaa word beginning with an acute-accent id est, that is which has got the first vowel accented acute: words in the vocative case and words formed with an affix marked with a mute ञ् or न् are ādyudātta; confer, compareP. VI.1.197, 198: for illustrations in detail see P.VI.1.189-216.
aāniimp. 1st per.sing affix नि with the augment अा prefixed, which has got its न् changed into ण् by P. VIII.4.16.
aānpadword ending with अान् which has the consonant dropped and the preceding आ nasalized; e. g. सर्गा इव सृजतम् Ṛk.Saṁ. VIII. 35. 20, महा इन्द्रः Ṛk Saṁ VI.19.1; confer, compare दीर्घादटि समानपादे, अातोऽटि नित्यम् P. VIII.3.9, VIII.3.3; confer, compare also हन्त देवो इति चैता अान्-पदाः पदवृत्तयः R.Pr.IV.26,27.
āmreḍita(1)iterative: a repeated word, defined as द्विरुक्तं पदम् confer, compare द्विरुक्तमात्रेडितं पदम् exempli gratia, for example यज्ञायज्ञा वो अग्नये Vāj. Prāt. I. 146; (2). the second or latter portion, of a repeated word according to Pāṇini; c. तस्य (द्विरुक्तस्य) परमाम्रेडितम् P. VIII.1.2. The Āmreḍita word gets the grave accent and has its last vowel protracted when it implies censure; confer, compare P.VIII.1.3 and VIII. 2.95.Haradatta has tried to explain how the term आम्रेडित means the first member; confer, compare ननु अाम्रेडितशब्दे । निघण्टुषु प्रसिद्धः अाम्रेडितं द्विस्त्रिरुक्तमिति । सत्यमर्थे प्रसिद्धः इह तु शब्दे परिभाष्यते । महासंज्ञाकरणं पूर्वाचार्यानुरोधेन Padamañj. on VIII.1.2.
ārṣaderived from the holy sages; founded on sacred tradition, such as the Vedāṅgas;confer, compare कृत्स्नं च वेदाड्गमनिन्द्यमार्षम् R. Prāt. XIV 30. The word is explained as स्वयंपाठ by the commentary on Vāj Prāt. IX.2I, and as Vaidika saṁdhi on X.l3. Patañjali has looked upon the pada-pāṭha or Pada-text of the Saṁhitās of the Vedas, as anārṣa, as contrasted with the Saṁhitā text which is ārṣa; confer, compare आर्ष्याम् in the sense संहितायाम् R. Prāt. II.27; confer, compare also पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
āśubodha(1)name of a work on grammar written by Tārānātha called Tarka-vācaspatī, a reputed Sanskrit scholar of Bengal of the 19th century A.D. who compiled the great Sanskrit Dictionary named वाचस्पत्यकेाश and wrote commentaries on many Sanskrit Shastraic and classical works. The grammar called अाशुबोध is very useful for beginners; (2) name of an elementary grammar in aphorisms written by रामकिंकरसरस्वती, which is based on the Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
aāsatticlose proximity of a word with another; confer, compare णौ इत्यस्य आसत्तिवशात् कृतं एव संबन्धः । Pari. Bhaskar Pari. 97.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
itaretarapossessed of interdependence; depending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतरं कार्यमसद्वत् Candra Pari. 5 }. Grammatical operations are of no avail if the rules stating them are mutually depending on each other. The word इतरेतर has the sense of इतरेतराश्रय here.
īpsitaa desired object, which, in connection with transitive roots, gets the designation कर्म,when the agent has a keen desire for it; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49.
uktārthaa word or expression whose sense has been already expressedition The expression उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः is frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas and cited as a Paribhāṣā or a salutary conventional maxim against repetition of words in the Paribhāṣāpāṭhas of Vyādi (Par. 51), Candragomin (Par 28) and Kātantra (Par. 46) and Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. (Par. 46) grammars.
uccaritapronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.
uccāraṇapronunciation, enunciation (in the Śāstra). The phrase उच्चारणसामर्थ्यात् is often found used in the Mahābhāṣya and elsewhere in connection with the words of Pāṇini, everyone of which is believed to , have a purpose or use in the Śāstra, which purpose, if not clearly manifest, is assigned to it on the strength (सामर्थ्य) of its utterance; confer, compare उच्चारणसामर्थ्यादत्र ( हिन्येाः ) उत्वं न भविष्यति M.Bh. on III.4.89 V.2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on IV.4.59, VI.4.163, VII.1.12,50, VII.2.84, In a few cases, a letter is found used by Pāṇini which cannot be assigned any purpose but which has been put there for facility of the use of other letters. Such letters are said to be उच्चारणार्थ; confer, compare जग्धि: । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:। नानुबन्धः । Kāś. on II.4.36.च्लि लुडि. । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:; चकारः स्वरार्थः । Kāś, on III.1. 43. The expressions मुखसुखार्थः and श्रवणार्थः in the Mahābhāṣya mean the same as उच्चारणार्थः.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
udgrāhapadavṛttiname given in the Rk. Prātiśākhya to the Udgrāhasaṁdhi where the vowel अ is followed by a long vowel; e.g, कः ईषते =क ईषते R.Pr.II.10.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upadhālopina word or a noun which has got the penultimate letter omitted; confer, compare अन उपधालेपिनोन्यतरस्याम् P. IV. 1. 28.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upamanyu(1)the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a commentory on the famous Kāśikāvṛtti by Jayāditya and Vāmana. Some believe that Upa-manyu was an ancient sage who wrote a nirukta or etymological work and whose pupil came to be known as औपमन्यव.
upavarṣaan ancient grammarian and Mīmāmsaka believed to have been the brother of Varṣa and the preceptor of Pāṇini. He is referred to, many times as an ancient writer of some Vṛttigranthas.
upasaṃkhyānamention, generally of the type of the annexation of some words to words already given, or of some limiting conditions or additions to what has been already statedition The word is often found at the end of the statements made by the Vārttikakāra on the sūtras of Pāṇini.: confer, compare P.I.1.29 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: I.1.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3 et cetera, and others The words वाच्य and वक्तव्य are also similarly useditionThe word is found similarly used in the Mahābhāṣya also very frequently.
upasaṃyoga(1)union;confer, compare नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति prepositions are signs to show that such a union with another sense has occurred in the case of the noun or verb to which they are prefixed, Nirukta of Yāska.I.3.; (2) addition; confer, compare अक्रियमाणे हि संज्ञाग्रहणे गरीयानुपसंयोगः कर्तव्यः स्यात् M.Bh. on P. IV.2.21. Vārt, 2.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasṛṣṭaattended with a prefix, generally used in connection with roots; exempli gratia, for example क्रुधद्रुहोरुपसृष्टयोः कर्म P.I.4.38 where the Kāśikā has explaincd the word as उपसर्गसंबद्ध.
uvaṭaalso उव्वट or ऊअट a reputed Kaāśmirian scholar and writer who was the son of Vajrata. He wrote many learned commentaries, some of which are known as Bhasyas. Some of his important works are Ṛkprātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyī prātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyīsamhitābhāṣya, Vedārthadīpika et cetera, and others
uṣṇih(उष्णिक्)name of the second of the main seven Vedic metres which are known by the name प्रजापतिच्छन्दस्. The Uṣṇik metre consists of 28 syllables divided into three padas of 8, 8 and 12 sylla bles. It has got many varieties such as पुरउष्णिह्, ककुभ् and others; for details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI 20-26.
ūrdhvabṛhatī( विराज् )a variety of the metre Bṛhatī which has three padas of twelve syllables each; confer, compare त्रयो द्वादशका यस्याः सा होर्ध्ववृहती विराट् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI.33.
ūṣmasaṃdhiname of a combination or संधि where a visarga is changed into a breathing ( ऊष्मन् ). It has got two varieties named व्यापन्न where the visarga is charged into a breathing as for instance in यस्ककुभः, while it is called विक्रान्त (passed over) where it remains unchanged as for instance in यः ककुभः, य: पञ्च; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 1 1.
fourth vowel in Pāṇini's alphabet; possessed of long and protracted varieties and looked upon as cognate ( सवर्ण ) with लृ which has no long type in the grammar of Pāṇini; confer, compare R.Pr.I,9: V.Pr.VIII.3. (2) uṇādi suffix च् applied to the root स्था to form the word स्थृ; e. g. सव्येष्ठा सारथिः; confer, compare सव्ये स्थश्छन्दसि Uṇ Sū, II. 101.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ediphthong vowel ए made up of अ and इ, and hence having कण्ठतालुस्थान as its place of origin. It has no short form according to Pāṇini. In cases where a short vowel as a substitute is prescribed for it in grammar, the vowel इ is looked upon as its short form. Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya has observed that followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāṇāyanīya branches of the Sāmaveda have short ए ( ऍ ) in their Sāmaveda recital and has given सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् as illustrations; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-48; as also the article on.
ekavṛttisingle vṛtti or gloss on the Vedic as well as classical portions of grammar. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva has used this term in his Bhāṣāvṛtti to contrast his Vṛtti (भाषावृत्ति) with the Kāśikāvṛtti and the Bhāgavṛtti which deal with both the portions; confer, compareअनार्ष इत्येकवृत्तावुपयुक्तम् Bhāṣāvṛtti on I.1.16, confer, comparealso Bhāṣāvṛtti on III. 4.99, IV.3.22 and VI.3.20.एकवृत्ति is possibly used by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva in the sense of मुख्यवृत्ति or साधारणवृत्ति i. e. the common chief gloss on both the portions.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
oṃkārathe syllable ओं called by the term प्रणव and generally recited at the beginning of Vedic works. Patañjali has commented upon the word briefly as follows; पादस्य वा अर्धर्चस्य वा अन्त्यमक्षरमुपसंहृत्य तदाद्यक्षरशेषस्य स्थाने त्रिमात्रमोंकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति तं प्रणव इत्याचक्षते M.Bh. on VIII.2.89.
omSee ओंकार a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.ओम् consists of 2 1/2 matras, confer, compare अर्धतृतीयमात्र एके ब्रुवते T. Pr 18.1; शैत्यायन says that ओम् has any one of the three accemts, while कौण्डिन्य says it has प्रचय or एकश्रुति i. e. absence of any accent.
oraṃbhaṭṭa scholar of grammar of the nineteenth century who wrote a Vṛtti on Pāṇini sūtras called पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति. He has written many works on the Pūrvamīmāmsa and other Śāstras.
kartṛsthakriya(a root)whose activity is found functioning in the subject;confer, compare यत्र क्रियाकृतविशेषदर्शनं कर्तरि Kaiyata on P.III.1.87 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3. Such roots, although transitive do not have any Karmakartari construction by the rule कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III. 1.87. as exempli gratia, for example ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः has no कर्मकर्तरि construction; confer, compare कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां वा कर्ता कर्मवद् भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । कर्तृस्थभावकानां कर्तृस्थक्रियाणां वा कर्ता कर्मवन्मा भूदिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.87. Vārt, 3.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kavikalpadrumaa treatise on roots written by Bopadeva, the son of Keśava and the pupil of Dhaneśa who lived in the time of Hemādri, the Yādava King of Devagiri in the thirteenth century. He has written a short grammar work named Mugdhabodha which has been very popular in Bengal being studied in many Tols or Pāṭhaśālās.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantrapañjikāa name usually given to a compendium of the type of Vivaraṇa or gloss written on the Kātantra Sūtras. The gloss written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the famous commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. ( the same as the the famous Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. or another of the same name ) known as दौर्गसिंही वृत्ति is called Kātantra Pañjika or Kātantravivaraṇa. A scholar of Kātantra grammar by name Kuśala has written a Pañjika on दुर्गसिंहृ's वृत्ति which is named प्रदीप, Another scholar, Trivikrama has written a gloss named Uddyota.
kātantraparibhāṣāvṛtti(1)name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha written by Bhāvamiśra, probably a Maithila Pandit whose date is not known. He has explained 62 Paribhāṣās deriving many of them from the Kātantra Sūtras. The work seems to be based on the Paribhāṣā works by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and others on the system of Pāṇini, suitable changes having been made by the writer with a view to present the work as belonging to the Kātantra school; (2) name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha of the Kātantra school explaining 65 Paribhāṣās. No name of the author is found in the Poona manuscript. The India Office Library copy has given Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. as the author's name; but it is doubted whether Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. was the author of it. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantrapariśiṣṭacandrikāa gloss on the Kātantra-Pariśiṣṭa ascribed to a scholar named Ramadāsa-cakravartin who has written another...work also named Kātantravyākhyāsāra.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍanaalso called षट्कारक-खण्डनमण्डन which is a portion of theauthor's bigger work named त्रिलो-चनचन्द्रिका. The work is a discourse on the six kārakas written by Maṇikaṇṭha, a grammarian of the Kātantra school. He has also written another treatise named Kārakavicāra
kārakacakra(1)written by Puruṣotta madeva a reputed grammarian of Bengal who wrote many works on grammar of which the Bhasavrtti, the Paribhāṣāvṛtti and Jñāpakasamuccya deserve a special mention. The verse portion of the Kārakacakra of which the prose portion appears like a commentary might be bearing the name Kārakakaumudī.
kārakanirṇayaa work discussing the various Kārakas from the Naiyāyika view-point written by the well-known Naiyāyika, Gadādhara Chakravartin of Bengal, who was a pupil of Jagadīśa and who fourished in the 16th century A. D. He is looked upon as one of the greatest scholars of Nyāyaśāstra. His main literarywork was in the field of Nyāyaśāstra on which he has written several treatises.
kārakavibhaktibalīyastvathe dictum that a Kāraka case is stronger than an Upapada case,e. g. the accusative case as required by the word नमस्कृत्य,which is stronger than the dative case as required by the word नमः. Hence the word मुनित्रयं has to be used in the sentence : मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य and not the word मुनित्रयाय confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari. 94.
kārakavivekaknown as कारकवाद also; a short work on the meaning and relation of words written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya who lived in the beginning of the eighteenth century. The work forms the concluding portion of a larger work called कारकविवेक which was written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.. The work कारकवाद has a short commentary written by the author himselfeminine.
kārtikeyathe original instructor of the Kātantra or Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Grammar, to Śarvavarman who composed the Sūtras according to inspiration received by him. The Kātantra, hence, has also got the name Kaumara Vyākaraṇa.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kinakṛt affix इ prescribed along with कि. See कि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The affix किन् causes the acute accent on the first vowel of the word ending with it, while the affix ki ( इ ) has itself the acute accent on its vowel इ.
kṛtārthalit which has got its purpose served: a term used in connection with a rule that has been possible to be applied (without clash with another rule) in the case of certain instances, although it comes into conflict in the case of other istances confer, compare तत्र कृतार्थत्वाद् दिकशब्दपक्षे परेण ठञ्जतौ स्याताम् Kāś. P.IV. 3.5. The word चरितार्थ is used almost in the same sense.
kṛtyaliterally that which should be done; the word कृत्य is used as a tech nical term in grammar in the sense of kṛt affixes which possess the sense 'should be done'. Pāṇini has not defined the term कृत्य but he has introduced a topic ( अधिकार ) by the name कृत्य (P. III.1.95), and mentioned kṛt afixes therein which are to be called कृत्य right on upto the mention of the affix ण्वुल्. in P.III. 1.133; confer, compare कृत्याः प्राङ् ण्वुलः P. III. 1.95 The kṛtya affixes, commonly found in use, are तव्य, अनीय and य ( यत्, क्यप् and ण्यत् ).
kṛdgrahaṇamention of a kṛt id est, that is of a word ending with a kṛt affix. The word mainly occurs in the Paribhāṣā कृद्ग्रहणे गतिकारकपूर्वस्यापि ग्रहणम् which occurs first as an expression of the Vārttikakāra (P.I.4.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9) and has been later on given as a Paribhāṣā by later grammarians (Pari. Śek. Pari.28).The Paribhāṣā is referred to as वृद्ब्रह्मणपरिभाषा in later grammar works especially commentary works.
kaiyaṭaname of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.
kaumāra,komāravyākaraṇa(1)an alternative name of the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa given to it on the strength of the traditional belief that the original inspiration for writing it was received by Sarvavarman from Kumara or Kārtikeya; (2) small treatises bearing the name Kaumāravyākaraṇa written by Munipuṅgava and Bhāvasena. The latter has written Kātantrarūpamāla also.
ktavatukṛt affix तवत् which also is called निष्ठा. It is prescribed in the active sense of somebody who has done a thing sometime in the past. A word ending in it is equivalent to the past active participle; exempli gratia, for example भुक्तवान् ब्राह्मणः cf P.I.1.26. The feminine. affix डीप् ( ई ) is added to nouns ending in क्तवतु to form feminine bases; confer, compare P.IV.1.6.
kṣitīśacandra(चक्रवर्तिन्)or K. C. CHATTERJI a scholar of Sanskrit grammar who has written a work on technical terms in Sanskrit, who has edited several grammar works and is at present editing the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa and conducting the Sanskrit journal named Mañjūṣa at Calcutta.
gaṇaratnamahodadhia grammar work, consisting of a metrical enumeration of the words in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini, written by Vardhamāna, a Jain grammarian of the 12th century, who is believed to have been one of the six gems at the court of Lakṣmaṇasena of Bengal. Vardhamāna has written a commentary also, on his Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. Besides Vardhamāna's commentary, there are other commentaries written by गोवर्धन and गङ्गाधर.
gadādharacakravartinthe reputed Naiyāyika who wrote numerous works on the Navyanyaya; he has written a few works like व्युत्पत्तिवाद, उपसर्गविचार, कारकनिर्णय, सर्वनामविचार, प्रत्ययविचार on Vyākaraṇa themes although the treatment, as also the style, is logical.
garīyasinvolving a special effort.The word is frequently used by the Vārttikakāra and old grammarians in connection with something, which involves greater effort and longer expression and, hence, not commendable in rules of the Shastra works where brevity is the soul of 'wit'; confer, compare पदगौरवाद्योगवेिभागो गरीयान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 121. The word गुरु is also sometimes used in a similar sense; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. l Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
guṇavacanaliterally expressing quality; words expressing quality such as शुक्ल, नील, et cetera, and others; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P.V. 1.124. See page 369 Vyākarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D.E. Society edition, Poona.
guṇībhūtasubordinate, literally which has become subordinated, which has become submerged, and therefore has formed an integral part of another; e. g. an augment ( अागम ) with respect to the word to which it has been added;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणी भूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.20 Vart. 5; Par. Sek. Pari. 11.
gūḍhārthaprakāśaa commentary on the Laghusabdendusekhara by M. M. Vasudeva Shastri Abhyankar (1863-1942).
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
gopāla( देव )known more by the nickname of मन्नुदेव or मन्तुदेव who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote several commentary works on well-known grammatical treatises such as the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, Laghusabdendusekhara, Paribhasendusekhara et cetera, and others He is believed to have written a treatise on Ganasutras also; (2) a grammarian different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. मन्नुदेव who has written an explanatory work on the Pratisakhyas;.(3) a scholar of grammar, different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. who is believed to have written a gloss named Visamarthadipika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana at the end of the sixteenth century.
gopīcandraknown also by the name गेयींचन्द्र who .has written several commentary works on the grammatical treatises of the Samksipatasara or Jaumāra school of Vyakarana founded by Kramdisvara and Jumaranandin in the 12th century, the well-known among them being the संक्षिप्तसाटीका, संक्षितसारपरिभात्रासूत्रटीका and तद्धितपरिशिष्टटीका. He is believed to have lived in the thirteenth century A. D.
govardhanaa grammarian who has written a work on Katantra Grammar called कातन्त्रकौमुदी and also a commentary on the Ganaratnamahodadhi of Vardhamana. A gloss on the Unadisutras is also assigned to Govardhana who is likely to be the same as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
govindawriter of a commentary known as अम्बाकर्त्री by reason of that work beginning with the stanza अम्बा कर्त्रींó, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa.
gha(l)consonant घ्, अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compareTai. Pr.I.21; (2) technical term for the taddhita affix. affixes तरप् and तमप्, confer, compare P.I.1.22, causing the shortening of ई at the end of bases before it, under certain conditions, confer, compare P. VI. 3.43-45, and liable to be changed into तराम् and तमाम् after किम्, verbs ending in ए, and indeclinables; confer, compare P.V.4.11; (3) taddhita affix. affix घ ( इय) in the sense of 'a descendant' applied to क्षत्र, and in the sense of 'having that as a deity' applied to अपोनप्तृ अपांनप्तृ and also to महेन्द्र and to the words राष्ट्र et cetera, and others, exempli gratia, for example क्षत्रियः, अपोनाप्त्रिय:, अपांनप्त्रियः, महेन्द्रियम्,राष्ट्रियः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV.1.138, IV.2.27, 29, 93; (4) taddhita affix. affix घ, applied to अग्र, समुद्र and अभ्र in the sense of 'present there', to सहस्र in the sense of 'possession', to, नक्षत्र without any change of sense, and to यज्ञ and ऋत्विज् in the sense of 'deserving'; confer, compare P.IV.4.117,118,135, 136,141, V.1.71 ; (5) krt affix अ when the word to which it has been applied becomes a proper noun id est, that isa noun in a specific sense or a technical term; confer, compare III.3. 118, 119,125.
ṅaña short term or Pratyahara standing for the letters ङ्, ण्, न् , झ् , and भू , casually mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare एतदप्यस्तु ञकारेण ङञो ह्र्स्वादचि ङञुण्नित्यमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutras 8, 9.
cakrina grammarian who has written a small disquisition on the correctness of the form जाग्रहीता. See जाग्रहीतेतिवाद.
caṅgadāsaa grammarian who has written a work on the topic of the five vrttis. The work is named चङ्गवृति.
caṅgudāsaor चाड्गुदास a scholar of grammar who has written an independent work on Sanskrit Vyakaana called वैयाकरणजीवातु. The treatise is also known as चाङ्गुसूत्र or चाङ्गु-व्याकरण.
candrakīrtia Jain grammarian of the twelfth century A.D. who has written a commentary named Subodhini on the Sarasvata Vyakaraha.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
caritārthawhich has got already a scope of application; the term is used by commentators in connection with a rule or a word forming a part of a rule which applies in the case of some instances and hence which cannot be said to be ब्यर्थ (superfluous) or without any utility and as a result cannot be said to be capable of allowing some conclusion to be drawn from it according to the dictum ब्यर्थं सज्ज्ञापयति confer, compare अपवादो यद्यन्यत्र चरितार्थस्तर्ह्यन्तरङ्गेण बाध्यते Par. Sek. Pari. 65.
carkarītaa term used by the ancient grammarians in connection with a secondary root in the sense of frequency; the term यङ्लुगन्त is used by comparatively modern grammarians in the same sense. The चर्करीत roots are treated as roots of the adadi class or second conjugation and hence the general Vikarana अ ( शप् ) is omitted after them.The word is based on the 3rd person. sing form चर्करीति from .the root कृ in the sense of frequency; exempli gratia, for example चर्करीति, चर्कर्ति, बोभवीति बोभोति; confer, compare चर्करीतं च a gana-sutra in the gana named ’adadi’ given by Panini in connection with अदिप्रभृतिभ्य; शपः Pāṇini. II.4.72; confer, compare also चर्करीतमिति यङ्लुकः प्राचां संज्ञा Bhasa Vr. on P. II. 4.72, The word चेक्रीयित is similarly used for the frequentative when the sign of the frequentative viz. य ( यङ् ) is not elidedition See चेक्रीयित.
carcā(1)splitting up of a word into its component parts, which is generalty shown in the Padaptha by अवग्रहं (S). The word, hence means पदपाठ or recital by showing separately the constitutent words of the Samhita or the running text of the Veda. The word is used almost in the same sense in the Mahabhasya in respect of showing the words of a sutra separately; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐजिति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on Mahesvara Sutra 1 Wart. 6l ; (2) a repeated word; confer, compare इतिकरणात् पुरतो यत् पुनः पदवचनं तत् चर्चाशब्देनोच्यते. Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.20; (3) a discussion or a debate where consideration is given to each single word; confer, compare प्रर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 115.
carcāguṇarepetition of a word in the पद्पाठ, क्रमपाठ, जटापाठ et cetera, and others where the several Pathas appear to be called चर्चा.In the पदपाठ a word in a compound is repeated twice, in the क्रमपाठ every word is repeated twice, in the जटापाठ, six times.
cādia class of words headed by च which are termed निपात by Panini e gच,वा,ह, एवम् नूनम्, चेत्, माङ् et cetera, and others; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे. P. I.4.57. For the meaning of the word असत्त्व see p.370 Vyakaranamahabhasya. Vol. VII. published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
ciccandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Vishnu Shastri Bhat, in reply to the treatise named दूषकरदोद्भेदः See विष्णुशास्त्रिन्. For details see pp. 39, 40 of Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
citprabhāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara by ब्रह्मानन्दसरस्वती.
cidrūpāśrayanamed also चिद्रूपाश्रम who wrote a learned commentary named विषमी on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesabhatta
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
cokkanāthaa southern grammarian of the seventeenth century who has composed in 430 stanzas a short list of the important roots with their meaning. The work is called धातुरत्नावली.
chthe second consonant of the palatal class of consonants ( चवर्ग ), which is possessed of the properties श्वास, अघोष, मह्याप्राण and कण्ठविवृतकारित्व. छ् , placed at the beginning of affixes, is mute; while ईय् is substituted for छ् standing at the beginning of taddhita affixes; confer, compare P. I. 3.7 and VII. 1.2. छ् at the end of roots has got ष्, substituted for it: confer, compare P. VIII. 2.36.
chandas(1)Vedic Literature in general as found in the rule बहुलं छन्दसि which has occurred several times in the Sutras of Panini, confer, compare छन्दोवत्सूत्राणि भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, and I.4.3; confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 1, 4; (2) Vedic Samhita texts as contrasted with the Brahmana texts; confer, compareछन्दोब्राह्मणानि च तद्विषयाणि P, IV.2.66; () metre, metrical portion of the Veda.
chāndasafound in the Vedic Literature; Vedic; cf छान्दसा अपि क्वचिद् भाषायां प्रयुज्यन्ते Bhasavrtti on P. IV.4.143; confer, compare also छान्दसमेतत् । दृष्टानुविधिश्च च्छन्दसि भवति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.5.
chāyāa learned commentary on Nagesa's Mahabhasyapradipoddyota written by his pupil बाळंभट्ट (possibly the same as, or the son of, वैद्यनाथ पायगुण्डे) who lived in the eighteenth century.
jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya(1)a famous Bengalee scholar of Vyakarana and Nyaya who has written a small treatise dealing with syntax. The treatise is named कारकवाद.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jahatsvārthā( वृत्ति )a composite expression where the constituent members give up their individual sense. In compound words such as राजपुरुष in the sentence राजपुरुषमानय the word राजन् gives up its sense in as much as he, the king,is not brought; पुरुष also gives up its sense as every man is not brought. It is of course to be noted that although the sense is given up by cach word, it is not completely given up: cf जहदप्यसेो स्वार्थ नात्यन्ताय जहाति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2. For detailed explanation see Mahabhasya on P. II. I. I. Vart. 2.
jātabahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity of a Bahiranga operation that has already taken place by virtue of the Antaranga-paribhasa-असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्ङ्गेthat which is ' bahiranga' is regarded as not having taken effect when that which is 'antarahga' is to take effect. For details see Par. Sek. Paribhasa 50.
jātābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity of a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule in the अाभीय section (P. VI. 4.22 upto the end of the fourth pada ) which, although it has taken place, is to be looked upon as not having taken place when any other operation in the same section is to take effect. See आभीयासिद्व.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jusbhāvathe transformation of झि into जुस् ; the substitution of जुस् for झि. The term is often used in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.57, I.1.63, III.1.43 et cetera, and others See जुस्.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
ṭhañtaddhita affix. affix इक or क (by P.VII.3.51) causing Vrddhi and acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is added, applied (1) to महृाराज, प्रोष्ठपद and क्वाचिन् in the specifieditionsenses, confer, compare P. IV.2.35, 4l e. g. माहृाराजिक, प्रौष्ठपदिक et cetera, and others; (2) to words काशि, चेदि, संज्ञा and others, along with ञिठ, e. g. काशिकी, काशिका, also with ञिठ to words denoting villages in the Vahika country exempli gratia, for example शाकलिकी शाकलिका; as also to words ending in उ forming names of countries in all the Saisika senses confer, compare P. IV.2.116-120; (3) to compound words having a word showing direction as their first member, to words denoting time, as also to the words शरद्, निशा and प्रदोष in the Saisika senses; cf P. IV.3.6, 7, 1115; (4) to the words वर्षा (1n Vedic Literature), and to हेमन्त and वसन्त in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P.IV.3.1921; (5) to संवत्सर, अाग्रहायणी, words having अन्तः as the first member, to the word ग्राम preceded by परि or अनु, to multisyllabic words having their last vowel accented acute, to words denoting sacrifices, to words forming names of sages, to words ending in ऋ and to the word महाराज in the specific senses which are mentioned; confer, compare P. IV.3.50, 60, 61, 67, 68, 69, 78, 79, 97; (6) to the words गोपुच्छ, श्वगण, आक्रन्द, लवण, परश्वध, compound words having a multisyllabic words as their first member, and to the words गुड et cetera, and others in the specified senses;confer, compareP.IV.4.6,II, 38, 52, 58, 64, 103;(7) to any word as a general taddhita affix. affix (अधिकारविहित), unless any other affix has been specified in the specified senses ' तेन क्रीतम् ' ' तस्य निमित्तम्' ... ' तदर्हम्' mentioned in the section of sutras V. 1. 18. to 117; (8) to the words अय:शूल, दण्ड, अजिन, compound words having एक or गो as their first member as also to the words निष्कशत and निष्कसहस्र; confer, compare P.V.2.76, 118,119.
ṭhitmarked with the mute letter ठ्. There is no affix or word marked with mute ठ् (at the end) in Panini's grammar, but to avoid certain technical difficulties, the Mahabhasyakara has proposed mute ठ् instead of 'ट् in the' case of the affix इट् of the first person. singular. perf Atm. and ऊठ् prescribed as Samprasarana substitute by P. VI. 4.132 e: g. प्रष्ठौहः, प्रष्ठौहा; confer, compare M.Bh. on III.4.79 and VI.4.19.
ḍas(1)affix अस् applied to the word श्वेतवाह and others at the end of a pada i.e when the word श्वेतवाह has got the पदसंज्ञा. exempli gratia, for example श्वेतवाः इन्द्रः । श्वेतवोभ्याम् confer, compareP.III.2.71 Vārt,1 and 2.
(1)fourth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व and महृाप्राणत्व; (2) the consonant ढ् which is elided when followed by ढ् and the preceding vowel is lengthened; e. g. गाढा, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.13 and VI. 3.111 ; (3) substitute ढ् for ह् at the end of a पद, or, if followed by any consonant excepting a semivowel or a nasal excepting in the cases of roots beginning with द् or the roots द्रुह्, मुह् et cetera, and others as also वह् and अाह् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.31, 32, 33, 34; (4) ढ् at the beginning of a taddhita affix. affix which has got एय् substituted for it; confer, compare गाङ्गेय:, वैनतेयः ; confer, compare P. V. 3.102.
ṇamulkrt affix अम्, causing vrddhi to the final vowel or to the penultimate अ, (!) added to any root in the sense of the infinitive in Vedic Literature when the connected root is शक्: exempli gratia, for example अग्निं वै देवा विभाजं नाशक्नुवन; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14; (2) added to any root to show frequency of a past action, when the root form ending with णमुल् is repeated to convey the sense of frequency : exempli gratia, for example भोजं भोजं व्रजति, पायंपायं व्रजति, confer, compare Kas on P. III. 4.22; (3) added to a root showing past action and preceded by the word अग्रे, प्रथम or पूर्व, optionally along with the krt affix क्त्वा; exempli gratia, for example अग्रेभोजं or अग्रे भुक्त्वा व्रजति; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.24;(4) added in general to a root specified in P.III.4.25 to 64, showing a subordinate action and having the same subject as the root showing the main action, provided the root to which णमुल् is added is preceded by an antecedent or connected word, such as स्वादुम् or अन्यथा or एवम् or any other given in Panini's rules; confer, compare P. III.4.26 to III.4.64; exempli gratia, for example स्वादुंकारं भुङ्क्ते, अन्यथाकारं भुङ्क्ते, एवंकारं भुङ्क्ते, ब्राह्मणवेदं भोजयति, यावज्जीवमधीते, समूलकाषं कषति, समूलघातं हन्ति, तैलपेषं पिनष्टि, अजकनाशं नष्टः et cetera, and others; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.26-64. When णमुल् is added to the roots कष्, पिष्, हन् and others mentioned in P. III. 4. 34 to 45, the same root is repeated to show the principal action. The word ending in णमुल् has the acute accent (उदात) on the first vowel (confer, compare P.VI.I. 94) or on the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare P. VI.1.193.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇyatkrtya affix य which causes vrddhi and which has the circurmflex accent (1) applied to a root ending with ऋ or any consonant to form the pot. passive voice.participle: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम् , वाक्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kas on P. IV. 1.124; (2) applied to a root ending in उ if a necessity of the activity is to be indicated, e. g. अवश्यलाव्यम् , अवश्यपान्यम् confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 1.125; (3) taddhita affix. affix य applied to the word षण्मास्र optionally with यप् and ठञ् affixes: e. g. षाण्मास्यः, षण्मास्यः, षाण्मासिकः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 1.84.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
takṣaśilādia class of words headed by तक्षशिला to which the taddhita affix अ ( अञ् ) is added in the sense of 'a native place or a domicile'. The word so formed has the acute accent on its first vowel; e. g. ताक्षशिलः वात्सोद्वरणः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.93.
tattvādarśaname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by M. M. Vasudev Shastri Abhyankar in 1889 A. D. The commentary is more critical than explanatory,wherein the author has given the purpose and the gist of the important Paribhasas and has brought out clearly the differences between the school of Bhattoji and the school of Nagesa in several important matters.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadguṇasaṃvijñānaliterally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
taddhitakośaa work on the taddhita section written by Siromani Bhattacarya, who has also written तिङन्तशिरोमणि.
tantraa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'intended ' or विवक्षित. The word is used always in the neuter gender like प्रमाणम्; confer, compare तन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33, II. 2.34, नात्र निर्देशस्तन्त्रम् On P. I. 2.39, III.3.38, III. 4.21,IV.1.92 et cetera, and others The word is also explained in the sense of 'impor. tant'.
tavai(1)krt affix तवै for the infinitive affix तुम् in Vedic Literature. The affix तवै has a peculiarity of accent, namely that the word ending in तवै has got both the initial and ending vowels accented acute (उदात्त); exempli gratia, for example सोममिन्द्राय पातवै, हर्षसे दातवा उ; confer, compare P.III.4.9; and VI. 1.200; (2) krtya affix in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example परिघातवै for परिघातव्यम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14.
tavyatkrtya affix तव्य applied to a root to form the pot. passive voice. participle.; the affix तव्यत् has the circumflex accent on the last syllable; exempli gratia, for example कर्तव्यम् confer, compare Kas on P. III. 1 . 96.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
tārānāthacalled तर्कवाचस्पति; a Bengali modern Sanskrit scholar and grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written a commentary called Sarala on the Siddhanta Kaumudi. He has edited many important Sanskrit works consisting of many kosas.
tāsconjugational sign or Vikarana (तासि) added to a root in the first future before the personal endings which become accented grave (अनुदात्त); confer, compare P.VI.1.186; it has the augment इ prefixed, if the root, to which it is added, is सेट्, confer, compare P. VI. 4. 62.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
tṛtīyāsamāsacalled also तृतीयातत्पुरुषसमास as prescribed by P. II. I. 30-35; exempli gratia, for example तृतीयासमासे P.I. 1.30 and the Mahabhasya thereon.
tṛn(1)krt affix तृ with the acute accent on the first vowel of the word formed by its application, applied to any root in the sense of 'an agent' provided the agent is habituated to do a thing, or has his nature to do it, or does it well; exempli gratia, for example वदिता जनापवादान् , मुण्डयितारः श्राविष्ठायना -भवन्ति वधूमूढाम् , कर्ता कटम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.2.135; words ending with तृन् govern the noun connected with them in the accusative case; (2) the term तृन् , used as a short term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for krt affixes beginning with those prescribed by the rule लटः शतृशानचौ (P.III.2.124) and ending with the affix तृन् (in P.III.3.69); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.69.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
tolappadīkṣitaa southern grammarian who has written a gloss called प्रकाश on the Siddhāntakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita.
trikaliterally triad; a term used in the Mahabhasya in connection with the Vibhakti affixes id est, that is case endings and personal endings which are in groups of three; confer, compare त्रिकं पुनर्विभक्तिसंज्ञम् M.Bh. on P.I.1,38: confer, compare also कस्यचिदेव त्रिकस्य प्रथमसंज्ञा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). om P.I.4.101 ; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.23, V.1.52, V.1.58.
tripathagāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar, a resident of Satara and a pupil of Nilakanthasastri Thatte. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth century and wrote comentaries on important grammar works.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
trilaॊcanaa scholar of grammar who has written a small work named अव्ययशब्दवृत्ति on the uses of indeclinables.
triśikhāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Laksminrsimha in the 18th century.
traikālyaall the three times, past, present and future; confer, compare त्रयः काला: समाहृताः त्रिकालम्, त्रिकालमेव त्रैकाल्यम् । स्वार्थे ष्यञ् Uvvatabhasya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. I5.
tryambakaa grammarian of the nineteenth century, who resided at Wai in Satara District and wrote a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara which is named त्र्यम्बकी after the writer.
tryambakīa commentary on the Paribhasendusekhae by म्बव्यकः see त्र्यम्बक.
thīma(THIEME, PAUL)a sound scholar of the present day, well versed in Sanskrit Grammar and Vedic Literature, who has written a critical treatise named "Panini and the Veda."
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
dayāratnaa.Jain scholar who has written a grammar treatise on the Sarasvata Grammar called सारस्वतपरिभाषा.
dāruṇyaexplained by the commentators on the Pratisakhya works as दृढत्व (firmness) or कठिनता (hardness,) and given as a characteristic of the acute or उदात्त tone; confer, compare अायामो दारुण्यमणुता खस्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शब्दस्य, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.9, quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.I. 2.29, where दारुण्य is explained as स्वरस्य दारुणता रूक्षता ।
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
durvalācāryaa grammarian who wrote a treatise on grammar दुर्वलीयव्याकरण, named after him. Besides this treatise, he has written commentaries on Nagesa's Laghumanjusa and Paribhasendusekhara.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
devaśarmana grammarian who has written a disquisition on the philosophy of Vyakarana in verse, and added a commentary of his own on it which he has named as समन्वयप्रदीपसंकेत.
devīdīnamodern grammarian of the 19th century who has written a gloss on the Asādhyāyi of Panini.
devendraa Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.
deśaliterally place; (l) original place of articulation: confer, compare अदेशे वा वचनं व्यञ्जनस्य, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 5; (2) place of origin; उच्चारणस्थान: (3) place of inferential establishment of a Paribhasa et cetera, and others परिभाषादेशः उद्देशः Par. Sek. paribhāṣā. 2,3; (4) passage of the Samhita text, confer, compare.Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 59.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
drutaliterally rapid; the vice of rapidity in utterance;a fault of speech especially in connection with the utterance of vowels in Vedic recital when on account of haste the utterance of letters becomes indistinct. confer, compare संदृष्टमेणीकृतमर्धकं द्रुतं विकीर्णमेताः स्वरद्रोषभावनाः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 vart. 18.
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ,1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dvia term used for the dual number in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare नो नौ मे मदर्थे त्रिद्व्येकेषु Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II. 3 where Uvvata has explained the words त्रि, द्वि and एक as बहुवचन, द्विवचन and एक्वचन respectively.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dviguname of a compound with a numeral as the first member. The compound is looked upon as a subdivision of the Tatpurusa comPoundThe dvigu compound, having collection as its general sense, is declined in the neuter gender and singular number; when it ends in अ the feminine. affix ङी is added generally, e. g. पञ्चपात्रम्, त्रिभुवनम्, पञ्चमूली. The Dvigu comPound also takes place when a karmadharaya compound, having a word denoting a direction or a numeral as its first member, (a) has a taddhita affix. affix added to it exempli gratia, for example पञ्चकपाळः (पुरोडाशः), or (b) has got a word placed after it in a compound e. g. पशञ्चगवधनः or (c) has a collective sense exempli gratia, for example पञ्चपूली; confer, compare तद्वितार्थोत्तरपदसमाहारे च ( P. II.1.51 ) also, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. and S. K. om P.II.1.51,52.
dvirvacanasee द्वित्व and द्विरुक्ति; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya instead of द्वित्व. confer, compare M Bh on I. 1. Ahnika 1, I. 1.7, 10, 57, 59. et cetera, and others et cetera, and others
dvisandhia kind of विवृत्ति or interval of time in the pronunciation of two consecutive vowels, which as a result of two euphonic changes has a vowel preceded by a vowel and followed also by a vowel: e. g. अभूदुभा उ अंशवे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 44.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
dhvanitasuggested, as opposed to उक्त expressed; the word is found frequently used in the Paribhasendusekhara and other works in connection with such dictums as are not actually made, but indicated in the Mahabhasya.
nañsamāsaa compound with न (नञ् ) as its first member; the term is found used in the Mahabhasya for both the नञ्तत्पुरुष as well as the नञ्बहुव्रीहि compounds; confer, compare M.Bh. on P.I.4.1 Vart. 19, also on P. II.1.1.
nandikeśvaraan ancient grammarian who has written a short work in verses on grammar in general, which is named नन्दकेश्वरकारिकासूत्र. There is a scholarly commentary upon it written by उपमन्यु.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
naṣṭarūpāname given to an anustup verse which has nine, ten and eleven syllables respectively for the first, second and third feet; exempli gratia, for example विपृच्छामि पाक्यान् देवान् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.I.120.4; confer, compare R.Pr. XVI. 29. The verse has got 32 syllables, but it has only three feet instead of four.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nāmannoun, substantive; one of the four categories of words given in the Nirukta and other ancient grammer works; confer, compare चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्याते चोपसर्गनिपाताश्च, Nirukta of Yāska.I.1. The word is defined as सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि by standard grammarians; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.; confer, compare also सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.8; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 49 and commentary thereon. Panini divides words into two categories only, viz. सुबन्त and तिङन्त and includes नामन् ,उपसर्ग and निपात under सुबन्त. The Srngarapraksa defines नामन् as follows-अनपेक्षितशब्दव्युत्पत्तीनि सत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायीनि नामानि। तानि द्विविधानि। आविष्टलिङ्गानि अनाविष्टलिङ्गानि च । The word नामन् at the end of a sasthitatpurusa compound signifies a name or Samjna e. g. सर्वनामन्, दिङ्नामन् , छन्दोनामन्; confer, compare also. Bhasavrtti on संज्ञायां कन्थोशीनरेषु P. II.4. 20 and संज्ञायां भृत्. P. III. 2.46 where the author of the work explains the word संज्ञायां as नाम्नि. The word is used in the sense of 'a collection of words' in the Nirukta, confer, compare अन्तरिक्षनामानि, अपत्यनामानि, ईश्वरनामानि, उदकनामानि, et cetera, and others
nāvyavadhānanecessary intervention; confer, compare येन नाव्यवधानं तेन व्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात्, a statement which is looked upon as a general statement of the ' nature of Paribhasa occurring in the Mahabhasya on P. VII. 2.3.
nigamaa statement in the Vedic passage; a Vedic passage; sacred tradition or Vedic Literature in general; confer, compare the frequent expression इत्यपि निगमो भवति where निगम means 'a vedic word, given as an instance'; if also means 'Veda'; confer, compare निगम एव यथा स्यात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2. 64. Durgacarya says that the word it also used in the sense of 'meaning';confer, compare तत्र खले इत्येतस्य निगमा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.III.9. Durgacarya has also explained the word as गमयन्ति मन्त्रार्थान् ज्ञापयन्ति इति निगमाः, those that make the hidden meaning of the Mantras very clear.
nicṛtless by one syllable; the word is used as an adjective to the name of a Vedic metre which has got one syllable less than the normal; confer, compare एकद्-व्यूनाधिकः सैव निचृदूनाधिका भुरिक् R.Pr.XVII.1.
nitan affix possessed of the mute indicatory letter न्, the word characterized by which has the acute accent on the vowel of the first syllable; e. g. गार्ग्यः, वात्स्यः, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.VI.1.197.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nityānandaparvatīyaa scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who wrote glosses on the Mahabhasyapradipa, on the Laghusabdendusekhara and on the Paribhasendusekhara. He was a resident of Benares where he coached many pupils in Sanskrit Grammar. He lived in the first half of the nineteenth century.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nimitta(1)the formal cause of a grammatical operation; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभाव; given as a Paribhasa by many grammarians like Vyadi, Siradeva and others; confer, compare also प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निमित्तं प्रत्ययेा निमित्ती M.Bh. on III.1.1 Vart. 2; (2) distinguishing sign यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी भवति स: अध्रुवेण निमित्तेन ध्रुवं निमित्तमुपादत्ते वेदिकां पुण्डरीकं वा, M.Bh. on I.1.26 Vart.5.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nirdiśyamānaparibhāṣāa short form for the maxim निर्दिश्यमानस्यादेशा भवन्ति which means 'substitutes take the place of that or its part which has been actually stated or enunciated in the rule (of grammar)' Par. Sek. Pari. 12. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 12.
nirdiṣṭaparibhāṣāa popular name of the Paribhasa तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य । confer, compare किं चेह निर्दिष्टपरिभाषाप्रवृत्तिर्दुर्वचा । Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 97.
nirdeśamention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.
nirdhāraṇa(1)selection of one or some out of many; confer, compare जातिगुणाक्रियाभिः समुदायादेकदेशस्य पृथक्करणं निर्धारणम् । मनुष्याणां मनुष्येषु वा क्षत्रियः शूरतमः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.2.10 as also on II.3.4l; (2) determined or definite sense to the exclusion of another, generally on the strength of the indeclinable एव which is expressed or understood. The word नेिर्धारण is used for अवधारण in this sense; confer, compare यत एवकारस्ततोन्यत्रावधारणम् a maxim used as a Paribhasa by some grammarians; cf; also धातोस्तन्निमित्तस्यैव । धात्ववधारणं यथा स्यात्तन्निमित्तावधारणं मा भूदिति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 1.81.
nirvartyaone of the many kinds of karman or object governed by a transitive verb or root, which has got the nature of being produced or brought into existence or into a new shape; confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति । निर्वर्त्य तावत् कुम्भकारः नगरकारः। The word निर्वर्त्य is explained as यदसज्जन्यते यद्वा प्रकाश्यते तन्निर्वर्त्यम् । कर्तव्यः कटः । उच्चार्यः शब्दः Sr. Prakasa; confer, compare also Vakyapadiya III.7.78; confer, compare also इह हि तण्डुलानोदनं पचतीति द्व्यर्थः पचिः । तण्डुलान्पचन्नोदनं निर्वर्तयति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.49. For details see the word कर्मन्; also see M.Bh. on I.4.49.
niṣedhanegation; prohibition; cf निषेधपञ्चसूत्रीयं स्वरार्था Bhasavrtti on P. II. 2.16; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112. The word प्रतिषेध is used frequently in this sense in old grammar works such as the Mahabhasya, the word निषेध being comparatively a modern one.
niṣṭhitaalso निःष्ठित completed, accomplished; used in connection with a grammatically formed word by applying affixes to the bases; confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनर्वृत्तावविधिर्निष्ठितस्य Siradeva Pari. 94, where Siradeva has explained the word निष्ठित as प्रयोगार्ह-अङ्ग.
nīlakaṇṭhadīkṣitaa famous grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas in Vyakarana named Paribhasavrtti. This Vrtti is referred to in the Paribhsendusekhara by Nagesabhatta and the views expressed in it are severely criticised in the commentary गदा.
nīlakaṇṭhamakhinnephew of Appaya Diksita who has written a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
nyaṅkusāriṇīa kind of बृहती metre in which the second foot has twelve syllables, while the rest have eight syllables each; confer, compare द्वितीये न्यङ्कुसारिणी R.Pr.XVI.32.
nyavagrahaalso नीचावग्रह, the vowel at the अवग्रह or end of the first member of a compound word which has got a grave accent; e. g. the vowel ऊ of नू in तनूनप्त्रे; confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्तथाभाव्यः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 120. See ताथाभाव्य.
nyāyamaxim, a familiar or patent instance quoted to explain similar cases; confer, compare the words अग्नौकरवाणिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II 2.24, अपवादन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.9, अविरविकन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 88, 89, IV. 2.60, IV.3.131, V. 1.7, 28, VI 2. 11 ; कुम्भीधान्यन्याय M.Bh. on P.I. 3.7, कूपखानकन्याय M.Bh. I. 1. Āhnika 1, दण्डिन्याय M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.83, नष्टाश्वदग्धरथन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.50 प्रधानाप्रधानन्याय M.Bh.on P.II.1.69,VI. 3. 82, प्रासादवासिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I . 1.8, मांसकण्टकन्याय M.Bh. on P.I.2.39, लट्वानुकर्षणन्याय M.Bh. on Siva Sūtra 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, शालिपलालन्याय M.Bh on P. 1.2.39,सूत्रशाटकन्याय M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12. The word came to be used in the general sense of Paribhāsās or rules of interpretation many of which were based upon popular maxims as stated in the word लोकन्यायसिद्ध by Nāgesa. Hemacandra has used the word न्याय for Paribhāsa-vacana. The word is also used in the sense of a general rule which has got some exceptions, confer, compare न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) which lays down the direction that 'one should interpret the rule laying down an exception along with the general rule'.
nyāyaratnamañjūṣāa work dealing with Vyākarana Paribhāsas or maxims as found in Hemacandra's system of grammar, written bv Hemahamsaganin, a pupil of Ratnasekhara, in 1451. The author has written a commentary also on the work, named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa..
nyāyasaṃgrahaa work enumerating the Paribhāsas in Hemacandra's grammar, numbering 140 nyāyas out of which 57 nyāyas are said to have been given by Hemacandra himself at the end of his comment बृहद्वृत्ति on his Śabdānuśāsana. The work is written by हेमहंसगणि who has added a commentary to it called Nyayārthamaňjūșa by him, which is also known by the name न्यायरत्नमञ्जूषा which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padasaṃskārapakṣaan alternative view with वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष regarding the formation of words by the application of affixes to crude bases. According to the Padasamskāra alternative, every word is formed independently, and after formation the words are syntactically connected and used in a sentence. The sense of the sentence too, is understood after the sense of every word has been understood; confer, compare सुविचार्य पदस्यार्थं वाक्यं गृह्णन्ति सूरयः Sira. on Pari. 22. According to the other alternative viz. वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष, a whole sentence is brought before the mind and then the constituent individual words are formed exempli gratia, for example राम +सु, गम् + अ + ति । Both the views have got some advantages and some defects; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 56.
padādi(1)beginning of a word, the first letter of a word; confer, compare सात्पदाद्योः P. VIII.3.111; confer, compare also स्वरितो वानुदात्ते पदादौ P. VIII.2.6. Patañjali, for the sake of argument has only once explained पदादि as पदादादिः confer, compare M.Bh.on I. 1. 63 Vāŗt. 6; (2) a class of words headed by the word पद् which is substituted for पद in all cases except the nominative case. and the acc. singular and dual; this class, called पदादि, contains the substitutes पद् , दत्, नस् et cetera, and others respectively for पाद दन्त, नासिका et cetera, and others confer, compare Kās on P. VI. 1.63; (3) the words in the class, called पदादि, constiting of the words पद्, दत्, नस्, मस् हृत् and निश् only, which have the case affix after them accented acute; confer, compare P. VI. 1.171.
padāntainal letter of a word; confer, compare P. VI.1.76, 109; VII.3.3, 9; VIII. 4.35,37, 42, 59. At one place, Patañjali for purposes of argument has explained the word as final in a word; confer, compareनैवं विज्ञायते पदस्यान्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति । कथं तर्हि । पदे अन्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII. 4.35.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣāprakāśāan independent treatise explaining the various Paribhasas in the system of Panini's grammar, written by Visnusesa of the famous SeSa family.
paribhāṣāpradīpārcisa scholarly independent treatise on Vyakarana Paribhasas written by Udayamkara Pathaka, called also Nana Pathaka, a Nagara Brahmana, who lived at Benares in the middle of the 18th century A. D. He has also written commentaries on the two Sekharas of Naagesa.
paribhāṣābhāskara(1)a treatise on the Paribhasas in Panini's grammar written by Haribhaskara Agnihotri, son of Appajibhatta Agnihotri, who lived in the seventeenth century : (2) a treatise on Paniniparibhasas, as arranged by Siradeva, written by Sesadrisuddhi,
paribhāṣāvṛttia general name given to an explanatory independent work on Paribhasas of the type of a gloss on a collection of Paribhasas,irrespective of the system of grammar, whether it be that of Panini, or of Katantra, or of Jainendra or of Hemacandra. The treatises of Vyadi (Panini system), Durgasimha and BhavamiSra (Katantra system), Purusottamadeva and Siradeva (Panini system), Abhyankar (Jainendra system) and others are all known by the name Paribhasavritti.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭippaṇīa very brief commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Srimanasarman of Campahatti.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭīkāa commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Ramabhadra Diksita who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
paribhāṣāsūcanaan old work on the Paribhasas in the system of Panini's Grammar, believed to have been written by Vyaadi, who lived after Kaatyayana and before Patanjali. The work is written in the old style of the MahabhaSya and consists of a short commentary on 93 Paribhasas.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
paspaśācalled also पस्पशाह्निक; name given to the first or introductory chapter ( अाह्निक ) of the Maahabhaasya of Patanjali. The word occurs first in the SiSupaalavadha of Maagha. The word is derived from पस्पश् , the frequentative base of स्पर्श to touch or to see (ancient use). Possibly it may be explained as derived from स्पश् with अप; cf . शब्दबिद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Sis.II.112. Mallinatha has understood the word पस्पश m. and explained it as introduction to a Saastra treatise; confer, compare पस्पशः शास्त्रारम्भसमर्थक उपेद्वातसंदर्भग्रन्थः । Mallinaatha on SiS. II.112.
pāṭha(1)recital of a sacred Vedic or Sastra work; the original recital of an authoritative text;(2) the various artificial ways or methods of such a recital; c.g. पदपाठ, क्रमपाठ et cetera, and others in the case of Vedic Literature: (3) an original recital such as the सुत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ, वार्तिकपाठ and परिभाषापाठ in the case of the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar; the five Paathas are called पञ्चपाठी; (4) recitation; confer, compare नान्तरेण पाठं स्वरा अनुबन्धा वा शक्या विज्ञातुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.1 Vaart. 13; (5) reading, variant: confer, compare चूर्णादीनि अप्राण्युपग्रहादिति सूत्रस्य पाठान्तरम् Kaas. on P.V.2.134.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pāyaguṇḍa,pāyaguṇḍeA learned pupil of Nāgeśabhațța who lived in Vārǎņasī in the latter half of the 18th century A.D. He was a renowned teacher of Grammar and is believed to have written commentaries on many works of Nāgeśa, the famous among which are the 'Kāśikā' called also 'Gadā' on the Paribhāșenduśekhara,the'Cidasthimālā' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara and the 'Chāyā' on the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.Bālambhațța Pāyaguņde, who has written a commentary on the Mitākșarā (the famous commentary on the Yajňavalkyasmŗti), is believed by some as the same as Vaidyanātha: while others say that Bālambhațța was the son of Vaidyanātha.
pāribhāṣika(l)technical, as opposed to literal; conventional; e. g. the words संबुद्धि, हेतु et cetera, and others cf शब्दैरर्थाभिधानं स्वाभाविकम् । न पारिभाषिकमशक्यत्वात् । लोकत एवार्थावगते: । Kāś on P.I.2.56; confer, compare किमिदम् पारिभाषिक्याः संबुद्धैग्रहणमेकवचनं संबुद्धिराहोस्विदन्वर्थग्रहणं संबोधनं संबुद्धिरिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33; (2) derived on the strength of a Paribhasa confer, compare पारिभाषिकं क्वचिदनित्यं स्यात् Kat. Par. vr. Pari. 58.
pitmarked with the mute letter प् which is indicative of a grave accent in the case of affixes marked with it, as for example, the affixes तिप् , सिप् and मिप् ; confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III. 1.4. A Sarvadhātuka affix, marked with the mute consonant प्, in Pāņiņi's Grammar has been described as instrumental in causing many operations such as (a) the substitution of guņa; (cf P. VII. 3 84,9l). (b) the prevention of guņa in the case of a reduplicative syllable as also in the case of the roots भू and सू ( confer, compare P. VII. 3.87, 88 ); (c) the substitution of Vŗddhi, (confer, compare P. VII. 3.89, 90 ), (d) the augments इ and ई in the case of the roots तृह् and ब्रू respectively ( confer, compare P. VII. 3.92, 93, 94 ), and (e) acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix in the case of the roots भी, हृी, भृ and others ( confer, compare P. VI. 1.192 ). A short vowel (of a root) gets त् added to it when followed by a kŗt affix marked with प्: exempli gratia, for example, विजित्य​, प्रकृत्य, et cetera, and others:(confer, compare P. VI. 1.71 ).
puñjarājaa famous grammarian of the 12th century who wrote a learned commentaty on a part of the Vāky apadīya of Bhartŗhari in which he has quoted passages from famous writers and grammarians such as भामह, कुन्तक, वामन, हेमच​न्द्र and others. The name is found written as पुण्यराज also.
puṇyasundaragāṇia jain grammarian who has written a commentary work । on the धातुपाठ of हेमच​न्द्र.
punaḥprasaṅgavijñānaoccurrence or possibility of the application of a preceding grammatical rule or operation a second time again, after once it has been set aside by a subsequent opposing rule or rules in conflict; confer, compare पुनःप्रसङ्गविज्ञानात् सिद्धम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 39; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 4.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7; confer, comparealso Puru. Pari. 40.
punaruktaa passage which is repeated in the क्रमपाठ and the other Pāțhas or recitals; the word is also used in the sense of the conventional repetition of a word at the end of a chapter. The word पुनर्वचन is used also in the same sense; confer, compare यथोक्तं पुनरुक्तं त्रिपदप्रभृति त्रिपदप्रभृति । T.Pr.I.6l: confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.8 and 10.
punargrahaṇarecital of a word again in the Krama and other Pāțhas for a special purpose, although such a recital after three times is generally discouraged; confer, compare एवमर्थविशेषात् पुनरुक्तस्य ग्रहणं भवति ... Uv Bhāşya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 177.
punarvṛttioccurrence of the same operation again after it has once occurred and has been superseded; confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनवृत्ताद​विधिः, M.Bh. on VI. 4.160;VII. I.30 et cetera, and others
puruṣottamadevaa famous grammarian believed to have been a Buddhist, who flourished in the reign of Lakșmaņasena in the latter half of the twelfth century in Bengal. Many works on grammar are ascribed to him, the prominent ones among which are the Bhāșāvŗtti and the Paribhāșāvŗtti, the Gaņavŗtti and the Jñapakasamuccaya and a commentary on the Mahābhāșya called Prāņapaņā of which only a fragment is available. Besides these works on grammar, he has written some lexicographical works of which Hārāvalī, Trikāņdaśeșa, Dvirūpakosa, and Ekaaksarakosa are the prominent ones. The Bhasavrtti has got a lucid commentary on it written by Srstidhara.
puṣkaraṇaa popular term used for the treatise on grammar by an ancient grammarian Apisali. confer, compare अापिशलं पुष्करणम् Kas on P. IV. 3. 15. It was called Puskarana probably because it was very extensive and widely read before Panini. For the reading दुष्करण for पुष्करण, and other details see Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 132-133, D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvavidhi(1)an operation or karya or the anterior confer, compare P. I. 1.57: cf also Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.57 cf also एकादेशः पूर्वविधौ स्थानिवत् M.Bh. on I.2.4 Vart. 2 and II. 4.62 Vart. 4; (2) an operation or a rule cited earlier in the order of sutras; confer, compare पूविधिमुत्तरो विधिर्वाधते M. Bh on P 1. 1.44 Vart. 13.
pūrvavipratiṣedhaconflict of two rules where the preceding rule supersedes the latter rule, as the arrival at the correct form requires it. Generally the dictum is that a subsequent rule should supersede the preceding one; cf विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; but sometimes the previous rule has to supersede the subsequent one in spite of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परम्. The author of the Mahabhasya has brought these cases of the पूर्वविप्रतिषेध, which are, in fact, numerous, under the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् by taking the word पर in the sense of इष्ट 'what is desired '?; confer, compare इष्टवाची परशब्दः । विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवतीति l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.3; I.2, 5: I. 4.2: II.1.69, IV.1.85et cetera, and others confer, comparealso पूर्वविप्रतिषेधो नाम अयं र्विप्रतिषेधे परमित्यत्र परशब्दस्य इष्टवाचित्वाल्लब्धः सूत्रार्थः परिभाषारुपेण पाठ्यते Puru. Pari 108; for details see page 217 Vol. VII Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvasūtraliterally previous rule: a rule cited erlier in a treatise. The word is however, frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'a rule laid down by an earlier grammarian': confer, compareवर्ण वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे M. Bh, Ahnika 1, पूर्वसूत्रे गोत्रस्य वृद्धमिति संज्ञा क्रियते M. Bh on I. 2.68; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.IV.1.14 Vart. 3, VI.I. 163 Vart. 1, VII.1.18, VIII. 4.7.
pūrvasthānikaa variety of antarangatva mentioned by Nagesa in the Paribhasendusekhara, where an operation, affecting a part of a word which precedes that portion of the word which is affected by the other operation, is looked upon as antaranga; e. g. the टिलोप in स्रजिष्ठ ( स्रग्विन् + इष्ठ ) is looked upon as अन्तरङ्ग with respect to the elision of विन् which is बहिरङ्ग. This kind of antarangatva is, of course, not admitted by Nagesa although mentioned by him; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 50,
pedubhaṭṭaa grammarian.who has written a treatise named औणादिकपदार्णव on the Unadi sutras.
prakalpaka(fem. प्रकल्पिका )a word or expression causing a change in the nature of another word or expression which has to be taken as changed accordingly; confer, compare प्रकल्पक्रमिति चेन्नियमाभावः P.I. 1.68 Vart. 15; प्रत्ययविधिरयं न च प्रत्ययविधौ पञ्चम्यः प्रकल्पिक्रा भवन्ति M.Bh. on P.I.1.27 Vart.1,I.1. 62 Vart.7; II.2.3 Vart.1, IV. 1.60; cf also रुधादिभ्यः इत्येषा पञ्चमी शप् इति प्रथमायाः षष्ठीं प्रकल्पयिष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II 2.3, Vart. 1, III.1.33.
prakalpakriyaa word in which a verbal activity has to be conjectured, as for example, the words गौः, अश्वः et cetera, and others Words which are not actually derived by rules of grammar are called प्रकल्पक्रिय as contrasted with प्रत्यक्षक्रिय.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
prakrama(l)the place of articulation, the place of the production of sound, such as throat, chest, palate and the like; confer, compare प्रक्रम्यन्ते अस्मिन्वर्णा इति प्रक्रमः स्थानमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Pradipa on सिद्धं तु समानप्रक्रमवचनात् P.I.2.30 Vart.2; (2) recital of Veda, described as क्रमपाठ confer, compare उभयथा च प्रक्रमे दोषो भवति M.Bh.on P. VIII. 4.28 confer, compare also "अष्टसु प्रक्रमेषु दोषो भवति"quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.VI. 1.172; (3) regularity in the position of words, regular order of words.
prakriyākaumudīa well-known work on Sanskrit Grammar by रामचन्द्रशेष of the 15th century, in which the subject matter of the eight chapters of Panini's grammar is arranged into several different sections forming the different topics of grammar. It is similar to, and possibly. the predecessor of, the Siddhanta Kaumudi which has a similar arrangement. The work was very popular before the Siddhinta Kaumudi was written. it has got many commentaries numbering about a dozen viz. प्रक्रियाप्रसाद, प्रक्रियाप्रकाश, प्रक्रियाप्रदीप, अमृतस्तुति, प्रक्रियाव्याकृति,निर्मलदर्पण,तत्वचन्द्र, प्रक्रियारञ्जन, प्रक्रियाविवरण and others of which the Prasada of Vitthalesa and the Prakasa of Srikrsna are the wellknown ones.
prakriyāprakāśaname of the learned commentary on the प्रक्रियाकौमुदी, called also प्रक्रियाक्रौमुदीप्रक्राश by Krsnasesa, the son of Nrsimhasesa, which is, in a way an improvement upon the commentary Prasada of Vitthalesa.
pratiprasavaliterally bringing into life again; the term is used in the sense of a counter-exception; confer, compare याजकादिभिश्चेति पुनः कारकषष्ठीसमासप्रतिप्रसवाद् ब्राह्मणयाजकादिषु उत्तरपदप्रकृतिस्वर एव । Bhasavrtti on II.2.16.
pratyayagrahaṇaparibhāṣāthe guiding rule that when an affix ( प्रत्यय ) is given in a rule as a निमित्त (causing something), the affix denotes a word-form which begins with that to which that affix has been added and ends with the affix itself; confer, compare प्रत्ययग्रहणे यस्मात् स विहितस्तदादेस्तदन्तस्य च ग्रह्यणम् Par. Sek. Pari. 23. The rule यञियोश्च, which prescribes the affix फक् (आयन), has the word यञ् and इञ् which respectively mean यञन्त and इञन्त; in the word परमगार्ग्यायण from परमगार्ग्य the word गार्ग्य is looked upon as यञन्त to which फक् (अायन) is affixed and hence the word परमगार्ग्यायण is arrived at and not पारमगार्ग्य.
pratyayalakṣaṇaan operation caused by an affix which takes place even though the affix is elided: exempli gratia, for example the term षद is applied to अग्निचित्, सोमसुत् et cetera, and others on account of the words ending with a case affix although the affix of the nominative case. singular. has been elided; confer, compare प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणम्. P.I.1. 62 and Kas, thereon.
pratyārambhaḥ(1)statement after prohibition literally commencing again; inducing a person to do something after he has refused to do it by repeating the order or request for generally by beginning the appeal with the word नह; exempli gratia, for example नह भोक्ष्यसे ? नह अध्येप्यसे; confer, compare नह प्रत्यारम्भे P. VIII. 1.31 and Kasika and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon. (2) commencement or laying down again in spite of previous mention; confer, compare शेषवचनात्तु योसौ प्रत्यारम्भात्कृतो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI-3.46.
pratyāhāraliterally bringing together; bringing together of several letters ( or words in a few cases, such as roots or nouns ) by mentioning the first and the last only for the sake of brevity; the term प्रत्याहार is generally used in connection with brief terms such as अण्, अक् , अच् , हल् and the like, created by Panini in his grammar by taking any particular letter and associating it with any mute final letter ( अनुबन्ध ) of the fourteen Sivasutras, with a view to include all letters beginning with the letter uttered and ending with the letter which precedes the ( mute ) letter. The practice of using such abbreviations was in existence before Panini, possibly in the grammar attributed to Indra. The term प्रत्याहार is not actually used by Panini; it is found in the Rk. Tantra; confer, compare प्रत्याहारार्थो वर्णोनुबन्धो व्यञ्जनम् R.T.I.3. The term appears to have come into use after Panini. Panini has not given any definition of the term प्रत्याहार. He has simply given the method of forming the Pratyaharas and he has profusely used them; confer, compare आदिरन्त्येन सहेता P. I. 1.71. The word कृञ् in P. III.1.40 and तृन् in P. II. 3.69 are used as Pratyaharas. For a list of the Pratyharas which are used by Panini see Kasika on the Maheswara Sutras.
pratyāhārāhnikaname given to the second Ahnika of the Mahabhasya which explains the Siva Sutras अइउण्, ऋऌक् , et cetera, and others, and hence naturally discusses the Pratyaharas.
pratyuccārarepetition especially of what has been recited by the preceptor; confer, compare प्रत्युच्चार्यैतद्वचनं परस्य शिष्यस्य स्याद् भो इति चोदना वा, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV. 8.
pratyudāharaṇacounter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.
pradīpapopular name of the famous commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Kaiyata in the eleventh century A. D. The cornmentary is a very scholarly and critical one and really does justice to the well-known compliment given to it, viz. that the Pradipa has kept the Mahabhasya alive which otherwise would have remained unintelligible and consequently become lost. The commentary प्रदीप is based on the commentary महाभाष्यदीपिका,or प्रदीपिका written by Bhartrhari, which is available at present only in a fragmentary form. The Pradipa is to this day looked upon as the single commentary on the Mahabhasya in spite of the presence of a few other commentaries on it which are all thrown into the back-ground by it.
pradīpakāraKaiyatabhatta, the author of the fatmous commentary प्रदीप on the Mahabhasya, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
pradhāna(1)the principal thing as opposed to the subordinate one; something which has got an independent purpose of its own and is not meant for another; प्रधानमुपसर्जनमिति च संबन्धिशब्दावेतौ M.Bh. on P. I.2.43 V.5; confer, compare also प्रधानाप्रधानयोः प्रधाने कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Par. Sek. Pari. 97; (2) predominant of main importance; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.6, 20, 49 II.2.6 etc; (3) primary as opposed to secondary; confer, compare गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादेः प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् । confer, compare also प्रधानकर्मण्याख्येये लादीनाहुर्द्विकर्मणाम् । अप्रधाने दुहादीनाम् M.Bh.on I.4.51
prabhā(1)name of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar; (2) name of a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
prayoganiyamageneral rules or principles laid down regarding the use of words in language and literature such as (l) a word recognised as correct should always be used, confer, compare एवमिहापि समानायामर्थगतौ शब्देन चापशब्देन च धर्मनियमः क्रियते शब्देनैवार्थोभिधेयो नापशब्देनेति । एवंक्रियमाणमभ्युदयकारि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I. Ahnika l, (2) never a base alone or an affix alone should be used, but always a base with the necessary affix should be used; confer, compare यावता समयः कृतो न केवला प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या न केवलः प्रत्ययः M. Bh, on P. I. 2.64 Vart. 8, also on P. III. 1.94 Vart. 3; (3) when the sense is already expressed by a word, a word repeating the sense should not be used; confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः. Besides these, many minor regulations of the type of Paribhasas are laid down by grammarians. For details see Paribhashasamgraha Introduction.
prayogaratnamālāname of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.
prayogavidhian elementary work on the three constructions which has no name of the author mentionedition
prayojanaobject, motive or purpose in undertaking a particular thing; the word is used although rarely, in the sense of a cause also; confer, compare इमान्यस्य प्रयोजनानि अध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. For the advantages of the study of Vyakarana, see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. See also Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII pp.226,227, D.E. Society's edition.
pravṛtta( I)complete; confer, compare अथ य प्रवृत्त अथे अमिताक्षरेषु ग्रन्थेषु वाक्यपूरणा आगच्छन्ति पदपूरणास्ते, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 9; (2) which has preSented itself, which has become applicable; the word is used in connection with a grammatical rule or operation ; confer, compare एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64 Vart.39; समुदाये व्राह्मणशब्दः प्रवृतेवयवेष्वपि वर्तते जातिहीने गुणहीने च । M.Bh. on II. 2.6; confer, compare दीर्घस्य यण् ह्रस्व इति प्रवृत्तं, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.77; also confer, compare यद्यपि ङिच्चेत्ययमपवादः ... तातङि मन्थरं प्रवृत्तः परेण बाध्यते S. K. on P.VII.1.35.
pravṛddhādia class of compound words headed by the word प्रवृद्ध in which the second word, which is a past passive voice. part, has its last vowel accented acute; confer, compare प्रवृद्धं यानम्, प्रयुक्ताः सक्तवः, खट्वारूढः । आकृतिगणश्च प्रवृद्धादिर्द्रष्टव्यः । तेन पुनरुत्स्यूतं वासो देयमित्यादि सिद्धं भवति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on. on P.VI.2. 147.
prasaktaapplicable, but not actually applied; the word is used in connection with a grammatical ’rule or operation that has become applicable, but has not been applied; confer, compare उत्सर्गस्य प्रसक्तस्यापवादो वाधको भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3 32, also प्रसक्तस्यादर्शनं लोपसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). and S.K. on P.I.1. 60. The term प्रसक्त is opposed to the term अभिनिर्वृत्त.
prasajyapratiṣedhaprohibition of the possible application of a rule, generally laid down by the use of the negative particle न, together with, or connected with, a verbal activity: e.g न लुमताङ्गस्य P.I.1.63, नामि P.VI. 4.3, न माङ्योगे VI.4.74 et cetera, and others etc: confer, compare प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधोSयं क्रियया सह यत्र नञ्; confer, comparealso प्रसज्यायं क्रियागुणौ ततः पश्चान्निवृतिं करोति M.Bh. on P.II.2.6. In some cases the negative particle in a compound has also to be taken as stating a negation by प्रसज्यप्रतिषेधः;confer, compare M.Bh. on सुडनपुंसकस्य P.1.1.43, सार्वधातुकमपित् I.4.2, चादयोsसत्त्वे I. 4. 57.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācīnamatathe view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācyāvaiyākaraṇaan eastern grammarian; the term प्राच्य (eastern) being a relative term, the east is to be taken with respect to the place in the context. The word प्राचां occurs many times in Panini's Sutras and the term प्राक् may refer to countries east of the river शरावती or सरस्वती in the Punjab. See प्राग्देश a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. प्राचां is understood by some commentators as referring to time, in which case, the word may refer to ancient grammarians आपिशलि, शाकटायन, इन्द्र and others who lived before Panini; confer, compare प्राचीनवैयाकरणतन्त्रे वाचनिकानि ...Par. Sek. Pari. 1. The word प्राचीन is, of course, mostly used in the sense of ancient, rather than the word प्राच्. For specific peculiarities of the eastern grammarians see pp. 148-149 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prādeśikabelonging to the root; the word प्रदेश has here the peculiar sense of a root which has the meaning of the noun (under discussion). confer, compare तद्यत्र स्वरसंस्कारौ समर्थौ प्रादेशिकेन गुणेन अन्वितौ स्यातां संविज्ञातानि तानि Nir I. 12.
prāśliṣṭaname of the circumflex accent possessed by a vowel which has resulted from the coalescence of two similar vowels, as for example in भिन्द्धीदम् । see प्रश्लिष्ट.
prauḍhamanoramākhaṇḍana(1)a grammatical work written by a grammarian named Cakrapani of the Sesa family of grammarians. The work is meant to refute the arguments of Bhattoji Diksita in his Praudhamanorama; (2) a grammar work written by the famous poet and rhetorician Jagannātha in refutation of the doctrines and explanations given in the Praudhamanorama by the stalwart Grammarian Bhattoji Diksita. The work is not a scholarly one and it has got a tone of banter. It was written by Jagannatha to show that he could also write works on Grammar and the bearded pedant Bhattoji should not be proud of his profound scholarship in Grammar. The work of Jagannatha was named मनोरमाकुचमर्दन possibly by his followers or even by himselfeminine.
prauḍhamanoramāṭīkāa commentary on Bhattoji DikSita's Praudhamanorama written by Bhattoji's grandson Hari Diksita. The commentary is called लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न which is an abridgment of the author's work बृहच्छब्दरत्न. The Laghusabdaratna is widely studied along with the Praudhamanorama in the Pathasalas.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
phiṭsūtraa small work on accents attributed to Santanava,an ancient Vedic scholar who lived before Patanjali if not before Panini, as the latter has not referred to him. There is an anonymous commentary upon it.
phaḍegan[ FADDEGON, BAREND ]a scholar of Sanskrit Grammar, who has written a book 'Studies in Panini's Grammar'.
barnel[ BURNELL., Dr.]a European Sanskrit scholar who has written a learned booklet 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' which discusses the problem of the Aindra grammar. See ऐन्द्र.
balīyastvarelative superiority in strength possessed by rules of grammar or by operations based on rules of grammar. This Superiority is decided generally on any one or more of the four recognised criteria such as परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व. The phrase अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् very frequently occurs in the varttikas and in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. III. 1.67, VI.i.17, 85 Vart. 15, VI. 4.62 and VII.1.1.
bahiraṅgaparibhāṣāthe Paribhasa or the maxim असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे (Par. Sek. Pari. 50) which cites the comparative weakness of the rule or operation which is Bahiranga.
bahumadhyagataa word which has entered between two constituent words of a compound by splitting in a way the compound e. g. the word च in ईयते नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rg. Veda IX. 86.42; confer, compare एतानि परिगृह्णीयात् बहूमध्यगतानि च । R.Pr.X.7. explained by Uvvata as बहूनां पदानां मध्यगतानि च यानि पदानि तानि अतिक्रम्य परिगृह्णीयात् !
bahuvrīhia compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.
bahuvrīhiprakṛtisvarathe accent peculiar to, or specifically mentioned in the case of the Bahuvrihi compound viz. the retention of its own accents by the first member, in spite of the general rule that a compound word has the last vowel accented acute id est, that is उदात्त. confer, compare बहुव्रीहौ प्रकृत्या पूर्वपदम्. P. VI. 2.1. The expression बहुव्रीहिस्वर in this very sense is used in the Mahabhasya confer, compare बहुव्रीहिस्वरं शास्ति समासान्तविधेः सुकृत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 2.1.
bādhakatvathe same as बाध ; sublation; setting aside; this sublation is described to be of two types(1) complete sublation when the rule set aside, is for ever set aside and cannot, by the maxim called तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय, be applied again; confer, compare दधि ब्राह्मणेभ्यो दीयतां तक्रं कौण्डिन्यायेति सत्यपि संभवे दधिदानस्य तक्रदानं निवर्तकं भवति । confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.47; VI. 1.2. VI. 2.1. et cetera, and others; ( 2 ) temporary sublation when the rule set aside, can be applied, if possible after the special rule has been applied; confer, compare सर्वथा अनवकाशत्वादेव बाधकत्वे स्वस्य (अनवकाशशास्त्रस्य) पूर्वप्रवृत्तिरित्येव बाधः । तत्र बाधके प्रवृत्ते यद्युत्सर्गप्राप्तिर्भवति तदा भवत्येव यथा तत्रैव याडादयः Par.Sek.on Pari.57, The sublation or बाधकत्व is not only in the case of सामान्यविशेषभाव and अनवकाशत्व as given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., but a rule or operation which is पर (cited later), or नित्य, or अन्तरङ्ग sets aside the rule or operation which is पूर्व,or अनित्य,or बहिरङ्ग respectively. This बाध्यबाधकभाव occupies a very important position in respect of the application of grammar rules for arriving at the correct forms (इष्टरूपसिद्धि) and grammarians have laid down a number of Paribhasas in the field of बाध्यबाधकभाव.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bāhulakathe application of a grammatical rule as a necessity to arrive at some forms in literature especially in the Vedic Literature as also in the works of standard writers, which cannot be explained easily by the regular application of the stated rules; confer, compare सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिदनराणां कालहलच्स्वरकर्तृयङां च । व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां सोपि च सिध्यति बाहुलकेन M.Bh. on P. III. 1.85; also confer, compare बाहुलकं प्रकृतेस्तनुदृष्टेः प्रायसमुच्चयनादपि तेषाम् । कार्यसशेषविधेश्च तदुक्तं नैगमरूढिभवं हि सुसाधु M.Bh. on P. III.3.1. In many sutras, Panini has put the word बहुलम् to arrive at such forms; e.g see P.II.1.32,57; II.3.62. II.4.39,73,76,84 et cetera, and others
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bṛhatīa Vedic metre consisting of four padas and 36 syllables. There are three padas of eight syllables and the fourth has twelve syllables. It has got further subdivisions known as पुरस्ताद्बृहती, उपरिष्टाद्बृहती, न्यङ्कुसारिणी or उरोबृहती, ऊर्ध्वबृहती विष्टारबृहती, पिपीलिकमध्यमा and विषमपदा. For details see R.Pr. XVI. 31-37.
belavalakara[ SHRIPAD KRISHNA BELVALKAR ]a well-known Sanskrit scholar of the present day who has been the General Editor of the Mahabharata published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona. He has written a book on grammar reviewing very briefly the various systems of Sanskrit grammar, which is named "Systems of Sanskrit Grammar".
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
baॉpa[ BOPP, FRANZ ]a German Sanskrit scholar who has written the famous volumes of "The Comparative Sanskrit Grammar".
bopadevaa great Sanskrit scholar and grammarian belonging to Devagiri in the greater Maharastra who was supported by Hemadri of Devagiri. He resided at सार्थग्राम on the river Varada in the first half of the thirteenth century. He wrote a short treatise on Sanskrit Grammar, which has a number of peculiar abbreviations for the usual well-known grammatical termanuscript. His grammar had a wide spread in Bengal and it is today a very common text on Grammar Bengal. On this account some scholars believe that he lived in Bengal. He was the son of Kesava and pupil of Dhanesa. He is also the author, of the well-known work कविकल्पद्रुम on which he has written a commentary named कामधेनु or काव्यकामधेनु.
bhaktaforming a part or portion (of something in connection with which it has been prescribed as an augment) confer, compare तद्भक्तस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Vyadi Pari. 17; confer, compare also अामः सुडयं भक्त: अाम्ग्रहणेन ग्राहृष्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 1.33.
bhaṭṭojīsurnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhavat( भवन्त् )ancient term for the present tense found in the Brhaddevata and other works, The term 'vartamana' for the present tense was also equally common. The word is found in the Mahabhasya, the Unadisutravrtti of Ujjvaladatta and in the Grammar of Jainendra confer, compare P.II.3.1 Vart 11, Unadi III. 50 Jain Vyak. I.1.471.
bhavadevaa scholar of grammar who has written a commentary on the Brhacchabdaratna of Hari Diksita.
bhāgavata hariśāstrīa modern scholar of grammar who has written a commentary named Vakyarthacandrika on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa; he lived in the first half of the eighteenth century.
bhāgavṛttione of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति | Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: | तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."
bhāṇḍārakara[ Sir Ramakrishna Gopal Bhandarkar 1837-1925 A. D. ]a well-known scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who has written learned articles on many grammatical topics. He was a distinguished Professor of Sanskrit in the latter half of the nineteenth century. He was one of the pioneers of Sanskrit studies in India.
bhāraddhājīyascholars and grammarians belonging to or following the Bharadwaja School of Grammar whose views are often quoted in the Mahabhasya; भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart. 1, I.1.56 Vart.11 : I.2.22 Vart.3; I.3.67 Vart. 4, III.1.38 Vart. 1, III 1.48 Vart. 3; III 1.89 Vart. 1, IV.1.79, VI.4. 47 and VI.4.155.
bhāvadevaa grammarian who has written a commentary on the Bŗhacchabdaratna of Hari Dīkșita; possibly the same as भवदेव.See भवदेव.
bhāṣāṃmañjarīa small treatise on grammar written by Vyaṅkaṭa Subbā Shastrī.
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāṣitapuṃskaa word or a noun-base which has the same sense in the masculine gender as in the neuter gender: generally words of quality or adjectives like शुचि, मधु et cetera, and others fall in this category;cf तृतीयादिषु भाषितपुंस्कं पुंवद्गालवस्य P. VII. 1. 74; confer, compare also भाषितः पुमान् यस्मिन्नर्थे प्रवृत्तिानिमित्ते स भाषितपुंस्कशब्देनोच्यते । तद्योगादभिधेयमपि यन्नपुसकं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | तस्य प्रतिपादकं यच्छब्दरूपं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | Kāś. on VII.1.74.
bhāṣyaa learned commentary on an original work, of recognised merit and scholarship, for which people have got a sense of sanctity in their mind; generally every Sūtra work of a branch of technical learning (or Śāstra) in Sanskrit has got a Bhāṣya written on it by a scholar of recognised merit. Out of the various Bhāṣya works of the kind given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., the Bhāṣya on the Vyākaraṇa sūtras of Pāṇini is called the Mahābhāṣya, on the nature of which possibly the following definition is based "सूत्रार्थो वर्ण्यते यत्र पदैः सूत्रानुकारिभिः| स्वपदानि च वर्ण्यन्ते भाष्यं भाष्यविदो विदुः ।" In books on Sanskrit Grammar the word भाष्य is used always for the Mahābhāṣya. The word भाष्य is sometimes used in the Mahābhāṣya of Patanjali (confer, compare उक्तो भावभेदो भाष्ये III.3.19, IV.4.67) where the word may refer to a work like लघुभाष्य which Patañjali may have written, or may have got available to him as written by somebody else, before he wrote the Mahābhāṣya.
bhisaffix of the instrumental plural before which the base is looked upon as a Pada and sometimes split up in the Padapāṭha, especially when the preceding word has got no change for its last letter or syllable.
bhūtaliterally what has become or happened, The word is used in books on grammar in the sense of past tense in general, which has been subdivided into (a) unseen past (परीक्षभूत or लिट् ), (b) past, not of today (अनद्यतनभूत or लङ् ) and (c) past in general (सामान्यभूत or लुङ्),confer, compare भूते P.III.2.84, परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.116 and अनद्यतने लङ् P.III.2.111.
bhairavamiśraone of the reputed grammarians of the latter half of the eighteenth century and the first half of the nineteenth century who wrote commentaries on several prominent works on grammar. He was the son of भवदेव and his native place was Prayāga. He has written the commentary called Candrakalā on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara, Parikṣā on the Vaiyākaraṇabhũṣanasāra, Gadā called also Bhairavī or Bhairavīgadā on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and commentaries (popularly named Bhairavī) on the Śabdaratna and Lingānuśāsana. He is reported to have visited Poona, the capital of the Peśawas and received magnificent gifts for exceptional proficiency in Nyāya and Vyākaraṇa. For details see pp. 24 and 25 Vol. VII . Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya D. E. Society's Edition.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
bholānāthaa grammarian who has written a commentary named Saṁdarbhāmṛta on Bopadeva's Mugdhabodha.
bhraṣṭāvasaraliterally a person or a thing of which the proper occasion has passed; the word is used in connection with the application of a rule even though the proper time of its application is gone, on the analogy of a man who is paid his Dakṣiṇā although the proper time has gone ( भ्रष्टावसरन्यायेन दक्षिणा दीयते); confer, compare न च पुनर्लुक्शास्त्रं प्रवर्तते भ्रष्टावसरत्वात् Kāś. on P. VII.2.101.
mañjūṣāa popular name given to the work परमलघुमञ्जूषा of Nāgeśa on अर्थप्रक्रिया (science or method of interpretation) in Vyākaraṇa, which is generally read by advanced students. Nāgeśa has also written a bigger work on the same subject लघुमञ्जूषा which sometimes is also referred to by the word मञ्जूषा.
matvarthīyaan affix which has got the sense of मतु ( मतुप् ). See the words मतुबर्थिक and मतुबर्थीय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
mantudevaknown also as मन्नुदेव, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century who has written a commentary named दर्पणा on the Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra of Koṇḍabhaṭṭa and a commentary named दोषोद्धरण on Nāgeśa's Paribhāṣenduśekhara.
mahādevaa grammarian of the Kātantra school who has written a gloss on the कातन्त्रवृत्ति of दुर्गसिंह.
mahānandaa grammarian of the eighteenth century who has written a gloss on Koṇḍabhaṭṭṭa's Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣanasāra.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mahābhāṣyalaghuvṛttiname given to the short gloss on the Mahabhasya written by the famous eastern grammar-scholar Maitreya-Raksita of the twelfth century.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
maheśanandina Jain Grammarian who has written a work on the karaka topic of grammar, named षट्कारक.
māṇikyadevaa Jain writer who has written a gloss on the Unadisutras consisting of ten chapters popularly called उणादिसूत्रदशपादी.
mādhavathe well-known epoch-making scholar of the 14th century who has written a number of treatises in various Saastras. His धातुवृम्त्ति is a well-known work in grammar
mit(1)characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.
makḍonel[MACDONELL,ARTHUR ANTHONY ]a deep scholar of Vedic Gram. and Literature who has written an exhaustive Vedic Grammar; in treatment, at places he differs from Panini and follows a different method, but the manner of thinking and argument is on original lines.
meghavijayaa Jain grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a grammar work, similar to the Siddhanta Kaumudi, on the Sabdanusasana of Hemacandra. The grammar work is called हैमकौमुदी, or चन्द्रप्रभा also.
metreyarakṣitaa recognised scholar of Paninis' grammar who belonged to the Eastern part of India and fourished in the beginning of the twelfth century. As it appears from the name Maitreya Raksita he appears to have been a Buddhist grammarian. Subsequent writers in their works refer to him by the name Raksita alone, as also by the name Maitreya, but very rarely by the name Maitreya Raksita.He wrote many works on grammar of which the 'tantrapradipa'a learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa on Kasika was a reputed one, which, although available in a fragmentary manuscript form today, has been profusely quoted by prominent grammarians after him.
mokṣeśvaraa grammarian of the fourteenth century who has written a commentary on the Katantra Vrtti of Durgasimha. He has written a commentary on the Akhyatavrtti of the Katantra school as also a short treatise dealing with the krt affixes called Krdvrtti.
yavamadhyaliterally having the centre bulging out like the Yava grain; name given to a variety of the Gayatri which has 7 letters in the first and third (last) feet and 10 letters in the second id est, that is the middle foot; the name is also given to a Mahabrhati having the first and the last feet consisting of 8 letters and the middle one consisting of 12 syllables: cf R.Pr.XVI.18 and 48.
yaśa:kavia grammarian, the author of a treatise named Bhasanusasana. यश:सागर a Jain grammarian, the author of a work named Samasasobha.
yāskaa reputed ancient Niruktakara or etymologist, of the 6th century B.C. or even a few centuries before that, whose work, the Nirukta, is looked upon as the oldest authoritative treatise regarding derivation of Vedic words. Yaska was preceded by a number of etymologists whom he has mentioned in his work and whose works he has utilisedition Yaska's Nirukta threw into the back-ground the older treatises on etymology, all of which disappeared gradually in the course of time.
yukta(1)proper, appropriate, justified; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya and other grammar works; (2) the sense of the original base which is connected with the sense of the affix; confer, compare अथवा युक्तः प्रकृत्यर्थः प्रत्ययार्थेन संबद्धः, Ks. on P. I. 2.51 ; (3) connected with; confer, compare उकारश्चेतिकरणेन युक्त: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् P. I. 4.50.
yuktārohyādia class of compound words headed by the word युक्तारोही which have their initial vowel accented acute in spite of the general dictum that a compound word except a Bahuvrihi compound word, has its last vowel accented acute: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V I. 2.81.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yuckrt affix यु changed into अन, (1) applied in the sense of 'a habituated agent' to intransitive roots in the sense of movement or utterance, to Atmanepadi roots beginning with a consonant, to the roots जु, चेकम् सृ, शुच्, कुघ्, as also to roots in the sense of decoration: exempli gratia, for example चलन:, शब्दन:: cf P.III. 2. 148-15I: (2) applied to causal roots, as also to the roots आस् श्रन्थ् and others in the sense of verbal activity when the word so formed has always the feminine gender; exempli gratia, for example कारणा, हृरणा, आसना, घट्टना,वेदना et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.3.107 and the Varttikas thereon; (3) applied to roots ending in अा and preceded by the indeclinables ईषद्, दुस् or सु in the sense of easy or difficult for obtainment and, wherever seen to any root in the Vedic language, as also to some other roots as found in actual use in the classical literature; e. g. ईषद्दानो गौर्मवता, दु्ष्पानः, सुपान: et cetera, and others सूपसदन:, दुर्योधनः, दुर्मर्षण: et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.III.8.128-130.
yenanāprāptanyāyaa term used by grammarians and commentators very frequently for the maxim "येन नाप्राप्ते यो वेधिरारभ्येत स तस्य बाधको भवति " Par. Sek. on Pari. 57. The term अपवादन्याय is used in the Mahabhasya which is the same as येननाप्राप्तन्याय of later grammarians.
yoga(1)a rule of grammar; the word योग in this sense is very fre-quently found used in the Mahabhasya; cf the frequent statements अयं येगः शक्योsकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1. 6, 62, et cetera, and others or कान्यस्य योगस्य प्रयोजनानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.31 Vart. 6, I.1. 57 et cetera, and others; (2) grammatical connection; cf शास्त्रकृतो योगश्च Nirukta of Yāska.I.2: cf also षष्ठी स्थानेयेागा P.I.1.49.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
yaugapadyasimultaneity of occurrence; simultaneous possibility of the application of two rules which evidently cannot apply simultaneously, but scope has to be given to one of the two, the priority being decided on the criteria of परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व;confer, compare न चास्ति यौगपदद्येन संभव: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.57; cf also M.Bh. on I. 4.1 , I. 4.2, II. 1.3 et cetera, and others
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
ranu[RENOU,LOUIS]a sound Sanskrit scholar of France of the present time who has written some treatises and many articles on Sanskrit grammar out of which his works on the Terminology of Sanskrit Grammar, Kasika and Durghatavrtti reguire a special mention.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
rāmakṛṣṇānandawriter of a commentary on the Mahabhasya which is available in a fragmentary form.
rāmacandrasarasvatīpupil of वासुदेवेन्द्रसरस्वती of the sixteenth century who has written a gloss named विवरण on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata.
rāmabhadra dīkṣitason of यज्ञराम दीक्षित, a grammarian of Tanjore of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva named परिभाषावृत्तिव्याख्या. He has also written the ' life of Patanjali' ( पतञ्जलिचरित ) and many miscellaneous works, such as उणादिमणिदीपिका and others.
rāmarāmaa grammarian who has written a commentary on the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva.
rikan augment added optionally with रुक् and रीक् to the reduplicative syllable of the frequentative root from a primitive root which ends in ऋ or has a penultimate ऋ; e. g. चरिकर्ति, नरिनर्ति भरिभ्रत् et cetera, and others; confer, compare रुग्रिकौ च लुकि, P.VII. 4.9l and ऋतश्च VII.4.92.
rit(1)characterized by the mute consonant र् signifying the acute accent for the penultimate vowel;confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI. I. 217; ( 2 ) the same as रिफित or रेफि, a visarga which is changeable into र् when euphonically combined; confer, compare विसर्जनीयो रिफितः V.Pr.I.160; confer, compare also भाव्युपधं च रिद्विसर्जनीयान्तानि रेफेण ; V.Pr. VII.9. The terms रिफित, रेफि and रित् are given in the Padapatha to a पद or word which ends in a Visarga which has originated from र् in the Samhitapatha; e. g. the Visarga in कः, प्रात: et cetera, and others; confer, compare R.Pr.I.30 to 32.
riphita(1)a Visarga in the Padapatha which has originated from र् in the Samhita-patha; (2) a word or pada which has got a रिफित at its end; confer, compare क:, स्व: प्रातः et cetera, and others (which in the Samhitapatha are कर् , स्वर् , प्रातर् et cetera, and others;) confer, compare R.Pr. I.30 to 36 V.Pr.IV. 18.192.
rudradevaa grammarian who has written a commentary on the Vaiyākaraņa-Siddhānta-Bhūșaņa of Koņdabhațța.
rūpātideśathe actual replacement of the original in the place of the substitute by virtue of the rule स्थानिवदादेशोनल्विधौ P. I. 1. 56; one of the two kinds of स्थानिवद्भाव wherein the word-form of the original ( स्थानी ) is put in the place of the substitute (आदेश); the other kind of स्थानिवद्भाव being called कार्यातिदेश by means of which grammatical operations caused by the original ( स्थानी ) take place although the substitute (आदेश) has been actually put in the place of the original. About the interpretation of the rule द्विर्वचनेचि P. I.1.59, the grammarians accept the view of रूपातिदेश; confer, compare रूपातिदेशश्चायं नियतकालस्तेन कृते द्विर्वचने पुन: आदेशरूपमेवावतिष्ठते | पपतुः पपुः | अातो लोप इटि च इत्याकारलोपे कृते तस्य स्थानिवद्भावात् एकाचो द्बे० इति द्विर्वचनं भवति Kāś on P.I.1.59; confer, compare also रूपातिदेशश्चायम् | द्विर्वचनेचि इत्यत्रास्य भाष्ये पाठात् | Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 97. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.VII.1.95 96.
lakṣmaṇasūria grammarian who has written a booklet on the six dialects, which is named षड्भाषाचन्द्रिका.
lakṣmīnṛsiṃhaa grammarian of the eighteenth century who has written (1) Siddhāntakaumudīvilāsa, a commentary on the Siddhāntakaumudī and (2)Triśikhā, a commentary on Nāgeśa's Paribhāşenduśekhara.
laghukaumudīknown as लघुसिद्धान्तकौमुदी also, an abridged work based upon the Siddhāntakaumudi of Bhațțojī Dīkşita, written by Bhațțojī's pupil Varadarāja. The work is very valuable and helpful to beginners in grammar. It has got the same topics as the Siddhāntakaumudī, but arranged differently. The work, named सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी is the same as लघुसिध्दान्तकौमुदी. Possibly सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी was the original name given by the author.
lupdisappearance ( लुप्यते इति लुप् ); a term used by Pāņini with reference to the disappearance of an affix or its part under specified conditions by the express mention of the word लुप्. Although after the disappearance of an affix no operation for the base before, can take place as conditioned by the affix, i. e. although there is no प्रत्ययलक्षण, still, when the disappearanee is mentioned as लुप्, the base gets the gender and number of that original form of it which existed before the affix, which has disappeared, was applied; confer, compare कुरव: दश:, चञ्चेव पुरुष: चञ्चा; confer, compare लुपि युक्तवद् व्यक्तिवचने. P. I. 2.51 and Kāśikā thereon.
luptathat which has been elided or dropped during the process of the formation of words. As elision or लोप is looked upon as a kind of substitutē, in short a zerosubstitutē, the convention of the substitute being looked upon as the original one, viz.the sthānivadbhāva, applies to it.
lopadisappearance of a word or part of a word enjoined in grammar for arriving at the required forms of a word; confer, compare अदर्शनं लोपः P. I.1.52: confer, compare अदर्शनमश्रवणमनुच्चारणमनुपलब्धिरभावो वर्णविनाश इत्यनर्थान्तरम् । एतैः शब्दैर्योर्थोभिधीयते तस्य लोप इतीयं संज्ञा भवति Kāś. on P.I.1. 52. This disappearance in the case of an affix is tantamount to its notional presence or imaginary presence, as operations caused by it do take place although the word element has disappeared; confer, compare प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणम् । प्रत्यये लुप्तेपि तद्धेतुकं कार्ये भवति Kāś. on P. I.1.62.
lyapkrt affix य substituted for the gerund termination क्त्वा when the root,to which त्वा has been applied, is preceded by a prefix with which it (the root with the affix) is comcompounded; confer, compare समासेऽनत्र्पूर्वे क्त्वो ल्यप् P. VII. 1. 37.
vaktavyathat which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
varṇikuberanāthaor वर्णिकुवेरानन्द an old writer on grammar who has written a work named शब्दविवरण on the meanings of words. The work forms a part of his bigger work दानभागवत. Both the works are incomplete. The शब्दविवरण is based mostly upon ancient grammar works of Patanjali Vararuci, Varttikakara, Sarvavarman, Bhartrhari and others.
vartsyatfuture, belonging to future;confer, compare वर्त्स्यत्प्रवृत्त्या इह कार्याणि क्रियन्ते Paribhasa 87 given by Siradeva.
vardhamāna(1)a long vowel;(2)name of a famous ]ain grammarian, disciple of Govindasuri, who lived in the beginning of the twelfth century A.D.and wrote a metrical work on ganas or groups of words in grammar, named गणरत्नमहोदधि, and also a commentary on it. The work consists of 8 chapters and has got some commentaries besides the well-known one by the author himselfeminine. He also wrote two other works on grammar कातन्त्रविस्तर and क्रियागुप्तक as also a few religious books.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vākyapadīyaa celebrated work on meanings of words and sentences written by the famous grammarian Bhartrhari ( called also Hari ) of the seventh century. The work is looked upon as a final authority regarding the grammatical treatment of words and sentences,for their interpretation and often quoted by later grammarians. It consists of three chapters the Padakanda or Brahmakanda, the Vakyakanda and the Samkirnakanda, and has got an excellent commentary written by Punyaraja and Helaraja.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
vākyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
vākyārthacandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara by Hari Sastri Bhagawata.
vācanikaexpressly cited by a वचन or a statement of the authors of the Sutra, the Varttika and the Mahabhasya, as contrasted with what naturally occurs or is inferred from their statements; confer, compare नेदं वाचनिकसलिङ्गता असंख्यता च ( अव्ययानाम् ) ( स्वाभाविकमेतत् M.Bh. on P.I. 1.38 Vart. 5 and P. II.2.6, confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.64 Vart. 53.
vācanikīSee वाचनिक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.: confer, compare किं स्वाभाविकी निवृतिराहोस्विद्वाचानिकी M.Bh.on P. II.2.6: confer, compare also the usual expression बाचनिकी एषा with respect to some Paribhasas or maximanuscript.
vācya(1)directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् | M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vāḍavapossibly the same as Kunaravadava; an ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare तत्र सौर्थभगवतोक्तमनिष्टिज्ञो वाडव: पठति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2. 106 Vव्रrt 3.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vārṣyāyaṇian ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya and the Nirukta in connection with the six-fold division of bhava or verbal activity; confer, compare षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वाप्यार्यणि: l जायते अस्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते अपक्षीयते विनश्यतीति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vikāraliterally change: modification; modification of a word-base or an affix, caused generally by the addition of suffixes: confer, compare प्रकृतेरवस्थान्तरं विकार: Kas, on P. IV.3.134: confer, compare also लेपागमवर्णविकारज्ञो हि सम्यग्वेदान् परिपालयिष्यति Mahabhasya Ahnika 1.
vikīrṇaa fault in the utterance of a vowel when one vowel appears, or is heard as another, confer, compareविकीर्णो वर्णान्तरे प्रसृतः । एकोप्यनेकनिभसीत्यपरे Pradipa on the Mahabhasya Ahn. 1 end.
vikrama(1)name given to a grave vowel placed between two circumflex vowels, or between a circumflex and an acute, or between an acute and a circumflex; confer, compare स्वरितयोर्मध्ये यत्र नीचं स्यात्, उदात्तयोर्वा अन्यतरतो वा उदात्तस्वरितयोः स विक्रम: T.Pr. XIX.I ; (2) name given to a grave vowel between a pracaya vowel and an acute or a circumflex vowel: confer, compare प्रचयपूर्वश्च कौण्डिन्यस्य T.Pr.XIX.2: (8) repetition of a word or पद as in the Krama recital of the Veda words; (4) name given to a visarjaniya which has remained intact, as for instance in यः प्रणतो निमिषतः ; confer, compare R.Pr. I.5; VI.1 ; the word विक्रम is sometimes used in the sense of visarjaniya in general: cf also अनिङ्गयन् विक्रममेषु कुर्यात् R.Pr. XIII.11.
vighātaimmolation; sacrifice; destruction, as applicable to a word or part of a word or a relation of words confer, compare अनेकाल्त्वस्य तदाश्रयत्वाद् वर्णादेशस्य विधातो न भविष्यति M.Bh. on P. I.1.50 Virt. 15: cf also the famous Paribhasa संनिपातलक्षणो विधिरनिमित्तं तद्विघातस्य Par. Sek. Pari. 85; M.Bh. on P,I.1.24 et cetera, and others
vijñeyaa matter of special understanding; the phrase अवश्यं चैतद्विज्ञेयम् very frequently occurs in the Mahabhasya; cf M.Bh. on P.I.1.1, 3, 5, 22, I.2.47, 48, 64, I.4.23 et cetera, and others
vinayavijayaa.]ain grammarian who has written a gloss on हेमलधुप्रक्रिया.
viprarājendraa grammarian who has written पाणिनिसूत्रविवरण, a gloss on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
viśvarūpaa grammarian of the sixteenth century who has written a small grammar treatise called विश्वरूपनिबन्ध.
viśveśvaratīrthaa grammarian who has written a gloss on the Siddhāntakaumudī.
viṣamapadavyākhyāor विषमी (1) a critical commentary on Nāgeśa's Laghuśabdenduśekhara written by Rāghavendrācārya Gajendragadkar of Satara who lived in the first half of the nineteenth century and who has also written a gloss named त्रिपथगा on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara; (2) name of a commentary on Nāgeśa's Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Cidrūpāśraya: (3) name of a commentary on Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
viṣṇupaṇḍitaa grammarian belonging to the famous Śeṣa family of grammarians, who has written a small treatise on Paribhāṣā or maxims of interpretation which he has named परिभाषाप्रक्राश.
viṣṇubhadṛ( विष्णुशास्त्री भट )a scholar of grammar of the latter half of the nineteenth century who has written learned commentaries on the works of Nāgeśa Bhaṭṭa, two of which viz. चिच्चन्द्रिका and विष्णुभट्टी are well known to scholars.
viṣṇumiśraa scholar of the Supadma system of grammar who has written a commentary named मकरन्द on the सुपद्मव्याकरण and also a commentary on the सुपद्मसमाससंग्रह.
visargaaspiration, leaving of the breath generally at the completion of the utterance of a word when there is a pause; the term विसर्जनीय was in use in ancient times. Although not mentioned in his alphabet by Pāṇini, this Phonetic element, visarga, is looked upon as a letter; it is mentioned as one of the letters in the Śikṣā and the Prātiśākhya works and Patañjali has advised its inclusion in the alphabet. As visarga cannot be found in use independently of another letter (which is any vowel after which it occurs) it is called अयोगवाह.
visarjanīyasame as विसर्ग which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare विसृज्यते पुनर्वर्णैर्न संबध्यते इति विसर्गः; Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on Kat. I. 1. 16. The term विसृष्ट is also used in the same sense. The visarjanīya has the same position (स्थान) in the mouth as the vowel after which it occurs. It is a glottal sound; the Ṛk-Prātiśākhya says that some scholars describe visarjanīya as a chest sound: confer, compare कण्ठयोकार:प्रथमपञ्चमौ च द्वावूष्माणौ केचिदेतावुरस्यौ | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I 18: confer, compare also उरसि विसर्जनीयो वा Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 3.
vihitaprescribed by a rule; that for which a vidhi or injunction has been laid down. The word is very frequently used by grammarians with respect to an affix prescribed after a base.
vugeneral term for the augment वुक् and the affixes वुक्, वुच्, वुञ् and वुन् After the indicatory letter has disappeared the remnant वु of the affixes and not of the augment, is always changed into अक; confer, compare युवो. P. VII.1.1.
vṛddha(1)a term used in Paninis grammar for such words or nouns ( प्रातिपदिक ) which have for their first vowel a vrddhi vowel, i. e. either अा or ऐ or अौ: exempli gratia, for example शाला, माला et cetera, and others; confer, compare वृद्धिर्यस्य अचामादिस्तद् वृद्धम् ; (2) a term applied to the eight pronouns headed by त्यत् for purposes of the addition of taddhita affix. affixes prescribed for the Vrddha words, such as छ by वृद्धाच्छ: P. IV.2.114: (3) a term applied to words having ए or ओ as the first vowel in them, provided such words denote districts of Eastern India, e. g. गोनर्द, भोजकट et cetera, and others confer, compare एङ् प्राचां देशे, P.I.1.73, 74 and 75; (4) a term used in the Pratisakhya works for a protracted vowel ( प्लत ) which has three matras; cf तिस्रॊ वृद्धम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.44.
vedalanguage of the Vedic Literature as contrasted with the term लॊकः; confer, compare नैव लोके न च वेदे अकारो विवृतोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutra; confer, compare also रक्षार्थं वेदानामध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).Ahnika 1. The term वैदिक referring to words found in Vedic language is also frequently used in the Mahabhasya. Panini, however, has used the term छन्दस्, मन्त्र and निगम, and not वेद, out of which the first term छन्दस् is often used; confer, compare बहुलं छन्दसि P. II. 4.39, 76: III, 2.88; V. 2.122; or छन्दसि च P. V. 1.67, V. 4.142, VI. 3.126. VI. l.34, VII. 1.8, et cetera, and others
vebarWEBER, ALBRECHT of Berlin, 1825-190l ]a sound scholar of Vedic Literature who has written many articles on Sanskrit Grammar in "Indische Studien."
vaidyanāthaVaidyanatha Payagunde, a famous grammarian of the eighteenth century, who was one of the chief pupils of Nagesa and who prepared a line of pupils at Varanasi. He has written learned commentaries on standard works on grammar, the principal ones being the Prabha on the Sabdakaustubha, the Bhavaprakasika on the Brhaccabdendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the LaghuSabdendusekhara, the Kasika or Gada on the Paribhasendusekhara and an independent short treatise named Rapratyaya-khandana
vaiyākaraṇaliterally a student of grammar; व्याकरणमधीते वैयाकरण: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV, 2.59. The word is used in the sense of 'a scholar of Grammar;'or, 'a person who has obtained proficiency in Grammar.' The word is used several times in this sense in the Mahabhasya. cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; I.4.2, II. 1.53, II.2.29, II.3.18, II.4.56, III.2.115 et cetera, and others The word is also used in the sense of 'pertaining to grammar' or 'found in grammar.'
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
vaiyākaraṇasarvasvaa small treatise on grammar written by a scholar of grammar named Kasinatha who has also written a few more small works वर्णविवेकचन्द्रिका, वृत्तिचन्द्रिका,धातुमञ्जरी etc
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaumudīṭīkāor सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या a general name given to the large number of commentaries written by members of the line of pupils, and pupils of pupils of Bhattoji. The well-known among the commentaries are प्रौढमनोरमा by the author himself, तत्त्वबोधिनी by ज्ञानेन्द्रसरस्वती, सुबोधिनी by जयकृष्णभट्ट मौनी बालमनोरमा by वासुदेवदीक्षित, and crowning all, the लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेशभट्ट. The प्रौढमनोरमा has got a learned commentary written by हरिदीक्षित called लघुशब्दरत्न or शब्दरत्न, which also has on it commentaries named भावप्रक्राश by बाळंभट्ट and शब्दरत्नदीप by कल्याणमल्ल. The Laghusabdendusekhara has got commentaries reaching about ten in number.
vaiyāghrapadyaname of a treatise of grammar written in ten chapters by an ancient grammarian व्याघ्रपाद्; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपद्यम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV 2.65. For details, see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Ed. pp. 133, 134.
vyaṅkaṭasubbāśāsrīa grammarian who has written a grammar treatise named भाषामञ्जरीव्याकरण.
vyañjanaa consonant; that which manifests itself in the presence of a vowel, being incapable of standing alone; confer, compareन पुनरन्तरेणाचं व्यञ्जनस्यॊच्चारणमपि भवति। अन्वर्थे खल्वपि निर्वचनम् । स्वयं राजन्ते स्वराः। अन्वक् भवति व्यञ्जनम् l M.Bh.on I.2.30; confer, compare also अथवा गतिरपि व्यञ्जेरर्थ: । विविधं गच्छत्यजुपरागवशादिति व्यञ्जनम् | उपरागश्च पूर्वपराच्संनिधानेपि परेणाचा भवति न पूर्वेण | Kaiyata on P. I. 2. 30; confer, compare व्यञ्जनं स्वराङ्गम् T.Pr.I.6; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनसमुदायस्तु स्वरसंनिहित एव अक्षरं भवति। Uvvata Bhasya on V. Pr.. III.45.
vyañjanasaṃdhia junction or coalescence of two consonants as distinguished from स्वरसंधि. In Panini's system of grammar the name हृल्संधि is given to व्यञ्जनसंधि and the Siddhantakaumudi has given a separate section for it.
vyapadeśivadbhāvatreatment of a secon dary thing as the principal one, e g. a person or a thing, without any second or any others, looked upon as the first or the last; confer, compare व्यपदेशिवदेकस्मिन् कार्ये भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.21. Vart. 2. The remark or expression व्यपदेशिवद्भावेन भविष्यति is found often given in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 Vart 14; I.1.9, I.1.51 I,1.72: I.2.48 et cetera, and others For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 30,
vyapekṣāmutual relationship in sense, as obtaining between two different words ( पद ) connected with each other in a sentence, as contrasted with compositeness of sense as seen in two words joined into a compound word ( समास ) ; व्यपेक्षा is given as an alternative definition of the word सामर्थ्य along with एकार्थीभाव as the other one, in the Mahabhasya: e. g. there is व्यपेक्षा between सर्पिः and पिब in the sentence सर्पिष्पिब, but not in तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुद्कम्: confer, compare तथेदमपरं द्वैतं भवति एकार्थाभावो वा सामर्थ्यं स्याद् व्यपेक्षा वेति ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II,1.1 ; cf, also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, VIII.3 44.
vyayaliterallyloss; disappearance the word is used in the sense of inflectional changes. An indeclinable is called अव्यय because it has no inflectional changes. cf तत्कथमनुदात्तप्रकृति नाम स्यात् | दृष्टव्ययं तु भवति । Nirukta of Yāska.I.8; V.23.
vyartha(l)useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.
vyavasthāliterally definite arrangement; restriction regarding the application of a rule, especially when it seems to overlap, as done by the Varttikakara, and later on by the Paribhashas laid down by grammarians regarding the rules of Panini: confer, compare स्वाभिधेयापेक्षावधिनियमो व्यवस्था S. K. on P. I.1.34; confer, compare also लक्ष्यानुसाराह्यवस्था Par. Sek. Pari. 99, 108.
vyākaraṇaGrammar the development of the meaning of the term can be seen by the senses given below in a serial order and the examples after those senses; (a) analysis or explanation by analysis; (b) rules of explanation; (c) specific rules explaining the formation of words; d) explanation of the formation of rules; (e) a treatise in which such an explanation is given; (f) a collection of such treatises and (g) a systematic explanation of the formation of words in a language (व्याकरणशास्त्र or शब्दानुशासन); confer, compare(a) व्यक्रियते अनेन इति व्याकरणम् ; M.Bh.on Ahnika 1, Vart. 12: confer, compare (b) लक्ष्यलक्षणे व्याकरणम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1, Vart. 14; confer, compare (c) न यथा लोके तथा व्याकरणे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1. Vart. 7; d) सर्वत्रैव हि व्याकरणे पूर्वोच्चारित: संज्ञी परोच्चारिता संज्ञा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1.1. Vart 7: (e) न तथा लोके यथा व्याकरणे M.Bh. on P, I. 1.23 Vart. 4: confer, compare(f)इह च व्याकरणे शब्दे कार्यस्य संभव:, अर्थं असंभवः | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.68. confer, compare (g) व्याकरणं नाम इयमुत्तरा विद्या । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.32. The word व्याकरण is mostly used in the sense of ’the Science of Grammar ' in the Mahabhasya. It is explained by modern scholars as 'the law of the corrections of speech and etymological science' and described both as a science and an art.
vyākaraṇadarśanathe science of Vyakarana with the element of Sphota introduced in it and brought consequently on a par with the other Darsanas by the stalwart grammar-scholar Bhartrhari of the 7th century A. D. For details see Sarvadarsanasangraha ' Paninidarsanam ' and page 385 Vol. VII. of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya edited by the D. ESociety, Poona.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyagūḍhārthadīpinīa brief commentary on the Mahabhasya, written by Sadasiva, son of Nilakantha and pupil of Kamalakara Diksita. The gloss confines itself to the explanations of obscure and difficult passages in the Mahabhasya and criticizes Kaiyata's explanations.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpathe original name of the learned commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya by Kaiyatabhatta the well-known grammarian of Kashmir of the eleventh century. See प्रदीप and कैयट.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpavivaraṇa( )a gloss on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata, written by ईश्वरानन्द, a pupil of सत्यानन्द; (2) a gloss on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata by नारायण.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpoddyotathe wellknown scholarly commentary by the stalwart grammarian Nagesabhatta on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata. See उद्द्योत and नागेश.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
vyāghrapādname of an ancient grammarian who is quoted in the Pratisakhya works and the Mahabhasya His grammar work was called dasaka' possibly on account of its consisting of 10 chapters; confer, compare माध्यन्दिनिर्वष्टि गुणं त्विगन्ते नपुसंके व्याघ्रपदां वरिष्ठ: KaS. on P.VII.194; confer, compare also दशक्रा वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kas, , on P.IV.2.65.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyutpattipakṣathe view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.
yutpannapakṣathe view that every word in the language has been derived from a root which explains its sense, see व्युत्पत्तिपक्ष.
vhiṭne[ WHITNEY, WILLIAM DWIGHT, 1827-1894]a sound scholar of Vedic grammar who has, besides some books on Linguistic studies, written a work on Vedic Grammar and edited the Atharvaveda Pratisakhya.
śā(1)conjugational sign(विकरण) applied to the roots of the sixth conjugation ( तुदादिगण ) in all conjugational tenses and moods ( i, e. the present, the imperfect,the imperative and the potential ) before the personal-endings; confer, compare तुदादिभ्यः शः, P. III.1.77; this sign श ( अ ) has got the initial consonant श्, as an indicatory one, and hence this अ is a Sarvadhatuka affix, but, it is weak and does not cause गुण for the preceding vowel; ( 2 ) taddhita affix. affix श in the sense of possession applied to the words लोमन् and others; e. g. लोमश:, रोमशःconfer, compare P.V.2. 100; (3) krt affix (अ ) applied to the roots पा, घ्रा, ध्मा, धे and दृश् when preceded by a prefix,to the roots लिम्प्, विन्द् et cetera, and othersnot preceded by a prefix, and optionaily to दा and धा of the third conjugation in the sense of an agent'; exempli gratia, for example उत्पिबः, उत्पश्यः, लिम्प:, विन्दः दद:, दायः: confer, compare P.III.1.137-139.
śaṃkarabhaṭṭaname of a grammarian of the eighteenth century who wrote a commentary, called शांकरी after him, on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
śaṃkaraśāstrī( मारुलकर )a modern scholar of grammar who lived in Poona and did the work of teaching and writing commentaries. He has written a commentary mamed शांकरी on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta.
śabarasvāmina grammarian to whom a metrical treatise on genders named लिङ्गानुशासन is ascribedition This शवरस्वामिन् was comparatively a modern grammarian who was given the title बालयोगीश्वर. This लिङ्गानुशासन has a commentary written by हृर्षवर्धन Evidently these grammarians शबरस्वामिन् and हृर्षवर्धन are different from the famous author of the मीमांसाभाष्य and the patron of the poet Bana respectively.
śabdakaustubhaa treatise on grammar, critically explaining and discuss ing the meaning of Panini's Sutras in the order of the author himselfeminine. the work is written by Bhattoji Diksita and is mainly based on the Mahabhasya.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śaraṇadevaa prominent grammarian of the Eastern school of Panini's system of grammar who lived in the thirteenth century and wrote works on Panini's grammar. His work named दुर्घटवृत्ति which ex. plains according to Panini's rules, the Varttikas thereon, and the Jnapakas deduced from them,the various words difficult to be explained, is much appreciated by scholars of grammar. He has quoted from a large number of classical works, and referred to many works of the Eastern grammarians who followed the Kasika school.
śāṃkari(1)name of a glo:s on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Samkara; (2) name of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa written by Sankarabhatta; (3) The Vyakarana vidya or instructions in Grammar given by God Siva to Panini on which the Siksa of Panini has been basedition
śākapārthivādia class of irregular samanadhikarana , Samasas, or Karmadharaya compound formations, where according to the sense conveyed by the compound word, a word after the first word or so, has to be taken as omitted; confer, compare समानाधिकरणाधिकारे शाकपार्थिवादीनामुपसंख्यानमुत्तरपदलेपश्च वक्तव्यः । शाकभेाजी पार्थिवः शाकपार्थिवः । कुतपवासाः सौश्रुतः कुतपसौश्रुतः । यष्टिप्रधानो मौद्गल्य; यष्टिमौद्गल्यः। M.Bh. on P.II.1.69 Vart. 8.
śākalaa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya for a grammatical operation or injunction ( विधि ) which forms a specific feature of the grammar of शाकल्य, viz. that the vowels इ, उ,ऋ, and लृ remain without phonetical combination and a shortening of them, if they are long;confer, compareइकोsसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1. 127; शाकल्यस्य इदं शाकल्यम् ।; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.VI.1.77 VI.1.125,VI. 1.27;VI.2.52, VII.3.3 and VIII. 2.108; (2) pupils of शाकल्य; confer, compare शाकल्यस्य छात्राः शाकलाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV.I.18;(3) a village in the Vahika district; confer, compare शाकलं नाम वाहीकग्राम: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.104 Vart. 3.
śivabhaṭṭaa grammarian, who wrote a commentary named कुङ्कुमविकास on the Padamanjari of Haradatta. He was the grandson of Nilakantha Diksita who was also a grammarian and who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas, named the Paribhasavrtti.
śivarāmendra( सरस्वती )a grammarian who wrote (1) a gloss on the sutras of Panini, (2) a commentary named सिद्धान्तरत्नाकर on the Siddhantakaumudi, and (3) a commentary on the Mahabhasya named Mahabhasyaprakasa.
śivasūtraname given to the fourteen small sutras giving the alphabet which Panini took as the basis of his grammar. The Sivasutras have got a well-known explanation in Verse, named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका on which there is a commentary of the type of Bhasya by उपमन्यु. The origin of the Sivasutra given by the writer of the Karika is summed up in the stanza नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजो ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद् विमर्शे शिवसूत्रजालम् | Nand. 1.
śīghrataraliterallyover-rapid; an extra quickness of breath (प्राण) which characterizes the utterance of a sibilant which has got one more property viz. ऊष्मत्व in addition to the three properties (बाह्यप्रयत्न ) possessed by the other consonants: confer, compare शीघ्रतरं सोष्मसु प्राणमेके | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 6.
śuṇḍikādia class of words headed by शुण्डिका to which the taddhita affix अ ( अण् ) is added in the sense of 'who has come from'; exempli gratia, for example शौण्डिक:, कार्कणः: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.76.
śeṣaśarbhanalso known by the name मनीषिशेषशर्मन्, a grammarian who has written सर्वमङ्गला, a commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
śeṣaśāstrīa grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesabhatta.
śeṣādria grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a work, Paribhasabhaskara, on the Paribhasas of the Panini system; the treatise is written in the manner of Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti which has been taken as a basis by him.
śtip'the syllable ति applied to the Vikarana-ending form of a root to denote a root for a grammatical operation. The specific mention of a root with श्तिप् added, shows that the root of the particular class or conjugation shown, is to be taken and not the same root belonging to any other conjuga-tion; confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे; exempli gratia, for example अस्यतिवक्तिख्यातिभ्योऽङ् P.III. 1. 52. Although operations prescribed for a primary root are applicable to a frequentative root when the frequentative sign य has been omitted, operations prescribed for a root which is stated in a rule with ति ( श्तिप् ) added to it, do not take place in the frequentative roots;confer, compare श्तिपा शपानुबन्धेन ... पञ्चैतानि न यङ्लुकि.
śrīkaṇoktaa grammarian who has written a small treatise on corrupt words or ungrammatical words, which is named अपशब्दखण्डन.
śrīdharaa grammarian of the last century who has written a commentary named श्रीधरी after him, on the Paribhasendusekhara.
śrīdharīname of commentary on the Paribhasendueskhara written by Sridhara. See श्रीधर.
śrīnivāsaa grammarian who has written a commentary on the Paribhasabhaskara of Haribhaskara.
śrīmaṇikaṇṭhaa famous grammarian who held the titles महामहोपाध्याय, प्रगल्भतर्कसिंह and भट्टाचार्य and who has written a systematic work on caserelations named कारकखण्डनमण्डन; the work is also known by the name षट्कारकखण्डनमण्डन.
śrīmānaśarmāa famous grammarian of Eastern India who has written a short scholarly gloss named Vijaya on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara. For details refer to Paribhasasamgraha.
śreṇyādia class of words headed by the word श्रेणि, which are compounded with words like कृत if they stand in apposition, provided the word so compounded has got the sense of the affix च्वि i. e. having become what was not before: confer, compare अश्रेणयः श्रेणय: कृताः श्रेणिकृता:, एककृता: Kas, on P. II. 1. 59.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
śvobhūtivṛttia grammatical work of the type of a gloss on the Sutras of Panini written by an ancient grammarian श्वोभूति mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare स्तोष्याम्यहं पादिकमौदवाहिं ततः श्वेाभूते शातनीं पातनीं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57. Possibly the grammarian श्वोभूति is referred to in the word श्वोभूत in the verse.
ṣaṭkārakabālabodhinīa short work in verses on the six case-relations written by a grammarian Prabhudasa who has added his own commentary to it.
ṣatvachange of the consonant स् into ष् in certain conditions in the formation of a word, or after prepositions in the case of verbs beginning with स्. This cerebralization of स् was a peculiar phonetic change which naturally occurred when स् in utterance came after a vowel excepting अ. Some of the Pratisakhya works have exhaustively treated this change and Panini has also mentioned many rules in connection with it.
ṣaṣṭhīthe sixth case; the genitive case. This case is generally an ordinary case or विभक्ति as contrasted with कारकविभक्ति. A noun in the genitive case shows a relation in general, with another noun connected with it in a sentence. Commentators have mentioned many kinds of relations denoted by the genitive case and the phrase एकशतं षष्ठ्यर्थाः (the genitive case hassenses a hundred and one in all),. is frequently used by grammarians confer, compare षष्ठी शेषे P. II. 3.50; confer, compare also बहवो हि षष्ठ्यर्थाः स्वस्वाम्यनन्तरसमीपसमूहविकारावयवाद्यास्तत्र यावन्त: शब्दे संभवन्ति तेषु सर्वेषु प्राप्तेषु नियमः क्रियते षष्ठी स्थानेयोगा इति । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.49. The genitive case is used in the sense of any karaka when that karaka ; is not to be considered as a karaka; confer, compare कारकत्वेन अविवक्षिते शेषे षष्ठी भविष्यति. A noun standing as a subject or object of an activity is put in the genitive case when that activity is expressed by a verbal derivative , and not by a verb itself; confer, compare कर्तृकर्मणोः कृति P. II. 3 .65. For the senses and use of the genitive case, confer, compare P. II. 3.50 to 73.
ṣphafeminine affix अायनी, termed also तद्वित (l) added, according to the Eastern school of grammarians, to words ending with the taddhita affix. affix यञ् ( prescribed by rules like गर्गादिभ्यो यञ् IV.1.105) e. g. गार्ग्यायणी, वात्स्यायनी as contrasted with गांर्गी or वात्सी according to the Western school of Panini; (2) added to form feminine bases of the words from लोहित to कत to which यञ् has already been added as also to the words कौरव्य and माण्डूक. e. g. लौहित्यायनी, बाभ्रव्यायणी, कात्यायनी, कौरव्यायणी, माण्डूकायनी confer, compare P. IV. 1.17-19.
saṃgṛhītaincluded; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in connection with instances which are covered by a rule, if interpreted in a specific way: confer, compare अथ निमित्तेsभिसंबध्यमाने यत्तदस्य योगस्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तमुदाहरणं तदपि संगृहीतं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 57; confer, compare also एकार्थीभावे सामर्थ्ये समास एकः संगृहीतो भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1.
saṃjñāa technical term; a short wording to convey ample sense; a term to know the general nature cf things; convention; confer, compare वृद्धिशब्द; संज्ञा; अादेच: संज्ञिन: M.Bh. on P.1-1.1. There are two main divisions of संज्ञा-कृत्रिमसंज्ञा or an artificial term such as टि, घु, or भ which is merely conventional, and अकृत्रिमसंज्ञा which refers to the literal sense conveyed by the word such as अव्यय, सर्वनाम and the like. Some grammar works such as the Candra avoid purely conventional terms, These samjhas are necessary for every scientific treatise. In Panini's grammar, there are the first two chapters giving and explaining the technical terms whose number exceeds well-nigh a hundredition
saṃjñāpūrvakaan operation with respect to which a technical term has been expressly mentioned: confer, compare संज्ञापूर्वको विधिरनित्यः, Par. Sek. Pari. 93.1: Vyadi Pari. 53.
saṃjñābhūta(1)that, which by usage has become a technical word possessed of a conventional sense: confer, compare किं पुनर्यानि एतानि संज्ञाभूतानि अाख्यानानि तत्र उत्पत्त्या भवितव्यम् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1. 26 Vart. 7; (2) which stands as a proper noun or the name of a person; confer, compare संज्ञाभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः S. K. on P. I. 1.27.
saṃdaṣṭaa fault of pronunciation when the constituent letters of a word are uttered with the teeth kept close together. Kaiyata has ex-plained the word as वर्धित.
saṃdhieuphonic combination; phonetic combination of two vowels or two consonants or one vowel and one consonant resulting from their close utterance; many kinds of such combinations and varieties are given in the Pratisakhya works. In the Siddhantakaumudi, Bhattoji Diksita has given five kinds of such Sandhis at the beginning of his work; confer, compare पदान्तपदाद्योः संधिः । यः कश्चिद्वैदिकशास्त्रसंधिरुच्यते स पदान्तपदाद्योर्वेदितव्यः।ते संधयश्चत्वारो भवन्ति । स्वरयोः व्यञ्जनयो: स्वरव्यञ्जनयोश्च Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 3.
saṃnipātaparibhāṣāthe maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्, into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
saṃbandhiśibdarelative term; the term refers to words connected in such a way by their meaning that if one of them is uttered, the other has to be anticipated and understood; e. g. पितृ, भ्रातृ, मातृ, भार्या et cetera, and others confer, compare तद्यथा । संबन्धिशब्दाः । मातरि वर्तितव्यम् । पितरि शूश्रूषितव्यम् । न चोच्यते स्वस्यां मातरि स्वस्मिन्वा पितरि इति । confer, compare also M.Bh. on I 1.71 ; confer, compare also प्रधानमुपसर्जनं च संबन्धिशब्दावेतौ Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.43 Vart. 5; I. 2.48 Vart, 4,
saṃvādacintāmaṇiname of a small treatise on roots and their meanings written by : a grammarian named इन्द्रदत्तोपाध्याय who has also written a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha called कौस्तुभगुण and सिद्धान्तकौमुदीगूढफक्किकाप्रकाश,
saṃśliṣṭavery closely held together just as the sound of the consonant र् in the vowel क; confer, compare ऋलृवर्णे रेफलकारौ संश्लिष्टौ अश्रुतिधरौ एकवर्णौ where Uvvata has explained the word संश्लिष्ट as एकीभूत; cf Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 148.
sakṛdgatior सकृद्गतिन्याय the maxim or convention of the non-application of a grammatical rule of Operaton any longer when, on conflict with another, it has been once set aside. The maxim is सकृद्वतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्बाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1. 56, I.4. 2, VI.3.42 et cetera, and others cf also Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
sakṛdgatior सकृद्गतिन्याय the maxim or convention of the non-application of a grammatical rule of Operaton any longer when, on conflict with another, it has been once set aside. The maxim is सकृद्वतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद्बाधितं तद्वाधितमेव Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1. 56, I.4. 2, VI.3.42 et cetera, and others cf also Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
saṇtaddhita affix. affix सण् prescribed after the word पर्शु in the sense of collection; e. g. पार्श्र्वम् : confer, compare पर्श्वा: सण् P,IV,2.43 Vart, 3 for which there is an alfernative reading पर्श्वा णस् वक्तव्यः; for facility of grammatical operations णस् is recommended with preference in the Mahabhasya , cf एवं तर्हि णस् वक्तव्य; M.Bh. on P. IV.2.43 Vart. 3; (2) सण् is given as a technical term for संयोग in the Pratisakhya works: confer, compare सयुक् सण् । संयुक्तं व्यञ्जनं संयोगसंज्ञं भवति R.T.27.
satiśiṣṭaprescribed subsequently; occurring after the preceding has taken place; confer, compare सति शिष्टोपि विकरणस्वरः सार्वधातुकस्वरं न बाधते; although the words सति and शिष्टः are separate still it is habitual to take them combined in an adjectival sense and make the word सतिशिष्ट an adjective to the word स्वर as in the dictum सतिशिष्टस्वरबलीयस्त्वं च P. VI. 1. 158 Vart. 9.
satsaptamīthe locative case prescribed by the rule यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II.3.37 as scen in गोषु दुह्यमानासु गतः; confer, compare लुकि इति नैषा परसप्तमी । का तर्हि । सत्सप्तमी । लुकि सति इति . M, Bh. on P.I.2.49 Vart. 2. On account of the frequent occurrence of the word सति in a large number of examples of this locative absolute, the term सतिसप्तमी is used by modern grammarians for the better word सत्सप्तमी in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare M.Bh. on P,VI.4.23 as also on P.VIII. 3.61...
sadāśiva-agnihotrīname of a modern grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a gloss on Pratisakhya works called प्रातिशाख्यदीपिका.
sadāśiva-paṇḍitaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a commentary on the Sutras of Panini and a brief commentary on the Mahabhasya called गूढार्थदीपिनी or गूढार्थदीपिका which is incomplete.
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
samayathe omission of words which have already occurred before in the recital of the Pada and other Pathas or recitals, with a view to avoiding an unnecessary repetition; confer, compareदृष्टक्रमत्वात्समयान् संदध्यात् सर्वशः क्रमे। पदेन व पदाभ्यां च प्रागवस्येदतीत्य च R.Pr.X.12.
samavāya(I)combination as contrasted with व्यवाय disjunction or separation; (2) the enumeration of the letters of the alphabet in a particular order so as to facilitate their combination, technically termed प्रत्याहार; confer, compare वृतिसमवायार्थ उपदेशः । का पुनर्वृत्तिः l शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः । अथ कः समवायः । वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण संनिवेशः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika l Vart. 15. confer, compare also समवायो वर्णगत: क्रमविशेषः । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on the Bhasya mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (3) contact; cf रक्तै रागः समवाये स्वराणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.24.
samāsaplacing together of two or more words so as to express a composite sense ; compound composition confer, compare पृथगर्थानामेकार्थीभावः समासः। Although the word समास in its derivative sense is applicable to any wording which has a composite sense (वृत्ति), still it is by convention applied to the समासवृत्ति only by virtue of the Adhikarasutra प्राक् कडारात् समास: which enumerates in its province the compound words only. The Mahabhasyakara has mentioned only four principal kinds of these compounds and defined them; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थ प्रधानोव्ययीभावः। उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः। अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः । उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः । M.Bh. on P.II.1.6; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.II.1.20, II.1.49,II.2.6, II.4.26, V.1.9. Later grammarians have given many subdivisions of these compounds as for example द्विगु, कर्मधारय and तत्पुरुष (with द्वितीयातत्पुरुष, तृतीयातत्पुरुष et cetera, and othersas also अवयवतत्पुरुष, उपपदतत्पुरुष and so on) समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुवीहि, समाहारद्वन्द्व, इतरेतरद्वन्द्व and so on. समासचक्र a short anonymous treatise on compounds which is very popular and useful for beginners. The work is attributed to वररुचि and called also as समासपटल. The work is studied and committed to memory by beginners of Sanskrit ] studies in the PathaSalas of the old type.
samāsamañjarīa metrical work on compounds which has no author mentioned in or assigned to it.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvanāmanpronoun: literally standing for any noun. There is no definition as such given, of the word pronoun, but the words, called pronouns, are enumerated in Panini's grammar one after another in the class or group headed by सर्व ( सर्व, विश्व, उभ, उभय, words ending in the affixes डतर and डतम, अन्य et cetera, and others)which appear to be pronouns primarily. Some words such as पूर्व, पर, अवर, दक्षिण, उत्तर, अपर, अधर, स्व, अन्तर etc are treated as pronouns under certain conditions. In any case, attention has to be paid to the literal sense of the term सर्वनामन् which is an ancient term and none of these words when standing as a proper noun, is to be treated as a pronoun: confer, compare सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि P. I.1. 27, confer, compare also संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः: M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 27 Vart. 2; ( 2 ) The word सर्वनामन् means also a common term, a general term; confer, compare एकश्रुतिः स्वरसर्वनाम, यथा नपुंसकं लिङ्गसर्वनाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 4.174 Vart 4.
sarvanāmasthānaa term used in Panini's grammar, for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम् and औ as also for the nominative case. and acc. plural afix इ ( शि ) of the neuter gender. The term appears to be an old one, which was used, by a specific mention, for the first five case-affixes which caused a special change in the base before them in the case of many words; confer, compare शि सर्वनामस्थानम् । सुडनपुंसकस्य P.I.1.42-48. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition p. 239 footnote.
sarvamaṅgalāa commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara written by a grammarian of the nineteenth century named शेषशर्मन् or मनीषिशेषशर्मन्. The work is incomplete.
savarṇacognate, homophonic: a letter belonging to the same technical category of letters possessing an identical place of utterance and internal effort confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, 1. 9. For example, the eighteen varieties of अ, due to its short, long and protracted nature as also due to its accents and nasalization, are savarna to each other. The vowels ऋ and लृ are prescribed to be considered as Savarna although their place of utterance differs. The consonants in each class of consonants are savarna to one another, but by the utterance of one, another cannot be taken except when the vowel उ has been applied to the first. Thus कु stands for क्, ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ्. confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, I. 9 and अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P. I. 1. 69.
sahacaritagoing together: occurring together; e. g. विपराभ्यां जेः ( where परा is taken as the preposition परा and not the pronoun परा which is the feminine. base of पर on account of the paribhasa सहचरितासहचरितयोः सहृचरितस्यैव ग्रहणम्): confer, compare Pari.Sek.Pari.103.
sāgamakapossessed of the augment; confer, compare अनागमकानां सागमका अादेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.20 Vart. 5, also on P. I. 1.46; cf also the verse सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः । एकदेशविकारे हि नित्यत्वं नोपपद्यते । quoted in the Mahabhasya to support the view that augments are not inserted, but a word with an augment replaces a word without that augment; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart 5.
sānubandhaor सानुबन्धक an affix or a root or the like, to which a mute letter has been attached; confer, compare निरनुबन्धकग्रहणे न सानुबन्धकस्य ग्रहणम् Par.Sek, Pari.81.
sāpekṣawith an expectancy in sense; although in grammar expectancy is at the root of, and forms a sort of a connecting link for, the various kinds of relations which exist between the different words of a sentence which has to give a composite sense, yet, if a word outside a compound is connected with a word inside a compound, especially with a second or further member, the sense becomes ambiguous; and expectancy in such cases is looked upon as a fault; e. g. अप्रविष्टविषयो हि रक्षसाम् Raghu XI. When, however, in spite of the fault of expectancy the sense is clear, the compound is admissible; confer, compare यदि सविशेषणानां वृत्तिर्न वृत्तस्य वा विशेषणं न प्रयुज्यते इत्युच्यते देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् देवदत्तस्य गुरुपुत्रः,अत्र वृत्तिर्न प्राप्नोति। अगुरुकुलपुत्रादीनामिति वक्तव्यम् I Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P II.1.1 ; confer, compare also the expression सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास: often used by commentators.
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
sāmānyātideśaparibhāṣāname given to the Paribhasa: सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः Pari. Sekh Pari. 101.
sārasvataname of a grammar work which was once very popular on account of its brevity, believed to have been written in the sutra form by an ancient grammarian named Narendra who is said to have composed 700 sutras under the inspiration of Sarasvati.The exposition of these Sutras by a reputed grammarian named Anubhutisvarupacarya who possibly flourished in the thirteenth century A. D., is known by the name सारस्वतप्रक्रिया which has remained as a text book on grammar to the present day in some parts of India. This प्रक्रिया is popularly known as सारस्वतव्याकरण. The technical terms in this grammar are the current popular ones.
sārāsāravivekaname of a commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara written by बालशास्त्री रानडे, the stalwart grammarian of the nineteenth century at Varanasi.
sāvakāśapossessed of scope for its application as contrasted with निरवकाश; a term used in connection with a rule which has got its application to some cases without conflict with any other rule: confer, compare द्वयोर्हि सावकाशयोः समवस्थितयौर्विप्रतिषेधो भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.3 Vart. 6.
sitan affix marked with the mute letter स् signifying the designation पद for the preceding base to which that affix has been added; for examples where such affixes are noticed, see the words भवदीय:, ऊर्णायु:, ऋत्वियः, पाश्र्वमू: cf सिति च P. I. 4. 16.
siddha(1)established; the term is used in the sense of नित्य or eternal in the Varttika सिद्धे शब्दार्थसंबन्धे where, as Patanjali has observed, the word सिद्ध meaning नित्य has been purposely put in to mark an auspicious beginning of the शब्दानुशासनशास्त्र which commences with that Varttika; confer, compare माङ्गलिक आचार्यो महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थे सिद्धशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्क्ते M.Bh.on Ahnika 1; (2) established, proved, formed; the word is many times used in this sense in the Mahabhasya, as also in the Varttikas especially when a reply is to be given to an objection; confer, compare P.I. 1.3 Vart. 17, I.1. 4. Vart. 6: I. I. 5, Vart.5,I.1.9 Vart. 2 et cetera, and others
siddhāntaestablished tenet or principle or conclusion, in the standard works of the different Shastras.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sīradevaa prominent grammarian of the Eastern part of India who lived in the twelfth century A. D. He was a very sound scholar of Panini's grammar who wrote a few glosses on prominent works in the system. His Paribhasavrtti is a masterly independent treatise among the recognised works on the Paribhasas in which he has quoted very profusely from the works of his predecessors, such as the Kasika, Nyasa, Anunyasa and others. The reputed scholar Maitreya Raksita is more often guoted than others.
subantaname given to a word formed with the addition of a case-affix and hence capable of being used in a sentence by virtue of its being called a पद by the rule सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् The ancient grammarians gave four kinds of words or padas viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात which Panini has brought under two heads सुबन्त including नाम, उपसर्ग and निपात and तिङन्त standing for आख्यातः confer, compare सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् P. I. 4. 14.
sūtrakārathe original writer of the sutras; e. g. पाणिनि, शाकटायन, शर्ववर्मन् , हेमचन्द्र and others. In Panini's system, Panini is called Sutrakara, as contrasted with Katyayana,who is called the Varttikakara and Patanjali, who is called the Bhasyakara;confer, compare पाणिने: सूत्रकारस्य M.Bh. on P.II 2.1.1.
sūtrapāṭhathe text of Panini's Sutras handed down by oral tradition from the preceptor to the pupil. Although it is said that the actual text of Panini was modified from time to time, still it can be said with certainty that it was fixed at the time of the Bhasyakara who has noted a few different readings only. The Sutra text approved by the Bhasyakara was followed by the authors of the Kasika excepting in a few cases. It is customary with learned Pandits and grammarians to say that the recital of the Sutras of Panini was originally a continuous one in the form of a Samhitatext and it was later on, that it was split up into the different Sutras, which explains according to them the variation in the number of Sutras which is due to the different ways of splitting the Sutrapatha.
sṛṣṭidharaname of the famous commentator on Purusottamadeva's Bhasavrtti,who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.
sopasargatogether with a preposition ( उपसर्ग ) prefixed; the term is used in connection with a root to which a preposition such as प्र, परा et cetera, and others has been prefixed; confer, compare अकर्मका अपि वै सोपसर्गाः सकर्मका भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1,44.
sauryabhagavānan ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare तत्र सौर्यभगवतेाक्तमनिष्टिज्ञो वाडवः पठति | इष्यत एव चतुर्मात्रः पटतः: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.106 Vart. 3.
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
sphoṭaname given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा | व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:||
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svarabhaktia vowel part; appearance of a consonant as a vowel; the character of a vowel borne by a consonant. Many times a semivowel which consists of one letter has to be divided especially for purposes of metre, as also for accentuation into two letters or rather, has to be turned into two letters by inserting a vowel before it or after it, for instance य् is to be turned into इय् e. g, in त्रियम्बकं यजामहे, while र् or रेफ is to be turned into र् ऋ as for instance in कर्हि चित् which is to be uttered as कर् ऋ हृि चित्. This prefixing or suffixing of a vowel is called स्वरभक्तिः confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं द्राघीयसी सार्धमात्रेतरे च | अधोनान्या ( Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 32.35; confer, compare also न संयोगं स्वरभाक्तिर्विहृान्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 35; confer, compare also रेफात् खरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णा स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 46. In Panini's grammar, however, the word अज्भाक्त, which means the same is used for स्वरभक्ति; cf ऋति ऋ वा लृति लृ वा इत्युभयत्रापि विधेयं वर्णद्वयं द्विमात्रम् | अाद्यस्य मध्ये द्वौ ; रेफौ तयोरेकां मात्रा । अभितेाज्भक्तेरपरा। S. K. on VI. 1.101.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
svarūpavidhian operation prescribed for the verbal form of the word and not for such words as possess the meaning of the word; .cf अस्ति कश्चित्पुरुषारम्भः। क: | स्वरूपविधिर्नाम | हन्तेरात्मनेपदमुच्यमानं हृन्तेरेत्र स्यादूधेर्न स्यात् | M.Bh. on P.I.1.56 Vart. 1. In grammar there is a general dictum that in connection with words of a Sutra, unless they are technical terms, the word-forms are to be understood, and not those shown by the sense of the word: confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा P. I.1.68. This rule has some exceptions; for example in the rule नदीभिश्च P.II.1.20 the various rivers are to be understood and not the word नदी.
the last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
ha(1)representation of the consonant हू with अ added for facility of pronunciation; (2) a technical term for the internal effort between विवृत and संवृत, which causes घोष in the consonants; confer, compare संवृतविवृतयोर्मध्ये मध्यमप्रक्रारे यः शब्दः क्रियते स हकारसंज्ञो भवति। संज्ञायाः प्रयेाजनं ' हकारो हचतुर्थेषु ' इति ( तै. प्रा.श ९)Tribhasyaratna on T.Pr. II.6; (3) name of an external effort causing घोष: confer, compare सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हृकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते। Vaidikabharana on T.Pr. II.6; (4) name of a kind of external effort of the type of अनुप्रदान found in the utterance of the consonant ( ह् ) and the fourth class-consonants; confer, compare हकारौ हृचतुर्थेषु T.Pr.II.9.
haritādia class of words headed by the word इरित to which the taddhita affix फक् ( अायन ) is added in the sense of a descendant after the affix अ ( अञ् ) has already been added to them by P. IV. 1. 104, the word so formed possessing the sense of the great grandchild (युवापत्य) of the individuals denoted by इरित and others; e. g. हारितायनः; confer, compare इह् तु गोत्राधिकारेपि सामर्थ्याद् यूनि प्रत्ययोभिघीयते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, IV.1.100
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
harināthadvivedīa grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written a commentary named अकाण्डताण्डव on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
haribhāskara( अग्निहोत्री )a grammarian of the Deccan who lived in the seventeenth century at Nasik and wrote commentaries on grammarworks out of which his treatise on Paribhasas ( परिभाषाभास्कर ) written independently but based upon Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti, deserves a special notice and mention.
harirāma( इरिराम केशव काळे )a modern grammarian who has written a commentary named Ksika on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth century and the commentary Kasika was written by him in 1797, He is said to have been a pupil of the great grammarian BhairavamiSra.
harivallabhaa grammarian who has written commentaries named दर्पणा on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta, and Laghubhusanakanti on the Sabdakaustubha of Bhattoji Diksita.
hariśātri( भागवत )a grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written Vakyarthacandrika, a commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
hetumatthe activity of the causal agent to express which a root has the affix णिच् added to it: confer, compare हेतु: स्वतन्त्रस्य कर्तुः प्रयोजकः । तदीयो व्यापार: प्रेषणादिलक्षणो हेतुमान् , तस्मिन्नमिधेये धातोर्णिच् स्यात् | Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
helārājaa learned grammarian who wrote a commentary on the third Kanda of the Vakyapadiya of Bharthari to which he has given the name प्रकीर्णप्रकाश.
haimabṛhatprakriyāa work very similar to the Siddhantakaumudi written by a comparatively modern Jain scholar named Girijashankar Shastri.
Vedabase Search
Results for has1841 results
hasadbhiḥ who were laughingSB 10.22.9
hasan laughingSB 10.67.14-15
SB 3.2.28
SB 3.20.24
SB 4.2.14-15
SB 4.5.2
SB 6.11.13
hasan smilingSB 1.17.30
SB 1.7.52
SB 10.14.46
SB 7.3.15-16
SB 8.19.28
hasan iva as if smilingSB 8.10.42
hasan iva as if smilingSB 8.10.42
hasantaḥ after tasting, they were all laughingSB 10.13.10
hasantaḥ ca punaḥ daduḥ when they saw the proprietor, they threw it farther away and enjoyed laughing, and when the owner sometimes cried, his bag was given to him againSB 10.12.5
hasantaḥ ca punaḥ daduḥ when they saw the proprietor, they threw it farther away and enjoyed laughing, and when the owner sometimes cried, his bag was given to him againSB 10.12.5
hasantaḥ ca punaḥ daduḥ when they saw the proprietor, they threw it farther away and enjoyed laughing, and when the owner sometimes cried, his bag was given to him againSB 10.12.5
hasantaḥ ca punaḥ daduḥ when they saw the proprietor, they threw it farther away and enjoyed laughing, and when the owner sometimes cried, his bag was given to him againSB 10.12.5
hasantam laughingSB 10.69.29
hasantam smilingSB 6.1.58-60
hasantau laughingSB 10.15.15
hasanti laugh atSB 3.14.28
hasantī smilingSB 10.86.7
SB 4.25.32
SB 8.12.26
hasanti they laughSB 11.3.32
hasantībhiḥ who were laughingSB 10.90.8-9
hasantyaḥ laughingSB 10.76.31
hasantyaḥ smilingSB 10.65.9
hasantyaḥ while laughingSB 10.8.24
hasantyām while she was laughingSB 4.25.57-61
hasat smilingSB 4.1.25
hasati he also laughedSB 4.25.57-61
hasati laughsCC Adi 7.94
CC Antya 3.179
CC Madhya 23.41
CC Madhya 25.141
CC Madhya 9.262
SB 11.14.24
SB 11.2.40
SB 7.4.39
SB 7.7.35
hasati she laughsSB 12.3.1
hasita smilesSB 10.42.4
hasita smilingCC Madhya 12.213
SB 10.29.39
SB 10.41.27
SB 10.43.28
SB 2.2.12
SB 3.23.9
SB 4.26.23
hasita-avalokam Your smiling glanceCC Antya 15.70
hasita-avalokam Your smiling glanceCC Antya 15.70
CC Madhya 24.50
hasita-avalokam Your smiling glanceCC Madhya 24.50
hasitaiḥ and laughterSB 10.29.45-46
hasitam smilingSB 10.46.21
SB 2.2.13
hasite in His smilingSB 8.20.25-29
hasta armsCC Antya 14.65-66
hasta cubitsCC Adi 3.42
hasta from the handsSB 7.8.26
hasta handCC Adi 12.25
CC Madhya 12.148
CC Madhya 13.91
CC Madhya 20.222
SB 10.38.16
hasta handsCC Adi 5.100-101
CC Adi 5.185
CC Adi 6.38
CC Madhya 11.6
CC Madhya 14.135
CC Madhya 14.22
CC Madhya 7.37
SB 4.29.4
hasta HastaSB 9.24.49
hasta in his handsSB 10.51.7
hasta like handsSB 10.32.11-12
SB 4.9.6
hasta of His handSB 4.20.22
hasta of the handCC Madhya 13.97
SB 10.62.13
hasta of the handsCC Madhya 4.77
hasta the handCC Madhya 8.284
hasta the handsCC Madhya 2.13
hasta dharilā caught the handCC Antya 6.204
hasta dharilā caught the handCC Antya 6.204
hasta diyā keeping His handCC Madhya 15.273
hasta diyā keeping His handCC Madhya 15.273
hasta diyā placing His handCC Madhya 11.137
hasta diyā placing His handCC Madhya 11.137
hasta diyā putting their handsCC Antya 2.126
hasta diyā putting their handsCC Antya 2.126
hasta hāle my hands trembleCC Antya 20.93
hasta hāle my hands trembleCC Antya 20.93
hasta tuli' raising His handsCC Antya 12.128
hasta tuli' raising His handsCC Antya 12.128
hasta tuli' raising the armsCC Madhya 13.120
hasta tuli' raising the armsCC Madhya 13.120
hasta-abjam the lotus handSB 10.33.13
hasta-abjam the lotus handSB 10.33.13
hasta-agrāhye when the destination is out of the reach of His handsSB 10.8.30
hasta-agrāhye when the destination is out of the reach of His handsSB 10.8.30
hasta-graha taking of their handsSB 10.65.4-6
hasta-graha taking of their handsSB 10.65.4-6
hasta-grāhaḥ he who accepted my handSB 9.18.19
hasta-grāhaḥ he who accepted my handSB 9.18.19
hasta-grāhaḥ husbandSB 9.18.22
hasta-grāhaḥ husbandSB 9.18.22
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
hasta-gṛhīta-padmayā taking a lotus flower in the handSB 4.8.23
hasta-muktaḥ freed from the clutches of the LordSB 7.8.27
hasta-muktaḥ freed from the clutches of the LordSB 7.8.27
hasta-pada arm and legCC Antya 18.52
hasta-pada arm and legCC Antya 18.52
hasta-pāda arms and legsCC Antya 14.65-66
hasta-pāda arms and legsCC Antya 14.65-66
hasta-pada the arms and legsCC Antya 17.16
hasta-pada the arms and legsCC Antya 17.16
hasta-pāda the arms and legsCC Antya 17.21
hasta-pāda the arms and legsCC Antya 17.21
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
hasta-pada-ańguli fingers and toesCC Antya 3.210
hasta-pādau hands and legsSB 4.29.15
hasta-pādau hands and legsSB 4.29.15
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Adi 13.113
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Adi 13.113
CC Madhya 2.12
hasta-padera of the hands and legsCC Madhya 2.12
hasta-pańkajam Your lotus handSB 10.59.31
hasta-pańkajam Your lotus handSB 10.59.31
hasta-sthām while still in the hand of BaliSB 8.10.43
hasta-sthām while still in the hand of BaliSB 8.10.43
hasta-trayam three cubitsSB 8.24.19
hasta-trayam three cubitsSB 8.24.19
hasta-yuga His two armsCC Madhya 13.51
hasta-yuga His two armsCC Madhya 13.51
hasta-yuktānām of the animals with hands, like the tigersSB 6.4.9
hasta-yuktānām of the animals with hands, like the tigersSB 6.4.9
hastābhyām with their handsSB 10.44.2
hastābhyām with two handsSB 4.7.5
hastāḥ handsSB 10.54.8
SB 10.80.38
hastaḥ in his handSB 10.75.36
hastāḥ in their handsSB 10.86.19
hastam handSB 10.88.23
SB 10.88.35
hastam His handSB 10.23.22
hastam his trunkSB 10.43.13
hastam in His handSB 10.73.1-6
hastam one handSB 3.15.40
hastam the handSB 10.81.10
hastam your handSB 10.88.33
hastāt from her handsSB 10.4.7
hastāt from His handSB 10.77.15
hastāt from the handBG 1.29
CC Madhya 19.202
SB 10.60.24
SB 6.12.4
hastau handsSB 3.6.21
hastau hands and legs and other sensesSB 10.10.38
hastau in Their handsSB 10.34.28
hastau O handsMM 34
hastau the handsSB 2.10.24
hastau the two handsSB 11.14.32-33
SB 3.26.58
SB 3.26.66
hastayā in whose handSB 10.81.17
hastayoḥ and handsSB 10.32.15
hastayoḥ by the handsSB 10.44.2
haste by the handSB 10.9.11
haste in the handCC Adi 16.65
CC Adi 5.190
CC Madhya 12.100
SB 10.11.20
haste in the handsCC Madhya 1.261
SB 2.7.16
haste on the handSB 4.15.9-10
haste the handsCC Antya 18.91
haste with his handCC Madhya 13.93
hastena by one handSB 8.7.12
hastena by the handSB 8.6.38
hastena handSB 10.25.19
SB 10.30.20
SB 10.46.25
hastete kariyā taking in the handsCC Madhya 20.26
hastete kariyā taking in the handsCC Madhya 20.26
hasti elephantsCC Madhya 15.269
CC Madhya 17.25
has elephantsCC Madhya 17.26
hasti elephantsSB 1.12.14
hasti for elephantsSB 10.66.41
has HastīSB 9.21.18
hasti of elephantsSB 8.10.7
has the elephantsCC Madhya 14.53
CC Madhya 14.54
CC Madhya 17.31
hasti with elephantsSB 9.15.30
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
hasti-gopāla HastigopālaCC Adi 12.87
hasti-gopāla HastigopālaCC Adi 12.87
hasti-hastābhiḥ (raindrops measuring the length of) elephant trunksSB 11.3.11
hasti-hastābhiḥ (raindrops measuring the length of) elephant trunksSB 11.3.11
hasti-pam to the elephant-keeperSB 10.43.3
hasti-pam to the elephant-keeperSB 10.43.3
hasti-pān his elephant-keepersSB 10.36.21
hasti-pān his elephant-keepersSB 10.36.21
hasti-pān the elephant-keepersSB 10.43.14
hasti-pān the elephant-keepersSB 10.43.14
hastī-upara upon the backs of elephantsCC Madhya 16.117
hastī-upara upon the backs of elephantsCC Madhya 16.117
hastinā by the elephantSB 10.36.32
hastinaḥ and elephantsSB 10.64.14-15
hastinaḥ became the sons of HastīSB 9.21.21
hastinam the elephant (Kuvalayāpīḍa)SB 10.37.15-20
hastināpuram the city of Hastināpura (New Delhi) was establishedSB 9.21.18
hastini in the elephantBG 5.18
hastini unto an elephantCC Antya 4.177
hastīra of the elephantCC Madhya 19.157
trayodaśa-abda-sāhasram for thirteen thousand yearsSB 9.11.18
abudhasya a great foolSB 5.8.29
abudhasya of one who does not knowSB 6.5.15
abudhasya of one who does not knowSB 6.5.17
abudhasya of one who does not know (this principle of time)SB 6.5.19
ācaṣṭum arhasi kindly explainSB 4.13.5
khasa-ādayaḥ the Mongolian provinceSB 2.4.18
adhastāt downSB 2.7.8
adhastāt from belowSB 3.8.18
adhastāt from belowSB 3.30.34
adhastāt belowSB 5.24.1
adhastāt belowSB 5.24.4
tataḥ adhastāt beneath the planets occupied by the Siddhas, Cāraṇas and VidyādharasSB 5.24.5
tataḥ adhastāt beneath thatSB 5.24.6
adhastāt beneathSB 5.24.7
adhastāt beneathSB 5.24.17
tataḥ adhastāt beneath the planet known as VitalaSB 5.24.18
adhastāt belowSB 5.24.28
adhastāt beneathSB 5.24.29
tataḥ adhastāt below the planetary system MahātalaSB 5.24.30
tataḥ adhastāt beneath that planet RasātalaSB 5.24.31
adhastāt beneathSB 5.26.5
upari-adhastāt above and beneathSB 5.26.14
adhastāt afterSB 6.4.53
meroḥ adhastāt at the foot of Mount MeruSB 9.1.25
sahasra-adhi more than a thousand timesSB 7.14.30-33
adhitiṣṭhasva just remainSB 4.25.37
sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1)CC Madhya 20.292
sahasra-ādi one thousand timesCC Antya 9.57
aghasya of the sinfulSB 1.19.14
agra-has in her handSB 10.60.8
agṛhasthaḥ a person who has not accepted the gṛhastha-āśrama (a brahmacārī or sannyāsī)SB 7.12.7
ahańkāra-vimūḍhasya deluded by false egoSB 3.26.16
ahasat had smiledSB 4.5.19
ahasat smiledSB 4.5.21
ahasat laughedSB 10.61.37
ahastāḥ animals without handsSB 6.4.9
ahastāni those who are devoid of handsSB 1.13.47
ajamīḍhasya of AjamīḍhaSB 9.21.21
ajamīḍhasya of AjamīḍhaSB 9.21.30
ājñaptum arhasi please commandSB 10.45.13
nabhasya-ākhyam the month named Nabhasya (Bhādra)SB 12.11.38
ākhyātum arhasi please describeSB 7.1.35
akṛta-arthasya of him who has not fulfilled the purpose of his lifeSB 11.7.68
sahasra-akṣaḥ the thousand-eyed demigod, IndraSB 6.7.40
sahasra-akṣaḥ the thousand-eyed King IndraSB 6.8.1-2
sahasra-akṣaḥ Indra, who is endowed with one thousand eyesSB 6.13.14
sahasra-akṣaḥ possessing thousands of eyesBs 5.11
sahasra-akṣam Lord Indra, who has one thousand eyesSB 6.14.7
akuṇṭha-medhase unto one whose brain activity is never checkedSB 4.24.42
akuṇṭha-medhase whose memory and knowledge are never disturbed by anxietySB 9.11.7
akuṇṭha-medhase whose intelligence is never restrictedSB 10.23.50
akuṇṭha-medhase whose power is never impededSB 12.6.35
alpa-medhasām of those of small intelligenceBG 7.23
alpa-medhasaḥ less intelligentSB 1.3.21
alpa-medhasaḥ of one who is unintelligentSB 10.49.22
ambhasā by the waterBG 5.10
ambhasā by the waterSB 3.3.26
vyatikara-ambhasā devastating waterSB 3.9.27-28
saha ambhasā along with the waterSB 3.10.6
ambhasā by waterSB 7.2.23
ambhasā by pouring of waterSB 8.19.26
ambhasā by waterSB 9.4.39-40
ambhasā waterSB 10.86.40
ambhasā by waterSB 11.22.54-55
ambhasaḥ of waterSB 2.5.26-29
ambhasaḥ of waterSB 3.26.43
ambhasaḥ from waterSB 3.26.44
ambhasaḥ of the waterSB 3.29.11-12
ambhasaḥ from the waterSB 4.17.34
ambhasaḥ from the watersSB 11.4.18
gańgā-ambhasaḥ of the celestial waters of the GangesCC Adi 4.205
gańgā-ambhasaḥ of the celestial waters of the GangesCC Madhya 19.171
ambhasām of waterSB 8.2.2-3
ambhasām of the waterSB 12.13.2
gańgā-ambhasām of the Ganges watersNoI 6
ambhasi on the waterBG 2.67
ambhasi in the waterSB 1.3.2
ambhasi in the causal waterSB 1.6.29
ambhasi in the waterSB 2.9.6
ambhasi in the waterSB 3.9.24
mahā-ambhasi in the great waterSB 3.13.15
ambhasi in the waterSB 3.13.32
ambhasi in the waterSB 4.17.21
ambhasi in the waterSB 4.23.16
saṃyama-ambhasi in the water of inundationSB 6.9.24
ambhasi in the water known as the Causal OceanSB 7.9.33
ambhasi within the waterSB 8.5.10
saṃvarta-ambhasi in the water of destructionSB 8.24.33
ambhasi in the deep waterSB 9.6.52
revā-ambhasi in the water of the River Revā, or NarmadāSB 9.15.20
ambhasi in the waterSB 10.22.2-3
ambhasi in the waterSB 10.33.23
ambhasi into the waterSB 10.59.11
ambhasi on the waterSB 10.67.26
ambhasi in waterSB 10.70.6
ambuja-hastaḥ with a lotus flower in the handSB 2.7.15
hata-aṃhasaḥ who am completely freed from the reactions of sinful lifeSB 5.13.22
aṃhasaḥ kṛtasya when one has performed sinful activitiesSB 6.1.7
aṃhasaḥ from sinful reactionsSB 8.4.17-24
hata-aṃhasaḥ who have become cleansed of all sinful reactionsSB 8.18.31
aṃhasaḥ your sinful actionSB 10.22.19
aṃhasaḥ whose sinsSB 10.83.2
aṃhasaḥ whose sinful reactionsSB 10.89.10-11
aṃhasām enmitySB 1.8.37
aṃhasam offenseSB 3.14.34
aṃhasām for the sinful activitiesSB 6.2.7
aṃhasām for sinful activitiesSB 6.3.31
aṃhasām of sinful reactionsCC Madhya 15.110
aṃhasau whose sinsSB 7.1.46
aṃhasi an offenseSB 9.15.15
sahasra-aṃśaḥ the source of thousands of avatārasBs 5.11
sahasra-aṃśaḥ with thousands of portionsBs 5.12
prahasita-ānanaḥ with a smile upon His faceSB 10.23.24
ananya-rādhasaḥ for Rantideva, who was undeviating and desired nothing other than to serve the Supreme LordSB 9.21.17
anarthasya of worthlessnessSB 11.23.23
andhasā saha with her foodSB 9.8.4
andhasā with foodSB 10.86.41
andhasā with foodstuffsSB 11.6.37-38
andhasā by foodSB 11.18.25
andhasaḥ of foodSB 4.4.18
andhasya darknessSB 3.25.8
andhasya blindedSB 3.25.9
andhasya for such a blind personSB 8.24.50
śrī-mada-andhasya who is blinded by temporarily possessing riches and opulenceSB 10.10.13
andhasya one who is blindCC Antya 1.2
andhasya who is blindMM 36
truṭi-anehasā by a moment's timeSB 10.13.40
bhasmībhūta-ańga by the body which had been burnt to ashesSB 9.9.13
anīhasya of one who has no desireSB 3.4.16
antaḥpura-sthasya remaining inside the house or palaceSB 7.6.29-30
sahasra-antām similarly, ending after one thousandBG 8.17
sahasra-antare at an interval of one thousandSB 5.25.1
sahasra-ante of thousands of yearsSB 2.5.34
sahasra-ante at the end of one thousandSB 3.6.38
sahasra-ante at the end of a thousandSB 4.30.4
sahasra-ante at the end of one thousandSB 8.12.44
bhasma-anti near the stack of ashesSB 9.8.19
sa-anubandhasya with that which is relatedSB 3.30.3
mat-anugrahasya which has shown mercy to meSB 10.14.2
anupṛcchasi you have inquired one after anotherSB 1.16.25
anupṛcchasi as you have inquiredSB 2.6.33
anupṛcchasi again are askingSB 10.87.10
arhasi anuvarṇayitum please describe factuallySB 5.16.3
anuvidhasya who is imitatingSB 10.50.29
sahasra-upari-sańkhyayā anvitān numbering over a thousandSB 10.12.2
sahasra-śīrṣā api also the Personality of Godhead known as SahasraśīrṣāSB 4.9.1
apratibuddhasya of one who is sleepingSB 3.27.25
apratibuddhasya for one who has not awakenedSB 11.28.14
sahasra-ara O you who have thousands of spokesSB 9.5.4
ārādhasā by the all-perfectSB 4.24.33
aravinda-hastām who always carries a lotus flower in her handSB 8.20.25-29
arbhasya of the boysSB 3.7.3
arbuda-sahasraiḥ by ten billionSB 5.17.16
para-ardhasya of the superior halfSB 3.11.35
arhasi you deserveBG 2.25
arhasi deserveBG 2.26
arhasi deserveBG 2.27
arhasi deserveBG 2.30
arhasi you deserveBG 2.31
arhasi you deserveBG 3.20
arhasi You are requestedBG 6.39
arhasi You deserveBG 10.16
arhasi You shouldBG 11.44
arhasi you shouldBG 16.24
arhasi deserveSB 1.1.9
arhasi ought to do itSB 1.1.13
arhasi ought toSB 1.7.35
arhasi deserveSB 1.17.6
arhasi may you do soSB 1.17.37
arhasi by the prowessSB 1.18.42
arhasi may you do itSB 2.3.14
arhasi may kindly be explainedSB 2.8.24
arhasi are ableSB 3.15.9
arhasi be pleasedSB 3.22.8
arhasi you deserveSB 3.23.51
arhasi be pleasedSB 3.25.10
arhasi desireSB 4.6.49
arhasi are worthySB 4.12.27
ācaṣṭum arhasi kindly explainSB 4.13.5
arhasi you oughtSB 4.14.21
arhasi you oughtSB 4.14.22
vaktum arhasi please narrateSB 4.17.6-7
arhasi you oughtSB 4.19.33
arhasi you oughtSB 4.20.2
arhasi naḥ samīhitum please act on my behalfSB 4.20.31
arhasi you deserveSB 4.25.29
sthātum arhasi you may remainSB 4.27.22
arhasi you oughtSB 4.28.48
arhasi you oughtSB 4.29.54
arhasi you oughtSB 5.1.11
arhasi you oughtSB 5.2.15
arhasi you oughtSB 5.2.16
arhasi please (accept)SB 5.3.4-5
arhasi pleaseSB 5.3.15
arhasi anuvarṇayitum please describe factuallySB 5.16.3
vyākhyātum arhasi please describeSB 6.1.6
kartum arhasi you deserve to executeSB 6.7.31
arhasi You deserveSB 6.9.41
arhasi oughtSB 6.14.56
arhasi you deserveSB 6.15.18-19
vyākhyātum arhasi please explainSB 6.18.21
kṣantum arhasi please excuseSB 6.18.76
ākhyātum arhasi please describeSB 7.1.35
arhasi you deserveSB 7.7.8
vaktum arhasi kindly describeSB 8.24.2-3
arhasi you deserveSB 8.24.24
arhasi you deserveSB 9.9.26-27
arhasi you oughtSB 9.14.34
arhasi oughtSB 9.18.42
arhasi you are ableSB 10.1.12
arhasi you deserveSB 10.1.45
arhasi you deserveSB 10.4.4
dātum arhasi you deserve to give (some gift)SB 10.4.6
kartum arhasi because you have kindly come here, kindly executeSB 10.8.6
arhasi it is befitting for YouSB 10.16.51
trātum arhasi kindly protectSB 10.25.13
arhasi You shouldSB 10.27.8
kartum arhasi please doSB 10.28.8
na arhasi You should notSB 10.41.11
ājñaptum arhasi please commandSB 10.45.13
hantum na arhasi please do not killSB 10.54.33
arhasi deserveSB 10.62.1
moktum arhasi please releaseSB 10.65.29
kṣantum arhasi You should please forgiveSB 10.68.44
arhasi oughtSB 11.14.31
arhasi You oughtSB 11.17.1-2
arhasi You should pleaseSB 11.22.1-3
arhasi You should pleaseSB 11.22.27
kṣantum arhasi please forgiveSB 11.30.35
arhasi You should pleaseMM 49
sahasra-arka a thousand sunsSB 3.20.16
arka-gabhastibhyaḥ from the rays of the sunshineSB 5.22.8
ārṣabhasya of the son of ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.14.42
arthasiddhiḥ ArthasiddhiSB 6.6.7
arthasya of material gainSB 1.2.9
pada-arthasya of physical bodiesSB 3.11.2
arthasya of the objectiveSB 4.7.31
arthasya thingSB 6.16.7
arthasya of interestSB 8.6.20
arthasya of the economic conditionSB 8.16.5
arthasya of the principles of the purpose of lifeSB 8.24.5
arthasya of the benefitSB 9.18.29
akṛta-arthasya of him who has not fulfilled the purpose of his lifeSB 11.7.68
sva-arthasya his own best interestSB 11.26.13
ārūḍhasya of one who has attainedBG 6.3
ratha-ārūḍhasya of the Supreme Lord, who was placed aboard the carCC Madhya 13.207
yoga-ārūḍhasya of one who has attained such perfect knowledgeCC Madhya 24.159
asańga-raṃhasā with the power of Lord Śiva that cannot be opposedSB 4.5.5
asi-hastām with a trident in his handSB 9.4.47
asmat-vidhasya of a person like meSB 5.2.12
gṛhastha-āśrame in household lifeCC Antya 14.48
aṣṭa-daśa-sāhasram eighteen thousandSB 12.13.4-9
dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasram sixteen thousandCC Adi 1.71
dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasram sixteen thousandCC Madhya 20.170
aṣṭādaśa-yojana-sahasram eighteen thousand yojanasSB 5.16.27
aṣṭādaśa-sāhasraḥ having 18,000 versesCC Madhya 25.143-144
jaṭā-bhasma-asthi-dhāriṇaḥ wearing long hair, ashes and bonesSB 4.2.29
atha bṛhaspateḥ ca also to BṛhaspatiSB 3.8.8
ati-rabhasatara more fiercelySB 5.17.9
ati-raṃhasā very quicklySB 10.14.45
ati-rabhasān running very swiftlySB 10.44.41
ati-rahasyam full of spiritual mysteriesCC Madhya 25.283
ātma-medhasā well versed in spiritual knowledgeSB 4.22.41
ātma-medhasā considering like one's selfSB 4.31.2
ātma-medhasā by my own intelligenceSB 9.5.20
atyanta rahasya extremely mysteriousCC Madhya 8.200
audhasam in the milk bagSB 4.17.23
sravat audhasam payaḥ abundant milk flowing from their milk bagsSB 10.13.24
svapna-avabodhasya sleep and wakefulnessBG 6.17
avabodhasya of one whose keeping awakeCC Antya 8.67-68
avāpta-rādhase having attained perfectionSB 4.7.57
kusuma-āyudhasya of Cupid, who has a flower arrow in his handSB 5.2.6
āyudhasya whose weaponSB 10.90.47
sahasra-āyuṣaḥ living for one thousand yearsSB 5.20.3-4
varṣa-ayuta-sahasra one thousand times ten thousand yearsSB 5.7.8
baddhasya about Him who was capturedSB 10.63.2
baddhasya of the conditioned soulSB 11.11.5
bādhase You drive awaySB 10.51.29
sahasra-bāho O thousand-handed oneBG 11.46
sahasra-bāhuḥ exhibiting thousands of handsSB 8.7.12
sahasra-bāhuḥ possessing thousands of armsBs 5.11
dhanur-bāṇa haste with arrows and bow in handCC Madhya 24.235
bārhaspatya O disciple of BṛhaspatiSB 4.30.2
bārhaspatya O disciple of BṛhaspatiSB 11.23.2
bārhaspatyasya the son of the learned brāhmaṇa and celestial priest BṛhaspatiSB 9.18.22
bāṣpa-kaṇṭhasya his throat choked with tearsSB 11.23.13
sahasrajit-śatajit-bhānu-mukhyaḥ headed by Sahasrajit, Śatajit and BhānuSB 11.30.17
bhasi within ashesSB 10.6.7
bhasitam burned to ashesSB 8.7.32
bhasma-sāt ashesBG 4.37
bhasma-sāt to ashesBG 4.37
bhasma ashesSB 3.14.25
bhasma with the ashesSB 4.2.14-15
jaṭā-bhasma-asthi-dhāriṇaḥ wearing long hair, ashes and bonesSB 4.2.29
tat-mālya-bhasma-nṛ-kapālī who is garlanded with human skulls and smeared with ashesSB 4.4.16
bhasma ashesSB 4.6.36
bhasma ashesSB 6.18.25
bhasma ashesSB 7.14.13
bhasma-vat or ashesSB 7.15.37
bhasma-anti near the stack of ashesSB 9.8.19
bhasma-saṃjñitam or into ashesSB 10.10.10
bhasma ashesSB 10.22.34
bhasma-sāt to ashesSB 10.51.12
bhasma-sāt into ashesSB 10.51.22
bhasma ashesSB 10.51.50
bhasma-sāt into ashesSB 11.14.19
bhasma and ashesSB 12.2.41
bhasma-sāt to ashesSB 12.6.13
bhasma-sāt into ashesCC Madhya 24.61
deha-bhasmabhiḥ by the remaining ashes of their burnt bodiesSB 9.9.12
bhasman ashesSB 1.15.21
bhasmanā by ashesSB 4.19.14
bhasmani into ashesSB 3.29.22
bhasmani onto ashesMM 21
bhasmāntam after being turned to ashesIso 17
bhasmasāt into ashesSB 4.14.31
bhasmasāt into ashesSB 4.30.46
bhasmasāt turned to ashesSB 9.8.11
bhasmasāt burnt to ashesSB 9.14.9
bhasmasu or a pile of ashesSB 7.13.40
bhas ashesSB 1.13.57
bhasmī-kṛtaḥ turned to ashesSB 10.51.33
bhasmībhūta-ańga by the body which had been burnt to ashesSB 9.9.13
bhasmībhūtāḥ having been burnt to ashesSB 9.9.10
bhastrā just like the skin of a bellows containing airSB 9.20.21
bhastrā iva just like a bellowsSB 11.21.22
bhastrāḥ bellowsSB 2.3.18
bhastrāra to the bellowsCC Madhya 2.33
kuṇḍalī-bhūta-dehasya whose body, which is coiledSB 5.23.5
brahma-ṛṣabhasya the best of brāhmaṇasSB 12.12.6
gṛhastha-brāhmaṇa a householder brāhmaṇaCC Madhya 12.191
bṛhaspate O BṛhaspatiSB 9.20.38
bṛhaspateḥ of Bṛhaspati, the learned spiritual master of the demigodsSB 3.1.25
atha bṛhaspateḥ ca also to BṛhaspatiSB 3.8.8
bṛhaspateḥ of BṛhaspatiSB 4.7.60
bṛhaspateḥ of Bṛhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigodsSB 9.14.4
bṛhaspateḥ unto BṛhaspatiSB 9.14.6
bṛhaspateḥ of Bṛhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigodsSB 10.46.1
bṛhaspati-savam the bṛhaspati-savaSB 4.3.3
bṛhaspatī and the planet JupiterSB 12.2.24
bṛhaspati the learned priest of the demigods named BṛhaspatiCC Madhya 6.191
bṛhaspati Bṛhaspati, the priest of the heavenly planetsCC Madhya 6.206
bṛhaspati like Bṛhaspati, the priest of the heavenly demigodsCC Madhya 10.116
bṛhaspati exactly like Bṛhaspati, the priest in the heavenly kingdomCC Madhya 20.350
bṛhaspatiḥ BṛhaspatiSB 4.1.35
bṛhaspatiḥ the priest of the heavenly planetsSB 4.22.62
bṛhaspatiḥ JupiterSB 5.22.15
bṛhaspatiḥ JupiterSB 5.23.7
bṛhaspatiḥ named BṛhaspatiSB 5.24.24
bṛhaspatiḥ BṛhaspatiSB 6.7.16
bṛhaspatiḥ the demigod BṛhaspatiSB 8.10.32-34
bṛhaspatiḥ Bṛhaspati, the guru of the demigodsSB 8.18.14
bṛhaspatiḥ the demigod named BṛhaspatiSB 9.20.36
mārkaṇḍeyaḥ bṛhaspatiḥ Mārkaṇḍeya and BṛhaspatiSB 10.84.2-5
bṛhaspatiḥ kaṇvaḥ Bṛhaspati and KaṇvaSB 10.86.18
bṛhaspatiḥ Bṛhaspati, the spiritual master of the demigodsSB 11.16.22
bṛhaspatiḥ BṛhaspatiSB 12.6.23
bṛhaspatim BṛhaspatiBG 10.24
bṛhaspatim the sage BṛhaspatiSB 4.18.14
budhasya for such a learned manSB 5.1.17
atha bṛhaspateḥ ca also to BṛhaspatiSB 3.8.8
sāmbaḥ sumitraḥ purujit śatajit ca sahasrajit Sāmba, Sumitra, Purujit, Śatajit and SahasrajitSB 10.61.10-12
cakra-hastam disc in handBG 11.46
sva-hasta-cālane moving His own handCC Madhya 21.135
pañca-sahasra calliśa 5,040 avatārasCC Madhya 20.321
śrī-hasta caraṇa the palm and the soleCC Adi 14.16
cāri-sahasra 4000CC Madhya 20.322
caturdaśa-sahasram fourteen thousandSB 9.10.9
dagdhasya of one who is so punishedSB 3.14.43
nidāgha-dagdhasya of one scorched by the heat of the sunSB 5.12.2
dakṣiṇa-haste on the palm of the right handSB 9.20.23
sahasra-dala-sampanne on a lotus of a thousand petalsBs 5.26
daṇḍa-hastam with a club in handSB 1.17.1
rahasya-darśana seeing of the mystery of the activitiesCC Madhya 13.60
aṣṭa-daśa-sāhasram eighteen thousandSB 12.13.4-9
daśa-sahasra ten thousandCC Adi 10.19
daśa-sahasra mudrā ten thousand coinsCC Madhya 19.34
dātum arhasi you deserve to give (some gift)SB 10.4.6
deha-bhasmabhiḥ by the remaining ashes of their burnt bodiesSB 9.9.12
dehasya of the bodySB 1.8.48
dehasya of the bodySB 3.4.33
dehasya bodySB 3.20.53
dehasya of the bodySB 3.30.3
kuṇḍalī-bhūta-dehasya whose body, which is coiledSB 5.23.5
dehasya whose bodySB 7.3.18
grasta-dehasya of a person overcomeSB 7.6.7
dehasya of the bodySB 7.7.18
dehasya of the body of PūtanāSB 10.6.34
dehasya of the body of a poor manSB 10.10.16
dehasya of the bodySB 10.54.47
dehasya whose bodySB 10.55.7-8
dehasya of the bodySB 11.7.48
dehasya of the bodySB 11.28.10
dehasya of the bodySB 12.5.4
dehasya of a bodyCC Madhya 19.75
devamīḍhasya of DevamīḍhaSB 9.24.27
mūrdha-sahasra-dhāmasu on the hundreds and thousands of hoods of the LordSB 5.17.21
dhanuḥ-rahasyaḥ one who understands the intricacies of military artSB 3.1.31
dhanur-bāṇa haste with arrows and bow in handCC Madhya 24.235
śire hasta dhari' keeping His hand on their headsCC Madhya 3.14
jaṭā-bhasma-asthi-dhāriṇaḥ wearing long hair, ashes and bonesSB 4.2.29
dīna-nāthasya protector of the poorSB 4.12.51
doḥ-sahasrāt from His thousand armsSB 3.22.3
draṣṭum icchasi you want to seeSB 8.17.14
duḥkhasya from distressSB 3.25.13
duḥkhasya of distressSB 6.16.60
duḥkhasya of sufferingSB 11.23.51
duḥsthasya of the living entities under the laws of karmaSB 4.11.21
dui haste in two handsCC Adi 17.14
dvādaśa-sahasram 20,000 yojanas (160,000 miles)SB 5.24.2
dvi-sahasra-pṛthavaḥ which are two thousand yojanas wideSB 5.16.8
dvi-sahasram two thousand yojanasSB 5.16.10
dvi-sahasram two thousand yojanasSB 5.16.27
dvi-sahasra-yojanāni 2,000 yojanasSB 5.21.19
dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasram sixteen thousandCC Adi 1.71
dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasram sixteen thousandCC Madhya 20.170
dvimīḍhasya the son of DvimīḍhaSB 9.21.27
edhasā fuelSB 4.1.21
edhasaḥ from fuel woodSB 7.3.23
edhasaḥ from kindling woodSB 10.53.3
edhasām in kindling woodSB 10.37.10-11
edhasi fuelSB 3.15.10
edhasi in woodSB 8.6.12
edhasi within firewoodSB 10.46.36
edhasi in firewoodSB 11.7.47
eka-hastena with one handSB 10.43.26-27
ekāśīti-sahasrakam eighty-one thousandSB 12.13.4-9
etat-vidhasya of suchSB 10.39.26
sahasā eva immediatelySB 5.1.9
sahasā eva quite suddenlySB 10.30.1
sahasā eva suddenlySB 10.60.24
sahasā eva suddenlyCC Madhya 19.202
gabhastayaḥ the raysSB 5.20.37
gabhastayaḥ the shining particlesSB 8.3.22-24
gabhasti of his raysSB 10.56.7
gabhastibhiḥ by the rays of the moonSB 5.8.25
arka-gabhastibhyaḥ from the rays of the sunshineSB 5.22.8
gacchasva please goSB 10.48.32
matta-hasti-gaṇa the strong elephantsCC Madhya 14.51
gandhasya aromaSB 3.6.14
gandhasya of aromaSB 3.27.18
gańgā-ambhasaḥ of the celestial waters of the GangesCC Adi 4.205
gańgā-ambhasaḥ of the celestial waters of the GangesCC Madhya 19.171
gańgā-ambhasām of the Ganges watersNoI 6
sva-garbhasya of her embryoSB 7.7.14
garbhasya of the embryoSB 9.20.22
hiraṇya-garbhasya of Lord BrahmāSB 11.13.16
sva-gārhasthyam his home and household paraphernaliaSB 3.33.15
gārhasthyam family life, householder lifeSB 9.6.47
gārhasthye in household lifeCC Adi 13.14
gṛhasthera ghare at the house of some ordinary personCC Antya 3.152
goṣṭhasya of VṛndāvanaCC Antya 19.76
grahasya of a planetSB 11.23.53
grasta-dehasya of a person overcomeSB 7.6.7
gṛhastha householder lifeCC Adi 7.34
gṛhastha a householderCC Adi 15.20
gṛhastha ha-ilāma I remained in householder lifeCC Adi 15.25
gṛhastha-brāhmaṇa a householder brāhmaṇaCC Madhya 12.191
gṛhastha householderCC Madhya 15.95
gṛhastha householderCC Madhya 15.103
gṛhastha householderCC Madhya 18.82
gṛhastha householderCC Madhya 18.85
gṛhastha householderCC Antya 5.5
gṛhastha hañā being a householderCC Antya 5.80
gṛhastha-āśrame in household lifeCC Antya 14.48
gṛhasthaḥ a person living with his familySB 7.14.1
gṛhasthaḥ a person in household lifeSB 7.15.74
gṛhasthasya of a householderSB 7.12.11
gṛhasthasya of the householderSB 7.12.11
gṛhasthasya for a person situated in householder lifeSB 7.15.38-39
gṛhasthasya of the householderSB 11.18.43
gṛhasthera ghare at the house of some ordinary personCC Antya 3.152
gṛhīta-hastau holding Their hands togetherSB 10.15.15
guhasya that of GuhaSB 3.1.22
sahasra-guṇa one thousand timesCC Madhya 17.227
gṛhastha ha-ilāma I remained in householder lifeCC Adi 15.25
gṛhastha hañā being a householderCC Antya 5.80
hantum na arhasi please do not killSB 10.54.33
hari-medhasaḥ who destroys the material existence of the devoteeSB 3.13.48
hari-medhasaḥ of Lord HariSB 3.32.18
hari-medhase whose brain works only for the deliverance of the conditioned soulSB 4.30.24
hari-medhasaḥ whose intelligence is always absorbed in thoughts of Hari, the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 9.13.9
hari-medhasā by the Supreme Lord, whose intelligence takes away the misery of material lifeSB 11.29.45
harimedhasaḥ begotten by HarimedhāSB 8.1.30
mat-hasta from My handSB 10.25.21
agra-has in her handSB 10.60.8
kṛṣṇa-hasta by Lord Kṛṣṇa's handSB 10.77.34
śrī-hasta caraṇa the palm and the soleCC Adi 14.16
śire hasta dhari' keeping His hand on their headsCC Madhya 3.14
śrī-hasta-sparśe by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 13.31
pada-hasta legs and handsCC Madhya 13.107
śrī-hasta-yuge with His two armsCC Madhya 13.117
sva-hasta-cālane moving His own handCC Madhya 21.135
sva-hasta own handCC Antya 6.301
śrī-hasta his handCC Antya 18.61
ambuja-hastaḥ with a lotus flower in the handSB 2.7.15
śūla-hastāḥ every one of them with a trident in handSB 8.10.48
ut-hastaiḥ with upraised hands (branches)SB 4.6.13
laghu-hastaiḥ quick-handedSB 6.10.25
sva-hastaiḥ by his own handsSB 9.15.34
cakra-hastam disc in handBG 11.46
daṇḍa-hastam with a club in handSB 1.17.1
aravinda-hastām who always carries a lotus flower in her handSB 8.20.25-29
asi-hastām with a trident in his handSB 9.4.47
sruk-hastān with the sacrificial ladle in handSB 4.19.29
pāśa-hastān having ropes in their handsSB 6.1.28-29
sa-hastānām of those who are endowed with handsSB 1.13.47
sruva-hastasya with the sacrificial ladle in his handSB 4.5.19
sva-hastāt from his own handSB 6.12.6
tat-hastāt from the hand of KaṃsaSB 10.4.9
gṛhīta-hastau holding Their hands togetherSB 10.15.15
laghu-hastavān with quick handlingSB 8.11.21
sapta-hastāya who have seven handsSB 8.16.31
padma-hastayā by the supreme goddess of fortune, who holds a lotus in her handSB 10.83.17
dakṣiṇa-haste on the palm of the right handSB 9.20.23
mṛdu-haste by His soft handCC Adi 14.45
dui haste in two handsCC Adi 17.14
śrī-haste with His handsCC Madhya 7.7-8
sva-haste by His own handCC Madhya 8.193
śrī-haste with His transcendental handsCC Madhya 11.115
śrī-haste with His handCC Madhya 11.132
śrī-haste by His own transcendental handCC Madhya 11.199
ūrdhva-haste raising the handCC Madhya 11.201
śrī-haste by His own handCC Madhya 12.79
śrī-haste by His own handCC Madhya 12.80
śrī-haste with His own handCC Madhya 12.99
śata-haste with one hundred handsCC Madhya 12.115
śrī-haste with His own handCC Madhya 12.199
sva-haste by His own handCC Madhya 13.29
śrī-haste by the hand of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 13.30
sva-haste with His own handCC Madhya 16.45
vetra-haste with a cane in the handsCC Madhya 16.112
śrī-haste by the spiritual handCC Madhya 20.55
dhanur-bāṇa haste with arrows and bow in handCC Madhya 24.235
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 5.17
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 5.17
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 5.18
śrī-haste in His own handCC Antya 6.98
svarūpera haste in the hands of Svarūpa DāmodaraCC Antya 6.204
śrī-haste by His own transcendental handCC Antya 6.298
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 8.28
śrī-haste with His transcendental handsCC Antya 11.68
śrī-haste in the transcendental handsCC Antya 11.82
śrī-haste with His transcendental handsCC Antya 11.104
tomāra haste by your handsCC Antya 12.132
tarańga-haste by the waves of the Yamunā, which are compared to handsCC Antya 18.91
vāma-hastena with his left handSB 6.12.24
eka-hastena with one handSB 10.43.26-27
trikāla-hasti-sthāne to the place named Trikāla-hastiCC Madhya 9.71
matta-hasti-gaṇa the strong elephantsCC Madhya 14.51
matta-has strong elephantsCC Madhya 14.52
matta-hasti-yūtha a herd of maddened elephantsCC Madhya 17.30
hata-aṃhasaḥ who am completely freed from the reactions of sinful lifeSB 5.13.22
hata-aṃhasaḥ who have become cleansed of all sinful reactionsSB 8.18.31
hiraṇya-garbhasya of Lord BrahmāSB 11.13.16
hiraṇyanābhasya the son of HiraṇyanābhaSB 9.12.5
hiraṇyanābhasya of HiraṇyanābhaSB 12.6.80
icchase desireSB 4.8.19
icchasi you wishBG 11.7
icchasi you likeBG 18.60
icchasi you likeBG 18.63
icchasi you are desiringSB 3.14.17
icchasi you desireSB 4.8.13
icchasi you are desiringSB 8.17.13
draṣṭum icchasi you want to seeSB 8.17.14
icchasi you are desiringSB 8.17.15
icchasi do you wishSB 11.3.16
icchasi do you wishSB 12.5.13
īhase you desireSB 4.25.4
īhase You are performing and desiringSB 6.14.54
īhase You actSB 10.16.49
na īhase you do not desireSB 11.7.28
gṛhastha ha-ilāma I remained in householder lifeCC Adi 15.25
indriya-rādhasā by power of the sensesSB 4.31.11
prahasan iva almost smilingSB 11.4.14
bhastrā iva just like a bellowsSB 11.21.22
jagdhasya which has been eatenSB 4.4.18
jahasuḥ laughedSB 8.9.11
jahasuḥ laughedSB 10.66.7
jahasuḥ they laughedSB 10.85.47
jambhasya of JambhaSB 6.18.12-13
jambhasya of the great demon JambhaSB 8.11.18
sahasreka jana thousands of menCC Madhya 14.43
jaṭā-bhasma-asthi-dhāriṇaḥ wearing long hair, ashes and bonesSB 4.2.29
sahasra-jāti thousands of varietiesCC Antya 18.105
sahasra-jihvaḥ although having thousands of tonguesSB 5.25.12
jyeṣṭhasya of the elderSB 1.13.14
kakutsthasya of KakutsthaSB 12.12.23
bāṣpa-kaṇṭhasya his throat choked with tearsSB 11.23.13
kaṇṭhasya whose neckSB 11.26.7
bṛhaspatiḥ kaṇvaḥ Bṛhaspati and KaṇvaSB 10.86.18
tat-mālya-bhasma-nṛ-kapālī who is garlanded with human skulls and smeared with ashesSB 4.4.16
sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1)CC Madhya 20.292
hasa kariyā with great courageCC Madhya 14.6
kartum arhasi you deserve to executeSB 6.7.31
kartum arhasi because you have kindly come here, kindly executeSB 10.8.6
kartum arhasi please doSB 10.28.8
kathasya narrations about whomSB 10.60.55
kathasya whose narrationsSB 10.65.13
katthase you are talking madlySB 9.18.16
katthase boastSB 10.77.19
khasa-ādayaḥ the Mongolian provinceSB 2.4.18
khasāite releasingCC Antya 18.49
khasāñā taking out little by littleCC Antya 10.131
khasāya loosensCC Madhya 21.143
khasāya cause to loosenCC Antya 16.128
khasāya slackensCC Antya 19.96
khasi' becoming looseCC Antya 10.74
khasi' becoming loosenedCC Antya 17.46
khasiyā slippedCC Adi 8.75
khasiyā dropsCC Madhya 7.137
khasiyā being loosenedCC Madhya 13.103
krathasya of KrathaSB 9.24.2
krodhasya of angerSB 7.15.20
krodhasya of angerSB 11.4.11
kṛṣṇa-hasta by Lord Kṛṣṇa's handSB 10.77.34
bhasmī-kṛtaḥ turned to ashesSB 10.51.33
aṃhasaḥ kṛtasya when one has performed sinful activitiesSB 6.1.7
sahasra-kṛtvaḥ a thousand timesBG 11.39
kruddhasya when angeredSB 7.8.6
kṣantum arhasi please excuseSB 6.18.76
kṣantum arhasi You should please forgiveSB 10.68.44
kṣantum arhasi please forgiveSB 11.30.35
ku-medhasaḥ wicked-mindedSB 3.20.33
ku-medhasam who are unintelligentSB 10.58.11
kunāthasya of the misguided conditioned soulSB 5.14.2
kuṇḍalī-bhūta-dehasya whose body, which is coiledSB 5.23.5
pariṣvakta-sahasra-kuntalam brilliantly illuminated by scattered, fully grown hairSB 10.3.6
kusuma-āyudhasya of Cupid, who has a flower arrow in his handSB 5.2.6
kūṭa-sthasya of the one who is over everyone's intelligenceSB 2.5.17
kūṭa-sthasya of the unchangeableSB 3.7.19
labhasva gainBG 11.33
laghu-hastaiḥ quick-handedSB 6.10.25
laghu-hastavān with quick handlingSB 8.11.21
lobhasya greedSB 7.15.20
lubdhasya avariciousSB 10.89.23
śrī-mada-andhasya who is blinded by temporarily possessing riches and opulenceSB 10.10.13
mahā-ambhasi in the great waterSB 3.13.15
mahā-sāhasinaḥ very cruelSB 5.24.30
mahasā by the gloriesSB 3.9.14
mahasā by mightSB 3.17.23
mahasā ojasā by courage and powerSB 4.22.60
mahasi in Your spiritual powersSB 10.87.38
mahasvān the son of AmarṣaṇaSB 9.12.7
mahasvat of a special degreeSB 2.6.43-45
maithuna-ruddhasya who had to restrain sexual lifeSB 9.22.26
tat-mālya-bhasma-nṛ-kapālī who is garlanded with human skulls and smeared with ashesSB 4.4.16
mārkaṇḍeyaḥ bṛhaspatiḥ Mārkaṇḍeya and BṛhaspatiSB 10.84.2-5
mat-anugrahasya which has shown mercy to meSB 10.14.2
mat-hasta from My handSB 10.25.21
matta-hasti-gaṇa the strong elephantsCC Madhya 14.51
matta-has strong elephantsCC Madhya 14.52
matta-hasti-yūtha a herd of maddened elephantsCC Madhya 17.30
ātma-medhasā well versed in spiritual knowledgeSB 4.22.41
ātma-medhasā considering like one's selfSB 4.31.2
ātma-medhasā by my own intelligenceSB 9.5.20
su-medhasā and intelligentSB 11.7.31
hari-medhasā by the Supreme Lord, whose intelligence takes away the misery of material lifeSB 11.29.45
alpa-medhasaḥ less intelligentSB 1.3.21
medhasaḥ of one who has such a brainSB 3.10.18
hari-medhasaḥ who destroys the material existence of the devoteeSB 3.13.48
ku-medhasaḥ wicked-mindedSB 3.20.33
medhasaḥ whose intelligenceSB 3.21.14
hari-medhasaḥ of Lord HariSB 3.32.18
hari-medhasaḥ whose intelligence is always absorbed in thoughts of Hari, the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 9.13.9
alpa-medhasaḥ of one who is unintelligentSB 10.49.22
medhasaḥ whose intelligenceSB 10.66.7
medhasaḥ whose wisdomSB 10.84.14
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsSB 11.5.32
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Adi 3.52
su-medhasaḥ those who are intelligentCC Madhya 6.103
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Madhya 11.100
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Madhya 20.342
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Antya 20.10
alpa-medhasām of those of small intelligenceBG 7.23
medhasam one who has sufficient intelligenceSB 1.19.31
ku-medhasam who are unintelligentSB 10.58.11
akuṇṭha-medhase unto one whose brain activity is never checkedSB 4.24.42
hari-medhase whose brain works only for the deliverance of the conditioned soulSB 4.30.24
akuṇṭha-medhase whose memory and knowledge are never disturbed by anxietySB 9.11.7
akuṇṭha-medhase whose intelligence is never restrictedSB 10.23.50
medhase whose wisdomSB 10.84.22
medhase whose intelligenceSB 10.86.35
akuṇṭha-medhase whose power is never impededSB 12.6.35
medhasya of sacrificesSB 2.6.4
meghasvātiḥ MeghasvātiSB 12.1.21-26
meroḥ adhastāt at the foot of Mount MeruSB 9.1.25
moktum arhasi please releaseSB 10.65.29
mṛdu-haste by His soft handCC Adi 14.45
mūḍhasya of the foolish oneSB 10.16.51
daśa-sahasra mudrā ten thousand coinsCC Madhya 19.34
mugdhasya of a person bewildered or not in perfect knowledgeSB 7.6.7
prati-mukhasya of the reflection of the face in the mirrorSB 7.9.11
sahasra-mukhe with thousands of mouthsCC Adi 10.41
sahasra-mukhe Anantadeva, who possesses thousands of mouthsCC Antya 17.64
prahasita-mukhī they were smiling and enjoyingSB 10.8.31
sahasrajit-śatajit-bhānu-mukhyaḥ headed by Sahasrajit, Śatajit and BhānuSB 11.30.17
mūrdha-sahasra-dhāmasu on the hundreds and thousands of hoods of the LordSB 5.17.21
sahasra-mūrdhā possessing thousands of headsBs 5.14
sahasra-mūrdhan O thousand-headed LordSB 10.68.46
mūrdhasu beyond the material coveringsSB 2.6.19
mūrdhasu on the topSB 5.17.6
mūrdhasu on their headsSB 10.2.33
mūrdhasu and to the headSB 11.15.24
sahasra-mūrdhnaḥ of Ananta, who has thousands of hoodsSB 5.25.12
sahasra-mūrdhne who has thousands of hoodsSB 6.16.48
na śobhase you do not look very goodSB 5.12.7
na arhasi You should notSB 10.41.11
hantum na arhasi please do not killSB 10.54.33
na īhase you do not desireSB 11.7.28
nabhasā skySB 3.5.34
nabhasaḥ of the skySB 2.5.26-29
nabhasaḥ from the skySB 3.5.33
nabhasaḥ of etherSB 3.26.33
nabhasaḥ of the ethereal elementSB 3.26.34
nabhasaḥ from etherSB 3.26.35
nabhasaḥ from the skySB 4.12.19
nabhasaḥ of the skySB 11.16.34
nabhasaḥ of the etherSB 12.4.15-19
nabhase unto the skySB 4.24.40
nabhasi in the skySB 1.3.31
nabhasi within the whole airSB 3.15.33
nabhasi in the skySB 4.3.5-7
nabhasi in the skySB 4.18.19
nabhasi in the skySB 4.23.16
nabhasi in the skySB 4.31.17
nabhasi in the skySB 5.23.3
nabhasi in the skySB 7.12.29-30
nabhasi in outer spaceSB 8.21.4
nabhasi in the skySB 10.77.13
nabhasi into spaceSB 11.3.14
nabhastalam outer spaceSB 2.1.27
nabhastalam the skySB 6.9.13-17
nabhastalam the skySB 7.8.36
nabhastvam the similarity with the skySB 11.7.42
nabhasvān the airSB 8.7.27
nabhasvān outer spaceSB 10.8.37-39
vasuḥ nabhasvān Vasu and NabhasvānSB 10.59.12
nabhasvat the airSB 8.5.44
nabhasvatā by the windSB 3.19.26
nabhasvatā by windSB 10.89.52
nabhasvatā windsSB 11.20.17
nabhasvatā and the windSB 12.9.16
nabhasvataḥ of airSB 3.26.36
nabhasvataḥ because of windSB 4.10.22
nabhasvati air respirationSB 2.10.20
nabhasvatyām unto his wife NabhasvatīSB 4.24.5
nabhasya-ākhyam the month named Nabhasya (Bhādra)SB 12.11.38
pańkaja-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Adi 3.27
puṣkara-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Antya 7.15
arhasi naḥ samīhitum please act on my behalfSB 4.20.31
rahasya nahe there is no jokingCC Madhya 20.87
sahasra-nāma one thousand namesCC Adi 17.90
sahasra-nāmabhiḥ with the one thousand namesCC Madhya 9.32
sahasra-nāme in the Viṣṇu-sahasra-nāmaCC Adi 3.47
sahasra-nāmnām of one thousand namesCC Madhya 9.33
nāthasya of the monarchSB 1.18.44
dīna-nāthasya protector of the poorSB 4.12.51
nava-yojana-sahasra 72,000 miles in lengthSB 5.16.6
tri-nava-sāhasrīḥ three times nine thousand (that is, twenty-seven thousand)SB 9.20.32
sahasra-nayana thousands of eyesCC Adi 5.100-101
nidāgha-dagdhasya of one scorched by the heat of the sunSB 5.12.2
sahasra-nīḥ the leader of thousands of sagesSB 3.18.21
nikumbhasya of NikumbhaSB 9.6.25
nirīhasya who does not endeavor for his livelihoodSB 7.15.16
nitya-siddhasya which is eternally presentCC Madhya 22.105
tat-mālya-bhasma-nṛ-kapālī who is garlanded with human skulls and smeared with ashesSB 4.4.16
sva-odhasam payaḥ their own milk flowing from the milk bagsSB 10.13.31
ojaḥ-sahasvat specific mental and sensual dexteritySB 2.6.43-45
mahasā ojasā by courage and powerSB 4.22.60
sahasra-pāda thousands of legsSB 1.3.4
pada-arthasya of physical bodiesSB 3.11.2
pada-hasta legs and handsCC Madhya 13.107
sahasra-padavīm which branches out in thousands of directionsSB 11.21.38-40
padma-hastayā by the supreme goddess of fortune, who holds a lotus in her handSB 10.83.17
pañca-sahasra-sargaḥ procreation of five thousandSB 9.6.52
pāńca sahasra five thousandCC Madhya 20.8
pañca-sahasra calliśa 5,040 avatārasCC Madhya 20.321
pańkaja-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Adi 3.27
para-ardhasya of the superior halfSB 3.11.35
parama sāhasa great impudenceCC Madhya 6.161
paramasya vedhasaḥ of the supreme creatorSB 10.12.38
parihasan ridiculingSB 10.61.34
paripṛcchasi askedSB 6.17.39
paripṛcchasi askedSB 6.18.78
pariṣvakta-sahasra-kuntalam brilliantly illuminated by scattered, fully grown hairSB 10.3.6
pārthasya and ArjunaBG 18.74
pāśa-hastān having ropes in their handsSB 6.1.28-29
sahasra-pāt the thousand-legged Supreme Being (the universal form)SB 3.22.3
sahasra-pāt possessing thousands of legsBs 5.11
sahasra-patra possessing a thousand petalsBs 5.2
sahasra-patram with thousands of petalsCC Madhya 20.258
paurodhasam the duty of priesthoodSB 6.7.36
sravat audhasam payaḥ abundant milk flowing from their milk bagsSB 10.13.24
sva-odhasam payaḥ their own milk flowing from the milk bagsSB 10.13.31
payasā udhasvatīḥ due to swollen milk bagsSB 1.10.4
phaṇā-sahasraḥ his one thousand hoodsSB 10.16.30
pitāmahasya of the grandfatherSB 10.75.3
prāhasam I ridiculedSB 10.34.12-13
prahasan smilingBG 2.10
prahasan with smilesSB 3.7.42
prahasan laughingSB 3.18.9
prahasan while smilingSB 4.3.15
prahasan smilingSB 4.6.41
prahasan smilingSB 4.15.21
prahasan smilingSB 6.10.2
prahasan smilingSB 6.12.18
prahasan smilingSB 7.5.55
prahasan in a joking moodSB 9.20.10
prahasan with a smiling faceSB 10.1.59
prahasan smilingSB 10.10.39
prahasan Himself laughing loudlySB 10.22.9
prahasan smilingSB 10.27.14
prahasan smilingSB 10.41.9
prahasan smilingSB 10.42.1
prahasan laughingSB 10.42.11
prahasan smiling broadlySB 10.51.35
prahasan laughing loudlySB 10.52.9
prahasan smilingSB 10.53.1
prahasan laughingSB 10.68.30
prahasan laughingSB 10.69.37
prahasan laughingSB 10.81.1-2
prahasan laughedSB 10.82.40
prahasan smiling broadlySB 10.85.21
prahasan smiling broadlySB 10.86.50
prahasan smiling broadlySB 10.88.22
prahasan iva almost smilingSB 11.4.14
prahasan smilingSB 12.10.18
prahasat-vadanaḥ whose face began to smile when he saw the wonderful childSB 10.11.6
prāhasat laughed loudlySB 10.61.29
prahasatībhiḥ by them, who were laughingSB 10.33.23
prahasita smilingSB 4.24.47-48
prahasita-mukhī they were smiling and enjoyingSB 10.8.31
prahasita-ānanaḥ with a smile upon His faceSB 10.23.24
prahasita smilingSB 10.31.17
prahasitam the laughterSB 3.28.33
prahasitam the smilingSB 10.31.10
prahasitam the laughterSB 10.65.15
prahastam PrahastaSB 9.10.18
prahasya smilingSB 3.15.11
prahasya heartily laughingSB 3.19.1
prahasya smilingSB 3.20.38
prahasya smilingSB 4.1.29
prahasya smilingSB 4.7.1
prahasya smilingSB 5.4.3
prahasya smilingSB 6.1.37
prahasya smilingSB 6.17.9
prahasya smilingSB 6.18.31
prahasya smilingSB 8.9.8
prahasya laughingSB 8.12.14
prahasya smilingSB 8.21.15
prahasya after laughingSB 9.3.31
prahasya smilingSB 10.4.25
prahasya laughingSB 10.15.27
prahasya gently smilingSB 10.16.16
prahasya laughingSB 10.23.13
prahasya laughingSB 10.29.42
prahasya laughingSB 10.39.10
prahasya laughingSB 10.54.5
prahasya smiling broadlySB 10.56.9
prahasya laughingSB 11.4.8
sahasra-prakāra hundreds and thousands of varietiesCC Antya 10.33
prati-mukhasya of the reflection of the face in the mirrorSB 7.9.11
pratibuddhasya of one who is awakeSB 3.27.25
pratibuddhasya for one who has awakenedSB 11.28.14
pravāsa-sthasya one who is away from homeSB 3.7.34
pṛcchase you are asking aboutSB 11.2.11
pṛcchasi asking meSB 3.14.5
pṛcchasi you are askingMM 37
priya-sāhasāḥ for their own pleasure they can do anythingSB 9.14.37
dvi-sahasra-pṛthavaḥ which are two thousand yojanas wideSB 5.16.8
pulahasya of PulahaSB 4.1.38
purodhasā by a priestSB 10.45.26
purodhasaḥ to the priestsSB 4.17.2
purodhasām of all priestsBG 10.24
purodhasām among priestsSB 11.16.22
sāmbaḥ sumitraḥ purujit śatajit ca sahasrajit Sāmba, Sumitra, Purujit, Śatajit and SahasrajitSB 10.61.10-12
puṣkara-nābhasya of the Lord, from whose navel grows a lotus flowerCC Antya 7.15
putra-sahasreṣu among the one thousand sonsSB 9.23.27
sa-rabhasa full of wrathSB 3.30.19
rabhasā with great forceSB 4.28.2
rabhasa-vilasita expanded by the forceSB 5.9.18
rabhasa by perseveranceSB 5.14.11
rabhasā with angerSB 7.2.29-31
rabhasa strongSB 7.9.15
rabhasa-svanaiḥ with tremendous soundsSB 12.4.12
rabhasāḥ wildly engaged inSB 3.17.11
rabhasaḥ having speedSB 5.8.26
rabhasaḥ RabhasaSB 9.17.10
rabhasam agitatedSB 3.15.28
rabhasam the fiercenessSB 10.52.7
sa-rabhasam impetuouslyCC Adi 4.146
sa-rabhasam impetuouslyCC Madhya 8.149
ati-rabhasān running very swiftlySB 10.44.41
ati-rabhasatara more fiercelySB 5.17.9
rābhasya from RābhaSB 9.17.10
rādhasā by opulenceSB 2.4.14
indriya-rādhasā by power of the sensesSB 4.31.11
rādhasā whose powerSB 7.3.22
ananya-rādhasaḥ for Rantideva, who was undeviating and desired nothing other than to serve the Supreme LordSB 9.21.17
rādhasaḥ whose good fortuneSB 10.53.23
rādhasaḥ material possessionsSB 10.65.4-6
avāpta-rādhase having attained perfectionSB 4.7.57
rādhase for the matter of helping its existenceSB 4.24.18
sva-rahasā by His own legSB 2.7.40
rahasi in a secluded placeBG 6.10
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 1.17.6
rahasi in great penanceSB 2.9.22
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 3.14.31
rahasi in a solitary placeSB 6.17.8
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 8.4.9
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 9.6.51
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 9.18.31
rahasi in a very solitary placeSB 10.8.10
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 10.8.11
rahasi in solitary placesSB 10.31.10
rahasi in privateSB 10.31.17
rahasi in privacySB 10.37.9
rahasi in a secluded placeSB 10.47.3
rahasi being aloneSB 11.9.6
atyanta rahasya extremely mysteriousCC Madhya 8.200
rahasya-darśana seeing of the mystery of the activitiesCC Madhya 13.60
rahasya jokingCC Madhya 20.86
rahasya nahe there is no jokingCC Madhya 20.87
sa-rahasyaḥ confidentialSB 1.7.44
dhanuḥ-rahasyaḥ one who understands the intricacies of military artSB 3.1.31
rahasyam mysteryBG 4.3
rahasyam mysteriesSB 1.6.36
sa-rahasyam with devotional serviceSB 2.9.31
sa-rahasyam with the confidential portionSB 5.2.9
rahasyam solitarySB 7.6.11-13
sa-rahasyam along with its confidential portionSB 10.45.34
sa-rahasyam along with mysteryCC Adi 1.51
sa-rahasyam with mysteryCC Madhya 25.105
ati-rahasyam full of spiritual mysteriesCC Madhya 25.283
rāja-siṃhasya of the most powerful kingSB 4.28.28
raṃhasā by great forceSB 1.4.16
raṃhasā progressSB 1.5.18
raṃhasā with great velocitySB 1.15.29
asańga-raṃhasā with the power of Lord Śiva that cannot be opposedSB 4.5.5
raṃhasā by the force ofSB 4.22.26
raṃhasā swiftlySB 5.14.29
raṃhasā with great forceSB 5.17.9
raṃhasā whose forceSB 5.23.2
raṃhasā due to the intolerable forceSB 7.8.33
raṃhasā with great forceSB 8.11.14
raṃhasā forcefulSB 10.6.12
ati-raṃhasā very quicklySB 10.14.45
raṃhasā with the swiftnessSB 10.18.28
raṃhasā by the swift forceSB 10.38.16
raṃhasā whose speedSB 10.45.49
raṃhasā whose movementSB 10.73.12-13
raṃhasā swiftlySB 10.77.13
raṃhasā by the impulseSB 10.82.14
raṃhasā by potencyCC Madhya 24.21
raṃhasā having forceCC Madhya 24.169
raṃhasā with great forceCC Antya 1.155
raṃhasaḥ of the controllerSB 4.24.28
vāta-raṃhasam having the force of a tempestSB 3.19.9
raṃhasam whose velocitySB 4.19.27
raṃhasām the forceSB 5.17.19
ratha-ārūḍhasya of the Supreme Lord, who was placed aboard the carCC Madhya 13.207
rathasvanaḥ RathasvanaSB 12.11.35
sūrya-rathasya of the chariot of the sun-godSB 5.20.30
rathasya of the chariotSB 10.39.36
ṛcchasi you will achieveSB 3.24.39
revā-ambhasi in the water of the River Revā, or NarmadāSB 9.15.20
rodhasam having hipsSB 3.20.29
rodhasi on the beach of the seaSB 8.10.5
rodhasī at the edge of the wellSB 9.19.4
rodhasi on the bankCC Madhya 1.58
rodhasi on the bankCC Madhya 13.121
rodhasi on the bankCC Antya 1.78
su-rodhasoḥ the charming banksSB 3.22.26-27
rodhasoḥ of the banksSB 5.16.20-21
rodhasvatī RodhasvatīSB 5.19.17-18
ṛṣabhasya of the bestSB 3.16.23
ṛṣabhasya of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 3.28.26
ṛṣabhasya of Lord ṛṣabhadevaSB 5.6.7
ṛṣabhasya of their heroSB 10.33.21
brahma-ṛṣabhasya the best of brāhmaṇasSB 12.12.6
ṛṣabhasya of Lord ṛṣabhaSB 12.12.14-15
maithuna-ruddhasya who had to restrain sexual lifeSB 9.22.26
rundhasi You blockCC Antya 1.144
sa-rahasyaḥ confidentialSB 1.7.44
sa-hastānām of those who are endowed with handsSB 1.13.47
sa-rahasyam with devotional serviceSB 2.9.31
sa-anubandhasya with that which is relatedSB 3.30.3
sa-rabhasa full of wrathSB 3.30.19
sa-rahasyam with the confidential portionSB 5.2.9
sa-rahasyam along with its confidential portionSB 10.45.34
sa-rahasyam along with mysteryCC Adi 1.51
sa-rabhasam impetuouslyCC Adi 4.146
sa-rabhasam impetuouslyCC Madhya 8.149
sa-rahasyam with mysteryCC Madhya 25.105
sādhana-sāhasraiḥ execution of thousands of sacrificesCC Adi 8.17
saha ambhasā along with the waterSB 3.10.6
andhasā saha with her foodSB 9.8.4
sahasā all of a suddenBG 1.13
sahasā all of a suddenSB 1.4.33
sahasā all of a suddenSB 1.6.18
sahasā just at that timeSB 1.7.55
sahasā all of a suddenSB 1.11.31
sahasā all of a suddenSB 1.18.22
sahasā circumstantiallySB 1.18.29
sahasā suddenlySB 3.8.14
sahasā immediatelySB 3.9.15
sahasā all of a suddenSB 3.13.18
sahasā suddenlySB 3.15.31
sahasā quicklySB 3.17.16
sahasā suddenlySB 3.19.23
sahasā suddenlySB 3.23.27
sahasā immediatelySB 3.28.35
sahasā suddenlySB 3.31.23
sahasā at onceSB 4.5.2
sahasā immediatelySB 4.7.22
sahasā all of a suddenSB 4.9.2
sahasā all of a suddenSB 4.24.66
sahasā eva immediatelySB 5.1.9
sahasā very soonSB 5.5.7
sahasā suddenlySB 5.8.4
sahasā suddenlySB 5.9.17
sahasā immediatelySB 6.1.30
sahasā suddenlySB 6.1.61
sahasā suddenlySB 6.2.23
sahasā suddenlySB 6.7.9
sahasā suddenlySB 6.14.47
sahasā suddenlySB 7.2.51
sahasā all of a suddenSB 8.3.33
sahasā all of a suddenSB 8.6.2
sahasā all of a suddenSB 8.17.5
sahasā quicklySB 9.18.5
sahasā suddenlySB 10.5.21
sahasā suddenly within the mouth of her sonSB 10.7.37
sahasā all of a suddenSB 10.11.48
sahasā immediatelySB 10.13.17
sahasā immediatelySB 10.16.27
sahasā eva quite suddenlySB 10.30.1
sahasā suddenlySB 10.34.7
sahasā suddenlySB 10.43.11
sahasā immediatelySB 10.44.35
sahasā suddenlySB 10.51.49
sahasā immediatelySB 10.57.25
sahasā eva suddenlySB 10.60.24
sahasā immediatelySB 10.69.14
sahasā immediatelySB 10.80.18
sahasā immediatelySB 10.84.6
sahasā hastilySB 11.1.17
sahasā quicklySB 11.23.21
sahasā suddenlySB 12.10.11-13
hasa energyCC Adi 8.83
sahasā all of a suddenCC Madhya 3.175
parama sāhasa great impudenceCC Madhya 6.161
hasa kariyā with great courageCC Madhya 14.6
sahasā eva suddenlyCC Madhya 19.202
priya-sāhasāḥ for their own pleasure they can do anythingSB 9.14.37
sahasaḥ than the strongestSB 11.23.47
uru-sāhasāḥ and great audacitySB 12.3.34
hasam due to audacitySB 10.33.29
sahase the powerfulSB 5.18.18
sahase the origin of all mental powerSB 5.18.25
mahā-sāhasinaḥ very cruelSB 5.24.30
sahasra one thousandBG 8.17
sahasra-antām similarly, ending after one thousandBG 8.17
sahasra-kṛtvaḥ a thousand timesBG 11.39
sahasra-bāho O thousand-handed oneBG 11.46
sahasra one thousandSB 1.1.4
sahasra-pāda thousands of legsSB 1.3.4
sahasra thousands ofSB 1.3.4
sahasra thousandsSB 1.3.4
sahasra one thousandSB 1.6.30
sahasra thousandSB 1.14.37
sahasra one thousandSB 2.1.28
sahasra-ante of thousands of yearsSB 2.5.34
sahasra thousandsSB 2.5.35
sahasra thousands ofSB 2.5.35
sahasra one thousandSB 2.9.8
sahasra thousandsSB 3.1.17
sahasra one thousandSB 3.6.6
sahasra-ante at the end of one thousandSB 3.6.38
sahasra thousandSB 3.7.22
hasra thousandsSB 3.8.6
sahasra-śākham with thousands of branchesSB 3.8.29
hasra thousandsSB 3.8.30
sahasra-śīrṣṇaḥ the Personality of Godhead KṛṣṇaSB 3.13.5
sahasra-nīḥ the leader of thousands of sagesSB 3.18.21
sahasra-arka a thousand sunsSB 3.20.16
sahasra-pāt the thousand-legged Supreme Being (the universal form)SB 3.22.3
strī-sahasra by a thousand maidsSB 3.23.35
sahasra-śirasam with a thousand headsSB 3.26.25
sahasra thousandsSB 3.33.3
sahasra one thousandSB 4.2.34
sahasra a thousandSB 4.5.3
sahasra-śīrṣā api also the Personality of Godhead known as SahasraśīrṣāSB 4.9.1
sahasra thousandsSB 4.28.54
sahasra-ante at the end of a thousandSB 4.30.4
varṣa-ayuta-sahasra one thousand times ten thousand yearsSB 5.7.8
nava-yojana-sahasra 72,000 miles in lengthSB 5.16.6
sahasra thousandSB 5.16.7
dvi-sahasra-pṛthavaḥ which are two thousand yojanas wideSB 5.16.8
sahasra-yojana-unnāhāḥ one thousand yojanas highSB 5.16.12
yuga-sahasra-upalakṣaṇena consisting of one thousand millenniumsSB 5.17.1
sahasra thousandsSB 5.17.4
mūrdha-sahasra-dhāmasu on the hundreds and thousands of hoods of the LordSB 5.17.21
sahasra-āyuṣaḥ living for one thousand yearsSB 5.20.3-4
sahasra-śrutiḥ Sahasra-śrutiSB 5.20.10
sahasra-srotaḥ SahasrasrotaSB 5.20.26
sahasra-srutiḥ Sahasra-śrutiSB 5.20.26
dvi-sahasra-yojanāni 2,000 yojanasSB 5.21.19
sahasra one thousandSB 5.24.31
sahasra-antare at an interval of one thousandSB 5.25.1
sahasra-śirasaḥ who has thousands of hoodsSB 5.25.2
sahasra-mūrdhnaḥ of Ananta, who has thousands of hoodsSB 5.25.12
sahasra-jihvaḥ although having thousands of tonguesSB 5.25.12
śata-sahasra-yojane measuring 100,000 yojanas (800,000 miles)SB 5.26.18
sahasra-akṣaḥ the thousand-eyed demigod, IndraSB 6.7.40
sahasra-akṣaḥ the thousand-eyed King IndraSB 6.8.1-2
sahasra-akṣaḥ Indra, who is endowed with one thousand eyesSB 6.13.14
sahasra-akṣam Lord Indra, who has one thousand eyesSB 6.14.7
sahasra-mūrdhne who has thousands of hoodsSB 6.16.48
sahasra thousands and thousandsSB 7.9.36
sahasra-adhi more than a thousand timesSB 7.14.30-33
sahasra of thousandsSB 8.6.1
sahasra-bāhuḥ exhibiting thousands of handsSB 8.7.12
hasra by thousandsSB 8.7.14
sahasra-ante at the end of one thousandSB 8.12.44
yuga-sāhasra one thousand cycles of four yugasSB 8.13.36
sahasra-ara O you who have thousands of spokesSB 9.5.4
pañca-sahasra-sargaḥ procreation of five thousandSB 9.6.52
sahasra-śirasaḥ who has thousands of headsSB 9.14.2
sakhī-sahasra-saṃyuktā accompanied by thousands of friendsSB 9.18.5
hasra-vatsaram continuously for one thousand yearsSB 9.22.49
sahasra-vadanaḥ having thousands of hoodsSB 10.1.24
pariṣvakta-sahasra-kuntalam brilliantly illuminated by scattered, fully grown hairSB 10.3.6
sahasra-upari-sańkhyayā anvitān numbering over a thousandSB 10.12.2
sahasra thousandsSB 10.39.44-45
sahasra thousandsSB 10.39.44-45
sahasra of one thousandSB 10.43.39
ṣaṭ-sahasra six thousandSB 10.59.33
sahasra one thousandSB 10.62.2
sahasra-mūrdhan O thousand-headed LordSB 10.68.46
sahasra a thousandSB 10.69.13
sahasra thousandSB 10.69.44
sahasra a thousandSB 10.89.48-49
sahasra with thousandsSB 10.89.52
sahasra thousandSB 10.89.53
sahasra thousandsSB 10.89.54-56
hasra thousandSB 10.90.1-7
sahasra-padavīm which branches out in thousands of directionsSB 11.21.38-40
sahasra of one thousandSB 12.2.34
sahasra-saṃhitā of one thousand collectionsSB 12.6.76-77
sahasra thousandsCC Adi 1.38
sahasra thousandsCC Adi 1.41
sahasra-nāme in the Viṣṇu-sahasra-nāmaCC Adi 3.47
sahasra of thousandsCC Adi 5.22
sahasra thousandsCC Adi 5.100-101
sahasra vadana thousands of facesCC Adi 5.100-101
sahasra thousandsCC Adi 5.100-101
sahasra-nayana thousands of eyesCC Adi 5.100-101
sahasra thousandsCC Adi 5.118
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Adi 5.121
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Adi 5.234
sahasra-vadane with thousands of mouthsCC Adi 6.78
sahasra many thousandsCC Adi 8.53
sahasra thousandsCC Adi 8.53
daśa-sahasra ten thousandCC Adi 10.19
sahasra-mukhe with thousands of mouthsCC Adi 10.41
sahasra thousandCC Adi 10.99
sahasra thousandCC Adi 10.99
sahasra vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Adi 10.162
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa, who has thousands of mouthsCC Adi 10.163
sahasra-vadana the thousand-mouthed Śeṣa Nāga, on whom Lord Viṣṇu liesCC Adi 11.60
sahasra-vadane by thousands of mouthsCC Adi 13.45
sahasra-nāma one thousand namesCC Adi 17.90
sahasra a thousandCC Adi 17.166
sahasra a thousandCC Adi 17.253
sahasra sahasra thousands and thousandsCC Madhya 4.102
sahasra sahasra thousands and thousandsCC Madhya 4.102
sahasra a thousandCC Madhya 4.180
sahasra yojana thousands of milesCC Madhya 5.146
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa Nāga, who has thousands of hoodsCC Madhya 8.303
sahasra sahasra thousands and thousandsCC Madhya 9.3
sahasra sahasra thousands and thousandsCC Madhya 9.3
sahasra-nāmabhiḥ with the one thousand namesCC Madhya 9.32
sahasra-nāmnām of one thousand namesCC Madhya 9.33
sahasra-vadana the thousand-mouthed ŚeṣaCC Madhya 14.202
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa, who has thousands of hoodsCC Madhya 14.256
sahasra-vadana possessing thousands of mouthsCC Madhya 15.158
ṣola-sahasra sixteen thousandCC Madhya 15.240
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Madhya 16.289
sahasra-guṇa one thousand timesCC Madhya 17.227
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa, who has thousands of hoodsCC Madhya 18.223
daśa-sahasra mudrā ten thousand coinsCC Madhya 19.34
pāńca sahasra five thousandCC Madhya 20.8
sahasra-patram with thousands of petalsCC Madhya 20.258
sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1)CC Madhya 20.292
pañca-sahasra calliśa 5,040 avatārasCC Madhya 20.321
cāri-sahasra 4000CC Madhya 20.322
tina-sahasra three thousandCC Madhya 20.388
sahasra a thousandCC Madhya 21.4
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Madhya 21.12
sahasra thousandCC Madhya 21.67
sahasra-vadane as if with a thousand mouthsCC Antya 1.192
sahasra-ādi one thousand timesCC Antya 9.57
sahasra-prakāra hundreds and thousands of varietiesCC Antya 10.33
sahasra-mukhe Anantadeva, who possesses thousands of mouthsCC Antya 17.64
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Antya 18.13
sahasra thousandsCC Antya 18.88
sahasra thousandsCC Antya 18.88
sahasra thousandsCC Antya 18.88
sahasra thousandsCC Antya 18.88
sahasra thousandsCC Antya 18.88
sahasra thousandsCC Antya 18.88
sahasra-jāti thousands of varietiesCC Antya 18.105
sahasra-śīrṣṇaḥ of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Antya 19.70
sahasra-vadane with His thousands of facesCC Antya 20.70
sahasra-patra possessing a thousand petalsBs 5.2
sahasra-śīrṣā possessing thousands of headsBs 5.11
sahasra-akṣaḥ possessing thousands of eyesBs 5.11
sahasra-pāt possessing thousands of legsBs 5.11
sahasra-bāhuḥ possessing thousands of armsBs 5.11
sahasra-aṃśaḥ the source of thousands of avatārasBs 5.11
sahasra-sūḥ the creator of thousands of individual soulsBs 5.11
sahasra-aṃśaḥ with thousands of portionsBs 5.12
sahasra-mūrdhā possessing thousands of headsBs 5.14
sahasra-dala-sampanne on a lotus of a thousand petalsBs 5.26
sahasra of thousandsBs 5.29
sahasradhā into thousands of piecesSB 6.10.25
sahasradhā into thousands of piecesSB 8.11.31
sahasradhā into thousands of piecesSB 10.59.10
sahasradhā into thousands of piecesSB 10.77.34
phaṇā-sahasraḥ his one thousand hoodsSB 10.16.30
aṣṭādaśa-sāhasraḥ having 18,000 versesCC Madhya 25.143-144
arbuda-sahasraiḥ by ten billionSB 5.17.16
sahasraiḥ thousandsSB 9.6.22
sahasraiḥ thousandsSB 10.69.7-8
sādhana-sāhasraiḥ execution of thousands of sacrificesCC Adi 8.17
sahasrajit SahasrajitSB 9.23.17
sahasrājit SahasrājitSB 9.24.5
sāmbaḥ sumitraḥ purujit śatajit ca sahasrajit Sāmba, Sumitra, Purujit, Śatajit and SahasrajitSB 10.61.10-12
sahasrajit-śatajit-bhānu-mukhyaḥ headed by Sahasrajit, Śatajit and BhānuSB 11.30.17
ekāśīti-sahasrakam eighty-one thousandSB 12.13.4-9
sahasram one thousandSB 2.10.11
sahasram thousandsSB 3.8.6
sahasram one thousandSB 3.8.12
hasram one thousandSB 3.11.22
varṣa-sāhasram a thousand yearsSB 3.20.15
hasram one thousandSB 4.9.22
hasram thousandSB 4.12.13
sahasram a thousandSB 4.30.17
ṣoḍaśa-sahasram sixteen thousand yojanasSB 5.16.7
dvi-sahasram two thousand yojanasSB 5.16.10
aṣṭādaśa-yojana-sahasram eighteen thousand yojanasSB 5.16.27
dvi-sahasram two thousand yojanasSB 5.16.27
dvādaśa-sahasram 20,000 yojanas (160,000 miles)SB 5.24.2
sahasram one thousandSB 5.24.2
hasram one thousandSB 6.13.15
sahasram one thousandSB 8.2.29
caturdaśa-sahasram fourteen thousandSB 9.10.9
trayodaśa-abda-sāhasram for thirteen thousand yearsSB 9.11.18
sahasram one thousandSB 9.15.4
varṣa-sahasram one thousand yearsSB 9.19.18
sahasram thousandsSB 9.20.23
tri-sāhasram three thousandSB 10.58.50-51
sahasram thousandSB 10.61.4
sahasram one thousandSB 10.61.29
sahasram one thousandSB 10.62.6
sahasram one thousandSB 10.68.50-51
hasram thousandSB 10.69.1-6
sahasram thousandsSB 10.75.33
hasram thousandSB 10.90.29
ṣoḍaśa-sahasram sixteen thousandSB 11.6.18
sahasram one thousandSB 12.2.26
sahasram one thousandSB 12.4.2
aṣṭa-daśa-sāhasram eighteen thousandSB 12.13.4-9
dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasram sixteen thousandCC Adi 1.71
dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasram sixteen thousandCC Madhya 20.170
sahasrāṇām of thousandsSB 3.21.6
sahasrāṇām of thousandsSB 4.30.17
sahasrāṇām of thousandsSB 6.14.11
sahasrāṇām of many thousandsSB 7.7.29
sahasrāṇām of thousandsSB 9.23.32
sahasrāṇām thousandsSB 10.80.16-17
sahasrāṇām thousandSB 10.90.41
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 1.11.30
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 3.11.19
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 3.30.24
sahasrāṇi thousandSB 4.1.39
sahasrāṇi such thousandsSB 4.24.14
ṣaṣṭi-sahasrāṇi sixty thousandSB 5.21.17
varṣa-sahasrāṇi thousands of yearsSB 5.26.14
ṣaṣṭi-sahasrāṇi sixty thousandSB 6.6.33-36
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 6.14.11
sahasrāṇi thousandSB 8.1.22
varṣa-sahasrāṇi such thousands of yearsSB 9.17.7
varṣa-sahasrāṇi for one thousand yearsSB 9.18.51
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 9.23.26
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 9.23.32
ṣaṭ-sahasrāṇi six thousandSB 9.24.9
sahasrāṇi thousandSB 10.3.36
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 10.58.50-51
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 10.58.50-51
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 10.61.19
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 10.64.39
ṣaṭ-sahasrāṇi six thousandSB 10.68.50-51
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 12.9.19
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 12.11.49
sahasrāṇi thousandsSB 12.13.4-9
sahasraṇīḥ Bhīṣmadeva (who was expert in thousands of sciences and arts)SB 1.9.30
sahasrānīkaḥ SahasrānīkaSB 9.22.39
sahasraśaḥ thousandsBG 11.5
sahasraśaḥ thousands ofSB 1.3.26
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 1.10.29
sahasraśaḥ hundreds and thousandsSB 2.1.2
sahasraśaḥ by thousandsSB 4.4.4
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 4.4.33
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 4.5.12
sahasraśaḥ in thousandsSB 4.23.23
sahasraśaḥ in thousandsSB 4.25.7
sahasraśaḥ in thousandsSB 5.11.11
śata-sahasraśaḥ many hundreds and thousandsSB 5.19.16
sahasraśaḥ by thousands upon thousandsSB 5.26.3
sahasraśaḥ thousandsSB 5.26.37
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 6.10.19-22
sahasraśaḥ by thousandsSB 7.8.31
sahasraśaḥ by thousands and thousandsSB 8.20.20
sahasraśaḥ many thousands and millionsSB 9.4.56
sahasraśaḥ by thousands and thousandsSB 9.10.24
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 10.12.2
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 10.51.36
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 10.53.17
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 10.53.42-43
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 10.58.58
sahasraśaḥ by the thousandsSB 10.83.20
śata-sahasraśaḥ by hundreds of thousandsSB 11.12.13
sahasraśaḥ by hundreds and thousands of timesCC Madhya 20.249
sahasrasya of many thousandsBG 11.12
doḥ-sahasrāt from His thousand armsSB 3.22.3
sahasreka thousandsCC Madhya 1.163
sahasreka more than one thousandCC Madhya 8.41
sahasreka jana thousands of menCC Madhya 14.43
sahasreka thousands of menCC Madhya 16.257
sahasreṇa by a thousandSB 3.23.36-37
strī-sahasreṇa with thousands of other womenSB 9.18.29
sahasreṇa one thousandSB 10.63.31
sahasreṣu out of many thousandsBG 7.3
sahasreṣu in many thousandsSB 6.14.4
putra-sahasreṣu among the one thousand sonsSB 9.23.27
tri-nava-sāhasrīḥ three times nine thousand (that is, twenty-seven thousand)SB 9.20.32
hasrīm one thousandSB 5.16.28
sahasriṇaḥ numbering one thousandSB 6.5.24
ṣaṣṭi-sahasriṇaḥ the sixty thousand sons of SagaraSB 9.8.9-10
ojaḥ-sahasvat specific mental and sensual dexteritySB 2.6.43-45
sahasra-śākham with thousands of branchesSB 3.8.29
sakhasya of you, the friendSB 5.10.25
sakhī-sahasra-saṃyuktā accompanied by thousands of friendsSB 9.18.5
samādhi-sthasya of one situated in tranceBG 2.54
sāmbaḥ sumitraḥ purujit śatajit ca sahasrajit Sāmba, Sumitra, Purujit, Śatajit and SahasrajitSB 10.61.10-12
sahasra-saṃhitā of one thousand collectionsSB 12.6.76-77
samīhase you are praying forSB 9.5.14
samīhase You endeavorSB 10.27.6
arhasi naḥ samīhitum please act on my behalfSB 4.20.31
bhasma-saṃjñitam or into ashesSB 10.10.10
sahasra-dala-sampanne on a lotus of a thousand petalsBs 5.26
samprahasya loudly laughingSB 10.66.37
saṃsiddhasya of one who is all-perfectSB 1.19.36
saṃvarta-ambhasi in the water of destructionSB 8.24.33
saṃyama-ambhasi in the water of inundationSB 6.9.24
sakhī-sahasra-saṃyuktā accompanied by thousands of friendsSB 9.18.5
sahasra-upari-sańkhyayā anvitān numbering over a thousandSB 10.12.2
sapta-hastāya who have seven handsSB 8.16.31
sarabhasam voraciouslySB 5.26.27
sarabhasam impetuouslyCC Madhya 20.182
pañca-sahasra-sargaḥ procreation of five thousandSB 9.6.52
sārthasya of the living entity interested in sense gratificationSB 5.14.2
ṣaṣṭi-sahasrāṇi sixty thousandSB 5.21.17
ṣaṣṭi-sahasrāṇi sixty thousandSB 6.6.33-36
ṣaṣṭi-sahasriṇaḥ the sixty thousand sons of SagaraSB 9.8.9-10
bhasma-sāt ashesBG 4.37
bhasma-sāt to ashesBG 4.37
ṣaṭ-sahasrāṇi six thousandSB 9.24.9
bhasma-sāt to ashesSB 10.51.12
bhasma-sāt into ashesSB 10.51.22
ṣaṭ-sahasra six thousandSB 10.59.33
ṣaṭ-sahasrāṇi six thousandSB 10.68.50-51
bhasma-sāt into ashesSB 11.14.19
bhasma-sāt to ashesSB 12.6.13
bhasma-sāt into ashesCC Madhya 24.61
śata-sahasraśaḥ many hundreds and thousandsSB 5.19.16
śata-sahasra-yojane measuring 100,000 yojanas (800,000 miles)SB 5.26.18
śata-sahasraśaḥ by hundreds of thousandsSB 11.12.13
śata-haste with one hundred handsCC Madhya 12.115
sāmbaḥ sumitraḥ purujit śatajit ca sahasrajit Sāmba, Sumitra, Purujit, Śatajit and SahasrajitSB 10.61.10-12
sahasrajit-śatajit-bhānu-mukhyaḥ headed by Sahasrajit, Śatajit and BhānuSB 11.30.17
satyasahasaḥ of SatyasahāSB 8.13.29
bṛhaspati-savam the bṛhaspati-savaSB 4.3.3
siddhasya of a perfect yogīSB 3.27.30
nitya-siddhasya which is eternally presentCC Madhya 22.105
rāja-siṃhasya of the most powerful kingSB 4.28.28
sahasra-śirasaḥ who has thousands of hoodsSB 5.25.2
sahasra-śirasaḥ who has thousands of headsSB 9.14.2
sahasra-śirasam with a thousand headsSB 3.26.25
śire hasta dhari' keeping His hand on their headsCC Madhya 3.14
sahasra-śīrṣā api also the Personality of Godhead known as SahasraśīrṣāSB 4.9.1
sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari' by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (ṛg Veda-saṃhitā 10.90.1)CC Madhya 20.292
sahasra-śīrṣā possessing thousands of headsBs 5.11
sahasra-śīrṣṇaḥ the Personality of Godhead KṛṣṇaSB 3.13.5
sahasra-śīrṣṇaḥ of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Antya 19.70
skandhasya whose portionSB 11.23.10
snigdhasya of the one who is submissiveSB 1.1.8
snigdhasya submissiveSB 10.13.3
na śobhase you do not look very goodSB 5.12.7
ṣoḍaśa-sahasram sixteen thousand yojanasSB 5.16.7
ṣoḍaśa-sahasram sixteen thousandSB 11.6.18
ṣola-sahasra sixteen thousandCC Madhya 15.240
śrī-hasta-sparśe by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 13.31
śrāddhasya of the periodical offerings of respectsSB 3.7.33
sravat audhasam payaḥ abundant milk flowing from their milk bagsSB 10.13.24
śrī-mada-andhasya who is blinded by temporarily possessing riches and opulenceSB 10.10.13
śrī-hasta caraṇa the palm and the soleCC Adi 14.16
śrī-haste with His handsCC Madhya 7.7-8
śrī-haste with His transcendental handsCC Madhya 11.115
śrī-haste with His handCC Madhya 11.132
śrī-haste by His own transcendental handCC Madhya 11.199
śrī-haste by His own handCC Madhya 12.79
śrī-haste by His own handCC Madhya 12.80
śrī-haste with His own handCC Madhya 12.99
śrī-haste with His own handCC Madhya 12.199
śrī-haste by the hand of Lord Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 13.30
śrī-hasta-sparśe by the touch of the transcendental hand of Lord CaitanyaCC Madhya 13.31
śrī-hasta-yuge with His two armsCC Madhya 13.117
śrī-haste by the spiritual handCC Madhya 20.55
śrī-haste in His own handCC Antya 6.98
śrī-haste by His own transcendental handCC Antya 6.298
śrī-haste with His transcendental handsCC Antya 11.68
śrī-haste in the transcendental handsCC Antya 11.82
śrī-haste with His transcendental handsCC Antya 11.104
śrī-hasta his handCC Antya 18.61
sahasra-srotaḥ SahasrasrotaSB 5.20.26
sruk-hastān with the sacrificial ladle in handSB 4.19.29
sahasra-śrutiḥ Sahasra-śrutiSB 5.20.10
sahasra-srutiḥ Sahasra-śrutiSB 5.20.26
sruva-hastasya with the sacrificial ladle in his handSB 4.5.19
stambhasya of the pillarSB 7.8.18
trikāla-hasti-sthāne to the place named Trikāla-hastiCC Madhya 9.71
samādhi-sthasya of one situated in tranceBG 2.54
kūṭa-sthasya of the one who is over everyone's intelligenceSB 2.5.17
kūṭa-sthasya of the unchangeableSB 3.7.19
pravāsa-sthasya one who is away from homeSB 3.7.34
antaḥpura-sthasya remaining inside the house or palaceSB 7.6.29-30
sthasya who was standingSB 10.33.10
sthasya who was seatedSB 10.59.21
sthātum arhasi you may remainSB 4.27.22
strī-sahasra by a thousand maidsSB 3.23.35
strī-sahasreṇa with thousands of other womenSB 9.18.29
su-rodhasoḥ the charming banksSB 3.22.26-27
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsSB 11.5.32
su-medhasā and intelligentSB 11.7.31
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Adi 3.52
su-medhasaḥ those who are intelligentCC Madhya 6.103
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Madhya 11.100
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Madhya 20.342
su-medhasaḥ intelligent personsCC Antya 20.10
sahasra-sūḥ the creator of thousands of individual soulsBs 5.11
sukhasya of happinessBG 14.27
sukhasya from happinessSB 3.25.13
sukhasya of happinessSB 6.16.60
sukhasya of material happinessSB 11.19.20-24
sukhasya of the happinessCC Madhya 19.176
śūla-hastāḥ every one of them with a trident in handSB 8.10.48
sumedhasaḥ who are all very intelligentSB 9.4.3
sāmbaḥ sumitraḥ purujit śatajit ca sahasrajit Sāmba, Sumitra, Purujit, Śatajit and SahasrajitSB 10.61.10-12
śunaḥśephasya about ŚunaḥśephaSB 9.7.23
sūrya-rathasya of the chariot of the sun-godSB 5.20.30
sva-rahasā by His own legSB 2.7.40
sva-gārhasthyam his home and household paraphernaliaSB 3.33.15
sva-hastāt from his own handSB 6.12.6
sva-garbhasya of her embryoSB 7.7.14
sva-hastaiḥ by his own handsSB 9.15.34
sva-odhasam payaḥ their own milk flowing from the milk bagsSB 10.13.31
sva-arthasya his own best interestSB 11.26.13
sva-haste by His own handCC Madhya 8.193
sva-haste by His own handCC Madhya 13.29
sva-haste with His own handCC Madhya 16.45
sva-hasta-cālane moving His own handCC Madhya 21.135
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 5.17
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 5.17
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 5.18
sva-hasta own handCC Antya 6.301
sva-haste with his own handCC Antya 8.28
rabhasa-svanaiḥ with tremendous soundsSB 12.4.12
svapna-avabodhasya sleep and wakefulnessBG 6.17
svarūpera haste in the hands of Svarūpa DāmodaraCC Antya 6.204
tarańga-haste by the waves of the Yamunā, which are compared to handsCC Antya 18.91
tat-mālya-bhasma-nṛ-kapālī who is garlanded with human skulls and smeared with ashesSB 4.4.16
tat-hastāt from the hand of KaṃsaSB 10.4.9
tataḥ adhastāt beneath the planets occupied by the Siddhas, Cāraṇas and VidyādharasSB 5.24.5
tataḥ adhastāt beneath thatSB 5.24.6
tataḥ adhastāt beneath the planet known as VitalaSB 5.24.18
tataḥ adhastāt below the planetary system MahātalaSB 5.24.30
tataḥ adhastāt beneath that planet RasātalaSB 5.24.31
tina-sahasra three thousandCC Madhya 20.388
tiṣṭhasi remainBG 10.16
tomāra haste by your handsCC Antya 12.132
trātum arhasi kindly protectSB 10.25.13
trayodaśa-abda-sāhasram for thirteen thousand yearsSB 9.11.18
tri-nava-sāhasrīḥ three times nine thousand (that is, twenty-seven thousand)SB 9.20.32
tri-sāhasram three thousandSB 10.58.50-51
trikāla-hasti-sthāne to the place named Trikāla-hastiCC Madhya 9.71
truṭi-anehasā by a moment's timeSB 10.13.40
uddhasantaḥ loudly laughingSB 10.12.24
uddhasat laughing loudlySB 3.17.6
payasā udhasvatīḥ due to swollen milk bagsSB 1.10.4
unmukhasya who is eager to be engagedCC Madhya 11.8
sahasra-yojana-unnāhāḥ one thousand yojanas highSB 5.16.12
yuga-sahasra-upalakṣaṇena consisting of one thousand millenniumsSB 5.17.1
upari-adhastāt above and beneathSB 5.26.14
sahasra-upari-sańkhyayā anvitān numbering over a thousandSB 10.12.2
upatiṣṭhasva just try to worshipSB 8.16.20
ūrdhva-haste raising the handCC Madhya 11.201
uru-sāhasāḥ and great audacitySB 12.3.34
ut-hastaiḥ with upraised hands (branches)SB 4.6.13
utpathasthaḥ anyone who is an upstartSB 7.8.50
sahasra vadana thousands of facesCC Adi 5.100-101
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa, who has thousands of mouthsCC Adi 10.163
sahasra-vadana the thousand-mouthed Śeṣa Nāga, on whom Lord Viṣṇu liesCC Adi 11.60
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa Nāga, who has thousands of hoodsCC Madhya 8.303
sahasra-vadana the thousand-mouthed ŚeṣaCC Madhya 14.202
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa, who has thousands of hoodsCC Madhya 14.256
sahasra-vadana possessing thousands of mouthsCC Madhya 15.158
sahasra-vadana Lord Śeṣa, who has thousands of hoodsCC Madhya 18.223
sahasra-vadanaḥ having thousands of hoodsSB 10.1.24
prahasat-vadanaḥ whose face began to smile when he saw the wonderful childSB 10.11.6
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Adi 5.121
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Adi 5.234
sahasra-vadane with thousands of mouthsCC Adi 6.78
sahasra vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Adi 10.162
sahasra-vadane by thousands of mouthsCC Adi 13.45
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Madhya 16.289
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Madhya 21.12
sahasra-vadane as if with a thousand mouthsCC Antya 1.192
sahasra-vadane in thousands of mouthsCC Antya 18.13
sahasra-vadane with His thousands of facesCC Antya 20.70
vahase you are carryingSB 10.1.34
vahasi you are carryingSB 5.2.11
vaikuṇṭhasya of Lord ViṣṇuSB 3.15.13
vaktum arhasi please narrateSB 4.17.6-7
vaktum arhasi kindly describeSB 8.24.2-3
vāma-hastena with his left handSB 6.12.24
vānaprasthasya of a person in the vānaprastha-āśrama (retired life)SB 7.12.17
vāñchasi You desireSB 8.18.32
varṣa-sāhasram a thousand yearsSB 3.20.15
varṣa-ayuta-sahasra one thousand times ten thousand yearsSB 5.7.8
varṣa-sahasrāṇi thousands of yearsSB 5.26.14
varṣa-sahasrāṇi such thousands of yearsSB 9.17.7
varṣa-sahasrāṇi for one thousand yearsSB 9.18.51
varṣa-sahasram one thousand yearsSB 9.19.18
vasiṣṭhasya of the great sage VasiṣṭhaSB 4.1.40
vasuḥ nabhasvān Vasu and NabhasvānSB 10.59.12
bhasma-vat or ashesSB 7.15.37
vāta-raṃhasam having the force of a tempestSB 3.19.9
hasra-vatsaram continuously for one thousand yearsSB 9.22.49
vedhasaḥ of the supreme creatorSB 1.5.31
vedhasaḥ with Lord BrahmāSB 4.7.7
paramasya vedhasaḥ of the supreme creatorSB 10.12.38
vedhasam even to Lord BrahmāCC Antya 1.164
vedhase the compiler of the Vedic literaturesSB 2.4.24
vedhase unto the cause of all causesSB 4.17.33
vedhase who are full of knowledgeSB 8.17.26
vedhase unto Lord BrahmāSB 8.24.57
vedhase the creator of everythingSB 9.19.29
vedhase unto the origin of creationSB 10.10.33
vedhase the creatorSB 10.85.39
vedhase the creatorSB 12.12.1
vetra-haste with a cane in the handsCC Madhya 16.112
vibādhase you tantalizeSB 3.20.34
vidarbhasya of VidarbhaSB 4.28.28
videhasya with Janaka, King of VidehaSB 11.2.14
asmat-vidhasya of a person like meSB 5.2.12
etat-vidhasya of suchSB 10.39.26
vigrahasya of the formSB 2.1.38
vigrahasya whose formBs 5.32
vihasan smiling externallySB 10.1.53
vihasantaḥ laughingSB 10.12.7-11
vihasanti they make funSB 11.5.7
vihasanti ridiculeSB 11.23.38-39
vihasya disregarding the etiquetteSB 3.15.30
vihasya smilingSB 6.10.30
vijahasuḥ laughed loudlySB 10.67.12
vijṛmbhasya the archingSB 10.47.15
vikatthase are boasting (as if you had conquered your senses whereas your father could not do so)SB 7.8.11
vikatthase are boastingSB 10.66.8
rabhasa-vilasita expanded by the forceSB 5.9.18
ahańkāra-vimūḍhasya deluded by false egoSB 3.26.16
vimukhasya one who is reluctantSB 1.9.36
vimukhasya of the one who has turned his face against the LordSB 3.5.3
vitathasya of Vitatha (Bharadvāja), who was accepted in the family of Mahārāja Bharata under special circumstances of disappointmentSB 9.21.1
vivardhasva increaseSB 6.9.11
vyādhasya of the hunterSB 3.14.36
vyākhyātum arhasi please describeSB 6.1.6
vyākhyātum arhasi please explainSB 6.18.21
vyatikara-ambhasā devastating waterSB 3.9.27-28
yacchasi giving us a chanceSB 2.5.7
yacchasi You are placingSB 10.31.12
yaviṣṭhasya youngerSB 3.1.6
yoga-ārūḍhasya of one who has attained such perfect knowledgeCC Madhya 24.159
nava-yojana-sahasra 72,000 miles in lengthSB 5.16.6
sahasra-yojana-unnāhāḥ one thousand yojanas highSB 5.16.12
aṣṭādaśa-yojana-sahasram eighteen thousand yojanasSB 5.16.27
sahasra yojana thousands of milesCC Madhya 5.146
dvi-sahasra-yojanāni 2,000 yojanasSB 5.21.19
śata-sahasra-yojane measuring 100,000 yojanas (800,000 miles)SB 5.26.18
yuga-sahasra-upalakṣaṇena consisting of one thousand millenniumsSB 5.17.1
yuga-sāhasra one thousand cycles of four yugasSB 8.13.36
śrī-hasta-yuge with His two armsCC Madhya 13.117
matta-hasti-yūtha a herd of maddened elephantsCC Madhya 17.30
Results for has546 results
has verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to deride to excel to expand to laugh to laugh at (instr.) to mock to open (as a blossom) to ridicule (acc.) to smile to surpass
Frequency rank 2158/72933
hasa noun (masculine) laughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mirth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41403/72933
hasakhaphreṃ indeclinable das mātṛsadbhāva-Mantra (auch: piṇḍanātha; vgl. Vāc 424ff.)
Frequency rank 72432/72933
hasana noun (neuter) a laugh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
laughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16320/72933
hasantikā noun (feminine) a portable fire-vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
small fireplace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26020/72933
hasantī noun (feminine) Arabian jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular female demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a portable fire-vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chafing-dish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
small furnace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aṅgāradhānikā
Frequency rank 31265/72933
hasanī noun (feminine) a portable fire-place or chafing-dish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mythical river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aṅgāradhānikā
Frequency rank 72433/72933
hasauḥ indeclinable (ein bīja)
Frequency rank 31266/72933
hasira noun (masculine) a kind of mouse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72434/72933
hasita noun (neuter) laughing laughter the bow of Kāma
Frequency rank 5887/72933
hasta noun (masculine neuter) autograph the hand trunk (of an elephant)
Frequency rank 318/72933
hastaka noun (masculine) a turn-spit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
position of the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hand as a measure of length (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hand as a support (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12747/72933
hastalāghava noun (neuter) a real injury (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cleverness (reckoned among the 64 Kalās) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lightness of hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
manual readiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72438/72933
hastasūtra noun (neuter) a bangle or ornament put on the wrist of a girl before her wedding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72441/72933
hastatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 72437/72933
hastavant adjective dexterous with the hand (as an archer or thief) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16321/72933
hastavartin noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72439/72933
hastavāpa noun (masculine) scattering or shooting a shower of arrows with the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72440/72933
hasti noun (masculine) [rel.] a form of Śiva
Frequency rank 72435/72933
hastibhadra noun (masculine) name of a serpentdemon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41410/72933
hasticāriṇī noun (feminine) Galedupa Piscidia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72448/72933
hastidanta noun (masculine neuter) a radish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31267/72933
hastidantaphalā noun (feminine) Cucumis utilissimus
Frequency rank 41408/72933
hastidantī noun (feminine) a radish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Tiaridium Indicum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22760/72933
hastighoṣaka noun (masculine) devadālī
Frequency rank 41407/72933
hastighoṣā noun (feminine) a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72447/72933
hastijihvikā noun (feminine) name of a blood vessel
Frequency rank 72449/72933
hastijihvā noun (feminine) a particular vein (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22759/72933
hastikakṣa noun (masculine) a kind of venomous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72444/72933
hastikanda noun (masculine neuter) a kind of bulbous plant
Frequency rank 26021/72933
hastikarañjaka noun (masculine) Galedupa Piscidia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41405/72933
hastikarkoṭa noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72445/72933
hastikarṇa noun (masculine) Arum Macrorrhizum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular class of semi-divine beings (forming one of the Gaṇadevatās) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Butea frondosa Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Butea superba Roxb. Leea macrophylla Roxb. (Surapāla (1988), 457) name of a locality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of Śiva's attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11868/72933
hastikarṇapalāśa noun (masculine) Butea frondosa Roxb. (Surapāla (1988), 457) Butea superba Roxb. Leea macrophylla Roxb. (Surapāla (1988), 457)
Frequency rank 22758/72933
hastikarṇī noun (feminine) a kind of plant name of a Rākṣasī
Frequency rank 22757/72933
hastikośātakī noun (feminine) a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41406/72933
hastikāravī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72446/72933
hastimada noun (masculine) the exudation from an elephants's temples (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26025/72933
hastimagadhī noun (feminine) the fruit of cavya gajapippalī
Frequency rank 72456/72933
hastimayūraka noun (masculine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 72457/72933
hastimaśaka noun (masculine) a kind of venomous insect
Frequency rank 72458/72933
hastimeha noun (masculine) a kind of diabetes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31270/72933
hastimehin adjective [medic.] suffering from hastimeha
Frequency rank 22761/72933
hastimukha noun (masculine) name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Gaṇeśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41411/72933
hastimūlikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72459/72933
hastin noun (masculine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of prameha an elephant (four kinds of elephant are enumerated) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Kuru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Suhotri (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the chief or best of its kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1404/72933
hastin adjective clever or dexterous with the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having (or sitting on) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72436/72933
hastinakha noun (masculine neuter) a balconry/bridge supported by a Hastinakha capital (Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1992), 7) a kind of capital composed of addorsed elephants (Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1992), 7) a sort of turret or raised mound of earth or masonry protecting the access to the gate of a city or fort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31268/72933
hastinapura noun (neuter) name of a city
Frequency rank 72450/72933
hastiniṣadana noun (neuter) a particular posture in sitting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72451/72933
hastināpura noun (neuter) name of a city founded by king Hastin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26022/72933
hastinī noun (feminine) a female elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of drug and perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a woman of a particular class (one of the 4 classes into which women are divided) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Hastināpura (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10538/72933
hastipa noun (masculine) an elephant-driver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
elephants-keeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26023/72933
hastipada noun (masculine) name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72453/72933
hastipaka noun (masculine) elephants-keeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31269/72933
hastiparṇaka noun (masculine) Ricinus communis L.
Frequency rank 72454/72933
hastiparṇinī noun (feminine) Luffa Foetida or another species (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41409/72933
hastiparṇī noun (feminine) name of two plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26024/72933
hastipattra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 72452/72933
hastipippalī noun (feminine) Scindapsus Officinalis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13887/72933
hastipṛṣṭhaka noun (neuter) name of a village (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the back of an elephants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72455/72933
hastirodhraka noun (masculine) Symplocos Racemosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72460/72933
hastirohaṇaka noun (masculine) Galedupa Piscidia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72461/72933
hastiviṣā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72463/72933
hastiviṣāṇaka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72465/72933
hastiviṣāṇī noun (feminine) Musa Sapientum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72464/72933
hastivāruṇī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72462/72933
hastiśilā noun (feminine) name of a rock at Śrīśaila (??)
Frequency rank 26026/72933
hastiśiras noun (neuter) name of a statue
Frequency rank 41412/72933
hastiśuṇḍikā noun (feminine) name of a plant [medic.] a kind of tube used in ūṣmasveda
Frequency rank 31271/72933
hastiśuṇḍī noun (feminine) colocynth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Heliophytum indicum DC. Heliotropium indicum Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14591/72933
hastiśyāmāka noun (masculine) a kind of millet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41413/72933
hastiśālā noun (feminine) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72466/72933
hastyāluka noun (neuter) a kind of large bulbous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72467/72933
has noun (feminine) [astron.]
Frequency rank 18685/72933
hastābharaṇa noun (masculine neuter) a kind of snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72442/72933
hashasti indeclinable hand to hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in close fight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72443/72933
hastāmalaka noun (neuter) "the fruit or seed of the Myrobalan in the hand" (as a symbol of something palpable or clear) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a work. on the Vedānta by the next (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41404/72933
hastībha noun (masculine) an elephant
Frequency rank 72931/72933
acchasurā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 31446/72933
aṇḍahastin noun (masculine) Cassia Tora
Frequency rank 41962/72933
atarkyasahasraśakti noun (masculine) endowed with a thousand incomprehensible powers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41989/72933
atiraṃhas adjective extremely rapid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42182/72933
adīrghasūtra adjective not hesitating
Frequency rank 22894/72933
adehastha adjective
Frequency rank 42408/72933
adhas noun (masculine) [gramm.] the particle adhas
Frequency rank 42454/72933
adhas indeclinable below (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beneath (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
from under (with acc) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in the lower region (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
under (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 428/72933
adhastana adjective being underneath (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preceding (in a book) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18757/72933
adhastāt indeclinable below
Frequency rank 2575/72933
adhastha adjective lower
Frequency rank 17485/72933
anambhas noun (neuter) [Sāṃkhya] a kind of buddhivadha
Frequency rank 42737/72933
anigrahasthāna noun (neuter) (in phil.) occasion of non-refutation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42940/72933
anuttamāmbhasika noun (neuter) indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as involving injury to external objects) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43113/72933
anehas noun (masculine) time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26385/72933
andhas noun (neuter) a herb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grassy ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
juice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Soma juice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Soma plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26408/72933
andhas noun (neuter) darkness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obscurity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32055/72933
apahas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to deride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20637/72933
apahasta noun (neuter) striking or throwing away or off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32149/72933
apahastaka noun (neuter) [erotics] a kind of hit
Frequency rank 32150/72933
apahastana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 43745/72933
apahastita adjective repelled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thrown away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43746/72933
abhasmībhāva noun (masculine) the not becoming ashes
Frequency rank 44089/72933
amuktahasta adjective economical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sparing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26593/72933
amṛtāndhas noun (masculine) a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32458/72933
amedhas adjective an idiot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unintelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18884/72933
ambhas noun (neuter) collective name for gods, men, Manes, and Asuras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruit fulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the celestial waters (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 873/72933
arahas noun (neuter) absence of secrecy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44842/72933
arahasyana noun (neuter) propagating a secret
Frequency rank 44843/72933
arthasambandhin adjective concerned or interested in an affair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44927/72933
arthasādhaka noun (masculine) name of a minister of king Daśarathi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Putraṃjīva Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44928/72933
arthasādhana noun (masculine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 32547/72933
arthasiddhaka noun (masculine) name of a particular magical faculty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Vitex Nesuccess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Vitex negundo
Frequency rank 44929/72933
ardhasaptaśata adjective three hundred and fifty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44967/72933
ardhasīrin adjective a cultivator (who takes half the crop for his labour) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32565/72933
ardhasvana noun (masculine) name of a Ṛṣi
Frequency rank 44968/72933
alpamedhas adjective ignorant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
silly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23207/72933
avabhṛthasnāna noun (neuter) bathing or ablution after a sacrificial ceremony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32642/72933
avahas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to deride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to laugh at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9545/72933
avahasana noun (neuter) deriding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32671/72933
avahasta noun (masculine) the back of the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45274/72933
aṣṭottarasahasra noun (neuter) 1008
Frequency rank 12372/72933
aṣṭottarasahasraka noun (neuter) 1008
Frequency rank 45746/72933
asahasra noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 45804/72933
asahasrada adjective
Frequency rank 32840/72933
asāhasa noun (neuter) absence of boldness or inconsiderate hastiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
absence of violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45936/72933
ahasant adjective
Frequency rank 23328/72933
ahaskara noun (masculine) name of a plant the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32938/72933
ahasta adjective handless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32939/72933
aṃhas noun (neuter) anxiety (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trouble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17650/72933
āmbhasa adjective being watery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consisting of water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fluid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20868/72933
indrābṛhaspati noun (masculine) Indra and Bṛhaspati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33274/72933
ihastha adjective standing here (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11548/72933
uttamasāhasa noun (masculine neuter) the highest of the three fixed mulcts or fines (a fine of 1000 or of 80000 paṇas; capital punishment, branding, banishment, confiscation, mutilation, and death) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10591/72933
utpalahastaka noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 17710/72933
udambhas adjective
Frequency rank 47267/72933
uddhasta adjective extending the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
raising the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47349/72933
upanāhasveda noun (masculine) (in med.) perspiration caused by a kind of poultice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23508/72933
upahas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to deride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to laugh at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ridicule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to smile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14064/72933
upahasta noun (masculine) receiving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of taking with the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the front part of the hand (?)
Frequency rank 33564/72933
ekasāhasa noun (masculine) name of a serpent which was burnt in Janamejayas sarpasattra
Frequency rank 48009/72933
edhas noun (neuter) fuel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14787/72933
aindrābārhaspatya adjective belonging to Indra and Bṛhaspati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48124/72933
karakāmbhas noun (masculine) cocoa-nut tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48628/72933
kāṣṭhasārivā noun (feminine) the plant Ichnocarpus frutescens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27520/72933
kumedhas adjective of little intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49722/72933
kumbhasī noun (feminine) colocynth
Frequency rank 49731/72933
kumbhasambhava noun (masculine) name of Agastya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Nārāyaṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the polar star
Frequency rank 27586/72933
kumbhasarpis noun (neuter) butter placed in a jar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49732/72933
kumbhasūkta noun (neuter) name of a Sāman (?)
Frequency rank 34138/72933
kumbhastrī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 49733/72933
kumbhasthāpanaka noun (neuter) [rel.] a kind of ceremony (?)
Frequency rank 49734/72933
kuṣṭhasūdana noun (masculine) Cassia tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49865/72933
kṛtahasta adjective dexterous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has exercised his hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10919/72933
keśahasta noun (masculine) much or ornamented hair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hair for a hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tuft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50119/72933
kṣiprahasta noun (masculine) name of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50573/72933
khasā noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (murā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Dakṣa (one of the wives of Kaśyapa and mother of the Yakṣas and Rākṣasas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50881/72933
khasa noun (masculine) a native of that country (considered as a degraded Kṣatriya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any irritating disease of the skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
itch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people and of its country (in the north of India) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
scab (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17852/72933
khasatila noun (masculine) poppy (khaskhasa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27762/72933
khasaphalakṣīra noun (neuter) opium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
poppy-juice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50882/72933
khasabīja noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 34500/72933
khasambhavā noun (feminine) spikenard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50883/72933
khasinī noun (feminine) a deśī name of the plant jvālāmukhī
Frequency rank 50884/72933
khasṛma noun (masculine) name of a Daitya (son of Vipracitti and Siṃhikā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Kauśika (or Viśvāmitra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50885/72933
khaskhasa noun (masculine) poppy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27763/72933
khaskhasarasa noun (masculine) opium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
poppy-juice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50886/72933
khasvara noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 27764/72933
khasvaratā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 34501/72933
khākhasa noun (masculine) poppy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27766/72933
khākhasatila noun (masculine) poppy
Frequency rank 50887/72933
gandharvahasta noun (masculine) the castor-oil tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23859/72933
gandharvahastaka noun (masculine) Ricinus communis Linn.
Frequency rank 17855/72933
gandhasāra noun (masculine neuter) a kind of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sandal-wood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15670/72933
gandhahastin noun (masculine) name of an antidote (said to be very efficacious) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23861/72933
gabhas noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34592/72933
gabhasti noun (feminine) name of a river name of Svāhā (the wife of Agni) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51120/72933
gabhasti noun (masculine) a ray of light (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
arm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Āditya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sunbeam (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5607/72933
gabhastinemi noun (masculine) name of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51121/72933
gabhastimant adjective brilliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51122/72933
gabhastimant noun (masculine neuter) a particular hell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27802/72933
gabhastimant noun (masculine) name of one of the nine divisions of Bhāratavarsha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27803/72933
gabhastimālin noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51123/72933
garbhasambhavā noun (feminine) a kind of cardamoms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51183/72933
garbhasāra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 34610/72933
garbhasthāna noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 34611/72933
garbhasrāva noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 14865/72933
garbhasrāvin noun (masculine) Phoenix paludosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51184/72933
garbhasrāvin adjective producing abortion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51185/72933
galahastay verb (denominative parasmaipada) to seize someone at the throat
Frequency rank 51212/72933
gārhastha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 34638/72933
gārhasthya adjective fit for or incumbent on a householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21205/72933
gārhasthya noun (neuter) domestic affairs (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
household (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the order or estate of a householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6218/72933
gṛhastha noun (masculine) a householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Brāhman in the 2nd period of his religious life (performing the duties of the master of a house and father of a family after having finished his studies and after investiture with the sacred thread) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2227/72933
gṛhasthā noun (feminine) a housewife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34690/72933
gombhas noun (neuter) cow's urine
Frequency rank 51595/72933
gosahasrapradāna noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.38
Frequency rank 51623/72933
grahasaṃkhyāvarṇana noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.61
Frequency rank 51726/72933
gharmāmbhas noun (neuter) sweat
Frequency rank 27912/72933
ghas noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root ghas
Frequency rank 34802/72933
ghasi noun (masculine) food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[gramm.] the verb ghas
Frequency rank 34803/72933
ghasa noun (masculine) flesh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a demon causing diseases (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34804/72933
ghasą indeclinable [gramm.] substitute for ad
Frequency rank 51822/72933
ghasmara adjective desirous of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eager for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
voracious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14873/72933
ghasra noun (masculine) a day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8445/72933
cakrahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva [rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 27935/72933
caṇḍahasta noun (neuter) name of a Liṅga at Amareśvara
Frequency rank 51969/72933
candanāmbhas noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 52043/72933
carmabhastrikā noun (feminine) a leathern bag (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52154/72933
carmāmbhas noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 52165/72933
chas noun (masculine) [gramm.] taddh. -īya
Frequency rank 52538/72933
jyeṣṭhasāman noun (neuter) name of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12957/72933
jyeṣṭhasthāna noun (neuter) name of a place of pilgrimage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28120/72933
taṇḍulāmbhas noun (neuter) [medic.] taṇḍulāmbu
Frequency rank 24064/72933
talabhasman noun (neuter) a kind of rasabhasman
Frequency rank 24081/72933
tāvacchas indeclinable so manifoldly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53504/72933
tīrthasaṃkhyāparigaṇanavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 231
Frequency rank 53637/72933
tīrthasevā noun (feminine) worship of the 24 saints (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53638/72933
tīrthasevin noun (masculine) Ardea nivea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53639/72933
trisāhasra noun (neuter) 3000 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54021/72933
dagdhahasta noun (masculine) a kind of (bad!) alchemist
Frequency rank 35565/72933
daṇḍahastin noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 35570/72933
dadruhasta noun (neuter) Tabernaemontana coronaria
Frequency rank 54183/72933
dīrghasattra noun (neuter) a long-continued Soma sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Tirtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16855/72933
dīrghaskandha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 54566/72933
dīrghasūtra adjective dilatory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
procrastinating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9186/72933
dīrghasūtrin adjective
Frequency rank 28374/72933
dugdhasindhu noun (masculine) the sea of milk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54585/72933
durmedhas noun (masculine) name of a Marut
Frequency rank 54721/72933
durmedhas adjective dull-witted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ignorant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10108/72933
dṛḍhasaṃdha noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35808/72933
dṛḍhasena noun (masculine) name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54888/72933
dṛḍhasenaka noun (masculine) dṛḍhasena
Frequency rank 54889/72933
dṛḍhaskandha noun (masculine) a sort of Mimusops (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35809/72933
dṛḍhasyu noun (masculine) name of an ancient sage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54890/72933
dṛḍhahasta noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35810/72933
dehasāra noun (masculine) marrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54999/72933
dvādaśasāhasra adjective consisting of 1200 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16872/72933
ūdhas noun (neuter) bosom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
figuratively applied to the clouds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a passage in the Mahānāmnī verses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the night (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the udder of any female (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21526/72933
ūdhasya noun (neuter) milk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55387/72933
nabhas noun (neuter) age (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clouds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ether (as an element) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a month in the rainy season (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
period of life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sky or atmosphere (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vapour (esp. of the Soma) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abhra
Frequency rank 1698/72933
nabhas noun (masculine) a rope made of lotus fibres (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a spitting-pot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clouds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince (son of Nala and father of Puṇḍarīka) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rainy season (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the nose or smell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16887/72933
nabhasaṃgama noun (masculine) a bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55684/72933
nabhastala noun (neuter) firmament (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 10th solar mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6147/72933
nabhasya noun (masculine) name of a month in the rainy season (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Svārocisha or of the 3rd Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11306/72933
nabhasvant noun (masculine) name of a son of Naraka Bhauma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9856/72933
navajvarebhasiṃha noun (masculine) name of particular medicaments (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55745/72933
nābhasa adjective appearing in the sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
celestial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heavenly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of certain constellations (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12090/72933
nigrahasthāna noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 15813/72933
nighasa noun (masculine) eating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55972/72933
nibandhasaṃgraha noun (masculine) name of Ḍalhaṇas commentary on Suśr
Frequency rank 56029/72933
nṛpahasta noun (masculine) rājahasta
Frequency rank 56714/72933
pacchas indeclinable foot by foot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56872/72933
pañcahasta noun (masculine) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36566/72933
parihas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to deride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to jest or joke with (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to laugh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to laugh at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ridicule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21690/72933
pāthas noun (neuter) a spot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Ḍhuṇḍhukanātha (2000), 121)
Frequency rank 18132/72933
pādāmbhas noun (neuter) water for washing the feet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57753/72933
pārthasārathi noun (masculine) name of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57855/72933
pitāmahasaras noun (neuter) name of a lake
Frequency rank 36897/72933
pinākahasta noun (masculine) name of Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36913/72933
pīṭhasarpin adjective
Frequency rank 58066/72933
purodhas noun (masculine) chief priest of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
domestic chaplain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5771/72933
pūtigandhasamākula noun (masculine) name of a hell
Frequency rank 58529/72933
praghasā noun (feminine) name of a Rākṣasī name of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58625/72933
praghasa noun (masculine) a devourer (name of false gods) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a monkey follower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14299/72933
pratihastaka noun (masculine) a deputy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proxy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
substitute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59015/72933
prathamasāhasa noun (neuter) the first of the three punishments
Frequency rank 37290/72933
prahasa noun (masculine) name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a serpent which was burnt in Janamejayas sarpasattra name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29272/72933
prahas verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to burst into laughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to deride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to laugh at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to laugh with (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ridicule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1400/72933
prahasantī noun (feminine) a large chafing-dish or fire-pan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
another plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37432/72933
prahasta noun (masculine) name of a companion of Sūryaprabha (son of Candraprabha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the open hand with the fingers extended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4228/72933
prahastaka noun (masculine) the extended hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59564/72933
pūrvabhasmaka noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 59811/72933
pūrvasāhasa noun (neuter) the first or heaviest fine or punishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18227/72933
baddhasūta noun (masculine neuter) a particular preparation of quicksilver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29355/72933
baddhasneha adjective conceiving affection for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59970/72933
babhasa noun (masculine) a devourer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59993/72933
bārhaspata adjective relating to or descended from Bṛhaspati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37637/72933
bārhaspatya adjective relating to Bṛhaspati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18237/72933
bārhaspatya noun (masculine) a pupil of Bharad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an infidel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
materialist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Kalpa patr. from Bṛhaspati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60177/72933
bārhaspatya noun (neuter) ethics (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various Sāmans (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Arthasāstra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24843/72933
bāhusahasrabhṛt noun (masculine) name of Arjuna Kārtavīrya (killed by Paraśurāma) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60219/72933
budhasena noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 60320/72933
bṛhaspati noun (masculine) name of a deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the planet Jupiter
Frequency rank 1247/72933
bṛhaspatiproktanītisāranirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.108
Frequency rank 60368/72933
bṛhaspatisava noun (masculine) name of a festival lasting one day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60369/72933
bhas noun (masculine) [gramm.] the verb bhas
Frequency rank 60615/72933
bhasad noun (feminine) a float (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a mouth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a piece of wood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of duck (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glans penis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mons Veneris (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pudendum muliebre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
raft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hinder or secret parts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the region of the hips kaṭipradeśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60616/72933
bhasara noun (masculine) a bee
Frequency rank 60617/72933
bhasita noun (neuter) ashes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9899/72933
bhasīṇḍa noun (masculine) bisa/mṛṇāla
Frequency rank 60618/72933
bhastrā noun (feminine) a bellows or a large hide with valves and a clay nozzle so used (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a leathern bottle or vessel (used for carrying or holding water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular manner of recitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
leathern bag (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pouch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4862/72933
bhastrikā noun (feminine) a kind of kumbhaka img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 9032/72933
bhasm verb (class 1 parasmaipada) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 18260/72933
bhasmin adjective covered with ashes
Frequency rank 24894/72933
bhasman noun (neuter) ashes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sacred ashes (smeared on the body) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the five effects of fixation of mercury
Frequency rank 347/72933
bhasmaka noun (neuter) ashes bhasman
Frequency rank 9433/72933
bhasmakāṣṭhā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 60619/72933
bhasmagandhā noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60620/72933
bhasmagandhinī noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60621/72933
bhasmagarta noun (masculine feminine) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 60622/72933
bhasmagarbhā noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a variety of śiṃśapā
Frequency rank 24895/72933
bhasmagarbha noun (masculine) Dalbergia Ougeinensis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37785/72933
bhasmagātraka noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 60623/72933
bhasmanirmāṇaka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 60624/72933
bhasmapiṅgalā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 60625/72933
bhasmapriya noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60626/72933
bhasmamudrā noun (feminine) a kind of sealing
Frequency rank 37786/72933
bhasmamūṣā noun (feminine) a kind of crucible
Frequency rank 18261/72933
bhasmay verb (denominative parasmaipada) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 11378/72933
bhasmayantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 37787/72933
bhasmarāśīkṛ verb (class 8 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 29457/72933
bhasmarohā noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60627/72933
bhasmaśarkarā noun (feminine) (prob.) potash (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60628/72933
bhasmaśāyin noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37788/72933
bhasmaśuddhikara noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60629/72933
bhasmasāt indeclinable to or into ashes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6625/72933
bhasmasātkṛ verb (class 8 ātmanepada) to burn to ashes
Frequency rank 15103/72933
bhasmasūta noun (masculine neuter) one of the seven stages of mercury
Frequency rank 11379/72933
bhasmasūtaka noun (masculine neuter)
Frequency rank 13675/72933
bhasmasnāna noun (neuter) purification by ashes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24896/72933
bhasmākhya noun (masculine) (alchemy) a kind of rasabandha a kind of urinary disease
Frequency rank 60630/72933
bhasmīkaraṇa noun (neuter) burning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
calcining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reducing to ashes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 18262/72933
bhasmīkṛ verb (class 8 ātmanepada) to turn into ashes img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 5699/72933
bhasmībhū verb (class 1 parasmaipada) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 3920/72933
bhasmībhāva noun (masculine) the state or condition of becoming ashes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60631/72933
bhasmeśvara noun (masculine) a particular medicinal preparation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva as a future Tathāgata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60632/72933
bhasmaudana noun (neuter) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 60633/72933
matarahasyatilaka noun (neuter) name of a text (??)
Frequency rank 61225/72933
madahastinī noun (feminine) a species of Karañja (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61297/72933
madhyamasāhasa noun (masculine neuter) violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21978/72933
mahas noun (neuter) a festival or a festive hymn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gladness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
greatness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
joy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
light (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
majesty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
might (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oblation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[geogr.] the fourth of the seven worlds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8320/72933
mahasa noun (neuter) kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
manner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61645/72933
mahasvant adjective giving pleasure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gladdening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glorious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
great (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
splendid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61646/72933
mahāsāhasa noun (neuter) brutal assault (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
das große sāhasa (eine Form der Erleuchtung) excessive violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extreme audacity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
great cruelty or outrage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19837/72933
mahāsāhasika noun (masculine) a robber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assaulter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
violator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61912/72933
mahāhasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 61921/72933
māghasnāna noun (neuter) bathing or religious ablution in the month Māgha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61975/72933
mithas indeclinable alternately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
by contest or dispute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mutually (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
privately (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reciprocally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to or from or with each other (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
together with (instr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3059/72933
muktahasta adjective let go (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
liberal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loosed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
openhanded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38294/72933
mukhasrāva noun (masculine) flow of saliva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
saliva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29707/72933
meghasaṃdhi noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29736/72933
meghasāra noun (masculine neuter) a kind of camphor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62548/72933
meghaskandha noun (masculine) the fabulous animal Śarabha
Frequency rank 62549/72933
meghastanitodbhava noun (masculine) Asteracantha longifolia
Frequency rank 62550/72933
medhas noun (masculine) intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Manu Svāyambhuva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10750/72933
medhasa noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62576/72933
yajñasahasraka noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 62812/72933
yājñavalkyoktavānaprasthasaṃnyāsadharmanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāna, 1.103
Frequency rank 62997/72933
rathasaptamī noun (feminine) name of the 7th day in the light half of the month Āśvina (so called as the beginning of a Manvantara when a new sun ascended his car) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63367/72933
rathasādhaka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 63368/72933
rathasena noun (masculine) name of a warrior
Frequency rank 63369/72933
rathasthā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63370/72933
rathasvana noun (masculine) a particular personification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yakṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25177/72933
rabhasa adjective desirous of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eager for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fierce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
glaring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impetuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
powerful (said of the Soma) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rapid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
violent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wild (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7602/72933
rabhasa noun (masculine) eager desire for (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
haste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hurry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impetuosity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
joy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king (son of Rambha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a lexicographer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a magical incantation recited over weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a monkey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
passion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pleasure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
poison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sorrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
speed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vehemence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
zeal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8328/72933
rasabhasman noun (neuter) calx or oxide of mercury (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19933/72933
rahas noun (neuter) a lonely or deserted place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
copulation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loneliness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mystery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mystical truth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
privacy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secrecy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sexual intercourse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
solitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2809/72933
rahasistha adjective
Frequency rank 63513/72933
rahaskāma noun (masculine) fond of solitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63514/72933
rahaskāmatā noun (feminine) Geheimniskrämerei
Frequency rank 63515/72933
rahasya noun (neuter) a secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an Upanishad (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any secret doctrine or mystery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any subtle or recondite point (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full or abridged name of various wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mystical or esoteric teaching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2857/72933
rahasya adjective clandestine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concealed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
private (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
secret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6535/72933
rahasyavrata noun (neuter) the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63516/72933
raṃhas noun (neuter) eagerness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impetuosity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
speed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
velocity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4782/72933
raṃhas noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Vehemence personified) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17149/72933
raṃhasin adjective hurrying (?)
Frequency rank 63519/72933
raṃhasa noun (masculine) speed
Frequency rank 29888/72933
rājahasta noun (masculine) a measure of length; 30 aṅgulas
Frequency rank 10481/72933
riktahasta adjective bringing no present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
carrying away no present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
empty-handed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63673/72933
rudrasahasranāmakathana noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.65
Frequency rank 63753/72933
retodhas adjective begetting offspring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fertilizing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impregnating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63792/72933
rodhas noun (neuter) a bank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a mountain slope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a woman's hips (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dam (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
embankment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shore (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
side (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the brink (of a well) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the flank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the steep wall or bank (of a cloud) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wall (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9456/72933
rodhaska noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 63834/72933
ūrdhvabhasma noun (neuter) (alchemy) a kind of rasabhasman
Frequency rank 63931/72933
laghuhasta noun (masculine) a good archer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64027/72933
lambahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 64077/72933
lavaṇāmbhas noun (masculine) ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11768/72933
lohasaṃkara noun (masculine neuter) steel (from Damascus) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vartaloha
Frequency rank 38969/72933
lohasiṃhānikā noun (feminine) rust cf iron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64352/72933
vajrahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Indra
Frequency rank 14415/72933
varāvarasahasradā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 64687/72933
vaśiṣṭhasaṃhitā noun (feminine) name of a text
Frequency rank 64842/72933
vāraṇahasta noun (masculine) a particular stringed instrument (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65178/72933
vārṣasahasrika adjective 1000 years old (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65246/72933
hasa noun (masculine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a spring from which water flows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Boa Constrictor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65316/72933
vigrahasiddhi noun (feminine) a kind of siddhi
Frequency rank 65436/72933
vighasa noun (masculine neuter) food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the residue of an oblation of food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9058/72933
vidyudambhas noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65626/72933
viṣṇurahasya noun (neuter) name of various wks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66268/72933
vihas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to burst out laughing to laugh at (acc) to laugh loudly to rarely gen.)
Frequency rank 5237/72933
vihasita noun (neuter) laughing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
laughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
smiling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25466/72933
vihasta adjective adroit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
completely absorbed in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
experienced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
handless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inexperienced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
learned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perplexed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unhandy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a hand or trunk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66325/72933
vṛṣabhaikasahas noun (feminine) a thousand cows and a bull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66503/72933
vedarahasikī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 66587/72933
vedhas noun (masculine) a wise or learned man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a worshipper of the gods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an arranger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
creator (esp. applied to Brahmā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disposer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the father of Hariścandra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the god Brahmā
Frequency rank 6094/72933
velāmbhas noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 39695/72933
vaighasika adjective feeding on the residue or remains of food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66660/72933
vyādhasvargagamanavarṇana noun (neuter) name of SkPur, Revākhaṇḍa 57
Frequency rank 66912/72933
śaktihasta noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 39862/72933
śaṅkhasāraṇa noun (feminine neuter) ein yogischer Prozess (?)
Frequency rank 20135/72933
śatasahasra noun (neuter) a hundred thousand (the counted object may be in gen. or in apposition or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30441/72933
śatasāhasra adjective a hundred hundred-fold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
amounting to a hundred thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consisting of a hundred hundred (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing a hundred hundred (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25554/72933
śatasāhasrika adjective consisting of a hundred hundred (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30442/72933
śilāndhas noun (neuter) ears of corn left on a field (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67630/72933
śivahasta noun (neuter) (? term. techn.)
Frequency rank 40042/72933
śīghrahastatara adjective
Frequency rank 67744/72933
śuddhasūta noun (masculine) reines Quecksilber
Frequency rank 9262/72933
śubhasaptamī noun (feminine) a kind of Vrata on a Saptamī
Frequency rank 22426/72933
śubhaskandha noun (masculine) name of a mountain
Frequency rank 67898/72933
śubhāśubhasthānādinirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.61
Frequency rank 67904/72933
śephas noun (neuter) the male organ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10510/72933
śrīviṣṇusahasranāmastotranirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.15
Frequency rank 68230/72933
śrīhastinī noun (feminine) Heliotroplum Indicum (so called as held in the hand of Śrī or Lakṣmī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sunflower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40209/72933
śūlahasta noun (masculine) lancer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30631/72933
śvetabhasman noun (neuter) a particular preparation of quicksilver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68412/72933
ṣaṭsāhas noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 3986/72933
ṣaḍlohasambhava noun (neuter) śilājatu
Frequency rank 68487/72933
sanābhasa adjective
Frequency rank 30698/72933
saprayogarahasya adjective possessing secret spells for (their) use (said of magical weapons which are not wielded manually but by repetition of spells) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68846/72933
samprahas verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to break into a laugh to laugh together
Frequency rank 30810/72933
sarabhasa adjective eager ipetuous passionate possessing speed quick
Frequency rank 13823/72933
sarvārthasiddha noun (masculine) a Buddha name of Gautama Buddha
Frequency rank 30838/72933
sahas noun (neuter) force (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
power (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strength (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1096/72933
sahas noun (masculine) the month Mārgaśīrsha or Agrahāyaṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the winter season (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22557/72933
sahas adjective mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
powerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
victorious (superl. tama) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69637/72933
sahasaṃvāda noun (masculine) conversation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
speaking together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69676/72933
sahasā indeclinable by force forcibly suddenly
Frequency rank 1712/72933
sahasugrīva adjective
Frequency rank 69677/72933
sahasuta adjective with her/his son
Frequency rank 69678/72933
sahasevin adjective having intercourse with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69679/72933
sahasainya adjective with soldiers
Frequency rank 69680/72933
sahasaumitri adjective with Saumitri (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20252/72933
sahasta adjective dexterous or skilled in handling weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25761/72933
sahasnuṣa adjective with the daughter-in-law
Frequency rank 69681/72933
sahasya noun (masculine) the month Pauṣa (December-January) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15306/72933
sahas noun (feminine) Hibiscus cannabinus
Frequency rank 69682/72933
sahasra noun (masculine neuter) a thousandth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the thousandth
Frequency rank 119/72933
sahasrin adjective amounting to a thousand (as a fine) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consisting of a thousand soldiers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing a thousand different things (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gaining a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
numbering a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
paying a thousand (Paṇas as a fine) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thousandfold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12716/72933
sahasrin noun (masculine) a body of a thousand men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the commander of a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69683/72933
sahasraka noun (neuter) a thighs (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
amounting to a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4266/72933
sahasraka adjective thousand-headed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thousandfold
Frequency rank 22564/72933
sahasrakara noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 40576/72933
sahasrakāṇḍā noun (feminine) white-flowering Dūrvā grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69684/72933
sahasrakiraṇa noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18597/72933
sahasragu adjective possessing a thousand cows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thousand eyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thousand-rayed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40577/72933
sahasraguṇa adjective a thousandfold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20253/72933
sahasracakṣu adjective thousand-eyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69685/72933
sahasracaraṇa adjective thousand footed (said of Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30854/72933
sahasraji noun (masculine) name of a king; son of Yadu [prob. Sahasrajit]
Frequency rank 40578/72933
sahasrajyotis noun (masculine) name of a son of Subhrāj (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40579/72933
sahasrajit noun (masculine) sahajrā-jit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Indu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Kriṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17355/72933
sahasratviṣ noun (masculine) the sun
Frequency rank 40580/72933
sahasradaṃṣṭra noun (masculine) a kind of fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40581/72933
sahasradṛś noun (masculine) name of Indra the sun [rel.] Sūrya
Frequency rank 13229/72933
sahasradhā indeclinable in a thousand ways or parts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thousand-fold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7247/72933
sahasradhāra noun (masculine) the discus of Vishnu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40582/72933
sahasradhauta adjective cleansed a thousand times (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30855/72933
sahasranayana noun (masculine) name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Vishnu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14534/72933
sahasranāman noun (neuter) the thousand names (of any deity) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40583/72933
sahasranetra noun (masculine) name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Vishnu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15307/72933
sahasrapati noun (masculine) chief of a thousand (villages) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69686/72933
sahasrapattra noun (masculine neuter) a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22565/72933
sahasraparvā noun (feminine) white Dūrvā grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69687/72933
sahasrapāka noun (neuter) a kind of medical preparation
Frequency rank 40584/72933
sahasrapād noun (masculine) name of a Brāhman Tausendfüssler [rel.] name of Brahmā [rel.] name of Viṣṇu [rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 10811/72933
sahasrapāda noun (masculine) a sort of dock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40585/72933
sahasrabāhu noun (masculine) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of Skanda's attendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the Asura Bāṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 14535/72933
sahasrabhid noun (masculine) musk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69688/72933
sahasramūrti adjective appearing in a thousand forms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69689/72933
sahasramūrdhan noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22566/72933
sahasramūlī noun (feminine) Anthericum Tuberosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69690/72933
sahasrayajña noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69691/72933
sahasraraśmi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 69692/72933
sahasraraśmi noun (masculine) Sūrya the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11834/72933
sahasralocana noun (masculine) name of Indra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40586/72933
sahasravant adjective a thousand fold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing the word sahasra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a thousand ... (comp.)
Frequency rank 22567/72933
sahasravadana noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69693/72933
sahasravāc noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtarāshtra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69694/72933
sahasravīryā noun (masculine feminine) Asa Foetida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Dūrvā grass (with white or blue flowers) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13832/72933
sahasravedhī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 69695/72933
sahasravedhin adjective img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 69696/72933
sahasravedhin noun (neuter) Asa Foetida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30856/72933
sahasravedhin noun (masculine) a kind of sorrel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Calamus Fasciculatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
musk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20254/72933
sahasravedha noun (neuter) a kind of sorrel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of sour gruel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40587/72933
sahasraśas indeclinable by thousands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1101/72933
sahasraśikhara noun (masculine) name of a mountain in the west of lake Mānasa name of the Vindhya mountains (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25762/72933
sahasraśiras adjective thousand-headed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20255/72933
sahasraśīrṣā noun (feminine) a particular Mantra or the name of the gveda hymn 10,90 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40588/72933
sahasrasama adjective lasting a thousand years (as a sacred rite) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69697/72933
sahasrasutālā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 69698/72933
sahasrahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 40589/72933
sahasrākṣa noun (masculine) a clear sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a particular Mantra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Fire and Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra (so called from the curse of Gautama who detecting Indra in a desire to seduce his wife Ahalyā covered him with a thousand marks of the female organ) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra in the 9th Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Puruṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Brahmā
Frequency rank 2815/72933
sahasrākṣī noun (feminine) name of a goddess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 40590/72933
sahasrākṣa noun (masculine neuter) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of wk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25763/72933
sahasrāṅga noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 69699/72933
sahasrājit noun (masculine) name of a son of Bhajamāna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69700/72933
sahasrāra noun (masculine neuter) a kind of cavity said to be found in the top of the head and to resemble a lotus reversed (fabled as the seat of the soul) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10812/72933
sahasrārcis noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40591/72933
sahasrāvartaka noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 69701/72933
sahasrāśva noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30857/72933
sahasrāsya noun (masculine) name of the Serpent Ananta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69702/72933
sahasrāṃśin noun (masculine) Salvadora persica Linn.
Frequency rank 69703/72933
sahasrāṃśu noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6465/72933
sahasrika adjective lasting a thousand years (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22568/72933
sahasrika noun (neuter) a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30858/72933
sahasraika adjective 1001
Frequency rank 18598/72933
sahasvant noun (masculine) name of a king; son of Ahīnagu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69704/72933
hasin adjective cruel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ferocious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foolhardy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inconsiderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
precipitate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rash (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
violent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40838/72933
hasa noun (masculine neuter) fine (regarded as of three kinds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
punishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6561/72933
hasa adjective foolhardy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inconsiderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
over-hasty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
precipitate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rash (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40839/72933
hasa noun (neuter) adultery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aggression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any precipitate or reckless act (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
boldness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cruelty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
daring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enmity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
felony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
force (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hatred (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
overstraining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rapine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rashness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
robbery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
temerity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Überanstrengung violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2907/72933
hasatama adjective
Frequency rank 70450/72933
hasika adjective bold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
brutal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
castigatory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cruel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
daring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ferocious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impetuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inconsiderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
overstraining or overworking one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perpetrated with violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
punitive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rapacious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rash (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reckless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
using great force or violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10524/72933
hasika noun (masculine) a robber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
freebooter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a cook (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25841/72933
hasikya noun (neuter) foolhardiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
force (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rape rashness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
temerity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
violence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40840/72933
has noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 70451/72933
hasra noun (masculine) (pl.) name of four Ekāhas at which a thousand (cows) are given as a fee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an army or detachment consisting of a thousand men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70452/72933
hasra noun (neuter) an aggregate of a thousand or of many thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4967/72933
hasra adjective consisting of or bought with or paid for a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exceedingly numerous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
infinite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating or belonging to a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thousand fold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1284/72933
hasraka noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the aggregate of a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40841/72933
hasrika adjective consisting of a thousand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25842/72933
siddhasādhana noun (neuter) the materials employed in those rites (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the performance of magical or mystical rites (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the proving of anything already proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40872/72933
siddhasādhana noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu white mustard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40873/72933
siddhasādhita adjective one who his learned (the art of medicine) by practice (not by study) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40874/72933
siddhasādhya adjective accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
effected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
who or what has effected what was to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70566/72933
siddhasāra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 40875/72933
siddhasusiddha adjective "exceedingly efficacious" (said of a particular Mantra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70567/72933
siddhasūtra noun (neuter) [tantrism] ?
Frequency rank 70568/72933
siddhasūtraka noun (neuter) ?
Frequency rank 70569/72933
siṃhasena noun (masculine) name of various men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25865/72933
sukhasambhava noun (neuter) śvāsāri (?)
Frequency rank 70726/72933
sukhasevya noun (masculine) name of an alchemical preparation containing cannabis
Frequency rank 70727/72933
sukhasparśa noun (masculine neuter) ṭaṅkaṇa; borax
Frequency rank 25872/72933
subhasman noun (neuter) gute / mächtig viel Asche
Frequency rank 40994/72933
sumedhas adjective having a good understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sensible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15340/72933
sumedhas noun (masculine) a particular class of deceased ancestors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular class of gods under the fifth Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a ṣi under Manu Cākṣuṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Vedamitra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41008/72933
surodhas noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71181/72933
suhasta noun (masculine) name of a Soma-keeper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31100/72933
suhasta adjective suhasta (gut in der Hand liegend) disciplined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having beautiful hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilful or clever with the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trained in arms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41079/72933
snehasāra noun (masculine) marrow
Frequency rank 71882/72933
smṛtyarthasāra noun (masculine) name of a work. on Hindū ceremonies by Śrīdharasvāmin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71973/72933
sruvahasta noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72008/72933
svacchamedhas noun (masculine) a class of gods under Manu Raivata
Frequency rank 72069/72933
hatamedhas adjective
Frequency rank 72297/72933
harimedhas noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the father of Hari (Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Viṣṇu-Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16316/72933
has noun (masculine) a Gandharva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41428/72933
hiraṇyahasta noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Savitṛ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72607/72933
 

abhraka

mica; biotite; sheet silicate mineral used in rasaśāstra; abhrakabhasma ash of mica used as expectorant.

adhomukhasvanāsana

(adho.mukha.svana.āsana) downward facing dog pose in yoga.

annavahasrotas

the digestive system, channel that carries food from stomach to small intestine.

apunarbhava

a condition of cinder or ash (bhasma) from which it cannot be reverted to its metallic form.

ārtavavahasrotas

(ārtav.vaha.śrotas) reproductive system in women.

āśrama

a phase of life; hermitage, asylum.

avadhūta

he who has shed everything, an asceti Century

avagāhasveda

sitz-bath; a tub is filled with hot water and prescribed medicated substances are added in which the patient sits with a blanket around to protect warmth.

bhasma

calx; cinder; prepared from metals and minerals by a process of calcination, ash preparation, ex: abhraka bhasma.

bhasmaka

polyphagia (excessive hunger or increased appetite) with muscular wasting; excessive hunger

bitahasti

a linear measurement equal to 9 inches or 22.86 cent

brahmacarya

chaste life; celibacy before marriage; sexual restrain to promote physical, mental and spiritual health.

gandharvahasta

Plant caster plant; Ricinus communis.

garbhasanga

impacted delivery; twins pressing one against the other during the delivery and resulting difficulty.

godanti

selanite, gypsum; godantibhasma ash of gypsum.

hasta

1. hand; 2. a linear measurement equal to 45.72 centimetres; 3. star Delta Corvi in the southern constellation of Corvus.

hastikarṇa

elephant-eared; Plant trees Ricinus communis and Butea frondosa.

hastimeha

prostatitis, urine with lasīka.

hastipippali

Go to gajapippali.

hīraka

diamond. hīrakabhasma nanoparticulate diamond powder.

kanṭakāri

Plant febrifuge plant, dried whole plant of Solanum xanthocarpum, S. surattense, S. khasianum.

khaskhasa

Plant poppy seeds, Papavaram somniferum.

kṣapana

destructive, diminishing, fasting; chastisement of the body.

kukkuṭāṇḍatvakbhasma

(kukkuṭa.anḍa.tvak.bhasma) ash of the hen’s egg shell, used as medicine in many diseases, ex: svetapradara or leucorrhoea.

loha

metal, lohabhasma ash prepared from iron.

māṃsavahasrotas

muscular system.

māṣa,rājamāṣa

Plant black grams, beans, Phaseolus mungo, P. radiatus, syn. Vigna mungo.

mastu

1. whey, watery part of the curds, liquid remaining after milk has been curdled and strained, 2. sour cream; 3. Lens culinaris.

medovahasrotas

adipose tissue system.

mudga

Plant mung beans, green gram,Vigna radiata; Phaseolus radiatus is old name.

mudgaparṇi

Plant Vigna trilobata; Phaseolus trilobus.

mūkata,mūkatva

aphasia, mute, speechlessness.

mukhamaṇḍika

one of the grahas, the disease with symptoms of cirrhosis of liver.

mūṣa

crucible, an utensil that can withstand high temparatures, used to remove morbid elements (doṣa) from various metals and minerals, especially to prepare ashes (bhasma).

nābhasa

sky, space, celestial, heavenly.

nibandhasamgraha

a commentary on Suśrutasamhita by Ḍalḥaṇa in 12th Century

nigrāha

chastisement; subjugation.

nirguṇḍi

Plant five leaved chaste tree, Indian privet, roots and leaves of Vitex negundo; nirguṇḍitaila oilbased preparation with nirgunḍi as main ingredient used in vraṇa.

niścandratva

absence of brightness; test for improperly processed metal. In this test, the bhasma is observed under bright sunlight to see whether the lustrous particles are present. Presence of lustrous particles indicates the need for further incineration.

prāṇavahasrotas

(prāṇa.vaha.srotas) respiratory system.

prasupti

area which has no sensation, anesthetic patches on the skin.

purīṣavahasrotas

excretory system.

pūtana

one of the seizing planets (grahas), the condition similar to hypokalemia, lesser-than-normal potassium level in the blood leading to constipation, fatigue, muscle spasms, paralysis et Century

raktavahasrotas

haemopoietic system.

rasavahasrotas

cardio-vascular system or circulatory system.

rekhapurṇatva

filling lines and wrinkles on palm; a test for improperly processed metal. This test is performed to test the microfineness of bhasma/cinder.

reṇuka

Plant five-leaved chaste tree, Vitex nigundo

sahasrāra

thousand petaled, one of the ṣaṭcakras.

sahasravīrya

Go to śatāvari.

sahasrayoga

one thousand formulations; a text of Kerala tradition explaining more than 1000 poly herbal formulations. There are several versions of the text.

sarpa

snake, serpent. sarpakāya serpitine body; a person with serpent traits like irritability, laborious, cowardly, angry, double-dealing and hasty in eating and sexual intercourse.

śatapūtana

one of the grahas/seizing planets, hypocalcimia and resulting disease.

siddhārtha

1. one whose goal has been achieved, Gouthama Buddha; 2. India fig tree; 3. white mustard.

siddhasāra

7th century work on medicine by Ravigupta.

siddhasāranighanṭu

medical thesaurus compiled by Ravigupta in 7th Century part of Siddhasāra.

siddhasena

an expert in agadatantra and adherent of Jainism.

śimbi

Dolichos lablab; beans; Mucuna pruritis; Phaseolus trilobus; wild gram.

simhamukhasvastikayantra

(simha.mukha.svastika.yantra) lion-faced forceps.

skandāpasmāra

one of the nine seizing planets (grahas), rabies.

śukravahasrotas

reproductive system in men.

surasa

1.holy basil; 2. gum-myrrh, resin, fragrant grass; 3. five leaved chaste tree (Vitex negundo)

sūtika

1. women, who just delivered a baby; 2. cow that has recently calved.

svarṇa

gold, svarṇabhasma ash prepared from gold, svarṇaparpaṭi golden crust, it is a hebo-mineral medicine to treat tuberculosis and used as aphrodisiac; svarṇavanga mosiac gold, used in sterility.

udakavahasrotas

body fluid system.

vaṅga

tin, vaṅgabhasma ash preparation from tin metal.

vāritara,vāritaratva

float on water; a test for improperly processed metal. This is one of the physical analytical parameters for bhasma, and is applied to study the lightness and fineness of prepared bhasma.

vasāmeha

passing fatty urine; one of the pramehas.

vatsanābha

Plant aconite, Aconitum ferox, A. chasmanthum.

yāghramukhasvastikayantra

(vyāghra.mukha.svastika.yantra) tiger forceps used in surgery.

yasada

zinc, yasadabhasma ash preparation of zin Century

Wordnet Search
"has" has 422 results.

has

ajña, akṣuṇṇa, aprajajñi, avyutpanna, mugdha, vihasta   

yaḥ anubhavahīnaḥ।

asyāṃ krīḍāyāṃ saḥ ajñaḥ asti।

has

nipuṇa, pravīṇa, abhijña, vijña, niṣṇāta, śikṣita, vaijñānika, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kuśala, saṅkhyāvat, matimat, kuśagrīyamati, kṛṣṭi, vidura, budha, dakṣa, nediṣṭha, kṛtadhī, sudhin, vidvas, kṛtakarman, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, catura, prauḍha, boddhṛ, viśārada, sumedhas, sumati, tīkṣṇa, prekṣāvat, vibudha, vidan, vijñānika, kuśalin   

yaḥ prakarṣeṇa kāryakṣamaḥ asti।

arjunaḥ dhanurvidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ āsīt।

has

sahasā, akasmāt, āpātataḥ, añjasā, muhuḥ, sakṛt   

vinā kamapi saṅketam।

gṛhāt nirgateṣu asmāsu sahasā eva varṣā prārabhata।

has

rahasyabhedanam, sphoṭaḥ   

kasyacit rahasyasya bhedanasya kriyā।

netājī-subhāṣa-candra-bosa-mahodayasya ākasmikāyāḥ guptatāyāḥ rahasyabhedanam adyāpi na jñāyate।

has

gopanīyatā, guptatā, guhyatā, gopyatā, guptiḥ, gopanam, gūḍhatā, pracchannatā, rahasyatā, saṃvṛtiḥ, saṃvṛtatā, guptabhāvaḥ   

gopanīyā avasthā gopanīyaḥ bhāvo vā।

asya rahasyasya gopanīyatā sandhāraṇīyā।

has

upasthita, vidyamāna, vartamāna, abhīmukha, pratyakṣa, pārimukhika, upasthāyin, sannihita, aparokṣa, sammukha, sammukhin, sannidhistha, abhimukhastha, antika   

yaḥ samīpe tiṣṭhati vā sākṣāt vartamānaḥ।

adya kakṣāyāṃ daśachātrāḥ upasthitāḥ santi।

has

ucchiṣṭa, śeṣa, śeṣita, vaighasika, sammārjana   

upaklṛptasya bhojanād anantaraṃ bhuktāvaśiṣṭam annam।

ucchiṣṭaṃ na bhojanīyam।

has

bṛhaspatiḥ, guruḥ, graharājaḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ sauramālāyāḥ pañcamaḥ grahaḥ yaḥ pṛthivyāḥ dūre asti।

bṛhaspatiḥ sauramālāyāḥ mahattamaḥ grahaḥ asti।

has

dīrghasvaraḥ, dīrghaḥ   

drāghimavān svaraḥ।

om ityasmin dīrghasvaraḥ asti।

has

hastākṣararahita   

yasyopari hastākṣaraṃ na kṛtam।

etad āvedanapatraṃ hastākṣararahitam।

has

gajaśālā, hastiśālā   

hastinaḥ śālā।

gajaśālāyāḥ mṛdā dhārmikānuṣṭhāne upayujyate।

has

dugdham, kṣīram, pīyūṣam, udhasyam, stanyam, payaḥ, amṛtam, bālajīvanam   

strījātistananiḥsṛtadravadravyaviśeṣaḥ।

dhāroṣṇaṃ dugdham amṛtatulyam asti।

has

puccham, pucchaḥ, lāṅgulam, lāṅgūlam, bālaḥ, bāladhiḥ, bālahastaḥ, lūmam, lomaḥ, picchaḥ, laññaḥ   

paśvādīnāṃ śarīre pṛṣṭhād bahiḥ lambamānaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ।

gāvāḥ pucchena kīṭān durīkurvanti।

has

bāhuḥ, bhujā, karaḥ, praveṣṭaḥ, doḥ, doṣaḥ, bāhaḥ, āyātī, cyavanā, anīśū, aplavānā, vinaṅgṛsau, gabhastī, kavasnau, bhūrijau, kṣipastī, śakkarī, bharitre   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ- kakṣādyaṅgulyagraparyantāvayavaviśeṣaḥ yena vastūni dhriyante kāryaṃ ca kriyate।

balinau bhīmasya bāhū। / ṛṣṭayoḥ vo, maruto aṃsayoradhi saha ojo bāhvoḥ vā balam hitam।

has

karatālam, hastatālam, karataladhvaniḥ   

karatalau āhatya kṛtaḥ dhvaniḥ।

bālakaḥ karatālaṃ karoti।

has

hastopakaraṇam   

tat upakaraṇaṃ yad hastena prayujyate।

kuddālaḥ iti ekaṃ hastopakaraṇam।

has

vāmahastaḥ, vāmapāṇiḥ, savyam, vāmabāhuḥ   

mānavādīnāṃ śarīrasya dakṣiṇetaraḥ hastaḥ।

tasya vāmahaste vraṇaḥ jātaḥ।

has

gorakhapanthaḥ, nāthasampradāyaḥ   

śaivamatānugāmī sādhunāṃ sampradāyaḥ yasya prasāraḥ gorakhanāthena kṛtaḥ।

bhārate adhunā api gorakhapanthasya anuyāyinaḥ dṛśyante।

has

bhādrapadaḥ, nabhasyaḥ, prauṣṭhapadaḥ   

māsabhedaḥ cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargataṣaṣṭhaḥ māsaḥ।

śrīkṛṣṇasya janma bhādrapade kṛṣṇapakṣe aṣṭamyām abhavat।

has

pauṣaḥ, taiṣaḥ, sahasyaḥ, pauṣikaḥ, haimanaḥ, tiṣyaḥ, tiṣyakaḥ   

māsabhedaḥ cāndrasaṃvatsare dvādaśamāsāntargatadaśamaḥ māsaḥ।

pauṣe atiśītatā asti।

has

eraṇḍaḥ, amaṅgalaḥ, amaṇḍaḥ, asāraḥ, āmaṇḍaḥ, āmaṇḍakaḥ, gandharvahastaḥ, cañcuḥ, nidhāpakaḥ, ruvuḥ, rūvukaḥ, varaṇḍāluḥ, vyaḍambakam, vyaḍambanam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ saḥ kṣupaḥ yasmāt tailaṃ prāpyate।

eraṇḍasya phalaṃ kaṇṭakayuktam asti।

has

puruṣaḥ, naraḥ, nā, manuṣyaḥ, mānuṣaḥ, mānavaḥ, manujaḥ, janaḥ, pumān, martyaḥ, pūruṣaḥ, manuḥ, pañca़janaḥ, manubhūḥ, puṃvyaktiḥ, vīraḥ, mālaḥ, vṛdhasānaḥ, vṛdhasānuḥ, carṣaṇiḥ, bhūspṛk   

pumān mānavajātīyaḥ।

dvidhā kṛtvātmano deham arddhena puruṣo'bhavat। arddhena nārī tasyāṃ sa virājam asṛjat prabhuḥ।

has

airāvataḥ, śvetahastī, abhramātaṅgaḥ, airāvaṇaḥ, abhramuvallabhaḥ, caturdantaḥ, mallanāgaḥ, indrakuñjaraḥ, hastimallaḥ, sadādānaḥ, sudāmā, śvetakuñjaraḥ, gajāgraṇīḥ, nāgamallaḥ   

indrasya gajaḥ yaḥ pūrvadiśaḥ diggajaḥ asti।

samudramanthanāt airāvataḥ api prāptaḥ।

has

ghrāṇam, nāsā, nāsikā, nasā, nasyā, ghoṇā, gandhavāhaḥ, gandhajñā, gandhanālī, ghratiḥ, nāḥ, nastaḥ, nāsikyam, nāsikyakam, siṅghinī, vikūṇikā, tanubhasrā, nakram, nakuṭam, narkuṭakam   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, jighrate anena iti।

nyāyamatena ghrāṇasya gandhagrāhitvam iti guṇaḥ।

has

parjanyakālaḥ, prāvṛṭkālaḥ, vṛṣṭikālaḥ, meghāgamaḥ, meghākālaḥ, meghasamayaḥ, ghanasamayaḥ, jaladāgamaḥ   

bhārate deśe vṛṣṭeḥ hetubhūtāt bhāratīyamahāsāgarāt vān vāyuḥ।

aiṣamaḥ parjanyavāyoḥ vilambena kṛṣiḥ durgatā।

has

aṅkuśagrahaḥ, ādhoraṇaḥ, hastipakaḥ, ibhapaḥ, gajavāhaḥ   

gajasya vāhakaḥ।

gajaḥ aṅkuśagrahasya niyantraṇāt pare gataḥ।

has

buddhakālīnaḥ hastalekhaḥ, buddhakālīnaḥ hastalikhitaḥ   

buddhakāle likhitāni bastalikhitāni।

sāranāthanagaryāṃ buddhakālīnāni hastalekhāni upalabdhāni।

has

hastabhāgaḥ   

hastasya bhāgaḥ।

kaphoṇiḥ iti hastabhāgaḥ asti।

has

rathasenā   

prācīnakāle vartamānā sā senā yā ratham āruhya ayudhyata।

mahābhārate pāṇḍavānāṃ rathasenāyāṃ śrīkṛṣṇaḥ arjunasya rathasya sutaḥ abhavat।

has

gṛhasthaḥ, jyeṣṭhāśramī, gṛhamedhī, snātakaḥ, gṛhī, gṛhapatiḥ, satrī, gṛhayāyyaḥ, gṛhādhipaḥ, kuṭumbī, gṛhāyanikaḥ   

yaḥ gṛheṣu dāreṣu abhiramate।

saḥ gṛhasthaḥ sukhī bhavati yaḥ kuṭumbena saha jīvati।

has

pṛṣṭhastha, pratigata   

kasyāpi pṛṣṭhataḥ gacchati।

dhāvane pṛṣṭhasthāḥ bālakāḥ krodhaviṣayabhūtāḥ।

has

talam, adhobhāgaḥ, adhasthānam, adhovaśaḥ   

vastunaḥ nimnaḥ antaḥ bhāgaḥ।

pātrasya tale rakṣā sañcitā।

has

ativyayin, apavyayin, vyayaśīla, aparimitavyaya, arthaghna, dhanāpacetṛ, muktahasta   

yaḥ aparimitaṃ vyayaṃ karoti।

dineśaḥ apavyayī vyaktiḥ asti।

has

kamalam, padmaḥ, utpalam, kumudam, kumud, nalinam, kuvalayam, aravindam, mahotpalam, paṅkajam, paṅkeruham, sarasijam, sarasīruham, sarojam, saroruham, jalejātam, ambhojam, vāryudbhavam, ambujam, ambhāruham, puṇḍarīkam, mṛṇālī, śatapatram, sahasrapatram, kuśeśayam, indirālayam, tāmarasam, puṣkaram, sārasam, ramāpriyam, visaprasūnam, kuvalam, kuvam, kuṭapam, puṭakam, śrīparṇaḥ, śrīkaram   

jalapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ śītalatva-svādutva-raktapittabhramārtināśitvādayaḥ।

asmin sarasi nānāvarṇīyāni kamalāni dṛśyante। / kamalaiḥ taḍāgasya śobhā vardhate।

has

śṛṅkhalā, hastapāśaḥ, bandhanam, pāśaḥ, saṃrodhaḥ, prasitiḥ   

aparādhinaḥ hastabandhanāya lohādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ pāśaḥ।

ārakṣakeṇa caurasya haste śṛṅkhalā baddhā।

has

bṛhaspativāsaraḥ, guruvāsaraḥ, guruvāraḥ, lakṣmīvāraḥ   

saptāhasya caturthaḥ dinaḥ।

sītā bṛhaspativāsare vratam ācarati।

has

bhīruḥ, bhītaḥ, bhīrukaḥ, bhīruhṛdayaḥ, bhayaśīlaḥ, hariṇahṛdayaḥ, kātaraḥ, trasruḥ, dīnacetanaḥ, dīnaḥ, asāhasikaḥ, bhayāturaḥ   

yaḥ bibheti।

bhīruḥ mriyate naikavāraṃ vīraḥ ekavāram।

has

hastaparidhānam   

tad vastraṃ yad haste paridhāryate।

karacchadaḥ ekaḥ hastaparidhānam।

has

rajakaḥ, mārjaḥ, vastradhāvakaḥ, vastrarajakaḥ, vastranirṇejakaḥ, nirṇejakaḥ, vastranejakaḥ, vastramārjakaḥ, vastraprakṣālakaḥ, bhasmakāraḥ, karmakīlakaḥ   

vastrādīnāṃ śvetimānam āpādayati।

rajakaḥ vastrān kṣālayati।

has

śuddhasuvarṇam   

pariśuddhaṃ suvarṇam।

eṣā śuddhasuvarṇasya mudrā asti।

has

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

has

mūlyanirūpakaḥ, arthasaṅkhyāpakaḥ, mūlyavijñāpakaḥ   

yaḥ mūlyaṃ nirūpayati।

eteṣāṃ vastūnāṃ mūlyāṅkanārthe mūlyanirūpakasya āvaśyakatā asti।

has

hastākṣarāṅkita, mudrāṅkita   

yasyopari hastākṣaraṃ kṛtam।

tena vidyālaye praveśārthe yogyatāpramāṇapatrasya hastākṣarāṅkitā pratilipiḥ dattā।

has

divasaḥ, dinam, ahaḥ, dyu, ghasraḥ, tithiḥ, vastoḥ, bhānuḥ, vāsaram, svasarāṇi, usraḥ   

kālaviśeṣaḥ, (saurakālagaṇanāyām) bhānor udayād udayaparyantaṃ kālaḥ, sūryakiraṇāvacchinnakālaḥ, (cāndrakālagaṇanāyām) candramasaḥ udayād udayaparyantaṃ kālaḥ।

ekasmin dine caturviṃśati bhāgāḥ santi/ kam api maṅgalaṃ divasaṃ niścitya śubhakāryāṇi ārambhaṇīyāni iti manyate/ divasasya ante pakṣiṇaḥ svanīḍaṃ uccaiḥ rāvaiḥ saha nirvartayanti

has

hastatrāṇam   

haste tathā ca aṅguliṣu dhāraṇārthe upayuktaṃ vastracarmaṇādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ prāvaraṇaviśeṣaḥ।

śalyacikitsakena śalyakriyāsamaye hastatrāṇam upayujyate।

has

khagaḥ, vihagaḥ, pakṣī, pakṣiṇī, vihaṅgaḥ, vihaṅgamaḥ, patagaḥ, patrī, patatrī, vihāyāḥ, garutmān, nīḍajaḥ, nīḍodbhavaḥ, dvijaḥ, aṇḍajaḥ, nagaukāḥ, pakṣavāhanaḥ, śakuniḥ, śakunaḥ, vikiraḥ, viṣkiraḥ, vājī, patan, śakuntaḥ, nabhasaṅgamaḥ, patrarathaḥ, viḥ, pitsan   

yasya pakṣau cañcuḥ vidyate tathā ca yaḥ aṇḍakoṣāt jāyate।

taḍāge naike citrāḥ khagāḥ santi।

has

eraṇḍaḥ, amaṅgalaḥ, amaṇḍaḥ, asāraḥ, āmaṇḍaḥ, āmaṇḍakaḥ, gandharvahastaḥ, cañcuḥ, nidhāpakaḥ, ruvuḥ, rūvukaḥ, varaṇḍāluḥ, vyaḍambakam, vyaḍambanam   

eraṇḍasya kṣupāt prāptaṃ bījaṃ yasmāt tailaṃ tathā ca bheṣajaṃ prāpyate।

eraṇḍasya tailāt vaidyaḥ bheṣajaṃ nirmāti।

has

śmaśānam, pitṛvanam, śatānakam, dāhasaraḥ, antaśayyā, pitṛkānanam   

śavadāhasthānam।

tāntrikaḥ śmaśāne sādhanāṃ karoti।

has

adhaḥ, adhoऽdhaḥ, adhastāt, avāk, avācīnam   

adho diśāyām।

adho nirdiṣṭānāṃ praśnānām uttarāṇi dadatu।

has

nabhaḥ, gaganam, ākāśaḥ, ambaram, abhram, dyoḥ, dyauḥ, puṣkaram, antarīkṣam, antarikṣam, anantam, yuravartmam, khaṃ, viyat, viṣṇupadam, vihāyaḥ, nākaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, nabhasam, meghaveśma, mabāvilam, marudvartama, meghavartma, triviṣṭapam, abbhaṃ   

pṛthivyāḥ ūrdhvaṃ dṛśyamānaḥ avakāśaḥ।

vidyādharāḥ nabhasi carantiḥ।

has

keśaraḥ, kesaraḥ, agnisekharaḥ, ambaram, asṛk, kanakagauram, kāntam, kāleyam, kāveram, kāśmīra, kucandanam, kusumātmakam, kesaravara, goravaḥ, gauram, ghasram, ghusṛṇam   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ śītapradeśe jātaḥ kṣupaḥ yaḥ sugandhārthe khyātaḥ।

keśarāt prāptaḥ sugandhitaḥ padārthaḥ dhārmikakārye api upayujyate।

has

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

has

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

has

kamalam, aravindam, sarasijam, salilajam, rājīvam, paṅkajam, nīrajam, pāthojam, nalam, nalinam, ambhojam, ambujanma, ambujam, śrīḥ, amburuham, ambupadmam, sujalam, ambhoruham, puṣkaram, sārasam, paṅkajam, sarasīruham, kuṭapam, pāthoruham, vārjam, tāmarasam, kuśeśayam, kañjam, kajam, śatapatram, visakusumam, sahasrapatram, mahotpalam, vāriruham, paṅkeruham   

jalajakṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi atīva śobhanāni santi khyātaśca।

bālakaḥ krīḍāsamaye sarovarāt kamalāni lūnāti।

has

karpuraḥ, karpuram, sitābhraḥ, tārābhraḥ, candraḥ, somaḥ, somasaṃjñam, ghanasāraḥ, himabālukā, śītaḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, śilā, śītāṃśuḥ, himakaraḥ, śītaprabhaḥ, śāmbhavaḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, sphaṭikābhraḥ, kāramihikā, candrārkaḥ, lokatuṣāraḥ, gauraḥ, kumudaḥ, hanuḥ, himāhūyaḥ, candrabhasma, vedhakaḥ, reṇusārakaḥ   

sugandhidravyam।

arcanārthe saḥ karpuraṃ jvālayati।

has

pariprath, avatan, abhitan, paritan, viyam, samprasār, abhiprasār, drāgh, pādaya, hastaya, vyākṣip   

hastau pādau ca prasārya kiñcit śayanasadṛśāvasthāyām āsanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

āpaṇāt āgatena tena sukhāsane svaśarīraṃ paryaprathata।

has

dvihasta   

yasmin dvau hastau staḥ।

śyāmaḥ dvihaste pīṭhe upaviśati।

has

hastalikhitam   

hastena likhitam।

bhāratadeśe naikeṣu sthāneṣu buddhakālīnāni hastalikhitāni dṛśyante।

has

gṛhapatiḥ, gṛhasvāmī   

gṛhasya svāmī।

gṛhapatiḥ kuṭumbaṃ pālayati।

has

agūḍha, rahasyahīna   

yasmin rahasyaṃ nāsti।

eṣā tu agūḍhā vārtā vyarthameva rahasyamayā iti bhaṇasi।

has

rahasyagopanam   

rahasyasya guptatāyāḥ kriyā bhāvo vā।

grāmapramukhasya ādeśaḥ asti yad asmin viṣaye rahasyagopanam eva yogyam।

has

kṛṣṇaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, acyutaḥ, govindaḥ, janārdanaḥ, giridharaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, mādhavaḥ, śauriḥ, ahijitaḥ, yogīśvaraḥ, vaṃśīdharaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, vanamālī, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, mukundaḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, vāsuḥ, muralīdharaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, nandātmajaḥ, gopālaḥ, nandanandanaḥ, yādavaḥ, pūtanāriḥ, mathureśaḥ, dvārakeśaḥ, pāṇḍavāyanaḥ, devakīsūnuḥ, gopendraḥ, govardhanadharaḥ, yadunāthaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, trivikramaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvambharaḥ, viśvarujaḥ, sanātanaḥ, vibhuḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, prabhuḥ, jitāmitraḥ, sahasravadanaḥ   

yaduvaṃśīya vasudevasya putraḥ yaḥ viṣṇoḥ avatāraḥ iti manyate।

sūradāsaḥ kṛṣṇasya paramo bhaktaḥ।

has

ajagaraḥ, śayuḥ, vāhasaḥ   

sarpaviśeṣaḥ bṛhatsarpaḥ।

bhārate vividhaprakārakāḥ ajagarāḥ santi।

has

buddhaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, sugataḥ, dharmarājaḥ, tathāgataḥ, samantabhadraḥ, bhagavān, mārajit, lokajit, jinaḥ, ṣaḍabhijñaḥ, daśabalaḥ, advayavādī, vināyakaḥ, munīndraḥ, śrīghanaḥ, śāstā, muniḥ, dharmaḥ, trikālajñaḥ, dhātuḥ, bodhisattvaḥ, mahābodhiḥ, āryaḥ, pañcajñānaḥ, daśārhaḥ, daśabhūmigaḥ, catustriṃśatajātakajñaḥ, daśapāramitādharaḥ, dvādaśākṣaḥ, trikāyaḥ, saṃguptaḥ, dayakurcaḥ, khajit, vijñānamātṛkaḥ, mahāmaitraḥ, dharmacakraḥ, mahāmuniḥ, asamaḥ, khasamaḥ, maitrī, balaḥ, guṇākaraḥ, akaniṣṭhaḥ, triśaraṇaḥ, budhaḥ, vakrī, vāgāśaniḥ, jitāriḥ, arhaṇaḥ, arhan, mahāsukhaḥ, mahābalaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, lalitaḥ   

bauddhadharmasya pravartakaḥ yaṃ janāḥ īśvaraṃ manyante।

kuśīnagaram iti buddhasya parinirvāṇasthalaṃ iti khyātam।

has

vilamba, vilambanam, kālayāpaḥ, kālakṣepaḥ, kṣepaḥ, vikalpaḥ, dīrghasūtratā, dīrghīkaraṇam   

niyata samayāt adhikaḥ samayaḥ।

vilambaḥ jāyate āgacchāmi cintā māstu।

has

aṭṭahasitam, aṭṭahāsyam   

atyuccairdhvaniṃ kṛtvā hasanam।

rāmalīlā iti rūpake rāvaṇasya aṭṭahasitaṃ śrutvājanāḥ bhītāḥ।

has

rahasyamaya, rahasyātmaka, gūḍha़   

yat rahasyena paripūrṇam।

śāstrajñānāṃ kṛte ḍīyamānaḥ jyotirpiṇḍaḥ rahasyamayaḥ eva।

has

satvaram, śīghram, āśu, sapadi, jhaṭiti, sahasā, drāk, akālahīnam, akālikam, anuṣṭhu, ārāt, anuṣṭhuṣṭhuyā, āḥ, manāk, sakṛt, sadyaḥ, āpātataḥ   

tvarayā saha।

ayi, satvaraṃ gṛhaṃ gaccha no cet varṣā prārapsyate।

has

hiṃsra, hiṃsaka, caṇḍa, amatra, ūrjasvin, tigmavīrya, iṣṭasāhasa   

yaḥ hisāṃ karoti।

adya mānavaḥ hiṃsraḥ abhavat।

has

atra, iha, ihasthāne, asmin deśe   

asmin sthāne।

rahīmaḥ rātrau eva atra āgataḥ asti।

has

pāpam, kalmaṣam, kilviṣam, pātakam, pāpmā, agham, duritam, enas, kaluṣam, abhadram, aśubham, vṛjanam, vṛjinam, doṣaḥ, aparādhaḥ, duṣkṛtam, kalkam, aṃhas, aṃghas, mantuḥ, kulmalam, kalaṅkaḥ, pratyavāyaḥ, kiṇvam, amīvam, paṅkam, jaṅgapūgam   

tat karma yad asmin loke anuttamaḥ tathā ca paraloke aniṣṭaṃ phalaṃ janayati।

kabīrasya mate asatyavadanaṃ pāpam asti।

has

sārathiḥ, sūtaḥ, kṣattā, niyāmaka, niṣaṅgathi, pravetā, rathavāhaka, rathasārathi, saṃgrahītā, saṃgrāhaka, sacakrī, sādi, savyeṣṭhā, sthapati   

yaḥ rathaṃ cālayati।

mahābhārate yuddhe śrīkṛṣṇaḥ arjunasya sārathiḥ āsīt।

has

hasika, gṛdhru, arthet, śīghrya   

yaḥ kārye śīghratā karoti।

manoharaḥ nirutsakaḥ sāhasikaḥ ca asti।

has

vartamānakālaḥ, sadyaskālaḥ, ihakālaḥ, sāmpratakālaḥ, ihasamayaḥ   

vidyamānaḥ samayaḥ।

vartamānakāle strī sarveṣu kṣetreṣu agragāminī।

has

aṅgavikṣepaṃ kṛ, aṅgāni vikṣip, hastādi vikṣip, hastādi sañcāl, iṅga, ceṣṭ   

strīvat hastādīnāṃ nayanayoḥ ca sañcālanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saṃbhāṣaṇasamaye ṣaṇḍhaḥ aṅgavikṣepaṃ karoti।

has

hastena   

hastaḥ eva yatra karaṇam।

asya kārayānasya saṃyoktaṃ hastena parivartate।

has

khaskhasaḥ, likṣā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ।

tena prāṅgaṇe khaskhasaḥ ropitaḥ।

has

lakṣmīḥ, ramā, kamalā, nārāyaṇī, padmahastā, śrīḥ, viṣṇupriyā, mā, māyā, haripriyā, padmā, padmālayā, bhārgavī, cañcalā, indirā, abjavāhanā, abjā, abdhijā, ambujāsanā, amalā, īśvarī, devaśrī, padmamālinī, padmaguṇā, piṅgalā, maṅgalā, śriyā, śrīpradā, sindhujā, jaganmayī, amalā, varavarṇinī, vṛṣākapāyī, sindhukanyā, sindhusutā, jaladhijā, kṣīrasāgarasutā, dugdhābdhitanayā, kṣīrasāgarakanyakā, kṣīrodatanayā, lokajananī, lokamātā   

dhanasya adhiṣṭhātrī devatā yā viṣṇupatnī asti iti manyate।

dhanaprāptyarthe janāḥ lakṣmīṃ pūjayanti।

has

indraḥ, devarājaḥ, jayantaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, mīḍhvān, marutvān, maghavā, viḍojā, pākaśāsanaḥ, vṛddhaśravāḥ, sunāsīraḥ, puruhūtaḥ, purandaraḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, lekharṣabhaḥ, śakraḥ, śatamanyuḥ, divaspatiḥ, sutrāmā, gotrabhit, vajrī, vāsavaḥ, vṛtrahā, vṛṣā, vāstospatiḥ, surapatiḥ, balārātiḥ, śacīpatiḥ, jambhabhedī, harihayaḥ, svārāṭ, namucisūdanaḥ, saṃkrandanaḥ, duścyavanaḥ, turāṣāṭ, meghavāhanaḥ, ākhaṇḍalaḥ, sahastrākṣaḥ, ṛbhukṣā, mahendraḥ, kośikaḥ, pūtakratuḥ, viśvambharaḥ, hariḥ, purudaṃśā, śatadhṛtiḥ, pṛtanāṣāḍ, ahidviṣaḥ, vajrapāṇiḥ, devarājaḥ, parvatāriḥ, paryaṇyaḥ, devatādhipaḥ, nākanāthaḥ, pūrvadikkapatiḥ, pulomāriḥ, arhaḥ, pracīnavarhiḥ, tapastakṣaḥ, biḍaujāḥ, arkaḥ, ulūkaḥ, kaviḥ, kauśikaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

sā devatā yā svargasya adhipatiḥ iti manyate।

vedeṣu indrasya sūktāni santi।

has

lobhaḥ, gṛghratā, gṛdhutā, ghasmaratā, lolatā, laulyam, lubdhatā, atyāhāraḥ   

prāyaḥ atiprāpaṇasya icchā।

lobhaḥ pāpasya kāraṇam।

has

dvinālalohasuṣiḥ   

dvinālayuktā lohasuṣiḥ।

sainikena dvinālalohasuṣyā ekaḥ coraḥ ghātitaḥ।

has

suvarṇam, svarṇam, kanakam, hiraṇyam, hema, hāṭakam, kāñcanam, tapanīyam, śātakumbham, gāṅgeyam, bharmam, karvaram, cāmīkaram, jātarūpam, mahārajatam, rukmam, kārtasvaram, jāmbunadam, aṣṭāpadam, śātakaumbham, karcuram, rugmam, bhadram, bhūri, piñjaram, draviṇam, gairikam, cāmpeyam, bharuḥ, candraḥ, kaladhautam, abhrakam, agnibījam, lohavaram, uddhasārukam, sparśamaṇiprabhavam, mukhyadhātu, ujjvalam, kalyāṇam, manoharam, agnivīryam, agni, bhāskaram, piñajānam, apiñjaram, tejaḥ, dīptam, agnibham, dīptakam, maṅgalyam, saumañjakam, bhṛṅgāram, jāmbavam, āgneyam, niṣkam, agniśikham   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ-pītavarṇīyaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ alaṅkāranirmāṇe upayujyate।

suvarṇasya mūlyaṃ vardhitam।

has

dhanam, vittam, vibhavaḥ, arthaḥ, vaibhavam, sampattiḥ, draviṇam, dravyam, rāḥ, riktham, ṛktham, hiraṇyam, dyumnam, svāpateyam, bhogyam, ghasu, svāpateyam, vasu, dyumnam, kāñcanam, lakṣmīḥ, sampat, vṛddhiḥ, śrīḥ, vyavahāryam, raiḥ, bhogaḥ, svam, rekṇaḥ, vedaḥ, varivaḥ, śvātram, ratnam, rayiḥ, kṣatram, bhagaḥ, mīlum, gayaḥ, dyumnaḥ, indriyam, vasu, rāyaḥ, rādhaḥ, bhojanam, tanā, nṛmṇam, bandhuḥ, medhāḥ, yaśaḥ, brahma, śraṃvaḥ, vṛtram, vṛtam   

suvarṇarupyakādayaḥ।

sādhu kāryārthe eva dhanasya viyogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

has

nāgaramustā, nāgarotthā, nāgarādighanasaṃjñakā, cakrāṅkā, nādeyī, cūḍālā, piṇḍamustā, śiśirā, vṛṣadhmāṅkṣī, kaccharuhā, cārukesarā, uccaṭā, pūrṇakoṣchasaṃjñā, kalāpinī, jaṭā   

tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ yasya mūlāni kaphapittajvarātisārārucyādiṣu bheṣajarupeṇa yujyate।

vaidyena bheṣajārthe samūlaṃ nāgaramustā ānītā।

has

gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, padmī, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, māmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ- saḥ paśuḥ yaḥ viśālaḥ sthūlaḥ śuṇḍāyuktaḥ ca।

gajāya ikṣuḥ rocate।

has

hastapuṣpam   

hastābhūṣaṇasya prakāraḥ।

suvarṇasya hastapuṣpena navavadhvāḥ hastasya śobhā vardhate।

has

viḍambaya, upahas, parihas, upahāsaya, parihāsaya   

vyaṅgyena anyasya vidūṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mohanasya kārpaṇyaṃ śyāmaḥ viḍambayati।

has

kārāgṛhasaṃruddha   

yaḥ kārāgṛhe saṃruddhaḥ।

ekaḥ kārāgṛhasaṃruddhaḥ abhiyuktaḥ palāyitaḥ।

has

sukhasaṃvittiḥ   

sukhadāyikā anubhūtiḥ।

mandire gamanena sukhasaṃvittiṃ labhate।

has

kuñjarī, gajī, padminī, hastinī, kareṇukā, karabhī, puṣkariṇī, ibhyā   

strītvaviśiṣṭaḥ gajaḥ।

vyādhāt śāvakaṃ mocayituṃ kuñjarī ākramaṇam akarot।

has

gṛhasthāśramaḥ   

caturṣu āśrameṣu dvitīyaḥ āśramaḥ।

vaidikakāle śikṣāyāḥ paścāt janāḥ gṛhasthāśramaṃ svīkurvanti sma।

has

vāyuḥ, vātaḥ, anilaḥ, pavanaḥ, pavamānaḥ, prabhañjanaḥ, śvasanaḥ, sparśanaḥ, mātariśvā, sadāgatiḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, gandhavahaḥ, gandhavāhaḥ, āśugaḥ, samīraḥ, mārutaḥ, marut, jagatprāṇaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, nabhasvān, ajagatprāṇaḥ, khaśvāsaḥ, vābaḥ, dhūlidhvajaḥ, phaṇipriyaḥ, vātiḥ, nabhaḥprāṇaḥ, bhogikāntaḥ, svakampanaḥ, akṣatiḥ, kampalakṣmā, śasīniḥ, āvakaḥ, hariḥ, vāsaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, mṛgavābanaḥ, sāraḥ, cañcalaḥ, vihagaḥ, prakampanaḥ, nabhaḥ, svaraḥ, niśvāsakaḥ, stanūnaḥ, pṛṣatāmpatiḥ, śīghraḥ   

viśvagamanavān viśvavyāpī tathā ca yasmin jīvāḥ śvasanti।

vāyuṃ vinā jīvanasya kalpanāpi aśakyā।

has

snehasūtram   

snehasya sūtram।

asmin parivāre pratyekaḥ manuṣyaḥ snehasūtreṇa baddhaḥ asti।

has

gaṅgā, mandākinī, jāhnavī, puṇyā, alakanandā, viṣṇupadī, jahnutanayā, suranimnagā, bhāgīrathī, tripathagā, tistrotāḥ, bhīṣmasūḥ, arghyatīrtham, tīrtharījaḥ, tridaśadīrghikā, kumārasūḥ, saridvarā, siddhāpagā, svarāpagā, svargyāpagā, khāpagā, ṛṣikulyā, haimavratī, sarvāpī, haraśekharā, surāpagā, dharmadravī, sudhā, jahnukanyā, gāndinī, rudraśekharā, nandinī, sitasindhuḥ, adhvagā, ugraśekharā, siddhasindhuḥ, svargasarīdvarā, samudrasubhagā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, suranadī, svardhunī, jyeṣṭhā, jahnusutā, bhīṣmajananī, śubhrā, śailendrajā, bhavāyanā, mahānadī, śailaputrī, sitā, bhuvanapāvanī, śailaputrī   

bhāratadeśasthāḥ pradhānā nadī yā hindudharmānusāreṇa mokṣadāyinī asti iti manyante।

dharmagranthāḥ kathayanti rājñā bhagīrathena svargāt gaṅgā ānītā।

has

prāpta, upārjita, hastagata, adhigata   

yad kenāpi prakāreṇa svasyādhikāre ānītam।

pituḥ prāptaṃ dhanaṃ tena nirdhaneṣu vitaritam।

has

pāṇḍuḥ, pāṇḍurogaḥ, pāṇḍuraḥ, kāmalā, kumbhakāmalā, halīmakam, nāgabhedaḥ, śvetahastī, sitavarṇaḥ   

vyādhiviśeṣaḥ yasmin rakte pittavarṇakasya ādhikyāt tvaṅnetrādayaḥ pītāḥ bhavanti।

pāṇḍurogo gariṣṭhopi bhaveddhātukṣayaṅkaraḥ।

has

hasta   

caturviṃśatyaṅgulaparimāṇam।

etad vastraṃ dve haste।

has

hastatalaḥ, karatalam, hastatalam, talam, talaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, hastasya talaḥ।

karatalena mṛduṅagādayaḥ vādyante।

has

upahas, parihas   

sādhikṣepaṃ nindanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

parīkṣāyāṃ nyūnāḥ guṇāḥ prāptāḥ ataḥ sītāṃ sarve upahasanti।

has

skandaḥ, ṣaḍānanaḥ, kumāraḥ, kārttikeyaḥ, ṣāṇmāturaḥ, mayūraketuḥ, siddhasenaḥ, viśākhaḥ, agnibhūḥ, āmbikeyaḥ, āgneyaḥ, kāmajitaḥ, gāṅgeyaḥ, candrānanaḥ, tārakāriḥ, devavrataḥ, mayūreśaḥ, śikhīśvaraḥ, kārtikaḥ, harihayaḥ, krauñcāriḥ, mahiṣārdanaḥ, rudratejaḥ, bhavātmajaḥ, śāṅkariḥ, śikhībhūḥ, ṣaṇmukhaḥ, kāntaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

bhagavataḥ śivasya jyeṣṭhaputraḥ।

senānīnāmaham skandaḥ।

has

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

has

matsyaḥ, pṛthuromā, mīnaḥ, vaisāriṇaḥ, visāraḥ, śakalī, śandhalī, jhaṣaḥ, ātmāśī, saṃvaraḥ, mūkaḥ, jaleśayaḥ, kaṇṭakī, śaklī, macchaḥ, animiṣaḥ, śuṅgī, jhasaḥ   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ,yaḥ śakalakaṇṭakādiyuktaḥ।

matsyāḥ aṇḍajāḥ santi।

has

kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā   

phalaviśeṣaḥ tat phalam yad gurutaram madhuram tathā ca puṣṭam।

saḥ kadalīm atti।

has

kadalī, tṛṇasārā, gucchaphalā, vāraṇavuṣā, rambhā, mocā, kāṣṭhīlā, aṃśumatphalā, vāravuṣā, suphalā, sukumārā, sakṛtphalā, hastiviṣāṇī, gucchadantikā, niḥsārā, rājeṣṭā, bālakapriyā, ūrustambhā, bhānuphalā, vanalakṣmīḥ, kadalakaḥ, mocakaḥ, rocakaḥ, locakaḥ, vāravṛṣā, vāraṇavallabhā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya parṇāni dīrghāṇi tathā ca phalaṃ gurutaraṃ madhuraṃ puṣṭam asti।

tasya prāṅgaṇe kadalī asti।

has

agnisikhaḥ, agnisekharaḥ, ambaram, asṛk, kanakagauram, kaśmīrajanma, kāntam, kāveram, kāśmīram, kāśmīrajanmā, kāśmīrasambhavam, kucandanam, kusumātmaka, kesaravaram, goravaḥ, gauram, ghasram, ghusṛṇam, ghoraḥ, javā, jāguḍam, dīpakaḥ, dīpakam, nakulī, pāṭalam, piṇyākaḥ, piṇyākam, piśunam, pītakāveram, pītacandanam, pītikā, pītakam, pītanam, puṣparajaḥ, priyaṅgum, bālhikam, bāhlika, raktam, raktacandanam, raktasaṃjñam, raktāṅgam, rañjanaḥ, rudhiram, rohitam, lohitacandanam, vareṇyam, varṇam, varṇyam, vahniśikham, vahniśekharam, veram, śaṭham, śoṇitam, saṃkocam, saṃkocapiśunam, surārham, sūryasaṃjñam, saurabham, haricandanam   

puṣpe vartamānaḥ strīliṅgī avayavaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ keśa sadṛśaḥ asti।

agnisikhaḥ kṣapasya jananāṅgena sambadhitaḥ asti।

has

yoniḥ, garbhakośaḥ, garbhāśayaḥ, garbhasthānam, yonī, dharā, jarāyuḥ, garbhaḥ, koṣaḥ, mātṛkukṣiḥ, ulvam, kalalaḥ, kalalam, catvālaḥ   

manuṣyādīnāṃ jarāyujāṇāṃ prāṇinām utpattisthānam। tacca strīṇām udarasthaṃ śaṅkhanābhyākāraṃ tryāvartaṃ sthānam। yasya tṛtīye āvarte garbhaśayyā pratiṣṭhate।

jarāyujāḥ yāṃ yāṃ yonim āpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathā tathā rūpāṇi bhavanti।

has

kaṇḍuḥ, kaṇḍūḥ, kharjjūḥ, kacchūḥ, kacchuḥ, sukāṇḍuḥ, sṛkaṇḍuḥ, khasaḥ, pāma   

rogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin śarīraḥ kaṇḍūyate।

saḥ kaṇḍunā trastaḥ asti।

has

bhakṣ(bhakṣati/te), bhakṣ (bhakṣayati), bhuj, khād, aś, ghas, khad, hu, carba, cham, cam (camati), vī, vevī, cam (camnoti), valbh, jakṣ, caṣ, (vi)cam, carv (carvati), carv (carvayati), kuḍ, am, (sam) añj, car, kūḍ, kruḍ, skhad, snus, (upa)yuj (upayunakti), (upa)yuj (upayuṅkte), bhrakṣ, bhlakṣ, plakṣ   

annasya gala-bilādhaḥ-saṃyogānukūla-vyāpāraḥ।

bho māṇavaka, bhakṣaya etat phalam।

has

smi, has   

mandaṃ hasanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

māṃ dṛṣṭvā saḥ asmayata।

has

has   

prasannatāsūcakaḥ smitānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

bālakasya vacanāni śrutvā sarve ahasan।

has

avahas, upahas, parihas, vihas, has, avaman, kakh   

kasyacit doṣādikam uddiśya sahāsaṃ nindanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmaḥ nityaṃ anyān avahasati।

has

yuddharaṅgaḥ, yuddhabhūmiḥ, yuddhakṣetram, yuddhasthalam, raṇabhūmiḥ, raṇakṣetram, samarāṅgam   

yuddhasya kṣetram।

saḥ antimakālaparyantaṃ yuddharaṅge eva āsīt।

has

līlā, alāyāsaḥ, nirāyāsaḥ, sukaraḥ, susādhyaḥ, akaṣṭaḥ, sukhasādhyaḥ, sugamaḥ, akaṭhinaḥ, aviṣamaḥ, sulabhaḥ, niḥśalyorthaḥ, akleśaḥ, sukaram, ayatnataḥ, saukaryeṇa, duḥkhaṃ vinā, kleṣaṃ vinā, susahaḥ, helayā   

sukhena yat kartum śakyate।

śrīkṛṣṇena govardhanaparvataḥ līlayā utthāpitaḥ।

has

bhramaraḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuvrataḥ, madhukaraḥ, madhuliṭ, madhupaḥ, aliḥ, alī, puṣpaliṭ, bhṛṅgaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, kalālāpakaḥ, śilīmukhaḥ, puṣpandhayaḥ, madhukṛt, dvipaḥ, bhasaraḥ, cañcarikaḥ, sukāṇḍī, madhulolupaḥ, madhumārakaḥ, indindiraḥ, madhuparaḥ, lambaḥ, puṣpakīṭaḥ, madhusūdanaḥ, bhṛṅgarājaḥ, madhulehī, reṇuvāsaḥ, kāmukaḥ, kaliṅgapakṣī, mārkavaḥ, bhṛṅgarajaḥ, aṅgārkaḥ, bhṛṅgāraḥ   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, pratikusumaṃ bhrāmyan kṛṣṇakīṭaḥ।

bhramarāṇāṃ kadambaḥ priyaḥ asti।

has

hastaśakaṭaḥ, hastaśakaṭam   

saḥ śakaṭaḥ yaḥ hastena praluṇṭhya ekasmāt sthānāt anyasmin sthāne nayati।

saḥ hastaśakaṭe āmrāni vikrīṇāti।

has

bṛhaspatiḥ, devācāryaḥ, devaguruḥ, tārādhipaḥ, tārādhīśaḥ, tārānāthaḥ, dhiṣaṇādhipaḥ, dhīpatiḥ, dhīmān   

devatānāṃ guruḥ।

vipattikāle bṛhaspatiḥ devatānāṃ sāhāyyaṃ karoti।

has

gṛhastha, gṛhasthāśramin   

yaḥ gṛhasthāśramam ācarati।

gṛhasthaḥ puruṣaḥ svasya parivārasya pālanapoṣaṇe vyagraḥ asti।

has

gṛhasthaḥ   

yaḥ gṛhasthāśramam ācarati।

gṛhasthena gṛhasthadharmaḥ ācaraṇīyaḥ।

has

uddhū, vibhasmīkṛ   

vastrādibhyaḥ āhatya dhuliniṣkāsanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sītā prāvaraṇam uddhūnoti।

has

prahasitam   

yaḥ atīva kāśate।

vidūṣakeṇa prahasitaṃ vastraṃ paridhāritam।

has

gṛhasevikā   

sā sevikā yā sevārthe gṛhe eva nivasati।

parivāraṃ vañcayitvā gṛhasevikā palāyitā।

has

gṛhasevakaḥ   

saḥ sevakaḥ yaḥ sevārthe gṛhe eva nivasati।

adyatanīyā vārtānusāreṇa gṛhasevakena svāmī hataḥ।

has

karkaṭī, kaṭudalī, jīnasā, mūtraphalā, trapuṣā, hastiparṇī, lomaśakāṇḍā, mūtralā, bahukandā, karkaṭākṣaḥ, śāntanuḥ, cirbhaṭī, vālukī, ervāruḥ, trapuṣī   

phalaviśeṣaḥ- devadālīlatāyāḥ dīrghaṃ tathā ca atundaṃ phalam।

janāḥ grīṣmakāle karkaṭīm adanti।

has

parihas, vikrīḍ, sphaṇḍ, sphuṇṭaya, sphuṇḍaya   

manovinodanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ sahādhyāyābhiḥ saha parihasati।

has

jaṭā, jaṭiḥ, jaṭī, jūṭaḥ, juṭakam, śaṭam, kauṭīram, jūṭakam, hastam   

parasparalagnāḥ kacāḥ viśeṣataḥ vratināṃ śikhā।

gaṅgā śivasya jaṭāsu saṃlagnā jātā।

has

carv, psā, saṃkhād, sampsā, nirbhas   

dantaiḥ cūrṇanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ lekhanīṃ carvati।

has

yuvā, taruṇaḥ, yuvakaḥ, kumāraḥ, kumārakaḥ, māṇavaḥ, yuvaśaḥ, nabhasvān, vayasthaḥ, vayaḥsthaḥ, talunaḥ, veṭakaḥ, vayodhaḥ, vayobāla, garbharūpaḥ   

ṣoḍaṣavarṣāt triṃśad-varṣa-paryanta-vayaskaḥ।

bhāratīyāḥ yuvānaḥ pāścātyasaṃskṛteḥ adhīnāḥ jātāḥ। /āṣoḍaṣād bhaved bālaḥ taruṇaḥ tataḥ ucyate। vṛddhaḥ syāt saptaterrūrdhvaṃ varṣīyān navateḥ param।

has

jalāḍhya, jalaprāya, anūpa, bahūdaka, udanya, apavat, apas, aptya, ambumat, ammaya, ānūpa, āpya, udakala, udaja, udanvat, audaka, kaja, jāla, nārika, bahvap, bahvapa, vārya, sajala, sāmbhas, ambumatī   

yasmin adhikaṃ jalaṃ vartate।

āpaṇikaḥ jalāḍhyaṃ dugdhaṃ vikrīṇāti।

has

duḥsāhasin   

yaḥ anucitaṃ sāhasaṃ karoti।

mohanaḥ duḥsāhasī bālakaḥ asti।

has

apavat, jāla, sāmbhas   

yasyāṃ jalasya aṃśaḥ adhikaḥ asti।

mahiṣyāḥ apekṣayā goḥ dugdham apavat asti।

has

tālaḥ, tāladrumaḥ, patrī, dīrghaskandhaḥ, dhvajadrumaḥ, vṛkṣarājaḥ, madhurasaḥ, madāḍhyaḥ, dīrghapādapaḥ, cirāyuḥ, tarurājaḥ, dīrghapatraḥ, gucchapatraḥ, āsavadruḥ, lekhyapatraḥ, mahonnataḥ   

sthāṇuvat śākhāvihīnaḥ dīrghaparṇayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

saḥ tālāt tālajataruṇatoyam udgṛhṇāti।

has

tīrthasthānam, puṇyakṣetram, puṇyabhūmiḥ, puṇyasthānam   

dharmagranthānusāreṇa tat pavitraṃ sthānaṃ yatra śraddhayā arcanādayaḥ kriyante।

vārāṇasī iti hindūnāṃ khyātaṃ tīrthasthānam asti।

has

āpīnam, odhaḥ, ūdhasam, udhas, vāṇaḥ, vāmaḥ   

sastanapaśūnāṃ avayavaviśeṣaḥ yena strījātīyaḥ teṣāṃ navajātān dugdhaṃ pāyayanti ।

asyāḥ goḥ āpīnam bṛhat asti।

has

āsyāsavaḥ, jāmbīlam, jūrī, mukhasrāvaḥ, mukhāsrāvaḥ, lālā, lasikā, lāsaḥ, ṣṭhyūtaḥ, sṛṇīkā, syandanī   

mukhajātaḥ rasaḥ।

tasya mukhāt āsyāsavena saha rudhiram api āgacchati।

has

tvarā, rabhasaḥ, tvariḥ, tvaritam, tvaraṇaḥ, tvaraṇam, tvaraṇā, īṣaṇā, ārambhaḥ, āvegaḥ, upatāpaḥ, parīpsā, prajavaḥ, tūrṇiḥ, saṃvegaḥ   

kārye atiśayitaḥ vegaḥ yaḥ anucitaṃ manyate।

tvarā kāryaghātinī asti।

has

hastalikhitam   

lekhapustakādīnāṃ hastena likhitā pratiḥ।

mama hastalikhitaṃ mudraṇārthe mudraṇālaye gatam।

has

bhasrā, bhasrākā, bhasrī, bhasrikā   

agnidīpakacarmanirmitayantraviśeṣaḥ।

ayaskāraḥ bhasrayā agnim prerayati

has

hastābhūṣaṇam   

hastasya ābhūṣaṇam।

svarṇakāraḥ vividhān hastābhūṣaṇān adarśayat।

has

has   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā candramāḥ aśvinyādiṣu saptaviṃśatiṣu nakṣatreṣu trayodaśatame nakṣatre vartate।

adya hastā samāptā।

has

lohasuṣiḥ   

astraviśeṣaḥ, yena adhunātana-yoddhṛbhiḥ prayuktā sīsaka-gullikā antarāgnibalena nāḍi-chidrād atidūre niḥssāryate।

ārakṣakasya pārśve lohasuṣiḥ vartate

has

bakaḥ, dvārabalibhuk, kakṣeruḥ, śuklavāyasaḥ, dīrghajaṅghaḥ, bakoṭaḥ, gṛhabalipriyaḥ, niśaitaḥ, śikhī, candravihaṅgamaḥ, tīrthasevī, tāpasaḥ, mīnaghātī, mṛṣādhyāyī, niścalāṅgaḥ, dāmbhikaḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ-yasya kaṇṭha tathā ca pādau dīrghau।

matsyān bhakṣayituṃ bakaḥ taṭe avasthitaḥ।

has

balātkāraḥ, pramāthaḥ, abhibhavaḥ, haṭhasaṃbhogaḥ, ādharṣaḥ, strīsaṅgrahaḥ   

kayācit striyā saha tasyāḥ icchāviruddhaḥ balapūrvakaḥ kṛtaḥ sambhogaḥ।

balātkārasya daṇḍaḥ mṛtyudaṇḍaḥ eva bhavitum arhati।

has

hastakṣepaḥ   

kasmin api kārye parivartanārthe kimapi karaṇasya kathanasya vā kriyā।

saḥ mama kārye hastakṣepaṃ karoti।

has

sūpakāraḥ, pacakaḥ, pācakaḥ, pacaḥ, pacelukaḥ, sūdādhyakṣaḥ, bhakṣyakāraḥ, annasaṃskartā, bhaktakāraḥ, audenikaḥ, āndhasikaḥ   

yaḥ anyān kṛte annaṃ pacati।

asmākaṃ sūpakāraḥ svādayuktam annaṃ pacati।

has

gajadantaḥ, nāgadantaḥ, karidantaḥ, hastidantaḥ, dantidantaḥ, kuñjaḥ   

gajamukhasya dvayoḥ bhāgayoḥ nirgatāḥ dantākārāḥ śvetavarṇīyāḥ avayavāḥ yaiḥ bahūnāṃ vastūnāṃ nirmāṇaṃ bhavati।

gajadantasya corāḥ ārakṣakena baddhāḥ।

has

tīrthayātrikaḥ, yātrikaḥ, tīrthasevī, kārpaṭikaḥ, yātrākārī, sārthikaḥ, pathikaḥ   

yaḥ tīrthāṭanārthe gacchati।

tīrthayātrikāḥ krameṇa mandiraṃ gacchanti।

has

rahasyam, apagohaḥ   

tad vṛttam athavā kāryaṃ yad anyebhyaḥ gupyate।

coreṇa ārakṣakasya purataḥ cauryasya rahasyam udghāṭitam।

has

bhakṣaṇam, nyāgaḥ, khadanam, khādanam, aśanam, nighasaḥ, valbhanam, abhyavahāraḥ, dagdhiḥ, jakṣaṇam, lehaḥ, pratyavasānam, ghasiḥ, āhāraḥ, psānam, avaṣvāṇam, viṣvāṇam, bhojanam, jemanam, adanam   

dravetaradravyagalādhaḥkaraṇam।

śaṇaśākam vṛthāmāṃsam karaṇe mathitaṃ dadhi tarjjanyā dantadhāvaśca sadyo gomāṃsabhakṣaṇam

[śa ka]

has

bhojanam, jagdhaḥ, jemanam, lepaḥ, āhāraḥ, nighasaḥ, nyādaḥ, jamanam, vighasaḥ, abhyavahāraḥ, pratyavasānam, aśanam, svadanam, nigaraḥ   

adanasya kriyā।

bhojanāt anantaraṃ saḥ viśrāmārthe gataḥ।

has

aspaṣṭa, anaccha, nabhasya, nabhya, sunīhāra   

spaṣṭaṃ na dṛśyamānaḥ।

kūhayā purataḥ sarvam aspaṣṭaṃ dṛśyate।

has

praphulla, ānandin, prahasita, manasvin, modin, raṃsu, hṛṣita   

yaḥ nitya prasannaḥ tathā ca sakriyaḥ asti।

praphullasya manuṣyasya jīvanam ānandadāyi vartate।

has

mayūraḥ, kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ śobhanaḥ khagaḥ yasya pucchaṃ dīrgham asti।

mayūraḥ bhāratasya rāṣṭriyaḥ khagaḥ asti।

has

garbhapātaḥ, bhrūṇahatyā, bhrūṇavadhaḥ, garbhasaṃsravaṇam, garbhasamplavaḥ   

garbhasya sampūrṇavṛddheḥ pūrvameva tasya patanam।

sopānāt patanena snuṣāyāḥ garbhapātaḥ abhavat।

has

bhakṣakaḥ, bhakṣakam, bhakṣikā, ghasmaraḥ, ghasmarā, ghasmaram, admaraḥ, admaram, admarā   

yaḥ svārthena kasyāpi sarvanāśaṃ karoti।

yadi rakṣakaḥ eva bhakṣakaḥ bhavati tarhi anye kimapi kartuṃ asamarthāḥ santi।

has

raśmiḥ, marīciḥ, karaḥ, abhīśuḥ, abhīṣuḥ, mayūkhaḥ, gabhastiḥ, dīdhitiḥ, arkatviṭ, pādaḥ, usraḥ, ruciḥ, tviṣiḥ, vibhā, arcis, bhānuḥ, śipiḥ, dhṛṣṇiḥ, pṛṣṭiḥ, vīciḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, upadhṛtiḥ, pṛśniḥ, syonaḥ, syūmaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśuḥ, kiraṇaḥ   

prakāśasya atisūkṣmāḥ rekhāḥ yāḥ sūryacandrādibhyaḥ jyotiṣmadbhyaḥ padārthebhyaḥ niṣkasya vikīryamāṇāḥ dṛśyante।

sūryasya raśmibhiḥ dinasya prārambhaḥ bhavati।

has

hastakalā, śilpakarma, śilpam   

hastābhyāṃ vastunirmāṇasya kalā।

hastakalāyāḥ prayogaḥ adhikatayā grāmeṣu eva kriyate।

has

āragvadhaḥ, rājavṛkṣaḥ, sampākaḥ, caturaṅgulaḥ, ārevataḥ, vyādhighātaḥ, kṛtamālaḥ, suvarṇakaḥ, manthānaḥ, rocanaḥ, dīrghaphalaḥ, nṛpadṛmaḥ, himapuṣpaḥ, rājatanuḥ, kaṇḍughnaḥ, jvarāntakaḥ, arujaḥ, svarṇapuṣpam, svarṇadruḥ, kuṣṭhasudanaḥ, karṇābharaṇakaḥ, mahārājadrumaḥ, karṇikāraḥ, svarṇāṅgaḥ, pragrahaḥ, śampākaḥ, śampātaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya māṣaḥ dīrghaḥ asti।

āragvadhasya puṣpāṇi pītāni tathā ca parṇāni śirīṣasadṛśāni bhavanti।

has

hastāntaraṇam   

kasyacit janasya janānāṃ vā vastunaḥ anyasmai arpaṇam।

asyāḥ udyogasaṃsthāyāḥ hastāntaraṇaṃ jātam।

has

hastākṣaram, svīyākṣaraḥ, svākṣaram   

lekhādīn pramāṇayitum athavā tasya anuyogādhīnatāṃ svīkartuṃ svahastena likhitaṃ svasya nāma।

caritra-pramāṇapatre pradhānācāryamahodayasya hastākṣaram āvaśyakam asti।

has

hastarekhā   

haste vartamānā rekhā yayā sāmudrikaṃ phalajyotiṣyaṃ kathyate।

śyāmena paṇḍitāya hastarekhā darśitā।

has

prahasanam   

hāsyarasapradhānaḥ rupakaprakāraḥ।

etad prahasanaṃ rañjakam asti।

has

hāsyam, hāsaḥ, hasaḥ, hasanam   

sāhitye navaraseṣu vikṛtākāravāgveśaceṣṭādeḥ kutukodbhavaḥ rasaḥ।

hāsyasya sthāyībhāvaḥ hāsaḥ asti।

has

sukhasampad   

yaśorūpā dhanarūpā ca sarvā samṛddhiḥ vaibhavaṃ ca।

gaṇeśasya kṛpayā bhaktaiḥ sukhasampad prāptā।

has

adhastanam, adhaḥ   

kasyacana vastunaḥ arvāk।

kañcukasya adhastanaṃ svedakaṃ paridhattaṃ tathāpi śithilaḥ eva asti।

has

daṇḍavidhiḥ, sāhasavidhiḥ   

aparādhānāṃ daṇḍasya vidhānaṃ yasmin kṛtam asti।

bhāratīyasya daṇḍavidheḥ viṃśatyadhikatriśatatamena vidhiniyamena hantuḥ kṛte ājīvanaṃ kārāvasasya daṇḍaḥ vihitaḥ।

has

haṭhāt, balāt, prasabham, sahasā, prasahya, rabhasā, sabalātkāram, svayaṃgrāham, nirmathya   

balam upayujya।

tena mayā idaṃ kāryaṃ haṭhāt kāritam।

has

bhasmībhūta   

yaḥ dagdhvā rakṣārūpeṇa avaśiṣṭaḥ।

agnijvālāyāṃ sandīpasya gṛhaṃ bhasmībhūtam abhavat। / bhasmībhūtasya dehasya punarāgamanaṃ kutaḥ।

has

kaṇṭhastha   

yad mukhodgatam।

etad kāvyaṃ kaṇṭhastham asti।

has

lālā, syandinī, lasikā, drāvikā, sṛṇīkā, sṛṇikā, syandanī, lāsaḥ, āsyāsavaḥ, mukhasrāvaḥ, vadanāsavaḥ, vaktrāsavaḥ   

mukhāt sravamāṇaḥ rasaḥ।

putrasya mukhāt sravamāṇāṃ lālāṃ mātā punaḥ punaḥ proñchayati।

has

abhiyoktā, vādī, abhiyogī, arthī, kāraṇavādī, kāryī, kriyāpādaḥ, kriyāvādī, gūḍhasākṣī, parivādī, pūrvapakṣapādaḥ, pūrvavādī, pratyabhiskandanam   

yaḥ nyāyālaye rājasabhāyāṃ vā svapakṣam upasthāpayati।

abhiyoktā svasya puṣṭyarthe pramāṇaṃ saṅgṛhṇāti।

has

sūryamukhī, śrīhastinī, arkapuṣpī, varadā, varāhakālī, supatra   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyāni puṣpāṇi dine saralaṃ tiṣṭhanti rātrau ca ānatāni bhavanti।

kṛṣakaḥ sūryamukheḥ siñcanaṃ karoti।

has

hastarekhāvid, hastarekhāvit   

yaḥ manuṣyasya hastarekhāḥ dṛṣṭvā tasya bhūtabhaviṣyavartamānakālādīnāṃ viṣaye kathayati।

aruṇāyāḥ mātṛṣvasṛpatiḥ prasiddhaḥ hastarekhāvid asti।

has

hastalikhita   

hastena likhitam।

saṅgrahālaye naikānāṃ janānāṃ hastalikhitāni patrāṇi santi।

has

hiṅguḥ, hiṅgukaḥ, sahasravedhī, sahasravīryā, śūlahṛt, śūlahṛd, śūlanāśinī, śūladviṭ, śālasāraḥ, vāhikaḥ, rāmaṭhaḥ, rāmaṭham, ramaṭhadhvaniḥ, ramaṭham, rakṣoghnaḥ, bhedanam, bhūtāriḥ, bhūtanāśanaḥ, billam, villam, bāhlikam, balhikam, piṇyākaḥ, piṇyākam, pinyāsaḥ, dīptam, ugragandham, ugravīryam, atyugram, agūḍhagandham, jatukam, jantughnam, bālhī, sūpadhūpanam, jatu, jantunāśanam, sūpāṅgam, gṛhiṇī, madhurā, keśaram   

upaskaraviśeṣaḥ- bālhika-pārasya-khorāsāna-mūlatānādi-deśe jāyamānāt kṣupāt niryāsitam ugragandhī dravyam।

hiṅguḥ upaskararūpeṇa vyañjaneṣu tathā ca oṣadhirupeṇa bheṣajeṣu upayujyate।

has

arthasaṅkalpaḥ   

āgāminaḥ varṣasya kṛte māsasya kṛte vā jāyamānasya āyavyayasya ālekhaḥ।

mārcamāse sarvakāraḥ arthasaṅkalpaṃ niścinoti।

has

pratinidhiḥ, pratihastaḥ, kārāpakaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ janasya vā pakṣataḥ kamapi kāryaṃ kartuṃ niyuktaḥ asti।

śyāmaḥ ekasmin vittakoṣe pratinidhiḥ asti।

has

nibhṛtam, apavāritam, upāṃśu, gūḍham, gūḍhatayā, gūḍhe, guhyam, guptam, parokṣam, sagūḍham, rahasyam, channam, sanutar, channe, tiraścathā, nigūḍham, niṇik, niṇyam   

anyaiḥ mā vijñāyi iti rītyā।

śyāmaḥ nibhṛtam āgatya mama pṛṣṭhataḥ asthāt।

has

sahasra   

daśaśatāni abhidheyā।

tena mahyaṃ ṛṇarūpeṇa sahasrāṇi rupyakāṇi dattāni।

has

vihasan   

yaḥ hasati।

puruṣaḥ vihasan koṣṭhāt bahiḥ āgataḥ।

has

bhasma   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ jvalanānantaram avaśiṣṭaḥ cūrṇarūpaḥ aṃśaḥ।

grāmeṣu kaiścana janaiḥ pātrāṇi mārṣṭuṃ bhasma upayujyate।

has

bhasma   

agnihotrasya rakṣā yāṃ śivabhaktāḥ mastake dhārayanti।

sādhujanaḥ bhasma dhārayitvā sādhanāyāṃ līnaḥ asti।

has

mahānalvam, sahastramānam   

dūratāyāḥ māpanaṃ kartuṃ yat parimāṇaṃ tad।

sahastraṃ mānaṃ nāma ekaṃ mahānalvam।

has

sakhyam, gāḍhasauhṛdam, atimitratā, sakhibhāvaḥ, sakhitā, ātmīyatā   

ātmīyasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

rāmaśyāmayoḥ atīva sakhyam asti।

has

hastā, hastaḥ   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatatrayodaśanakṣatram।

hastāyāṃ nakṣatre pañca tārāḥ vartante।

has

patrādeśaḥ, patrasaṅketaḥ, gṛhasaṅketaḥ   

patrapreṣaṇārthe upayujyamānaḥ gṛhasya athavā sthānasya saṅketaḥ yaḥ patragrāhakasya nāmnaḥ adhaḥ likhyate।

asamyak patrādeśāt patravāhaḥ kasyāpi anyasyaiva patram asmadīye gṛhe nikṣiptavān।

has

atyāhārī, udarapiśācaḥ, udarambhariḥ, ghasmaraḥ, ādyūnaḥ, kukṣimbhariḥ   

yaḥ pramāṇāt adhikaṃ khādati।

rāmānandaḥ atyāhārī asti yataḥ saḥ ekasmin eva samaye atimātraṃ bhojanaṃ karoti।

has

sahasā ākṛṣ, sahasā ākṣip   

kośādibhyaḥ vastunaḥ sahasā niṣkarṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rājā asipatrāt asiṃ sahasā ākarṣat।

has

udvij, upahas   

aprasannatājananānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

mālā anujaṃ bahu udvejayati।

has

hastena spṛś   

santoṣeṇa hastena sparśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

prasannaḥ ācāryaḥ rameśasya pṛṣṭhaṃ hastena aspṛśat।

has

tīrthasthalam, sthānam   

devatāvāsena pavitrībhūtaḥ pradeśaḥ;

tryambakeśvara iti tīrthasthalam mahārāṣṭre vartate

has

parihas   

kelidevanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rameśaḥ śyālīṃ parihasati।

has

muktahasta, muktakara   

yaḥ udāratāpūrvakaṃ bhūri dānaṃ karoti।

rājā vikramādityaḥ muktahastaḥ āsīt।

has

udāratayā, muktahastena, akārpaṇyena   

kārpaṇyarahitatvena।

saḥ āplāvapīḍitebhyaḥ udāratayā dānaṃ dattavān।

has

vāsaraḥ, divasaḥ, dinam, ghasraḥ, ahaḥ, bhāsvaraḥ, divā, vāraḥ, aṃśakaḥ, dyuḥ, aṃśakam   

kālaviśeṣaḥ, sūryodayāt sūryodayaparyantam kālam ।

vāsarasya aṣṭabhāgāḥ santi।

has

hastamaithunam   

svahastena guptāṅgānāṃ uttejitakaraṇasya kriyā।

hastamaithunasya śarīre aniṣṭaḥ pariṇāmaḥ bhavati।

has

kaṇḍūtiḥ, kacchū, kaṇḍū, kharjuḥ, rākā, vicarcikā, sṛkaṇḍuḥ, kaṇḍūlabhāvaḥ, khasaḥ   

gātragharṣaṇasya icchā।

mama pāde kaṇḍūtiḥ vartate।

has

bhuj, ad, khād, aś, bhakṣaya, ghas, psā, āsvād, gṝ, carv, abhyavahṛ, āhṛ, upabhuj, upāś, cam, pratyavaso, jakṣ, gras, ākhād   

viśeṣataḥ manuṣyaiḥ pariveṣaṇasya bhojanasya bhakṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kathāsamāptyanantaraṃ bhaktāḥ paṅktau upaviśya bhuñjate।

has

garbhastha   

yaḥ garbhe vartate।

garbhasthasya śiśoḥ kuśalatārthe mātā prayatate।

has

antaḥsthaḥ, ardhasvaraḥ   

madhye sthitaḥ।

ya ra la va itye antaḥsthāḥ santi।

has

agastiḥ, agastyaḥ, pītābdhiḥ, maitrāvarūṇiḥ, kumbhasambhavaḥ, vātāpidviṭ, āgneyaḥ, aurvaśīyaḥ, āgnimārutaḥ, ghaṭodbhavaḥ, sindhupibaḥ, sindhupiba, kūṭaḥ   

muniviśeṣaḥ, mitrāvaruṇayoḥ putraḥ।

agastiḥ sāgaraṃ pītavān।

has

adhaḥsvastikam, adharasvastikam, adhodiśā, adhastāddiśā, adharā   

ākāśaṃ paśyataḥ manujasya pādayoḥ adhaḥ kalpitaḥ binduḥ।

adhaḥsvastikam tu khasvastikasya vilomaṃ bhavati।

has

khasvastikam, viṣṇupadam, ūrdhvā, nabhomadhyam, khamadhyam, svarmadhyam, gaganamadhyam, śirobinduḥ   

ākāśe śirasaḥ upari manyamānaḥ kalpitabinduḥ।

madhyāhne sūryaḥ khasvastike bhavati।

has

pravṛddha, parivṛddha, samupārūḍa, vardhita, abhivṛddha, abhyuccita, āpī, āpyāna, āpyāyita, ucchrita, udagra, udita, udīrita, udīrṇa, udbhūta, udrikta, unnaddha, unnamita, upasṛṣṭa, ṛddha, edhita, jṛmbhita, paribṛṃhita, paripuṣṭa, parivardhita, pyāyita, bahulīkṛta, bahulita, bṛṃhita, pracurīkṛta, prathita, rūḍha, vejita, vivardhita, vivṛddha, śūna, sādhika, sahaskṛta, samārūḍha, samedhita, sampraviddha, saṃrabdha, samuddhata, samukṣita, samunnīta, saṃvṛddha, sāndrīkṛta, sātirikta, sphītīkṛta, ucchūna   

yaḥ avardhata।

pravṛddhena mūlyena janāḥ pīḍitāḥ।

has

śītasahā, sindhuvārakaḥ, nirguṇḍī, kapikā, sthirasādhanakaḥ, sindhukaḥ, nīlasindhukaḥ, indrasurasaḥ, sindhuvārikā, śvetapuṣpaḥ, nirguṇṭī, candrasurasaḥ, surasaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, nīlāśī, sindhuvāritaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, nisindhuḥ, sindhuvāraḥ, śepālaḥ, nirguṇḍiḥ, sinduvāraḥ, nisindhukaḥ, nīlakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ, indrāṇikā, indrāṇī, śvetasurasā   

kundajātīyā śvetapuṣpaviśiṣṭā latā।

śītasahā varṣākāle vikasati।

has

śītasaham, sindhuvārakam, nirguṇḍi, kapikam, sthirasādhanakam, sindhukam, nīlasindhukam, indrasurasam, sindhuvārikam, śvetapuṣpam, nirguṇṭi, candrasurasam, surasam, sindhurāvam, nīlāśi, sindhuvāritam, śvetarāvakam, nisindhum, sindhuvāram, śepālam, nirguṇḍim, sinduvāram, nisindhukam, nīlakam, arthasiddhakam, indrāṇikam, indrāṇi, śvetasurasam   

kundajātīyapuṣpam।

śītasahasya ārdragandhaḥ āgacchati।

has

agrakaṅkaṇam, agrahastabhūṣaṇam   

tad ābhūṣaṇaṃ yad haste agre dhāryate--।

śīlā agrakaṅkaṇaṃ vāraṃ vāraṃ niṣkāsya adhārayat।

has

sahasratama   

gaṇanāyāṃ sahasrasthāne vartamānaḥ।

madhyagena sahasratamaḥ bhāgaḥ śulkarūpeṇa gṛhītaḥ।

has

sahasra   

daśaśatayoḥ guṇanaphalarūpeṇa prāptā saṅkhyā।

pañcaśatādhikaṃ pañcaśataṃ sahasraṃ bhavati।/pāparogī sahasrasya dāturnāśayate phalam

[manu. 3.177]

has

prābhikartā, vyavahārasacivaḥ, vyavahārapaṇḍitaḥ, parakāryasampādakaḥ, parakāryasādhakaḥ, pratipuruṣaḥ, pratihastaḥ   

yaḥ kasya api anyasya kṛte daṇḍānuśāsanasambandhi kāryaṃ karoti।

adya prābhikartā kāryālaye na āgataḥ।

has

sahasrāraḥ, sahasrāram   

haṭhayogānusāreṇa ṣaṭcakreṣu ṣaṣṭhamaṃ cakram।

sahasrārasya sthānaṃ mastiṣkam asti iti manyate।

has

sahasrāraḥ   

jainānāṃ dvādaśatamaḥ svargaḥ।

puṇyātmā eva sahasrāre gamanasya adhikārī asti।

has

nirandhas, anāhārin   

yena kimapi na khāditam।

nirandhasaḥ puruṣaḥ kārye magnaḥ na bhavati।

has

kaṅkaṇaḥ, hastasūtram, kauśukam   

alaṃkāraviśeṣaḥ,haste paridhīyamāṇaḥ bhūṣaṇaḥ yaḥ kaṇ-kaṇ iti nādam karoti;

dānena pāṇirna tu kaṅkaṇena vibhāti

has

hastipramehaḥ   

pramehaprakāraḥ।

hastipramehe mūtreṇa saha gajasya madasadṛśaḥ padārthaḥ pravahati।

has

lodhraḥ, gālavaḥ, śābaraḥ, tirīṭaḥ, tilvaḥ, mārjanaḥ, lodhavṛkṣaḥ, bhillataruḥ, tilvakaḥ, kāṇḍakīlakaḥ, lodhrakavṛkṣaḥ, śambaraḥ, hastirodhrakaḥ, tilakaḥ, kāṇḍanīlakaḥ, hemapuṣpakaḥ, bhillī, śāvarakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

lodhrasya carma evaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ ca auṣadhāya upayujyate।

has

hastikā   

prācīnakālīnaḥ vādyaviśeṣaḥ।

hastikāyāṃ tantrayaḥ santi।

has

eḍagajaḥ, prapunnāṭaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, cakramardaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakragajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimarddakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, cakrāhvaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prapunnāḍaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ   

auṣadhīyakṣupaḥ।

eḍagajasya upayogaḥ dantacikitsāyai bhavati।

has

tiniśaḥ, syandanaḥ, nemī, rathadruḥ, atimuktakaḥ, vañculaḥ, citrakṛt, cakrī, śatāṅgaḥ, śakaṭaḥ, rathaḥ, rathikaḥ, bhasmagarbhaḥ, meṣī, jaladharaḥ   

śiṃśapājātīyaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya patrāṇi khadiravat bhavanti।

tiniśasya kāṣṭham atīva dṛḍhaṃ bhavati।

has

sahasram   

aṅkānāṃ sthānānāṃ gaṇanāyām ekakāt ārabhya caturthaṃ sthānaṃ yatra sahasraguṇitasya bodhaḥ bhavati।

dvyadhikapañcasahasram ityasyāṃ saṅkhyāyāṃ pañca sahasrasya sthāne asti।

has

hasat, prahasat   

yaḥ hasanaṃ karoti।

hasantaḥ bālakāḥ sarvebhyaḥ rocante।

has

hasika   

yaḥ sāhasena paripūrṇaḥ।

maheśaḥ sāhasikāṃ yātrāṃ prati agacchat।

has

antarikṣīya, nābhasa   

antarikṣasambandhī।

antarikṣīyā vidyut patitā ataḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ mṛtaḥ।

has

hastīrājā   

candravaṃśirājñaḥ suhotrasya putraḥ।

hastī eva hastināpuraṃ sthāpitavān।

has

has   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya ekaḥ putraḥ।

hastinaḥ varṇanaṃ paurāṇikāsu kathāsu labhyate।

has

gurugranthasāhibam, granthasāhibam, guruvāṇī   

pañjābanivāsināṃ dharmagraṃthaḥ।

pañjābanivāsinaḥ gurugranthasāhibam sajīvaṃ gurum iva manyante।

has

sahastravāc   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya ekaḥ putraḥ।

sahastravācaḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

has

hāsyam, hāsyaḥ, hāsaḥ, hasanam, hasitam   

hāsyena utpannaḥ śabdaḥ।

tasya hāsyam atrāpi śrūyate।

has

dṛḍhasyuḥ   

agastyamaharṣeḥ kaḥ putraḥ।

dṛḍhasyuḥ lopamudrāyāḥ garbhāt jātaḥ।

has

dṛḍhasandhaḥ   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya ekaḥ putraḥ।

dṛḍhasandhasya varṇanaṃ bhāgavate vartate।

has

dṛḍhahastaḥ   

dhṛtarāṣṭrasya śateṣu putreṣu anyatamaḥ।

dṛḍhahastasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti।

has

bhasmāsuraḥ   

purāṇeṣu varṇitaḥ ekaḥ daityaḥ।

śivaḥ bhasmāsurāya varam dattavān yat tena spṛṣṭaṃ vastu bhasma bhaviṣyati iti।

has

abhiṣekaḥ, abhiṣavaḥ, avabhṛthaḥ, avabhṛthasnapanam   

sacchidrāt pātrāt jalasya dugdhasya vā bindirūpeṇa sravaṇam।

bhaktaḥ abhiṣekāya pātraṃ jalena pūritavān।

has

sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, indrāṇī, indrāṇikā, candrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭī, nirguṇḍī, nisindhuḥ, nanīlasindhukaḥ, śvetapuṣpaḥ, śvetarāvakaḥ, sindhurāvaḥ, sindhuvārakaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, sindhukaḥ, surasaḥ, sthirasādhanakaḥ, arthasiddhakaḥ   

ekaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

sindhuvārasya patrāṇi bījāḥ ca auṣadhyāṃ prayujyante।

has

kopalatā, ardhacandrikā, analaprabhā, kaṭabhī, kanakaprabhā, kukundanī, kaiḍaryaḥ, gīrlatā, jyotiṣkā, jyotirlatā, tīktakā, tīkṣṇā, dīptaḥ, niphalā, paṇyā, parāpatapadī, pītatailā, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, matidā, lagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇaḥ, vāyasādanī, śṛṅgin, śleṣmaghnī, sarasvatī, supiṅgalā, suvegā, suvarṇalatā, svarṇalatā, sumedhas, sphuṭavalkalī, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī   

ekā latā।

kopalatā oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

has

śuka-rahasya-upaniṣad, śuka-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

śuka-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

has

rāmarahasyopaniṣad, rāmarahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

rāmarahasyopaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

has

bhasma upaniṣad, bhasmaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

bhasma-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

has

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad, sarasvatī-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

has

yuddhasāmagrī   

yuddhe prayuktā sāmagrī।

yuddhasāmagryā samāhitaṃ vāhanaṃ kṣatigrastam।

has

sārasaḥ, gonardaḥ, gṛhasārasaḥ, kāmivallabhaḥ, kāmī, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, puṣkaraḥ, puṣkarākhyaḥ, puṣkarāhvaḥ, puṣkarāhvayaḥ, rasikaḥ, lakṣaṇaḥ, maithunī, lakṣmaṇaḥ, śyenākhyaḥ   

bādāmasya varṇasya ekaḥ bakaḥ।

sārasasya cañcuḥ kṛśaḥ dṛḍhaḥ ca bhavati।

has

hastalikhitatajjñaḥ, hastalikhitanipuṇaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi hastalekhanaṃ dṛṣṭvā tasya svabhāvam abhijānāti।

hastalikhitatajjñasya anusāraṃ śyāmaḥ atīva bhāvapūrṇaḥ asti।

has

hastalikhitatajjñaḥ, hastalikhitanipuṇaḥ   

yaḥ hastalekhanaṃ dṛṣṭvā lekhakaḥ kaḥ asya viṣaye vetti।

hastalikhitatajjñena patreṣu hastākṣarasya parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

has

nigrahasthānam   

nyāyadarśane ṣoḍaśasu sthāneṣu ekam।

nyāyasiddhānte 22 nigrahasthānāni matāni।

has

sṭelinamahodayaḥ, josephasṭelinamahodayaḥ   

ekaḥ prasiddhaḥ ruṣyadeśīyaḥ netā।

leninamahodayasya mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ sṭelinamahodayaḥ tasya uttarādhikārī abhavat।

has

savyasācin, ubhyahastakuśala   

yaḥ hastadvayena kāryaṃ kartuṃ samarthaḥ।

śastrakriyāyāḥ samaye savyasācinaḥ cikītsakasya dvau hastau śīghratayā kāryaṃ kurvantau āstām।

has

vyomasthālī, khasthālī   

kadācit avakāśe dṛśyamānā tad vastu yasya viṣaye kiñcidapi na jñāyate।

kāle viśvasya vibhinne bhāge vyomasthālī dṛṣṭā।

has

sahasrajit   

śrīkṛṣṇasya ekaḥ putraḥ।

sahasrajitaḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

has

hasananagaram   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

hasananagarāt vayaṃ belūra-maṭhaṃ draṣṭum agacchan।

has

hasanamaṇḍalam   

karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

hasanamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hasananagare asti।

has

adhastana, adhara, sannatara, nihīnatara, adhobhava, pratyavara   

adharabhāgasya।

asyāḥ argalāyāḥ adhastanaḥ bhāgaḥ naṣṭaḥ jātaḥ asti।

has

mehasānāmaṇḍalam   

gujarātaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

mehasānāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ mehasānānagare vartate।

has

mehasānānagaram   

gujarātaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram। adhunā mukhyamantrī mehasānānagare vartate।

has

phategaḍhasāhibanagaram   

pañjābaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

phategaḍhasāhibamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ phategaḍhasāhibanagare vartate।

has

phategaḍhasāhibanagaram   

pañjābaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

phategaḍhasāhibanagarasya ekasmin mandire umāmaheśvarayoḥ tathā ca gaṇeśasya pratimāḥ santi।

has

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

has

hasitam   

kāmadevasya dhanuḥ।

kāmadevaḥ hasitāt bāṇān prakṣepayati।

has

cakramardaḥ, eḍagajaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakravajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prappunanāḍaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ   

varṣākāle vardhamānaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ।

kṣetre cakramardāḥ santi।

has

praghasaḥ   

rāvaṇasya mukhyaḥ senāpatiḥ।

aśokavāṭikāyāḥ nāśanasamaye praghasaṃ hanumān jaghāna।

has

hastalikhitam, pustakam, kācanakī, pustam, lekhaḥ   

hastena likhitaṃ patram।

saṅgrahālaye'smin bahūni prācīnāni hastalikhitāni santi।

has

sarjikākṣāraḥ, sarjiḥ, bhasmaśarkarā   

yaugikapadārthaviśeṣaḥ।

sarjikākṣarasya upayogaḥ prāyaḥ kṛṣikṣetre tathā kāryaśālāyāṃ bhavati।

has

sahasrābdaḥ, sahasravarṣaḥ   

sahasravarṣāvadhikaḥ kālaḥ।

asmin sahasrābde calaccitrapaṭasṛṣṭeḥ amitābhaḥ eva hi mahānāyakaḥ।

has

hastaśilpam   

manuṣyeṇa hastena nirmitaṃ vastu।

melāyām asmābhiḥ kānicana hastaśilpāni krītāni।

has

kalāpī, varhiṇaḥ, varhī, śikhī, śikhābalaḥ, śikhaṇḍī, śikhādhāraḥ, śikhādharaḥ, nīlakaṇṭhaḥ, śyāmakaṇṭhaḥ, śuklāpāṅgaḥ, sitāpāṅgaḥ, bhujaṅgabhuk, bhujaṅgabhojī, bhujaṅgahā, bhujagābhojī, bhujagadāraṇaḥ, pracalākī, candrakī, bhujagāntakaḥ, bhujagāśanaḥ, sarpāśanaḥ, kekī, nartakaḥ, nartanapriyaḥ, meghānandī, meghasuhṛd, meghanādānulāsī, varṣāmadaḥ, citramekhala, citrapicchakaḥ, kumāravāhī, rājasārasaḥ, kāntapakṣī, śukrabhuk, śāpaṭhikaḥ, dārvaṇḍaḥ, hariḥ   

puṃtvaviśiṣṭamayūraḥ।

kalāpī mayūrī ca tṛdilaṃ cañcvā gṛhṇītaḥ।

has

hasam   

kāṭhinyapūrṇaṃ kāryam।

saḥ sarvadā sāhasaṃ karoti।

has

vivāhasamārohaḥ   

saḥ sāmājikaḥ samārohaḥ yasmin vivāhaḥ sampadyate।

vivāhasamārohe tu gantavyam eva।

has

gajaḥ, hastī, karī, dantī, dvipaḥ, vāraṇa-, mātaṅgaḥ, mataṅgaḥ, kuñjaraḥ, nāgaḥ, dviradaḥ, ibhaḥ, radī, dvipāyī, anekapaḥ, viṣāṇī, kareṇuḥ, padmī, lambakarṇaḥ, śuṇḍālaḥ, karṇikī, dantāvalaḥ, stamberamaḥ, dīrghavaktraḥ, drumāriḥ, dīrghamārutaḥ, vilomajihvaḥ, śakvā, pīluḥ, mahāmṛgaḥ, mataṅgajaḥ, ṣaṣṭhihāyanaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ , yasya vakṣo atha kakṣāvalayaḥ,ślathāśca lambodarasaḥ tvagbṛhatīgalaśca pecakena saha sthūlā kukṣiḥ asti। tathā ca yaḥ śuṇḍāvān asti।

hayā jiheṣire harṣād gambhīraṃ jagajuḥ gajāḥ।

has

prahastaḥ   

rāvaṇasya senāpatiḥ।

prahastasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe asti।

has

kārtavīryaḥ, haihayaḥ, doḥsahastrabhṛt, arjunaḥ, kārtavīryārjunaḥ   

haihayavaṃśotpannaḥ rājā yaṃ paraśurāmaḥ jaghāna।

kārtavīryaḥ khyātaḥ āsīt।

has

bṛhaspatiḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ aṅgirasaḥ putraḥ iti manyate।

bharadvājaḥ bṛhaspateḥ putraḥ iti manyate।

has

prahastraḥ   

rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ akampanasya bhrātā āsīt।

sumālinaḥ daśasu putreṣu prahastraḥ ekaḥ āsīt।

has

pradhasaḥ   

sumālinaḥ daśasu putreṣu anyatamaḥ।

pradhasaḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe asti।

has

ghasaḥ   

dānavanāmaviśeṣaḥ।

ghasasya varṇanam purāṇeṣu dṛśyate।

has

nabhasyaḥ   

svārociṣamanoḥ putraḥ।

nabhasyasya varṇanaṃ harivaṃśapurāṇe asti।

has

has   

paurāṇikaḥ puruṣaḥ।

hastī eva hastināpuram nyaveśayat।

has

hastināpuram, nāgāhvaḥ, hāstinam, gajāhvayam, gajāhvam, gajasāhvayam, hastinīpuram   

paurāṇikaṃ nagaraṃ yad idānīntanīyāyāḥ dehalyāḥ pañcāśatkilomīṭaraparimitaṃ dūraṃ vartate।

hastināpuraṃ rājñā hastinā sthāpitam āsīt।

has

suhastyaḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

suhastyasya varṇanaṃ ṛgvede prāpyate।

has

hastaghaṭī   

maṇibandhe dhāryamāṇā ghaṭī।

saḥ sarvadā hastaghaṭīṃ dhārayati।

has

sūryakiraṇaḥ, sūryaraśmiḥ, sūryamayūkhaḥ, sūryakaraḥ, sūryāṃśuḥ, arkakaraḥ, gabhastiḥ, tapanakaraḥ, ravikiraṇaḥ, sūryapādaḥ, hetiḥ   

sūryasya raśmiḥ।

uṣaḥkāle sūryakiraṇāḥ dharām āvṛṇvanti।

has

hasika, vīryavat, mahāvīrya   

śauryeṇa yuktam।

bhavatā sāhasikaṃ kāryaṃ kṛtam।

has

hastanirmita   

hastābhyāṃ vinirmitaṃ kalāśilpam।

bhavataḥ samīpe bahūni hastanirmitāni vastūni syuḥ।

has

vyāghraḥ, śārdūlaḥ, dvīpī, citrakaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, hiṃsrakaḥ, karvaraḥ, guhāśayaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, jihvāpaḥ, tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭraḥ, nakhāyudhaḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, pañcanakhaḥ, puṇḍarīkaḥ, bhayānakaḥ, bhīruḥ, maruvakaḥ, mṛgapatiḥ, mṛgarāṭ, mṛgendraḥ, vanaśvaḥ, vicitrāṅgaḥ, vyālaḥ, hastikakṣyaḥ, hiṃsāruḥ, hiṃsīraḥ, huṇḍaḥ   

vanyahiṃsrapaśuviśeṣaḥ।

prāṇisaṅgrahālaye dvau vyāghrau tathā ca ekā vyāghrī āsīt।

has

siṃhaḥ, kesarī, keśarī, hapiḥ, mṛgendraḥ, mṛgarājaḥ, mṛgarāṭ, mṛgapatiḥ, paśurājaḥ, paśupatiḥ, śārdūlaḥ, vanarājaḥ, mṛgaripuḥ, mṛgāriḥ, gajāriḥ, kuñjarārātiḥ, dviradāntakaḥ, hastikakṣyaḥ, bhīmanādaḥ, bhīmavikrāntaḥ, bhāriḥ, haryyakṣaḥ, pañcāsyaḥ, pañcānanaḥ, pañcamukhaḥ, pañcavaktraḥ, pañcaśikhaḥ, vyālaḥ, saṭāṅkaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, araṇyarāj, araṇyarāṭ, ibhamācalaḥ, ibhāriḥ, karidārakaḥ, karimācalaḥ, kalaṅkaṣaḥ, palaṅkaṣaḥ, keśī, kravyādaḥ, gajāriḥ, nakhāyudhaḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, nadanuḥ, pārindraḥ, pārīndraḥ, bahubalaḥ, bhāriḥ, bhīmavikrāntaḥ, mahānādaḥ, mahāvīraḥ, mṛgadviṣ, mṛgadviṭ, mṛgaprabhuḥ, raktajihvaḥ, vanahariḥ, visaṅkaṭaḥ, vikramī, vikrāntaḥ, śṛṅgoṣṇīṣaḥ, śailāṭaḥ, śaileyaḥ, sakṛtprajaḥ, harit, haritaḥ, hemāṅgaḥ   

siṃhajātīyaḥ naraḥ vanyapaśuḥ।

siṃhasya grīvā saṭayā āvṛtā asti।

has

daśasahasram, ayutam, १००००   

daśasahasreṇa saha guṇanena prāptā saṅkhyā।

daśasahasraṇāṃ rūpyakāṇām abhikāṅkṣayā tena bālāpahāraḥ kṛtaḥ।

has

daśasahasram, ayutam, १००००   

bahvaṅkī-saṅkhyāyāṃ dakṣiṇatatamāt ekakasthānāt vāmataḥ pañcamo'ṅkaḥ yaḥ tad aṅkasya daśasahasreṇa saha guṇanena prāptāṃ saṅkhyām avabodhayati।

pañcaviṃśatisahasram ityatra dve daśasahasrasya sthāne vartate।

has

daśasahasram, śataśatāni   

sā saṅkhyā yā śatasya śatena saha guṇanena prāpyate।

tena mahyaṃ daśasahasrāṇi rūpyakāṇi prārthitāni।

has

tiraskṛ, dhiḥkṛ, kṣip, bharts, bhas, praduṣ, kuts, vigarh, atibrū, apavad, abhitarjay, ātarjay, udākṛ, upavad, katth, kuṭṭ, jarc, nirvad, nipīy, nivac, parigarh, paribhāṣ, pratinind, pratipīy, vigai, saṃtarjay, saṃduṣay, samabhitarjay   

vinindādibhiḥ adhodarśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tava duṣkṛtyaiḥ eva adhunā janāḥ tvaṃ tiraskurvanti।

has

ardhasamavṛttaḥ   

vṛttaviśeṣaḥ yasya prathamāḥ catvāraḥ pādāḥ samānāḥ bhavanti।

dohāḥ ca sāraṭhāḥ ca ardhasamavṛttau staḥ।

has

ardhasama   

ardheṇa tulyam।

eteṣām ardhasamānāṃ saṅkhyānāṃ yogaḥ kaḥ।

has

suhastaḥ   

dhṛtarāṣṭraputraḥ।

suhastasya varṇanaṃ dhārmikeṣu grantheṣu prāpyate।

has

bhūgarbhastha   

bhūgarbhe vartamānam।

naikāni prākṛtikāni vastūni bhūgarbhasthāni santi।

has

hiṅgu, sahastravedhi, jatukam, vālhikam, vālhīkam, rāmaṭham, jantughnam, vālhī, gṛhiṇī, madhurā, sūpadhūpanam, jatu, keśaram, ugragandham, bhūtāriḥ, jantunāśanam, sūpāṅgam, ugravīryam, agūḍhagandham, bhedanam   

śatapuṣpāviśeṣaḥ।

hiṅgunāmnā eva dravyam upalabhyate yasya upayogaḥ vyañjanarūpeṇa auṣadharūpeṇa vā kriyate।

has

karapṛṣṭham, avahastaḥ, hastapṛṣṭham   

hastasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaḥ।

tasya karapṛṣṭhe vraṇaḥ jātaḥ।

has

hastapṛṣṭham   

hastasya pṛṣṭhatamaḥ bhāgaḥ।

mātuḥ hastapṛṣṭhe rāmaḥ iti akṣaraṃ likhitam asti।

has

kaṇṭhābharaṇam, kaṇṭhabhūṣaṇam, galamekhalā, graivam, graiveyam, graiveyakam, mālā, mālikā, hāraḥ, kaṇṭhasūtram   

kanakasya vā rajatasya kaṇṭhe dhāryamāṇam ābharaṇam।

sā hīrakasya kaṇṭhābharaṇaṃ dhārayati।

has

antaḥsthavarṇaḥ, ardhasvaraḥ   

ya ra la va ityādayaḥ catvāraḥ varṇāḥ।

sparśāṇām uṣmaṇāṃ ca madhye vartamānatvāt ete antaḥsthavarṇāḥ iti kathyante।

has

prahasanam, vidūṣaṇam   

apratyakṣarūpeṇa anyān śrāvayitum uccaiḥ kṛtam adhikṣepayuktaṃ vacanam।

saḥ prahasanasya pravṛttiṃ na jahāti।

has

aṅguṣṭhacihnam, aṅguṣṭhasthānam   

aṅguṣṭhe maśīṃ lepayitvā kargaje aṅguṣṭhasya saṃghaṭṭanena nirmitaṃ tad cihnaṃ yad nirakṣarāḥ janāḥ hastākṣarasya sthāne likhanti।

lekhapālena ekasyāṃ lekhāpustikāyāṃ puruṣasya aṅguṣṭhacihnaṃ svīkṛtam।

has

hastarekhāvid   

hastarekhāṇāṃ jñātā।

hastarekhāvidaḥ anusāreṇa mama jīvanarekhā laghvī asti।

has

rahasyodghāṭaka   

yaḥ anyeṣāṃ rahasyāni udghāṭayati।

eṣā rahasyodghāṭikā vārtā adya vārtāpatre āgacchati।

has

sabhākāraḥ, gṛhakartā, gṛhakārakaḥ, gṛhakārī, gṛhasaṃveśakaḥ, nirmātā, metā   

yaḥ bhavanasya gṛhasya vā nirmāṇaṃ karoti।

lodhāmahodayaḥ prasiddhaḥ sabhākāraḥ asti।

has

hashastikā   

tulyabalānāṃ pratispardhināṃ spardhā।

asmin nirvācane bhāratīyajanatāpakṣaḥ tathā kaॉṅgresapakṣayoḥ hastāhastikā asti।

has

dīrghasūtratā   

lākṣaṇikarūpeṇa tathā ca vyaṅgyātmakarūpeṇa śāsanakāryasya sampādane nirṇaye vā jāyamānaḥ vilambaḥ।

dīrghasūtratā deśasya vikāse avarodhikā bhavati।

has

ecaḍīephasī-baiṅka   

ekaḥ vittakoṣaḥ।

priyaṅkā ecaḍīephasī-baiṅka iti vittakoṣe lekhāṃ prārabdhavatī।

has

gṛhasacivaḥ   

kasyāpi deśasya rājyasya vā gṛhamantrālayasya sacivaḥ।

gṛhasacivaḥ nyāyālayasya ādeśānāṃ pālanam akarot।

has

vigrahasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

rājataraṅgiṇyām iti granthe praśastiṣu ca bahūnāṃ rājñāṃ vigrahasiṃhaḥ iti nāma vartate

has

gabhas   

ekā nadī ।

gabhastyāḥ varṇanaṃ vāyupurāṇe vartate

has

viśuddhasiṃhaḥ   

puruṣasya nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

viśuddhasiṃhasya varṇanaṃ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

viśvanāthastotram   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

viśvanāthastotram iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

has

dṛḍhasyuḥ   

ekaḥ muniḥ ।

dṛḍhasyoḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

has

viśvanāthasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

viśvanāthasiṃhasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

has

viśvanāthasiṃhadevaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

viśvanāthasiṃhadevasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

has

viśvanāthasūriḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

viśvanāthasūreḥ ullekhaḥ kośe asti

has

vedhasī   

ekaṃ puṇyakṣetram ।

vedhasyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

vaidyanarasiṃhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ paṇḍitaḥ ।

vaidyanarasiṃhasenasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

vaidyanāthasūriḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

vaidyanāthasureḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

śabdālokarahasyam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śabdālokarahasyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

śubhasāraḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

śubhasārasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

prahastavādaḥ   

ekā racanā ।

saṃskṛtavāṅmaye prahastavādaḥ prasiddhaḥ

has

prāyaścittarahasyam   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittarahasyam iti khyātā racanā

has

phalguhastinī   

ekaḥ strīkaviḥ ।

kośeṣu phalguhastinī varṇitā dṛśyate

has

buddhasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhasiṃhaḥ bauddhasāhitye nirdiṣṭaḥ

has

buddhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

rājā buddhasenaḥ mṛgayārthe vanam agacchat

has

bṛhaspatiguptaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

vaṃśa-brāhmaṇe bṛhaspatiguptaḥ ullikhitaḥ

has

bṛhaspaticāraḥ   

granthasya vibhāgaḥ ।

bṛhaspaticāraḥ iti varāha-mihira-kṛta bṛhat-saṃhitāyāḥ aṣṭamosdhyāyaḥ

has

bṛhaspatidattaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

pāṇinīya-sūtreṣu ṭīkāyāṃ bṛhaspatidattaḥ ullikhitaḥ

has

bṛhaspatimiśraḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkākāraḥ ।

raghuvaṃśe bṛhaspatimiśreṇa ṭīkā likhitā

has

bṛhaspatisaṃhitā   

dvau kṛtiviśeṣau ।

prācīna-saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye bṛhaspatisaṃhitā nāma dvau kṛtiviśeṣau suvikhyāte

has

bauddhadhikkārarahasyam   

ekā ṭīkā ।

bauddhadhikkārasya bauddhadhikkārarahasyam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

has

buddhasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhasiṃhaḥ bauddhasāhitye nirdiṣṭaḥ

has

buddhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

rājā buddhasenaḥ mṛgayārthe vanam agacchat

has

bṛhaspatiguptaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

vaṃśa-brāhmaṇe bṛhaspatiguptaḥ ullikhitaḥ

has

bṛhaspaticāraḥ   

granthasya vibhāgaḥ ।

bṛhaspaticāraḥ iti varāha-mihira-kṛta bṛhat-saṃhitāyāḥ aṣṭamosdhyāyaḥ

has

bṛhaspatidattaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

pāṇinīya-sūtreṣu ṭīkāyāṃ bṛhaspatidattaḥ ullikhitaḥ

has

bṛhaspatimiśraḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkākāraḥ ।

raghuvaṃśe bṛhaspatimiśreṇa ṭīkā likhitā

has

bṛhaspatisaṃhitā   

dvau kṛtiviśeṣau ।

prācīna-saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye bṛhaspatisaṃhitā nāma dvau kṛtiviśeṣau suvikhyāte

has

bauddhadhikkārarahasyam   

ekā ṭīkā ।

bauddhadhikkārasya bauddhadhikkārarahasyam iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

has

rabhasaḥ   

ekaḥ aindrajālikaḥ ।

rabhasaḥ śastreṣu kriyate

has

rabhasaḥ   

ekaḥ dānavaḥ ।

rabhasasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

has

rabhasaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

rabhasaḥ rambhasya putraḥ asti

has

rabhasaḥ   

ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ ।

rabhasasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

has

rabhasaḥ, rabhasapālaḥ   

ekaḥ kośakāraḥ ।

rabhasasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

has

rabhasaḥ   

ekaḥ vānaraḥ ।

rabhasasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

has

kautukarahasyam   

ekaṃ hāsyanāṭyam ।

kautukarahasyam kośe ullikhitam asti

has

khasakandaḥ   

ekaḥ kandīyavṛkṣakaḥ ।

khasakandasya varṇanaṃ nighaṇṭuprakāśe vartate

has

khasindhuḥ   

ekaḥ candraḥ ।

khasindhuḥ kośe ullikhitaḥ asti

has

śreṣṭhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

śreṣṭhasenasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti

has

bhasmajābālopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

bhasmajābālopaniṣad upaniṣatsu ekā upaniṣat

has

sarvabuddhasandarśanaḥ   

ekaṃ jagat ।

sarvabuddhasandarśanasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

sarvārthasiddhiḥ   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sarvārthasiddhiḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

has

sahasodgataḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sahasodgatasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

sahasrakalā   

ekā strī ।

sahasrakalāyāḥ ullekhaḥ uttamacaritra-kathanake asti

has

sahasrakavacaḥ   

ekaḥ divyapuruṣaḥ ।

sahasrakavacasya ullekhaḥ vīracarite asti

has

sahasrakiraṇaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sahasrakiraṇasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

sahasrakiraṇāvaliḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

sahasrakiraṇāvaleḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

sahasracityaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sahasracityasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

has

sahasradhī   

ekaḥ mīnaḥ ।

sahasradhyāḥ ullekhaḥ pañcatantre asti

has

sahasrapattraḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

sahasrapattrasya ullekhaḥ śatruñjaya-māhātmye asti

has

sahasrabalaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sahasrabalasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

has

sahasrabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ mīnaḥ ।

sahasrabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ pañcatantre asti

has

sahasrabhāgavatī   

ekā devatā ।

sahasrabhāgavatyāḥ ullekhaḥ sāmavede asti

has

sahasramaṅgalam   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

sahasramaṅgalasya ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyām asti

has

sahasrayajñaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sahasrayajñasya ullekhaḥ lalita-vistare asti

has

sahasraśrutiḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

sahasraśruteḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

has

sahasrastutiḥ   

ekā nadī ।

sahasrastuteḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

has

sahasrasrotaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

sahasrasrotasya ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

has

sahasrasrotaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

sahasrasrotasaḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavarapurāṇe asti

has

sahasrākṣī   

ekā devatā ।

sahasrākṣyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

sahasrānīkaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sahasrānīkasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare bhāgavatapurāṇe ca asti

has

sahasrāyudhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sahasrāyudhasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

has

sahasrāyuḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sahasrāyuṣaḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

has

sahasvat   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sahasvataḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

has

sārārthasaṅgrahaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sārārthasaṅgrahaḥ bhagavadgītāyāḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ asti

has

hasalāñchanaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sāhasalāñchanasya ullekhaḥ vikramāṅkadevacarite asti

has

hasikaḥ   

ekaḥ pācakaḥ ।

sāhasikasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

has

hasrānīkaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sāhasrānīkasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

siddhasārasvatadīpikā   

bhuvaneśvarīstotrasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

siddhasārasvatadīpikāyāḥ lekhakaḥ padmanābhaḥ

has

siddhasenavākyakāraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

siddhasenavākyakārasya ullekhaḥ sarvadarśana-saṅgrahe asti

has

siddhasenasūriḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

siddhasenasūryaḥ ullekhaḥ vikramāditya-caritre asti

has

hastiparṇī   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ ।

hastiparṇī iti dvau kṣupau staḥ

has

hastiśālā   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

hastiśālāyāḥ ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ vartate

has

kautukarahasyam   

ekaṃ hāsyanāṭyam ।

kautukarahasyam kośe ullikhitam asti

has

khasakandaḥ   

ekaḥ kandīyakṣupaḥ ।

khasakandasya varṇanaṃ nighaṇṭuprakāśe vartate

has

gaṇeśasahasranāma   

ekaḥ gaṇeśapurāṇasya bhāgaḥ ।

gaṇeśasahasranāma gaṇeśapurāṇe vartate

has

guhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

guhasenasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

has

hasavajraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hasavajrasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

hasurājaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hasurājasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

hastakavapraḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

hastakavaprasya ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti

has

hastagiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

hastagireḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

hastavartī   

ekaḥ rājakumāraḥ ।

hastavartinaḥ ullekhaḥ daśakumāracarite asti

has

hastāgniḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hastāgneḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

hastikāśyapaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hastikāśyarasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

has

hastikumbhaḥ   

ekaṃ śilāgṛham ।

hastikumbhasya ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti

has

hastigartā   

pṛthivyāṃ vartamānaḥ kroḍaḥ ।

hastigartāyāḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

hastigiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

hastigireḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

hastidāyaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hastidāyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

hastināyakaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hastināyakasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

hastipālaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

hastipālasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

has

hastipṛṣṭhakam   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

hastipṛṣṭhakasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

has

hastimallasenaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

hastimallasenasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

hasanī   

ekā paurāṇikī nadī ।

hasanyāḥ ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti

has

hasantī   

ekā nadī ।

hasantyāḥ ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti

has

haṭhasaṅketacandrikā   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

haṭhasaṅketacandrikā iti nāmake dve kṛtī staḥ

has

skandhastambhiḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

skandhastambheḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

has

skandhasvātiḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

skandhasvāteḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

has

upadeśasāhas   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

upadeśasāhasrī iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

has

udbhasaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

udbhasānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

has

āyudhasāhvayaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

āyudhasāhvayasya ullekhaḥ suśrutena kṛtaḥ

has

ābhasuraḥ   

devatānāṃ vargaḥ ।

ābhāsurasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

pitāmahasarāḥ   

ekaṃ puṇyakṣetram ।

pitāmahasarasaḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

has

pāṇicandrasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti   

pāṇicandra ।

ekaḥ rājā

has

pārthastutiṭīkā   

pārthastuteḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

pārthastutiṭīkāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

jñānahastiḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

jñānahasteḥ ullekhaḥ pravaragrantheṣu asti

has

jyeṣṭhasthānam   

ekaṃ tīrthakṣetram ।

jyeṣṭhasthānasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

has

dagdharuhā, dagdhikā, sthaleruhā, romaśā, karkaśadalā, bhasmarohā, sudagdhikā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ asya guṇāḥ kaṭutvaṃ kaṣāyatvam uṣṇatvaṃ kaphavātanāśitvaṃ pittaprakopanatvaṃ jaṭharānaladīpanatvaṃ ca ।

dagdharuhāyāḥ ullekhaḥ rājanirghaṇṭave vartate

has

daśavidhasnānamantram   

ekaṃ sūktam ।

daśavidhasnānamantrasya ullekhaḥ āśvalāyana-śākhoktā-mantra-saṃhitāyāṃ vartate

has

dvātriṃśadaparādhastotram   

ekaṃ stotram ।

dvātriṃśadaparādhastotrasya ullekhaḥ varāhapurāṇe vartate

has

nandimukhasughoṣaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

nandimukhasughoṣasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

navahastaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

navahastasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

nāthasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

nāthasiṃhasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

has

nāthastutiḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

nāthastuteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

has

timirapratiṣedhasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

timirapratiṣedha ।

aṣṭāṅga-hṛdayasya aparaṃ nāma

has

nānārthasaṅgrahaḥ   

ekaḥ śabdakośaḥ ।

nānārthasaṅgrahasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 3.828s Search Word: has Input Encoding: IAST IAST: has